Wy 


sit “th irene Ga 
r ed 


weenie 
aaa 
c I (Pp RSG 4 244 fe ; Vibe bsitee ob vey 
Ae Leeitheed, " Ae Ea a, it 1A LE an hy tay 
a t Hols RD a iu . 1 00n Sea oF | 
if ( friaupt ine 


vie wile sgh Wi ean 


; cy 
P et Mig 4 
FAY hil nee Wes 4 Wt 4 96k 
MP eee s irtad 4 r Ae WS 
§ Sis wen airy * Bashy ve orn { 


yh sd hen: , + We Whar eysen oy, 
artis ts ¥hat ‘ : de Shae ah 2 h M é L AEH Meeps 
Peele aa itieita Nf ) disduigttncaleb Ten iiaiiahem ert Dai nad Eke eid ep 


cant pan) : h f ar 2 ; ens 
Tian ys chae + ah “4! +e we ue: ae “(4 
a Moet aes beat Lait if } Oy ' re penal 
ah be 4iath #4 Ih  'y ip be sens: ¥ OED Ne ‘yt t ts dy 
we oud 5 ‘ ¢ ai dl Sethe d im ) , ty 


¥ : 
Mataieier ee. s fe 4 
/ ‘oud ni 
TANG is Frit de DY Yitehee . 7 : ¥ 7 i 4 
FRG BH H's tei ak / ¢ ‘ 
tatty dearth cack MLC A ei 


pas 


el. 


ere or 
yA 


LRU 


Yih 
mii cf 


Ree a) 


: pine rR haa ait i j 
Shad eas thd aki theel day ke EE antes i 
5) DC oun. care ate m 0 
‘gaan. Mya Cr? a. dtrirct rt 


” 


ey ent ‘ 


eA bh 


Dek: reas 


, ; \ Dees OH rae dr Oe 
Mela arees h 
4 i Dt Mies itt 
{ i Ts Ou Teen Ce phe 
WYP vehi ‘ etl oN Rh Ses ty | if \ 
ee ; 16 Ai SAL AD TOA Way ip Cue 
4 Ava) hs te} FAL Ve bake Pity poe saeco oat te 
ad) nn tee PALS ¥ * 
‘ A P 


Pee Eve P ih -O Po RAE 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 


qeiatuchinns ins7> 


4 


Vol. XXXI January-April, 1932 Part 1. 


CONTENTS 


AN UNDESCRIBED TEPONAZTLI OR AZTEC DRUM— 
Arthur Woodward - - - - = = = = = 


EARLY STAGES OF MELITAEA POLA— 
Grace H. and John L. Sperry - - - - = - 


EARLY STAGES OF MELITAEA LEANIRA WRIGHTII AND 
CALEPHELIS NEMESIS—J. A. Comstock and C. M. Dammers 


STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA (Continued) — 
John A. Comstock - - - 


DR. ANSTRUTHER DAVIDSON—W. A. Spalding 


Issued May 30, 1932 


mf % 
2 et at 
f os am 


3 U- 
el 


Southern California 


Academy of Sciences 


OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 
Dr. Forp A; CARPENTER :220-0.0 22 ee President 


Mr HARRY JK. SARGENT. SoS Second Vice-President 
Dr. R. H. SwirFt. 


vesd 


cuca une eCesess RAGR 3 a08 SA Secretary 
Mr. WILLIAM’ A. ‘SPALDING! 23.02.43 a Treasurer 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING 
Dr. WiLLIAM A. BRYAN Dr. Joun A. Comstock 
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. Geo. W. Parsons 
Dr. R. H. Swirt Mr. THEODORE PAYNE 
Dr. T. C. Low 
= 8 
ADVISORY BOARD 
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Dr. M. W. pELAUBENFELS 
Dr. FREDERICK C. LEONARD Comm. R. Frank Gross 
Dr. D. L. TASKER 
= 8 
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WitiiAmM A. SPALDING 


Chairman Secretary 


ZOOLOGICAL SECTION 
Dr. James Z. GILBERT, Chairman 


BOTANICAL SECTION 
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary 


ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION 
Dr. R. H. Swirt, Chairman 


GEOLOGICAL SECTION 
Mr. Geo. W. Parsons, Chairman 


FINANCE COMMITTEE 
Mr. Wo. A. SPALDING Mr. Geo. W. Parsons 


PROGRAM COMMITTEE 
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. R. H. Swirt, Dr. M. F. BAuMGARDT 


= 8 
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION 
Mr. WiLLIAM A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock 
=e 8 
OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY 


Los ANGELES Museum, Expos!TIon Park, 
Los ANGELES, CAL. 


LIBRARY 
NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL 

GARDEN 


VY AN UNDESCRIBED TEPONAZTLI OR AZTEC DRUM 
By ArTHUR WOODWARD 


It is a well known fact that the ancient Mexicans were prob- 
ably the finest wood carvers on the North American continent in 
prehistoric times. Existing specimens of their art, as well as the 
Spanish accounts written during the early contact period, attest 
this skall. 

Modern authors and scientists delving into the subject have 
described various objects preserved through the centuries, and 
which at the present time are distributed among museums through- 
out the world. 


The best work yet written upon the craftsmanship of the 
ancient Mexicans is ‘““The Wood-Carver’s Art in Ancient Mexico,” 
by Prof. Marshall H. Saville, published by the Museum of the 
American Indian, Heye Foundation, New York, 1925. 


In this interesting and exceedingly valuable work, Prof. Saville 
illustrates the majority of the best items of the Mexican wood 
carver’s art now in existence. Among the most important speci- 
mens described are, the spear-thrower (atlatl) and the horizontal 
drum (teponastl). 


According to Saville “Wooden drums played an important 
part in the civic and religious life of the ancient Mexicans as we 
learn from the numerous references to them in early chronicles 
and from representations in picture writings which have come 
down to us. 


Drums were of two major types, namely, the horizontal drum 
called teponaztli, a hollowed-out log, the ends left solid, the bot- 
tom open, and the upper part cut through in a manner resembling 
the letter H, leaving two slender vibrating tongues, the ends op- 
posite each other; and the upright drum, the huehuetl, also a hol- 
lowed log with open ends, over the upper one being stretched the 
skin of an animal. These Mexican or Nahuan names still sur- 
vive in Mexico, both types of drums being now played on festival 
occasions by natives in various parts of the country.” 


Upon these teponaztlis the ancient craftsmen lavished their 
skill, carving intricate patterns in the hard wood. Often these 
drums were gilded or painted. 


These drums booming from the teocallis or temples must have 
been awe-inspiring to the Spanish soldiery. Various chroniclers 
note the feeling of depression brought about by the sound of the 
teponastlis and the huchuetls. 


' Saville, Marshall H., The Wood Carver’s Art in Ancient Mexico, p. 54. 


3 


PLATE 1 
A carved Aztec teponaztli. 
Upper figure, side view. Central figure, top view. 
Lower figure, under surface. 


4 


PLATE 2 


Front view of carved Aztec drum. 


In Yucatan, these wooden drums were known as tunkuls and 
according to Landa*> “They had small drums which they played 
with the hand, and another drum of hollow wood (the tunkul) 
giving a deep and dismal sound; they played it with a rather long 
stick (having) at the end a certain milk of a tree (Indian rubber ).” 


The teponaztlis may be divided into two divisions, the plain, 
uncarved drums and the decorated instruments. 


Of the former type Saville says, “Undecorated teponastlis 
many of them undoubtedly made in fairly recent times are not un- 
common.’”* 


However, the decorated drums are relatively scarce and the 
existing specimens in Mexico, the United States and Europe are 
well known to archaeologists and ethnologists. The majority of 
the best ones as well as examples of fraudulent carving, are de- 
picted by Saville. Consequently, the appearance of an unrecorded 
specimen is rather unique. 


Recently, there was placed on exhibition in the Los Angeles 
Museum, at Exposition Park, a finely carved teponaztli, which, 
as far as the author knows, and as Professor Saville stated in a 
letter, after inspecting photographs of the specimen was “appar- 
ently never illustrated.” 


2 Thid., p. 59. 
® Saville, ibid., p. 64. 


The drum in question was obtained in Mexico, in the state 
of Oaxaca in 1911 by Mr. W. E. Burk. For twenty-one years it 
has been in private hands and never exhibited. The photographs 
of the drum are here shown for the first time. 


The drum is of hard wood, dark and smoothly polished. It 
is in an excellent state of preservation, save for an irregular patch 
extending over the greater portion of one side, which shows plainly 
the action of some wood boring insect. 


From the appearance of this worm eaten, decayed section one 
might judge that this drum was hidden for years in some dark 
place, resting perhaps upon its side in a cave or room. 


However, in spite of this defection, the remainder of the 
instrument is sound. 


The teponaztli is twenty-six inches in length and has a diam- 
eter of eleven inches in the widest part. As may be readily seen 
in the side view of the drum, the top and bottom are somewhat 
flattened. The instrument is eight and one-half inches high. 


The two tongues upon which the drummer beat to produce 
the sound are nine and a quarter inches long, three inches wide 
and vary from three-fourths of an inch to an inch in thickness. 


When beaten upon with an improvised drum stick consisting 
of a solid rubber cork, fastened to a slender handle, the instrument 
produced two distinct tones. The best results were obtained by 
placing the drum upon the floor. When rested on a wooden box, 
the sound was muffled and false, but on a solid base, the sound 
was loud and mellow, and one can well imagine how such a drum 
would sound to sleepy, tired and worried Spanish soldiers sur- 
rounded by enemies in an alien land. 


Apparently the carving upon the drum was done with copper 
and stone tools. The striations in the grooves forming the nostrils, 
the jaws and eyes, seem to indicate the use of sharp flakes of 
stone. The interior of the drum, that is the hollow portion form- 
ing the sound box as well as the triangular cuts worked from the 
under side, which free the sides and tips of the tongues, seem to 
have been done with another medium, possibly small copper chisels. 


We know from various accounts and native drawings that 
copper chisels, copper axes and copper adzes, in addition to stone 
tools were utilized by the ancient Mexican workmen. Stone im- 
plements leave different marks upon wood, bone or stone than do 
the later iron and steel tools. 


The teponaztli in question has been rather simply carved in 
the form of an animal’s head. Dr. Saville is of the opinion that 
“the head might well be the cipactli marine animal connected with 
the calendar signs.” 


However, in the author’s estimation, the carving seems to 
bear more of a resemblance to ocelotl, or the jaguar day sign ot 
the Aztec calendar. 


Plate 1, upper figure, is a side view of the drum showing the 
ear, eye and side of the jaw. Plate 2 is a view of the instrument 
taken from the front, showing the sharp tusks, the lolling tongue 
and nostrils. 


A top view of the teponaztli is presented in Plate 1, central 
figure. In this illustration as well as in the lower figure in Plate 
1, which shows the under side of the drum, the two vibrating 
tongues are clearly indicated. 


The wood from which the drum is carved is very heavy. The 
color is dark brown, beautifully grained and bears a high polish, 
evidently the result of painstaking care and long usage. Accord- 
ing to Saville* the principal woods used by the Nahuan carpenters 
“were cedar, cypress, pine, spruce, oak, laurel and other hard va- 
rieties peculiar to tropical or semi-tropical regions.” 


A wood favored by the Mexicans in the manufacture of their 
teponastlis was mentioned by a Spanish writer and indicated by 
Saville’ as: 


“The ahuehuete, a cypress-like tree, 1s described by Hernandez 
in the following rather vague terms: “The only reason why the 
Mexicans call this tree the aluehuete is because it is accustomed 
to grow near the rivers where water flows, and because they make 
their drums of it, which in their tongue is called huehuetl and 
teponaztli, although others say that this is not the reason it is so 
called, but only because it grows near the waters, and that the 
wind striking (the tree or leaves) makes a noticeable sound like 
that of the drums used by the Indians; they do not make their 
drums from this tree, but of the wood of the tlacwilolquahuitl and 
of the capolquahutl’.” 


In a letter to the author, Dr. Saville intimated that the wood 
from which the drum in question was made “is probably tepeguaje 
or zapote.” 


In any event, the drum is a highly interesting specimen, one 
of the very few specimens of its type in the United States and 
well worth recording as an apparently genuine example of late 
Aztec craftsmanship. 


4 Saville, ibid., p. 8. 
5 Saville, ibid., p. 8. 


NOTES ON THE LARVA OF MELITAEA POLA BDV. 
By Grace H. and Joun L. SPERRY 


Six larvae of M. pola were taken on June 30, 1931 at 
Sprague’s in Rocky Mt. Park, Colo., at an elevation of 8, 900 feet. 
The larvae were in their last instar and pupated from July 7 to 
July 16 inclusive and the first, a female, emerged on July 18. The 
plant Looe! was Pentstemon alpinus. The description of the larva 


follows 


Average length, 22 mm. Depth, 4mm. Body smooth, head 
hairy. Ground color of body white. Typical melitaea larva. 


Heap: Bilobed, bright orange yellow, hairy, ocelli covered by 
black spot on each side ‘Of head, small inverted brown black “v” 
in center of frons. Mouth parts brown-black. 


Bopy: White, with seven rows of spines, all long, conical in 
shape with bristles protruding at right angles to the surface. There 
is also a set of small spines on each side of the abdomen, two to 
each segment. The dorsal row of spines are black throughout, 
missing on the second and third segment and double on the first 
segment, and are connected by a broken black dorsal line missing 
in most part on the last three segments. There is a lateral row 
of spines on each side, black throughout and connected along the 
dorsal edge by an irregular black line missing for the most part 
on the last four segments. There is a dorso-lateral row of spines 
on each side at about four-tenths the distance between the dorsal 
and lateral rows, above the lateral. These spines are orange 
brown tipped with black. The spines on the first segment are 
very small. There is a sublateral row of black spines on each side 
and a double set of tiny spines along the side of the abdomen at 
a level with the coxa of the prolegs; these are missing on the last 
two segments. Length ol dorsal and lateral spines about 1.4 mm. 
Sublateral about 1 mm.; tiny spines about .6 mm. There is a 
purplish black band along the irregular row of tiny spines at the 
sides of the abdomen over all segments. 


Spiracles, black. Conjunctivia, rosy brown. Abdomen white 
with an orange-yellow, median line throughout, 


Prolegs and anal prolegs, yellow-orange. 


Forelegs, orange with black tips. 


EARLY STAGES OF MELITAEA LEANIRA WRIGHTII 
EDW. AND CALEPHELIS NEMESIS EDW. 
(LEPIDOPTERA) 


By Joun A. Comstock AND CuHarLes M. DAMMERS 


MELITAEA LEANIRA WRIGHTII Edw. 


Egg. 1 mm. long x .8 mm. wide. Color: when first laid a 
bright lemon yellow, changing to orange. Base rounded, top and 
micropylar area flattened. Ovoid in form, the top portion tapering 
gently to its juncture with the flattened superior surface. 


The upper three-fourths of the egg is covered with longi- 
tudinal ridges, about 20 in number, between which are numerous 
transverse ridges, the latter rather poorly defined. The lower 
fourth of the surface is irregularly pitted, this feature being most 
noticeable in freshly oviposited eggs. 

The eggs are laid in clusters on the stems of Castilleija folio- 
losa (and other Castilleijas) close to the ground. 

Examples collected in San Gabriel Canyon, were furnished 
by Mr. and Mrs. John L. Sperry of Riverside. These indefati- 
gable collectors are to be commended for their perseverance in 
observation of the habits of this elusive species. Oviposition 
was observed by them on June 16th, 1930. 


Larva, first instar. Length 3 mm. at time of emergence. 

Head, black, and bearing a sparse covering of short white 
hairs. 

Body, light olive or straw, and bearing five rows of long white 
hairs on each side of the median line. Each one of these hairs 
arises from a raised black papillus, which gives the body a banded 
appearance. 

The first segment bears a navicular black mark, transversely 
placed, on which are placed six long hairs which project over the 
head. 

A black patch of irregular shape also occurs on the anal 
segment. 


True legs, and all prolegs, somewhat darker than body. 


Mature larva, Length, approximately 22 mm. 

Head, black, covered with black vibrissae. 

Ocelli, black. 

30dy, velvety black, and bearing the characteristic rows of 

3ody, velvety black, and bearing the characteristic rows o 
glistening black branching spines. A mid dorsal row of spines is 
present from the fourth to caudal segments, that on the last seg- 
ment being represented by a button, the others somewhat shorter 


9 


than the dorso-lateral series. Each one of these spines bears a 
small circlet of gray at its base. Latero-posterior thereto is an 
orange patch on each segment, which gives the appearance of a 
broken orange dorsal line. 


The absence of this orange pigmentation in the mid-dorsal 
line produces the effect of a narrow dark mid-dorsal band. 


Lateral to the orange area above noted is a wide black band, 
bearing two longitudinal rows of branching black spines, their 
bases encircled by gray, outside of which is a second series of 
circlets of gray dots. This feature is clearly shown in our illus- 
tration, Plate 3. 


PLATE 3 


Larva of Melitaea leanira wrightii Edw. 
dorsal view, enlarged, X 3. 


Drawing by Comstock. 


Inferior to the double row of spines above described is a 
broken stigmatal band of orange and gray, the orange spots con- 
centrated on the segmental junctures and the gray surrounding the 
stigmata. The latter are jet black. 


Inferior to this area is a band of black sprinkled with small 
gray round dots, through the centre of which is placed another 
row of glistening black branching spines. Below this area is a 
narrow row of orange spots, broken by gray near each spine. 


10 


The abdominal surface inferior to this area is black, with 
white punctae, gradually changing to a dark olive on the mid-ab- 
dominal surface. 


The usual small paired short spines occur at the bases of the 
prolegs, horizontally placed. The spines which are in line with 
these on the adjacent anterior segments are paired, but vertically 
placed, and the two segments posterior to those bearing the pro- 
legs have each a small single spine. 


True legs, black. Prolegs, black, with brownish-gray ter- 
minal segments, bearing fringes of brown hair. 


One larva of 4.5 mm. was observed, the exact instar of which 
was not reported. This specimen showed most of the markings 
and color of the mature larva. The lowest row of spines was not 
as clearly defined, being more in the nature of tubercles. 


Also the gray punctae scattered over the body were not as 
much in evidence. The prolegs were dark olivaceous, and the ab- 
domen slightly lighter than in mature examples. 


Pupa. Length, 12 mm. Greatest width 4 mm. 


op 


Ground color, silvery white, with numerous black bars, dashes 
and points, disposed as shown in the accompanying illustration, 
Plate 4, figs. a, D, and c. 


PLATE 4 


Pupa of Welitaea leanira wrightii enlarged, showing (a) ventral 
aspect, (6) lateral aspect, and (c) dorsal aspect. 


11 


Most of these bars are edged with light yellow, particularly 
on the dorsum, this latter feature being somewhat variable. 

A number of poorly defined tubercles occur on the dorsum 
and abdominal region, corresponding roughly in position to the 
more prominent spines of the larva. 

The eye cases bear a brownish-yellow circlet on their an- 
terior margin. Antennal cases black, with narrow bars of yellow. 
Spiracles black. Cremaster black. 


One larva was parasitized by Apanteles lunatus Pack. 


CALEPHELIS NEMESIS Epw. 


This species, and C. australis Edw., have been considered as 
merely varietal forms by a number of authors, and were so treated 
by the senior author in “Butterflies of California.” 

Careful breeding experiments, carried on over a period of 
years have disclosed certain larval differences and a totally dif- 
ferent foodplant, which seems to establish definitely the validity of 
nemesis as a distinct species. The experimentation resulting in 
these conclusions has been largely the work of the junior author 
of this paper. 

The early stages of C. australis were partially recorded in 
Vol. XXVITI, Part 3, Bulletin Southern California Academy of 
Sciences. 


Egg. The egg of Calephelis nemesis is so similar to that of 
C. australis as to render a description and drawing unnecessary. 
It is, on the average, slightly more robust. Fifteen eggs were 
secured from a female in captivity, all of which were deposited 
on the upper surface of a leaf of Baccharis glutinosa Pers. close 
to or directly on the midrib. This is the site usually chosen by 
the resting larva. 

Oviposition occurred Sept. 26, 1930, and the larvae emerged 
on October Ist, to 4th. Two examples were raised to maturity. 
The young larvae frequently become adherent to the glutinous 
foodplant and thus perish. 


Larva, final instar. Length 15 mm. 

Head, gray, with buff top, profusely covered with minute sil- 
very raised stellate nodules. The head is difficult to observe on 
account of the long filamentous hairs on the first segment arching 
over and obscuring it. 

Body. Ground color, dark gray, profusely covered with sil- 
very stellate nodules, which however are absent in certain areas 
along the lateral surface, thus giving the appearance of six to eight 
irregular blackish spots. Inferior thereto is a longitudinal line of 
chestnut blotches, from each one of which arises a tuft of hair. 

Another line of similar tufts occurs on each side of the mid- 
dorsal line, but these are doubled on all segments except the Ist, 
2nd, and last. 


12 


The hairs arising from these tufts or nodules are of three 
distinct types. A few are long, and brown in color, many are 
grayish-white and of medium length, while the majority are short, 
and of a buff shade. 


The grayish-white hairs terminate in small transparent glob- 
ules, which give the larva somewhat the appearance of being in- 
fested with mite eggs. 


The dorsal line of tufted hairs inclines medially, thus meeting 
over the dorsum, while the lower series extend horizontally and 
jie flat on the plant food. This aspect of the larva is admirably 
shown on Plate 5. 


PLATE 5 


Anterior aspect of larva of Calephelis nemesis Edw. enlarged, 

showing the manner in which the dorsal series of hairs arch 

over the medial surface of larva, while the lateral series incline 
infero-laterally and lie flat on the surface of food plant. 


Drawing by Dammers. 


Stigmata invisible. 


Legs, prolegs and abdomen, pale green. 


Larva, first instar. 
30dy, brown. The tufts of hair are represented by simple 
long brown hairs. 


In succeeding instars, the hairs composing the tufts increase 
in number, and are mainly of the gray-white variety, but lack the 


globules at their ends. The stellate silvery nodules on the body 


are fewer in number compared with the last instar. The seg- 
ments are more brown in aspect and yellow blotches occur above 
the lateral series of hair tufts. 


One larva pupated Nov. 17th, the other Dec. 29th. 
The lateral aspect of mature larva is illustrated in Plate 6. 


13 


‘sdoumued AQ SUIMBIC 


‘SA1BY JO Sol1es SUITOR oy} Aq pomnosqo AToiTjUSe 31 
‘poSiepus YON “MPH Stsawuwaw SYoaYydaMY JO VAL] dINPEW 
9 HLV Id 


BAIT SITY] JO pvoy pue SSoYT 9UL 


14 


Pupa. Length, 9.5 to 10 mm. Greatest width, 3.1 mm. 
Color, pale dirty yellow, with a few brown dots and dashes, as 
shown in the illustration. Plate 7, figs. a and b. 


The form approximates closely that of C. australis, but is 
slightly more robust through the center, and has a somewhat 
higher arch to the thorax. Short yellowish vibrissae occur over 
the head, dorsum and abdomen. A series of nodules, bearing 
short yellowish vibrissae is placed sub-stigmatally. Wing cases 
bare, with elongate dark shadings between the venules. Stigmata 
brownish-black, surrounded by an areola of light orange-brown. 
Cremaster, orange or yellow. 


There is evidently some variation in both the form and color 
of the chrysalis, as one example possessed a less robust abdomen 
than the other, and the dorsum was colored a grayish green. 
There was also a greenish tinge on the ventral surface of the 
abdomen. 


The specimen which pupated on Dec. 29, 1930, gave forth an 
imago on Jan. 13, 1931. 


The pupa suspended on the side of the breeding cage, with 
a supporting girdle, and button for attachment of the cremasteric 
hooks. This may be characteristic of all members of the genus, 
though it was not observed in the case of C. australis. 


Pupa of Calephelis nemesis Edw. enlarged. 
a. Dorsal aspect. 0b. Lateral aspect. 


Drawing by Comstock. 


15 


STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA 


(Continued ) 


By Joun A. Comstock 
Associate Director, Los Angeles Museum 


DANAUS BERENICE STRIGOSA Bates. 


This race of D. berenice is the common form in Southern 
California. Its metamorphosis is presumably the same as for the 
parent species, berenice, which has been described in detail by a 
number of writers. 


No illustration 1s available in any readily accessible work, and 
we are therefore showing a drawing of the larva (Plate 8) and 
pupar(crlates9)). 


The species has been reared on several varieties of Asclepias, 
and on Funastrum lineare heterophyllum Macbr. 


PLATE 8 
Larva of Danaus berenice strigosa. 
Fig. a. Head of larva, greatly enlarged. 
Fig. b. Larva, lateral view. 


PLATE 9 


Pupa of Danaus berenice strigosa, 
side view, enlarged. 


16 


AGLAIS CALIFORNICA Bdv. 


In spite of the great abundance of this spe- 
cies in certain seasons, and the recorded occur- 
rence of the larvae in such numbers as to de- 
foliate the foodplant (Ceanothus) over wide 
areas, there seems to be no available illustration 
of the various phases of its metamorphosis. 


Through the courtesy of Mr. and Mrs. 
Oliver T. Young, of Fillmore, Calif., we were 
supplied with mature larvae and pupae which 
made possible the drawings that are presented on 
Plates 10 and 11. 


This is one of our native species which oc- 
casionally occurs in migrating swarms through 
our mountains. It is suggested that lepidopter- 
ists should make published records of the dates 
and localities where these swarms appear, and 
endeavor to determine the factors which are re- 
sponsible for the species’ almost total disappear- 
ance in certain localities for a period of time, 
subsequent to its swarming. 


PLATE 11 


Pupa of Aglais californica, dorsal and 


lateral aspects, slightly enlarged. 


7, 


PLATE 10 
Larva of Aglais 
californica 
enlarged. 


GONIURUS PROTEUS L. 


The larva and pupa of this species was figured on page 205 
of our “Butterflies of California.” Scudder has also given beau- 
tiful figures of the egg, larva and pupa in his “Butterflies of New 
England,” but the latter work is so rare as to be out of reach of 
the average collector. We are therefore reproducing the egg on 
Plate 12. 


PLATE 12 


Egg of Goniurus proteus, 
highly magnified. 


The single example from which this photograph was made 
reached us through the courtesy of Comm. C. M. Dammers of 
Riverside, Calif. It was laid September 1, 1931, on Buckeye bean, 
where it was deposited on the under surface of the leaf. 


The summer and fall of 1931 was a remarkable season for 
the occurrence in Southern California of a number of species 
which ordinarily do not range north of the Mexican line. Not 
only was G. proteus abundant, but many captures were recorded 
of Sesia titan Cram. and Erinnyis ello L., two species which sel- 
dom venture into California. 


18 


DR. ANSTRUTHER DAVIDSON 


In the death of Dr. Anstruther Davidson, the Southern Cali- 
fornia Academy of Sciences experiences the loss of one of its 
oldest, most useful and most valued members. He was one of 
the founders, and remained an active associate and fellow of this 
institution for forty-one years. He was the first Treasurer, the 
second President, and throughout the whole time a member of the 
Board of Directors. Aside from his profession, Dr. Davidson 
found a field of life-long study in Botany and Entomology, and 
his papers on these subjects were an established feature of the 
Bulletin of the Academy, attracting world-wide attention. He 
served on the Board of Governors of the Museum of History, 
Science and Art from its beginning, as one of the representatives 
of this Academy, for a period of twenty-two years. His interest 
in and devotion to Science was greater than his profession, and 
his special lines of study, and he rendered just appreciation to 
every branch that called for attention and encouragement. In every 
sense he was a broad man of science; indifferent to personal ad- 
vantage or credit, but devoted to the advancement of human knowl- 
edge. As an associate in our long and arduous work we ever found 
him a courteous companion, a wise counselor, a staunch friend. 


Be it resolved by the Academy that this tribute be spread upon 
the minutes, and a copy thereof be sent to the family of our de- 
ceased brother. 


Dr. Davidson was born in Watten, Scotland, February 19, 
1860, the son of George and Ann (Macadam) Davidson. He re- 
ceived his academic education in the University of Glasgow, secur- 
ing the degrees of M. B., and C. M. in 1881, and the M. D. degree 
in 1887. He came to Los Angeles in 1889 and established a prac- 
tice which, through the succeeding years, won him an enviable repu- 
tation as a dermatologist. 


He was associate professor of Dermatology in the University 
of Southern California, and-a corresponding number of many 
scientific bodies. He published the “Plants of Los Angeles County” 
in 1892, and the “Flora of Southern California” in 1923. Many 
new species of plants were discovered and. described by him in 
the Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences. 


He married, June 24, 1897, Alice Merritt. Two sons survive 
him,—Ronald A. and Merritt T. He died in Los Angeles, April 
Sl 32: 


Wa. A. SPALDING. 


19 


The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried 
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are sut- 
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural 
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a 
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this 
program, the following forms are suggested: 


Form of Legacy 


To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal 
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects 
of value. 


I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of 
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....--........2222222222---------2e---0 
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali- 
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses, 
dispositions and benefits thereof forever. 


Form of Devise 
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy. 


I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences” | 
of ‘the ‘City \oflos Ame ele si (ie a oes ee ee 
here describe the property or ground rent..........-----.-.---22-2--22eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Ne 
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of 
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free 
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern 
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever. 


20 


BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 
ACADEMY of SCIENCES 


Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California. 
Subscription—$2.00 per year 


Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy. 
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00) 


Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, 


Los Angeles, Cal., U. S. A. 


Publications of the 


Southern California Academy of Sciences 


The Academy has published to date the following: 


PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. 
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. 


All issues of the above are now out of print. 
B 6€UB 


Bulletin of the 
Southern California Academy of Sciences 


Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued 
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— 
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo- 
ber) in 1920. 


The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, 
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. 


The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, 
September. 


The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. 


The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem- 
ber-October; No. 6, November-December. 


From 1925 to 1931, including volumes XXIV to XXX, three num- 
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- 
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. 


21 


All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with 
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary 
of the Academy at the appended prices: 


Vol. 3, No. 7. October 1D Agia eee Se Se Ee ee $ .25 
Sf Aone Nialye LO OD ieee ene 25 
Ss Oe Se o -dUby, POO eee AKU Lee a25 
we Oe oa dtl ESTA Ree ec races ce bata are .75 
eel renee rou ENTS yA US US Se are er ee eles ese wD 50 
De AUB Se Me si Ue WON Gi. eee eee 50 
ig oa Uy NOMS int Seite ae coe nee 1.50 
A) Als -demmeyAy, AIRS YAO) hse erp eee ee 225 
le 4 October, BG DO) esi ss. sehen A Ween .20 
Zee Ze Octonenr nL pI i es oe teen I .25 
= 2 2s ll, Meow, NO Did eRe Se ee en ee 25 
23.0 ee oe ee arehe TS Ae aaa aaees acer eae aL 20 
OB Be INTE HN GD ANG ec ites eed ke OA Se See 25 
Sa ea Ce. eA Ai ie 1G DA eet oak velo vere Shan eeane .25 
ie Zoned SCD LCM Der wal O24 eeu es eee ae 20 
Sen 2 3 ce O55 INOVEMbDeI «ODE ee Gin pee 720 
ia 2 Ae ee lee eaMUaIye a LY A Sar cai peek eet ee ieee 25 
hee Re Be INTE 1.925 eee UIE eee ean 25 
Sane ACs eters ses: ig COE TIN CTs ail 2 teens clea suet ae Cea .25 
ee 2 enema aml alnys NG Biusa oe es, US eae a ne nla S08) 
ID Se NENG MD 21G 6 sco ie eee .25 
2 oeo September: 2d 9 26 san ae en eas 25 
AO ele oe aAMUalays tO Det os as ee es Sk are 25 
PPAR) | a ass AN ONES FU VA Riedie eee Nese ene ela 25 
S20 kone TOs ECD tCEMP CIs allO Dims 22s oe eet eel nen oA) 
Pr o7Ag a, dle aesoen ays ND Zit ears ae Reins Laine eee 25 
en 2ein since: Mv laive 2 Le ate a bee te pe alee Menem ane Sy 25 
PROTA Wl uve dee 1 CPU CIM Clee yO 2 Bijan lo cesce sate ewe ea 25 
2S.) ieee alee penauetaye G2 Oh aeaene ensicen Sea eae 20 
SAR OE tee INTE RY, gS AS eto a NP eee a .25 
28a ie Ss SEDLCMMb era y W029 ee 2 ewe eee eee 50 
SD Oe ole arama rey. G3 Oise Se ee ie Ae 25 
oe 2 Se WEN TAS ei) sea aoe Se ee wae) 
S29 awa Septem Shar vel G3 ip cause sien aye. eras 25 
30h. ee January, MOB inne Screen eee .25 
Siemon tense Valve IO al aes Ne bay et ele eae 25 
ee HO Ose Aone! CIO CEMID CT sey nil 9 Oily thecse sek sues ie euetal meee 25 
oo oll le Jianuvany, aL! 2 ois te ai Saas fakes See 25 


The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues 
and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have 
no further use for back issues. Address all communications concerning 
the above to: 

Dr. Joun A. Comstock 
Southern California Academy of Sciences, Care of Los Angeles Museum, 
Exposition Park, Los Angeles, California. 


22 


See ee ht N OF. THE 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 


a 


Vol. XXXI May-August, 1932 Part 2. 


CONTENTS 


A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF PHALAENIDAE 
FROM CALIFORNIA—Dr. Foster H. Benjamin = - = = = 


NEW PHALAENIDAE FROM THE SOUTHWESTERN PART 
OF THE UNITED STATES—Dr. Foster H. Benjamin - = 


METAMORPHOSES OF FIVE CALIFORNIA DIURNALS— 
J. A. Comstock and C. M. Dammers = = = = = © © 2-28 


NOTES ON THE FLORA OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS 
OFF SANTA BARBARA, CALIFORNIA—Ralph Hoffmann - 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PLANT NOTES—Dr, Philip A. Munz 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY—Dr, R. H. Swift - 


Issued August 20, 1932 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


= 8B 
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 
Mri THEODORE PAYNE (233 UC O ey e ae President 
Pr’ BorpiA ACARPEN TERS 3 22 eo Vice-President 
Mar FLOWARD Ryden ees a ee eee Secretary 
Mr Harry. Ki SARGEN De i ee a eae Treasurer 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. Harry K. SARGENT 
Dr. WILLIAM A. BryANn Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING 
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Dr. R. H. Swirt 
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Mr. Gro. W. Parsons 
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Mr. Howarp R. HILL 
Dr. T. C. Low 
a «@ 
ADVISORY BOARD 
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. BurLew 
Dr. MELVILLE DoZIER Dr. CHARLES VAN BERGEN 
Dr. D. L. TASKER 
= 
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT 3 Mr. WirtiaM A. SPALDING 
Chairman - Secretary 


BOTANICAL SECTION 
Mr. THEODORE Payne, Secretary 


FINANCE COMMITTEE 
Mr. WittiAM A. SPALDING Mr. Geo. W. Parsons 


PROGRAM COMMITTEE 


Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT 


= 8 
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION 
Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock 
= 


OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY 


Los ANGELES Musrum, Exposition Park, 
Los ANGELES, CAL. 


LIBRAP) 
NEW Yo. x 
BOTANICA, 

GARDEN 


A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF PHALAENIDAE* 
FROM CALIFORNIA 


By Foster H. BENJAMIN 
Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture 


The notes and descriptions in this paper are the result of the 
identifications of specimens submitted by Dr. John A. Comstock of the 
Los Angeles Museum. 


One genus and one species of North American moths are described 
as new and the transfer of one other genus and three species is dis- 
cussed. 


TRICHOCERAPODA, new genus. 
Tyee: Trichocerapoda comstocki, new species. 


Antenna of male serrate and fasciculate; of female simple, 
ciliate. Eye large, rounded, hairy; with lashes from behind and 
with a few scales resembling lashes from near the base of the 
antennae. Palpi obliquely upturned, fringed with long scales and 
hair-like scales. Proboscis fully developed. Frons slightly ex- 
curved, roughened. Head and thorax clothed with bi- and tri- 
furcate scales, collar tending to form a slight ridge, metathorax 
with a strong paired crest. Fore tibia with a curved claw on the 
outer side. Fore tarsus with rather evenly spaced claw-like spines 
on the joints. Abdomen with dorsal crests on the first three seg- 
ments. Fore wing rather narrow, the apex somewhat produced, 
the termen obliquely curved; veins 3, 5 from near angle of cell; 
6 variable from areole distad of the discocellular vein in the male, 
from upper angle in the female; 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 
to form the areole; 11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from 
angle of cell, 5 obsolescent from near middle of discocellulars ; 6, 
7 shortly stalked from upper angle; 8 anastomosing with the cell 
near base only. 


The present genus falls in Hampson’s “Keys” (Cat. Lap. 
Phai. B. M.) into a small group of the Hadeninae containing only 
Barathra, Thargelia, and Hypobarathra, from all of which it be 
immediately sorted by the presence of the claw-like tarsal spines, 
as well as by the combination of the roughened frons with the 
dorsal abdominal crests. 


“Cerapoda” oblita Grote has a similar claw on the fore tibia 
as well as the claw-like tarsal spines, and possesses hairy eyes, 
the hair rather difficult to see. Temporarily it may be placed in 


*Noctuidae of Authors. 


Trichocerapoda. “Cerapoda” or “Calophasia” strigata Smith also 
has hairy eyes, has the chitin of the fore tibia somewhat produced 
distally, and possesses claw-like spines on the fore tarsus. Pend- 
ing further studies it may be placed in Trichocerapoda, where it 
so agrees with comstocki in habitus and maculation that sorting 
of the two species will be difficult except on the basis of the struc- 
tures discussed in a following paragraph. 


Cerapoda Sm. (type obliqua Sm.) has a few obsolescent hairs 
on the eyes and will also have to be transferred to the Hadeninae. 
It is easily sorted from Trichocerapoda by the absence of normal 
hair on the eyes, by the absence of any indication of a claw on 
the fore tibia, and by the presence of terminal heavy claws on the 
segments of the fore tarsus, the basal joint with two curved claws 
on the basal half. 


TRICHOCERAPODA COMSTOCKI, new species. 


Agrees in size, shape, coloration, and maculation with pale 
specimens of Cerapoda strigata Smith, with similar frons and tarsi, 
the male antenna somewhat more serrate and fasciculate, the uncus 
broader at the tip, the harpe less trigonate, eye with more strongly 
developed hair, fore tibia with an outer claw. 


Head, thorax, and fore wing white, powdered with black 
scales. Abdomen luteous white powdered with black scales. Fore 
wing with the transverse markings obsolescent except for the 
subterminal line of the female which 1s obliquely excurved from 
near apex to near the base of the reniform, thence as a weak W- 
mark, and incurved around a dark tornal blotch. The male has 
the subterminal line indicated by a triangular dark patch on the 
margin distad of the cell. Basal line black, not conspicuous ; clayi- 
form elongate, but poorly defined; orbicular elongate, occupying 
most of the cell mesad of the reniform, and sometimes contiguous 
with that spot; reniform strongly bent, not conspicuous, merging 
with the ground color except for a central darker crescent; veins 
indicated as fine black lines; fringe somewhat luteous at the base 
and paler at the tip, with a broken blackish interline giving a 
checkered appearance. Hind wing; of male white, the terminal 
margin and veins powdered with black scales, fringe white; of 
female more or less suffused with fuscous, the fringe with dark 
interline. Beneath: male white, with scattered black scales, the 
fore wing with a blackish bar on the discocellulars ; female similar 
but with the dusting of black scales more noticeable, especially on 
the terminal areas of all wings. 


EXPANSE: ¢ 27-29 mm.; 92 27-29 mm. 


TYPE LOCALITIES AND NUMBER AND SEXES OF TYPES: Holo- 
type ¢, Snow Creek, Coahuilla Valley, Nov. 2, 1930; 4 ¢ Para- 
types, same data: Allotype @ , Indian Wells, Oct. 15, 1921 @kKGgke 


E8 


Coolidge) ; 1 g¢ , 1 2 Paratypes, Indian Wells, Oct. 30 and Oct. 16, 
Ite Paratype, Palm Springs; Oct. 22, 1927; 4 g , 19 Para- 
types, Indio, Oct. 31, 1927, Nov. 4, 7 and 10, 1923, and Oct. 20, 
1921; all from California. 


Tyres: U. S. N. M., except 6 ¢ 2 9 Paratypes returned to 
Dr. Comstock. 


Notes: Described from eleven male and two female speci- 
mens submitted by Dr. John A. Comstock for identification, and 
one female from the U. S. National Museum Collection. Cat. No. 


44075 U.S. N. M. 


NEW PHALAENIDAE* FROM THE SOUTHWESTERN 
PART OF THE UNITED STATES (LEPIDOPTERA) 


By Foster H. BENJAMIN 
Bureau of Entomology. United States Department of Agriculture 


The descriptions in this paper are the result of the identification 
of specimens submitted by Dr. John A. Comstock of the Los Angeles 
Museum. 

One genus and two species of North American moths are described 
as new. 


TRICHOCLEA MOJAVE, new species. 


Agrees in size and habitus with Scotogramma gatei Smith, 
with similar but less pronounced markings on the fore wing, due 
to the presence of somewhat more fuscous powdering which tends 
to obscure the sordid luteous tintings. 

Male antenna simple, ciliated, with a longer seta from each 
side of each joint; eye large, rounded, with long hair; frontal 
bulge approximately equal to half the width of the eye, rough- 
ened, with a roughened transverse ridge and a broader rough- 
ened vertical ridge; clypeal plate somewhat produced; all tibiae 
lacking spines or claws; fore tarsus with long, heavy, curved 
outer claws, the first joint with three claws on the basal half, one 
distally, and with a spine between the basal half and the ter- 
minal claw, all the remaining joints spined and each equipped 
with an outer terminal claw except the last joint, which possesses 


*Noctuidae of Authors. 


the normal claws; mid and hind tarsi normally spined; venation 
normal except that veins 6 and 7 of the hind wing are well stalked 
in all the types and 5 is from well below the middle of the disco- 
cellular vein, somewhat stronger than normal, and almost parallel 
with vein 4, but the lower part of the discocellular is strongly 
recurved, making the venation definitely trifid. 


Head and thorax clothed mainly with broad scales, inter- 
mixed with a few hair-like scales and hairs, black, white, and 
sordid luteous, so mixed as to appear to be a dull brownish ashen 
with obscure blackish and pale lines and interlines. Fore wing 
presenting a dull powdery ashen appearance due to black and 
white scales which are dusted over a sordid luteous-brown ground ; 
the ordinary lines and spots obsolescent, but indicated as follows: 
basal dash consisting of a few black scales; claviform indicated 
by black scales which outline its position; orbicular and reniform 
almost lost, the former indicated by a slightly darker central pow- 
dering, the latter by powdering on the bases of veins 4 and 5; 
the transverse posterior line indicated by only a few blackish 
scales; the subterminal line mainly indicated by a slightly paler 
shade outwardly defined by heavier blackish powdering and in- 
wardly by obsolescent blackish dashes between veins 2-3, 3-4, and 
4-5; veins black lined; a pale point on the costa indicating the 
beginning of the transverse anterior line; a similar pale point 
is above the reniform and probably indicates the beginning of the 
transverse posterior line; fringe luteous white tinged with gray, 
interlined and checkered with fuscous gray. Hind wing white; 
without discal spot; with some fuscous powdering which grays 
the longitudinal veins, and the costal and terminal margins; a 
broken, thin, black terminal line; fringe whitish, luteous at base, 
interlined with fuscous gray. Beneath: white, sparsely powdered 
with fuscous gray, which is emphasized along the costal and ter- 
minal margins, on the discocellulars of the fore wing, and more 
or less darkening the longitudinal veins; fringes as on upper side. 


EXPANSE: 34-35 mm. 
Type LtocaLity: Mojave Desert, Calif. 


NUMBER AND SEXES OF TYPES: Holotype 3g, OG eakatyipes: 
all April 20, 1930 from “Coll. J. A. Comstock.” 


Tyers Holotype So , Wo Paratype, in U.S, Ne ieee 
Paratypes returned to Dr. Comstock, Cat. No. 44108, U. S. N. M. 


PoOLICOCNEMIS, new genus. 
Type: Policocnemis ungulatus, new species. 


Antenna with pectinations to the tip in both sexes; proboscis 
small; palpi obliquely upturned, slender, hairy, short, not reach- 
ing the middle of frons, the third joint minute, obscured; frons 


30 


flattened, scarcely projecting, at vertex its width approximately 
equal to the width of the eye, narrowed toward clypeus; clypeal 
plate strongly produced; mesothorax with a transverse band of 
metallic-black scales; metathorax with a large paired tuft of sim- 
ilar scales; abdomen without crests, the female with a strong 
caudal disconcolorus tuft of scales mixed with hair completely 
clothing the terminal segment; fore tibia with a strong claw on. 
inner side, the edge of this claw forming a shovel-shaped ridge 
on the outer side; mid and hind tibiae unarmed save for the 
normal spurs. Fore wing with the apex rounded, the termen 
evenly curved and not crenulate; veins 3, 5 from near lower 
angle of cell; 6 from just below upper angle; 9 from 10 anasto- 
mosing with 8 to form the short areole; 11 from cell. Hind wing 
with veins 3, 4 from lower angle of cell, or shortly stalked; 5 from 
just below middle of discocellulars : 6, 7 stalked from upper oe 

8 anastomosing with cell near base only. 


The present genus keys to Oxycnemis in Hampson and has 
a similar habitus, markings, and peculiar thoracic tuftings; but 
it may be easily dierent by the pectinate antennae, and the 
terminal abdominal tuft of the female, a tuft similar to that pos- 
sessed by Andropolia Grt. The claw on the fore tibia is similar 
in shape to the claw on the fore tibia of specimens of Fala pty- 
chophora Grote. 


POLICOCNEMIS UNGULATUS, new species. 


Fore wing whitish, powdered with black scales and appear- 
ing gray except in the cell and the costal region, or where marked 
with black; veins black; basal line absent ; the transverse anterior 
line black, ‘outwardly oblique from costa through the cell, absent 
below, with a mesial tooth; claviform elongate, outlined by a 
thin line, its distal portion suffused by a black shade which ex- 
tends from vein 3 to the apex as a triangle inside of the sub- 
terminal line; the transverse posterior line black, thin, excurved 
in radial region, slightly bent inwardly between veins 4 and 6, 
thence abruptly rounded and proceeding to near the tip of the 
claviform where it becomes obsolete ; subterminal line is indicated 
as a narrow pale shade; terminal line whitish; fringe fuscous at 
base and tip, interlined and interrupted with whitish. Hind wing 
of male white; of female dull fuscous brown, somewhat paler 
basally ; fringe of male almost pure white, somewhat discolored 
at the base; fringe of female luteous at base, with a faintly 
darker interline, and white tip. Beneath: fore wing dull fuscous, 
gray at apex and along the outer margin; hind wing of male white, 
powdered with only a few fuscous scales throughout the costal 
region; of female white, more or less dusted with dull fuscous 
brown which tends to form an obsolescent but broad median band. 


EXPANSE: ¢ 26-29 mm. 9 33 mm. 


31 


TYPE LOCALITIES AND NUMBER AND SEXES OF TYPES: Holo- 
type g and Allotype ¢ , Alpine, Texas, 22-31 Aug. 1926, and 8-14 
Sept., 1926 (©: Cy Pooling); 34 Paratypes, Shelter Cave; Nay Mics 
Jistby Zils WSO), 


Qyers: Holotype, Alloty pe ;! 4 Paratyperms Oasau\e 
M.; 2 g Paratypes returned to Dr. Comstock. Cat. No. 44109, 
lo Se IN, IML, 


Notes: The two specimens from Alpine, Texas, are part of 
the material obtained from the William Barnes Collection; the 
three males from New Mexico were recently received from Dr. 
Comstock for identification. 


Ep. Note: All material reported as returned to Dr. Com- 


stock is permanently deposited in the collection of the Los An 
geles Museum. 


96 
D2 


METAMORPHOSES OF FIVE CALIFORNIA 
DIURNALS (LEPIDOPTERA) 


By Joun A. Comstock and Cuartes M. DAMMERS 


ANTHOCHARIS CETHURA F. & F. 


Females of this species were observed in April of this year 
ovipositing on Sisymbrium pinnatum and Thelypodium longiros- 
tris, in the vicinity of Phelan, Mojave Desert. An imprisoned 
female laid 5 eggs on April 4th, which emerged April 7th. 


The eggs are usually laid singly on the blossoms, tucked in at 
the base, or upon the stems close to the blossoms. Occasionally, 
however, they are placed on the leaves. The young larvae feed 
preferably on blossoms, but later transfer to the seed pods. 


EGG: Tall, cylindrical, of the usual Anthocharid type, taper- 
ing at both ends: slightly more robust than the egg of lanceolata 
or sara. Base slightly flattened. 

There are from 13 to 19 longitudinal ribs or ridges, between 
which are deep grooves which are crossed by numerous low trans- 
verse ridges. 

Color, orange yellow. Size, averaging about 1. mm, tall by 
4 to .5 mm. through middle portion. 


LARVA: FIRST INSTAR. Length 1.5 mm. 


Head and appendages black. Body, yellow. 

Five rows of simple hairs occur on each side of the mid- 
dorsal area. Each hair arises froma papillus that is slghtly darker 
than the body of the larva. The head also bears a few scattered 
black hairs, discernible only under magnification. 

First moult, April 11th. Duration of first instar, 7 days. 
There is probably some variation as to the time involved. 


SECOND INSTAR. 
Body color, greenish yellow, the head concolorous with body. 


The same series of hairs is present, but the prominent papillae 
from which they arise show a lighter coloration. There is a sug- 
gestion of a light sub-stigmatal line. 

Ocelli, black. Tips of true legs black, the remaining portion 
of legs and also all prolegs, concolorous with body. The single 
example under observation moulted April 14th. 

The succeeding instars, up to the mature stage, show little 
change except that the hairs become progressively smaller, and 
the lateral white or creamy-white line more prominent, with a 
brownish upper edging. Some examples show a narrow brown 
mid-dorsal stripe. 


cs 
(Tu) 


MATURE LARVA. 


The hairs over the dorsum are now short, dark, and very 
numerous, and arise from black prominent papillae. On the ab- 
domen these hairs are light. 
Head, green with a slight over- 
cast of maroon. 

A narrow white stigmatal 
line is present, edged superiorly 
with brown or purplish brown. 
The body color is at first a dark 
green over the dorsum and a 
lighter green on the abdomen. 
As the instar advances a change 
of color occurs. The dorsal area 
becomes ivory, with heavy black 
punctae, giving a mauve cast. 
Yellow transverse bands begin 
to appear at the segmental junc- 
tunes: 

A_ yellow or orange point 
also appears at each segmental PLATE 13 
juncture on the stigmatal white MEK J OF 
line and grows progressively § Anthocharis cethura, 
larger. The stigmatal white enlarged. 
line, between these yellow 
points, grows progressively 
larger, wider and more conspicuous and the head becomes a darker 
purple. Also there begin to appear numerous black points between 
the yellow bands of the dorsal segmental junctures. This change 
continues until the orange spots on the stigmatal line become quad- 
rate and paired each side of the segmental crease, with a heavy 
black area above, and the mauve edging above the white stigmatal 
areas fades to white, thus creating a wide, interrupted stigmatal 
band, superior to which is a wide black area. The abdomen changes 
to grey, then to speckled, and finally to a black, while the legs and 
prolegs are concolorous with the abdomen. 


The head becomes a solid black except for an extension of 
the white lateral band onto the cheeks. Ocelli, black and prominent. 
Spiracles, dirty white. 

The illustration, Plate 13, shows this terminal color phase, 
shortly before pupation. 


Wenothe Zopnata: 


Pupated April 27th. Pupation occurs on the foodplant, with 
the usual girdle, and caudal button, the head always pointing 
upward. 


puPA: Strongly arched over the dorsum, with a forward ex- 
tension of the head and a robust straight “beak’’for the palpal 


34 


cases. The dorsal thoracic-abdominal juncture 1s more deeply in- 
curved than in any other species thus far described. Wing cases, 
strongly marked with dark bands along the venules, and edged 
with lighter areas. A poorly defined mid-dorsal dark stripe is 
present, and a light interrupted supra-stigmatal band occurs on 
the abdominal area. The ground color varies from a mottled black- 
ish gray to a light old wood color. 


Illustrated on Plate 14. 


In addition to the food plants above noted, the larva has been 
taken on Streptanthus inflatus. The species 1s single brooded. 


PLATE 14 


Pupa of Anthocharis cethura, 
lateral view, enlarged. 


EUCHLOE CREUSA LOTTA BEUT. 


This species has been observed to oviposit on the same food 
plants as are recorded for A. cethura. Specimens have been reared 
In captivity on Sisymbrium altissimum. 


Eggs were secured this past spring from the Mojave Desert 
and the following notes recorded. 


35 


EGG. Similar to that of sara and cethura: lemon yellow. 
Laid singly on the food plant. Emerged in 3 days. 


The first larval instars were indistinguishable from A. cethura. 
As maturity’: approaches a marked difference occurs. The first 
instar occupied 4 days and the second was of only 
3 days duration. 


MATURE LARVA. Length 24 to 28 mm. 


Ground color, green. Covered with numer- 
ous raised purplish punctae, bearing each a short 
dark bristle, those on the abdominal surface being 
longer and colorless. 

There is a faint brownish or purplish mid 
dorsal stripe, due largely to the enlargement of 
the purplish areolae at the bases of the punctate 
papillae in this region. These papillae are thickly 
scattered over the entire body of the caterpillar 
above the stigmatal line. 

This latter line is wide and clearly marked, 
being creamy white in color, and edged above 
with a purplish or brownish-pink band. 

Abdomen, bright green. Head, bluish-green, 
thickly covered with small purplish-black nodules 
and bearing a covering of colorless hairs which 
are noticeably longer in the region of the mouth 
parts. Ocelli black. Mouth parts green. 


True legs green except for the tips of ter- 
minal joints which are brown. Prolegs concol- 
orous with body. Spiracles white. See Plate lo. 


The larvae feed only on the seed pods of the 
food plant. A short time prior to pupation they 
turn a mottled dark maroon over the dorsal and 
lateral surface above the stigmatal line. Pupation 


PLATE 15 occurs in the same manner as with 4. cethura. 
Larva of = 

Euchloe creusa PUPA. Length 17 to 20 mm. 

lotta, enlarged. The color varies from a light straw through 


light brown or pinkish brown to dark wood brown. 
Sub-cylindrical, the thorax only slightly protruded : abdomen taper- 
ing regularly and gently: venter much less acutely protruded in 
its center than with cethura. The palpal cases protrude forward 
in a snout which is more gradually tapering and pointed than is 
the case with the above compared species. Two examples show 
a slight downward curve to this snout, but in the majority of 
cases it is straight. A mid-dorsal narrow dark stripe is always - 
present, and a wide stigmatal series of dark blotches and broken 
lines occurs on several. The lines of the venules on wing cases 
are Clearly discernible, as will be noted in our illustration. About 


36 


20 days elapses from the emergence of egg to pupation, and only 
a single brood is produced in a year. 


The pupa is illustrated on Plate 16. 


mesa 


Sic 


ic 


“fs 
} 


rs 


8, 
g 


sacar tai 


? 


WL ee 


ieee 
Pern R STERN 
i Py 


oh beng 
Pw 


SATA 
+ 
Peeve 


= 


SRR ores 


Be 
reek 
Se 


PLATE 16 


Pupa of Huchloe creusa lotta, enlarged. 
a. Ventral aspect. 0b. Dorsal aspect. c. Lateral aspect. 


Drawing by Comstock. 


APODEMIA PALMERII MARGINALIS Skinner. 


Edwards, in his “Butterflies of North America,” briefly des- 
cribes the egg and first larval instar of “Lemonias” palmerti and 
shows figures of the egg and young larva. His illustration of the 
egg is somewhat misleading and does not conform to our observa- 
tions on the California race, marginallts, 


Eight eggs of this species were secured from a female in cap- 
tivity, captured at Fish Springs, Imperial Valley, Calif., on Oct. 
25, 1931. These emerged on Nov. 4th. The eggs are probably 
deposited singly, on the young tender leaves of the food plant, 
Honey mesquite (Prosopis julifloria v. glandulosa Ckll.). In cap- 
tivity the females laid on any variety of plant supplied them, but 
on emergence, fed only on the mesquite. 


37 


EGG: A flattened hemisphere about half as tall as the base 
measurement, the micropyle acutely depressed, not rounded on 
the edges. The surface is covered with a regular network of hex- 
agonal cells. The raised walls separating these cells do not show 
the raised nodules mentioned by Edwards, and shown in his illus- 
tration. Ground color of egg, light 
green, of the partitions, translucent 
white. 


The egg is illustrated on Plate 17. 


LARVA, FIRST INSTAR: pale trans- 
lucent green, with gray-brown patches 
running in vertical lines on each seg- 
ment. Four rows of tufted hairs run 
longitudinally, the upper series com- 
posed each of a single erect dark 


Egg of Apodemia palmerii 


marginalis, highly brown hair, and two to three short 
magnified. colorless hairs. The lower series are 
Drawing by Comstock: composed of colorless hairs only. 


These tufts arise from tumid_ pro- 
cesses, arranged one to each segment. On the first segment is a 
fringe of hair which inclines over the head. 

Head, yellow or brownish-yellow; obovoid, bilobed, slightly 
pubescent. Ocelli and mouth parts, brown. 

Successive instars: body pale bluish-green, faintly mottled 
with white and pale brown. A narrow, white band runs longi- 
tudinally below the upper series of hair tufts. 

Six rows of hair tufts are present, three on each side ar- 
ranged longitudinally. The upper row 1s composed of an admix- 
ture of dark brown, and white stiff hairs. The next lateral row 
is similar but contains more of the white hairs. The inferior row 
is composed of long white soft drooping hairs. 

The lateral overlapping fold is white. Stigmata, white. Ab- 
domen, pale green. Legs, colorless with black markings. Prolegs 
and anal proleg, green with brown claspers. 


Head, white, with black blotches, covered with long white 
hairs. 


There is a narrow black bar across the top of the first segment. 


MATURE LARVA: length, extended, 13 mm. 


30dy a pale bluish-green. A lemon-yellow mid dorsal line 
is present, as is also a similar line running longitudinally below 
the upper row of hair tufts. 


Six rows of hair tufts are present, as in former instars, one - 


tuft to a segment in each line. The upper tufts contain a few 
dark hairs on the first four segments, interspersed in white hairs, 
the remaining hairs all being white. 


38 


The surface of the body is sparingly covered with short white 
vibrissae. 

The lateral overlapping fold is yellowish-white. 

Stigmata, white. Abdomen, pale green. Legs, pale green 
with colorless tips. Prolegs and anal prolegs, pale green with 
colorless claspers. Ocelli, black. 

The mature larva is shown in dorsal aspect on Plate 18. 


PLATE 18 


Larva of Apodemia palmerii marginalis, 
dorsal view, enlarged. 


Pupation takes place on the for Yel plant ina silken nest formed 
by drawing a few leaves together. This occurs in April for the 
spring brood. 


PUPA. Length 8 mm.: greatest width through thorax 2.8 
mm. Predominant color a pale bluish green, the wing cases 
slightly lighter and turning to a pale straw, with wing pattern 
discernible on a dull white, before the imago emerges. A yellowish 
white line extends from the mid-thoracic area to the caudal end 


39 


on each side of the mid-dorsal area. Eye cases yellow, and very 
prominent. The head, thorax and body are covered with short 
white or colorless pile. 


Cremasteric hooks, minute and colorless. Spiracles minute, 
brown centered. 


Pupa, illustrated on Plate 19. 

The larvae of this species spend their entire life, except when 
feeding, thoroughly concealed in a silk nest formed by drawing 
two leaflets together. In early February they were only in their 
third instar, eae fed only occasionally during the winter, but 
never going into true hibernation. As soon as the new spring 
growth of the food-plant was given them, they rapidly reached ma- 
turity. Imagos emerged Agora 19th to early May, 1932. There are 
two broods in a year. 


PLATE 19 
Pupa of Apodemia palmerii marginalis, enlarged. 
showing ventral aspect (at left), dorsal aspect 
(center) and lateral view (right). 


Mitroura Loki. Skinner. 

An egg of this species was secured April 2, 1930, by Theo- 
dore Chi Ge Jr., in the Gavilan Hills, near Riverside. At a later 
date additional examples were obtained in the same region. 


EGG. Delicate light green, with the raised portions of a lighter 
shade almost approximating white. The form is similar to that 
of Mitoura siva juniperaria, as illustrated in “Butterflies of Cali- 
fornia,” but with the following slight divergences. 

The raised points are not as clearly defined in the region of 
the micropyle, and are more pronounced at the outer circumfer- 
ence of the egg. These points do not show a tendency to regular 


40) 


alignment to the same extent as in the egg of jusiperaria. Period 
in ovum, 5 days. The eggs are laid singly on the tender tips of 
the plant. 


LARVA, first instar. Yellow: covered with long curved gray- 
ish hairs. Head, yellow, with black ocelli and mouth parts. 
Length, at time of emergence, about 1:25 mm. On the second day 
the larva assumed a greenish shade. Duration of instar, 6 days. 


SECOND INSTAR. 


Bristles now relatively short and profuse. Larva a darker 
green. Head green; ocelli black. Duration of instar, 10 days. 


THIRD INSTAR. 

The color is a mottled green and yellow-green, simulating the 
juniper stems. The segments are thrown into numerous promi- 
nent folds, further aiding in this simulation. The pile is greatly 
reduced in length. Head retractile. 

Further records of the moults was not observed, but the 
final instar shows the following characteristics. 


MATURE LARVA. Length, 22.5 mm. 


Form, of the usual slug type, as illustrated 
on Plate 20. The segmental creases are deep, 
throwing each segment into rounded relief. 
These segments are also thrown into a series 
of protrusions and depressions, in regular 
form, somewhat as are the twigs of the jun- 
iper. Ground color of body, vivid green, with 
the raised lobulations a darker green. A lemon- 
yellow broken longitudinal line, or series of ir- 
regular crescents, occurs each side of the me- 
dian dorsal area. A similar line, creamy-white, 
is also present along the lateral edge of the 
overlapping fold. 

The body is covered with minute brown 
pile, which gives the larva a velvety appear- 
ance. 


A small diamond shaped cervical shield 
occurs on the first segment in the median line. 
This ts of a soiled white color. 


PLATE 20 
Mature larva of 
Mitoura loki. : 

enlarged. Abdomen, concolorous with body. Legs, 


green, with pink terminal hooks. Prolegs and 
anal prolegs, green, with pink claspers. 
Head, greenish brown, with gray mouth parts. Spiracles, 
brownish red, 
Pupation takes place on the food plant, suspended from a silk 
button, and supported by a delicate silk girdle. 


PUPA. Robust, thickest through the mid-abdominal region; 
dark chestnut-brown, somewhat mottled, and covered with a chest- 


4] 


nut pile except for the wing cases and facial portions. The sur- 
face is heavily creased and irrocated, particularly over the anterior 
portions. The segmental creases and junctures are deep and 
clearly defined. Breadth at widest point equals half of the length. 
See; late Ze 


The imago emerged June 4th, making a duration for the entire 
life cycle of slightly over two months. 


This species is doubly brooded. The first brood appears in 
April or May, and the second flies in late June and July. The type 
locality is Jacumba Hot Springs, San Diego County, but captures 
have lately been recorded from Chino Can on, near Palm Springs, 
Riverside County; Morongo, and Warren’s Wells, San Bernar- 
dino County; and Redlands, Riverside County, in addition to the 
Gavilan Hills near Riverside. 


This extends the range considerably north of the original 
recorded point. 


The species feeds on Juniperus californica Carr. and prob- 
ably also on other native junipers. It was bred in captivity on 
Guadeloupe cypress. 


PLATE 21 


Pupa of Witoura loki, enlarged. 
a. Ventral aspect. 6b. Lateral aspect. c. Dorsal aspect. 


ERYNNIS TRISTIS Bdvy. 


This species was unusually abundant in Southern California 
during the fall of 1931. Numerous eggs were secured in Septem- 
ber, and a series were bred to maturity. 


EGG. Sub-spherical, with a flattened base. .8 mm. broad x 
9mm. high. Color, when first laid, a lemon-yellow, changing later 


42 


to a rich orange. There are from 18 to 20 longitudinal ribs ex- 
tending from the base toward the micropyle, but many of these 
become confluent on the upper surface of the egg. These ridges 
are well defined and rise more sharply from the surface than is 
the case with other closely related species. 


The grooves between these ridges are crossed transversely by 
numerous low inconspicuous ridges. At their point of juncture 
with the main ribs a slight, barely perceptible beading results. 


Micropyle depressed. Emergence of the young larva occurs 
within 5 days from the time of oviposition. 


The eggs are laid singly in the terminal tender leaves of 
Quercus. In the Los Angeles city parks, the cork oak seemed the 
species of choice, but eggs were found on several species of oaks. 


Illustrated on Plate 22, fig. a. 


LARVA: first instar. Length when newly emerged, 2.2 mm. 


Head large in comparison with body; orange-yellow, with a 
number of short colorless vibrissae protruding from the lobes. 
Mouth parts, orange-yellow, the tips of mandibles and antennae 
brownish-black. Ocelli, black. 

Body, uniform dirty yellow. 

There are four rows of colorless, short hairs on each side 
placed longitudinally. Each separate hair arises from a papillus, 
the tip of which is black. 

Under high magnification the surface of the body is seen to 
be studded with minute warts, concolorous with the body. 

Legs and prolegs are of the same shade as the body surface. 
Duration of first instar, 5 days. 


SECOND INSTAR. Length, 2.8 mm. 


Head, black, or brownish-black, covered with short white sp1- 
culiferous hairs and bearing suggestions of orange spots on the 
cheeks. Body, dirty yellow, profusely studded with raised yellow 
nodules and bearing minute pile. 


Legs and prolegs concolorous with body. The rows of hairs 
characteristic of the first instar have disappeared. Duration of 
instar, 5 days. 


THIRD INSTAR. 


Head brown, with a slightly more pronounced suggestion of 
the three orange spots near the edge on each lobe. 

A barely perceptible narrow mid - dorsal line begins to ap- 
pear and a prominent but narrow yellowish or dirty white lateral 
line is present. In other respects the larva is similar to the pre- 

I 
viously described instar. 


FOURTH INSTAR. 


Similar to last, but more pronounced 
orange spots on the cheeks and a slight in- 
crease in the definition of the mid-dorsal line. 
The duration of this and the final instar was 
not recorded. 


MATURE LARVA. Length, extended, 25. mm. 


Head orange brown, with three large pale 
orange spots on each side. Covered with very 
short colorless pile. Bilobed, as shown in the 
illustration. A thin black collar occurs di- 
rectly behind the head on the first segment. 


Body, pale gray-green, covered with raised 
fungiform white dots, absent only on the first 
segment. Greatest girth at 5th and 6th seg- 
ments. Mid dorsal line well defined, and 
caused by the absence of the raised papillae. 
A thin lemon lateral line extends from the 
3rd segment to the caudal end. 


Abdomen concolorous with body, but with 
fewer and more restricted white tubercles. The 
entire body is covered with short colorless pile, 
which, however, is absent on the first segment. 


Legs concolorous with body, the tips 
colorless. Prolegs, same as legs, the claspers 
lighter in color. Stigmata white. Illustrated, 
Plates 22 tices: 

When newly emerged the larva cuts two 
longitudinal incisions on the tip of a tender 
leaf and folds back the flap thus formed, unit- 
ing the edges to the leaf, thus making a pro- 
tective nest. Later it makes a nest by uniting 
the edges of a single leaf, or it may bring two 
leaves together, uniting the edges. It remains 
concealed throughout life, except at the time 
of feeding. Pupation occurs within the pro- 
tective domicile. 


PuPA. Length, 15 to 17 mm. Olive gray, 
the wing cases much darker. The segmental 
joints on the last four segments are a con- 
spicuous pale olive-green. 


PLATE 22 


Egg and larva of 
Erynnis tristis. 
a. Egg highly 

magnified. 


b. Mature larva, 
enlarged. 


Eye and prothoracic stigmata prominent and protruding, 


The head, body and thoracic area covered with light brown 
vibrissae. A heavy tuft of longer sharp hairs over the eyes. 


Spiracles oval, not conspicuous. 
44 


There is a suggestion of a light supra-stigmatal longitudinal 
line. 


Tongue case protruding only slightly beyond the wing cases. 
Venules slightly discernible through the chitinous covering of the 
wings. Illustrated, Plate 23. 


Imagos emerged from January 24th to early May. 


The larva were heavily parasitized with a small Ichneumonid, 
and in a few cases by a Tachinid, which may account for the 
scarcity of this insect. 


PLATE 23 


Pupa of Lrynnis tristis, enlarged. 
a. Dorsal aspect. b. Lateral aspect. c. Ventral aspect. 


NOTES ON THE FLORA OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS 
OFF SANTA BARBARA, CALIFORNIA 


Being chiefly a list of the species added to the flora of the 
islands since Brandegee’s list in Zoe, Vol. 1, No. 5, July, 1890. 


By RatpH HorrMANN 
Director, Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History 


The writer has since 1925 been collecting, for the herbarium 
of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, on the four 
islands off Santa Barbara, viz.: Anacapa, Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa 
and San Miguel. About 420 additions have been made to Greene's 
and Brandegee’s lists, 138 from Santa Cruz, 209 from Santa Rosa 
and 74 from San Miguel. 


The writer plans eventually to publish a full list of the species 
found on the four islands, with notes on their distribution and 
habitat and on the relationship of the flora of each island to that 
of the others in the group and to that of the mainland. 


The present paper is a list of the species added to the flora 
of the three islands covered by Brandegee’s list, Santa Cruz, Santa 
Rosa and San Miguel, with brief notes on the distribution of each 
species. There are also notes on the status of certain species on 
which the writer’s collections have thrown additional light. There 
has been no published list of the plants found on Anacapa Island 
since Yates’ list of twenty-one species in the Ninth Annual Re- 
port of the State Mineralogist, of the California State Mining 
3ureau, 1890, p. 181. A few noteworthy species found on that 
island are, therefore, included in this paper. 


In the Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sci- 
ences, Vol. XXX, Part 2, May-August, 1931, Mr. 1. W. Clokey 
published a list of forty species collected by him on Santa Cruz © 
Island, not given in Brandegee’s list. Mr. Clokey gave no account 
of the distribution of the plants listed. The writer has, therefore, 
included in the following list most of the species in Clokey’s list, 
with notes, based on his own observation, with regard to distribu- 
tion, indicating in each case that the species occurs in Clokey’s list. 

The nomenclature used is that of Jepson’s Manual of the 
Flowering Plants of California, wherever possible. 

All species listed are represented by specimens in the her- 
barium of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History. Num- 
bers used with the initials S. B. M. refer to this herbarium. 

The preparation of the following list has been made possible 
by a generous gift, from Dr. Philip S. Chancellor, for field work 
on the islands. 

The writer wishes to acknowledge with thanks the assistance 
which he has received from Dr. P. A. Munz in the preparation 
of the list. He also acknowledges gratefully the help which he 


46 


has received in determining difficult or doubtful species, from 
the following: LeRoy Abrams, C. R. Ball, S. F. Blake, Agnes 
Chase, Alice Eastwood, Carl Epling, Adele L. Grant, H. M. Hall, 
J. Y. Howell, D. A. Johansen, 1. M. Johnston, K. Mackenzie, A. 
chidemmne i “Schatinen  Pi€ Standley, “C, P. Smith, C: A: 
Weatherby and C. B. Wolf. 

Mr. F. R. Fosberg, Mr. Guy Fleming and Mr. Benjamin Nor- 
ris have deposited in the herbarium of the Santa Barbara Museum 
of Natural History specimens collected by them on the islands, 
and have given the writer permission to use their records. 

Thanks are due to Mrs. Lora J. Knight for arranging two 
trips to the islands for collecting purposes. 

Acknowledgment should be made of the courtesy extended to 
the writer, during his work on Santa Cruz, by Mr. Fred Caire 
and by the Santa Cruz Island Company, by Mr. N. R. Vail on 
Santa Rosa Island, and by Mr. R. L. Brooks on San Miguel 
Island. 


GYMNOGRAMME TRIANGULARIS Kaulf. var. viscosa Eat. 


Occasional on Santa Cruz* and Santa Rosa Islands, far less 
common than the type. 


POLYPODIUM VULGARE L. var. KAULFUSSII (Eat.) Fer. 
Exposed banks and sea cliffs, Santa Cruz* and Santa Rosa 
Islands. 


PoLyPODIUM SCOULERI H. & G. 

Reported by Yates, (Bull. Santa Barbara Soc. Nat. Hist. 1:9, 
1890) from Santa Cruz I.; questioned by Munz and Johnston (Am, 
Fern Journal, Vol. 12, no. 4, p. 118). Collected by the writer at 
the base of sea cliffs at Valdez Harbor and at East Twin Harbor, 
SantayGruz.l. S. B. M. No: 10;/912, Nov. 10, 1930: 


ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS L. 
At the head of a canyon, east of Tranquillon Canyon, on Santa 


Rose) 1B 


CHEILANTHES CALIFORNICA Mett. 

Reported by Greene (Bull. Calif. Acad. of Sciences, II, 7, 
1887) from Santa Cruz I. Dropped from the list for that island 
by Brandegee. Collected by the writer from the canyons back of 
Ladys, Dicks, Twin and Pelican Harbors on Santa Cruz I.* 


PELLAEA ORNITHOPUS Hook. 
Frequent on a rocky slope above Water Canyon and occa- 
sional on a canyon slope west of the Ranch, on Santa Rosa I. 


* (Clokey). 


WoopWARDIA RADICANS Sm. 


A few struggling plants on a steep side-wall of a canyon 
northwest of the Ranch, Santa Rosa I. 


ATHYRIUM FILIX-FOEMINA (L.) Roth var. SITCHENSE Rupr. f. 
HILLI Butters (Gilbert). 


Occasional along streams in the deep canyons on the north 
sidexof Santa (Cruz l., (Pelican, Orizabas Dicks; andelbacdhc))e 
5S, BEM. No. 5156, Sept. 1, 1928. Determined by GA Wieath= 


erby. 


PoLySTICHUM MUNITUM (Kaulf.) Presl. 
One plant in Canada de la Casa, Santa Rosa I. 


CySTOPTERIS FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh. 
Damp ground at base of cliff, Orizaba Canyon, Santa Cruz I. 


EQUISETUM FUNSTONI A. A. Eat. 


Occasional along streams, both in the interior of Santa Cruz 
I. (Canada de la Siesta) and on the north side (Punta Diablo, 
lazards)=) S- BoM. No. 9156, April: 7, 19302 Detabyallaalin 
Schaffner. 


EQUISETUM KANSANUM Schaffn. 


One station on a bank above the stream, one-half mile below 
the Main Ranch on Santa Cruz I. S. B. M. No. 9147, July 1, 
19307 Detabya) tl. Schariner. 


EQUISETUM HYEMALE L. var. CALIFORNICUM Milde. 


Abundant on a moist bank at the Water Hole, two miles west 
of China Harbor, Santa Cruz I. “S. B. MM. No, 1 ls4Sepeaz0: 
19305. Det byes Ei. Schatiner. 


SELAGINELLA BIGELOVII Underw. 


Frequent on steep, rocky slopes and canyon banks on Santa 
Rosa I. 


TYPHA sp. 
Pool in Tranquillon Canyon, Santa Rosa I.; not in flower. 


POTAMOGETON PECTINATUS L. 
In the lagoon at Prisoners Harbor, Santa Cruz I.* 


RUPPIA MARITIMA L. 
In a brackish lagoon at the east end of Santa Rosa I. 


ZOSTERA MARINA L. 


OffeSantagnosa 2 


* (Clokey). 
48 


| 
\ 
i 
i 
i 


PHYLLOSPADIX TORREY! Wats. 
Common on submerged rocks, off San Miguel I. 


BROMUS CARINATUS H. & A. 
Occasional on open banks, San Miguel I. 


BROMUS HORDACEUS L. 


Common and widely distributed on Santa Cruz 1.*; common 
in the interior and to the south on Santa Rosa I. 


BROMUS LAEVIPES Shear. 
Occasional on wooded slopes on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa 


ices.) MeINo. 10,132, June 29, 1930, and No. 10,180; June 13, 
1930. Det. by Mrs. Agnes Chase. 


BROMUS MARITIMUS (Piper) Hitche. 


Anacapa I.; frequent on sea cliffs, San Miguel I. S. B. M. 
Noes; March: 11,1928 and No, 11,952, Apr. 19; 1932. > Det. 
by Mrs. Chase. 


BROMUS MARGINATUS Nees. 
Frequent on sea cliffs, Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa and San 
Miguel Is. 


Bromus ricipus Roth. 
One collection on Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. No. 7648, April 
AV 192Z9.. Det. by Mrs. Chase. 


BROMUS RIGIDUS var. GUSSONEI (Parl.) Coss. & Dur. 
Abundant on Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 


BROMUS RUBENS I.. 


Widely distributed on open, even on rocky slopes, on Santa 
Cruz I.; common in the interior and toward the south shore of 
Sanita Rosa 


BROMUS SUBVELUTINUS Spear. 


Occasional on wooded slopes, Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. No. 
7649, April 18, 1929. Det. by Mrs. Chase. 


BroMus TRINIT Desvy. 
On a steep canyon bank, Santa Rosa I., and on a rocky head- 
land, San Miguel I. 


FESTUCA BROMOIDES L. 
Common and widely distributed on Santa Cruz* and Santa 
Rosa Is.; occasional on San Miguel I. 


OS) 


* (Clokey). 


49 


FESTUCA MEGALURA L. 


Common and widely distributed on Santa Cruz* and Santa 
Rosa Is.; occasional on San Miguel I. 


FESTUCA OCTOFLORA Walt. 

Occasional on bare, rocky slopes on Santa Rosa and San 
Miguel Is. 
FESTUCA PACIFICA Piper. 


One collection on a rocky slope, near Pelican Harbor, Se 
Cruz I., and one on San Miguel I. S. B. M. No. 11,953, April 22, 
1932 and No. 4991, June i 1930; Det” by Mrs.*Chase: 


Poa ANNUA L. 
Frequent in moist ground on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 


Poa DOUGLASII Gray. 


Frequent on sandy slopes, near the sea, on Santa Rosa I.; 
occasional on San Miguel I. S. B. M. No. 9152, April 8, 1930, 
and No. 9494, April 1, 1930. 


POA SCABRELLA Thurb. 


Frequent on shaded banks, Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. No. 945, 
March 26, 1927. 


LAMARCKIA AUREA Moench. 


Frequent on rocky slopes, Santa Cruz I[., occasional on Santa 
Rosa I. and one collection on Prince I., off San Miguel I. 


MELICA IMPERFECTA Trin. 


Common on steep banks on Santa Rosa |. and occasional on 
canyon banks and sea cliffs on San Miguel I. 


MELICA IMPERFECTA var. FLEXUOSA Boland. 


Occasional on shaded banks, Santa Cruz J. S. B. M. No. 
{99 March 2891925) Det. any Vins. Ghase: 


ELYMUS CONDENSATUS Presl. 
Frequent on canyon banks on Santa Rosa I. 


ELtymMus GLAucus Buckl. 


Occasional on wooded banks and canyon walls on Santa Cruz 
and Santa Rosa Is. 


ELyMuUs TRITICOIDES Buckl. 
In waste ground at the Main Ranch on Santa Cruz I.; com- 
mon on wind swept mesas on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 


* (Clokey). 


50 


HoRDEUM GUSSONEANUM Parl. 
Occasional on Santa Rosa lI. S. B. M. No. 12,109, May 10, 
1932: Det. by Mrs. Chase. 


HorDEUM MURINUM L. 
Common on San Miguel I. 


HorDEUM NODOSUM L. 


Occasional on exposed hills and mesas on Santa Cruz I.; 
frequent on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 


HorDEUM PUSILLUM Nutt. 
Occasional in low ground, San Miguel I. 


LOLIUM PERENNE L. 
In waste ground, Main Ranch, Santa Cruz I. 


LoLIUM TEMULENTUM L. 


Occasional in waste ground and fields near ranches, Santa 
Cruz and Santa Rosa Is. 


LoLIUM TEMULENTUM var. ARVENSE Bab. 
One collection on Santa Cruz I. 


PHOLIURUS INCURVUS (L.) Schinz & Thell. 


On the border of a stream near the sea and in a salt lagoon 
on Santa Rosa I. 


AVENA BARBATA Brot. 


Common and widely distributed on Santa Cruz* and Santa 
Rosa Is. 


AVENA FATUA L. 
Frequent on Santa Rosa I. 


AGROSTIS DIEGOENSIS Vasey. 
Frequent on shaded banks on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is. 


Seba WE No. 4751, June 15; 1930, and No: 4789, June-13, 1930. 
Det. by Mrs. Chase. 


AGROSTIS EXARATA Trin. 
Frequent on canyon banks, on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa 


~ 


Is.; the form A. microphylla Steud. occurs on Santa Rosa I. S. 
Davie No wl0;765, Aug. 7, 1930. Det. by Mrs. Chase. 


AGROSTIS VERTICILLATA Vill. 
Common in stream beds and on moist banks, Santa Cruz I. 


* (Clokey). 


PoLyPoGon LuTOSUS (Poir.) Hitche. 
Occasional on the borders of streams or 1n seepage from cliffs 
on Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 


GASTRIDIUM VENTRICOSUM (Gouan) Schinz & Thell. 
Common on rocky slopes near Pelican Harbor, Santa Cruz 
I.*; collected on a rocky slope in the interior of Santa Rosa I. 


MUHLENBERGIA MICROSPERMA (DC.) Kunth. 

Frequent on steep rocky slopes with southern exposure, Santa 
Rosa I. 
ORYZOPSIS MILIACEA (L.) B. & H. 


A patch has persisted for many years near the Ranch House 
on Santa Rosa I. but has not spread. 


STIPA LEPIDA Hitchc. 
Common on rocky slopes, Santa Rosa I. 


STIPA PULCHRA Hitchc. 


A few plants on a rocky mesa near the east end of San 
Miguel I. 


ARISTIDA ADSCENCIONIS L. 
Occasional on steep, rocky slopes with southern exposure on 


Santa Cruz I. S. B. M. No. 6633, March 22, 1929. 


CYNODON DACTYLON (L.) Pers. 


Occasional near dwellings and ranches, Santa Cruz and Santa 
Rosa Is. 


PHALARIS BULBOSA L. 


In waste ground at the Main Ranch, Santa Cruz I. S. B. M. 
Now7550, June-ts, 19307 Det. by Mis: Chase: 


PHALARIS LEMMONII Vasey. 


On an open mesa, northwest of the Ranch, on Santa Rosa I. 
So 8. Me No 12.072) May lOP932; 


PHALARIS MINOR Retz. 
Occasional near the sea on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 


ELEOCHARIS PALUSTRIS R. & S. 
In a stream bed, in the Canada del Rancho) Viejo, “Santa 
oSame: 


SCIRPUS CALIFORNICUS Britt. 


A large colony in the lagoon at Prisoners Harbor, Santa 
Ciizele 


* (Clokey). 


ScIRPUS CERNUUS Vahl. 

On a wet bank, at the mouth of Arlington Canyon, Santa 
Rosa I. 

ScrRPUS OLNEYI Gray. 

On a wet bank, at the mouth of Arlington Canyon, Santa 
Rosa I. 

CAREX BARBARAE Dewey. 

On the border of the stream, one-half mile below the Main 
Ranchesanta Cruz lS. Ba MM: No. 11,131, Apr. 12; 1931. 
CaREX GLOBOSA Boott. 

Frequent on rocky brushy slopes, on Santa Rosa I. 


CAREX GRACILIOR Mkze. 

On a ledge above the stream at Scorpion Harbor, Santa Cruz 
I.; on the border of the stream, Canada de la Casa, Santa Rosa I. 
S. B. M. No. 5568, March 17, 1929, and No. 12,112, May 10, 1932. 
The former determined by K. Mackenzie. 

CAREX MONTEREYENSIS Mkze. 

On the moist face of a cliff, Pelican Harbor, Santa Cruz I. 
Sasa ME No: 11,125, Sept. 10, 1931. Det. by K. Mackenzie. 
CAREX PANSA Bailey. 

Occasional on sandy slopes, near the sea, Santa Rosa |. S. 
B. M. No. 12,304. Det. by K. Mackenzie. 

CAREX PRAEGRACILIS Boott. 

One collection on Santa Cruz I., near the ridge above China 
Harbor, and one on a sandy slope, on the east end of Santa Rosa I. 
Sebe Me No: 1129, April 18, 1931, and No: 12,111. 

CAREX SENTA Boott. 

Along the stream at Dicks Harbor, and in the Canada de la 
Siestamoantaceruz 1. SS. Be Me Now ll:836, March’ 25. 1932. 
CAREX TRIOQUETRA Boott. 

One collection on Santa Cruz I. S. B. M. No. 238, March 
ZO 925- 

Juncus surontus L. 

Frequent in moist ground on San Miguel I. 
JUNCUS XIPHIOIDEs E. Mey. 

Along the bed of a short canyon, northwest of the Ranch, 
Santa Rosa I. S. B: M. No. 12,161, May 5, 1932. 

Luzuta cAMPEsTRIS DC. var. CONGESTA Buch. 


The variety is commoner than the type, both on Santa Cruz 
and Santa Rosa Is. 


o1 
a) 


CHLOROGALUM POMERIDIANUM (Ker.) Kunth. 
Occasional on a grassy hill top on Santa Rosa I. 


ALLIUM HYALINUM Curr. var. PRAECOX Jepson. 


Frequent on grassy mesas near the sea and on slopes above 
canyons on Santa Rosa I. 


BRODIAEA SYNANDRA (Hel.) Jepson. 
Frequent on canyon banks and mesas near the sea on the 
north-east end of Santa Rosa I. 


CALOCHORTUS CATALINAE Wats. 
Occasional on brushy slopes on Santa Rosa I. 


CALOCHORTUS LUTEUS Dougl. 
Locally common on grassy slopes near the Main Ranch on 
Santai@ruz 


HABENARIA MICHAELI Greene. 
Frequent on rocky slopes, Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. No. 10,408, 
June 13, 1930. 


EK PIPACTIS GIGANTEA Doug]. 
Occasional on moist banks of Santa Cruz I. (five localities ). 


SALIX LASIANDRA Benth. 
At Valdez Harbor, Santa Cruz I. S. B. M. No. 10,800, Nov. 
ON930> Det by Cok Ball: 


SALIX LASIOLEPIS Benth. 


Common and widely distributed along streams on Santa 
Rosa I. 


QUERCUS CHRYSOLEPIS Liebm. 

Greene’s statement that this species occurs on the “north side, 
near summit” of Santa Cruz I., is confirmed by collections from 
the high ridge at the head of Twin Harbor Canyon (a grove of 
about a dozen trees) and from just north of the summit of Mt. 
Diablo (about fifteen trees). S. B: M. No. 11,188, Sept, 8) 193i8 


QUERCUS LOBATA Neé. 

Brandegee records finding “small” Quercus lobata on Santa 
Cruz I. There are two trees in the Canada del Medio about a 
mile and a half west of the Main Ranch which, except for the bark, 
match Q. lobata of the mainland. One of these has a circumfer- — 
ence of twenty-nine feet, three feet above the ground, with a 
spread of fifty-four feet. The question of their specific identity 
is still unsettled in the writer’s mind. See under QO. macdonaldi. 


D4 


QUERCUS MACDONALD! Greene. 

Jepson makes this tree a subspecies of Q. dumosa; Trelease 
(Flora of Santa Catalina I., p. 77) describes it as a “Small ever- 
green tree.’ On Santa Cruz I. the tree is deciduous. If it 1s not 
a distinct species, it seems to the writer to be much more closely 
related to Q. lobata than to QO. dumosa. 


wy 


QUERCUS MOREHUS Kell. 
A single tree in a canyon west of Portezuelo, on Santa Cruz 


ieee No, 11142° April 12, 1931. 


QUERCUS TOMENTELLA Engelm. 
In the only deep canyon on Anacapa I. 


URTICA URENS L. 
Occasional on Santa Rosa I. 


HESPEROCNIDE TENELLA Torr. 
Occasional on shaded banks on Santa Cruz I. 


ANEMOPSIS CALIFORNICA ( Nutt.) Hook. 

A small colony at the border of the lagoon at Prisoners Har- 
bor, Santa Cruz I.* 

This plant, Yerba Manza, though in plain sight at Prisoners 
Hartor, where Greene must have landed in 1886, is not on his list. 
The writer’s conjecture that it might have been brought over from 
the mainland by an employee of Mr. Caire and planted where it 
could be easily gathered for medicinal purposes, was confirmed by 
Michael Lugo, who was told by one Francisco Leyva that he 
(Leyva) had planted it at Prisoners. 


POLYGONUM AVICULARE L. var. LITTORALE Koch. 


Near the beach at Scorpion Harbor, Santa Cruz I. S.B.M. 
No. 10,306. 


POLYGONUM RAMOSISSIMUM Michx. 
Occasional near ranches, Santa Cruz I. 
RUMEX ACETOSELLA L: 


A small colony on a grassy bank, toward the west end of 
Santa Cruz I. 


RUMEX CRISPUS L. 


Common along streams on Santa Rosa I., and occasional on 
moist banks on San Miguel I. 


PTEROSTEGIA DRYMARIOIDES F. & M. 
Frequent on north slopes and on sea cliffs on San Miguel I. 


* (Clokey). 


ol 
oO 


LASTARRIAEA CHILENSIS Remy. 


A large colony at the mouth of Corral Canyon on the south 
shore of Santa Cruz [., locally common on a sandy area on the 
east end of Santa Rosa I. and occasional as far north as Water 
Canyon on Santa Rosa I. 


CHORIZANTHE INSULARIS sp. nov. 


Chorizanthe staticoides Benth. 1s given from Santa Cruz and 
Santa Rosa Is. in Brandegee’s list. Examination of a large amount 
of material collected on both islands shows several marked dif- 
ferences between the island plant and C. staticoides. The writer 
has therefore given the island plant specific rank under the above 
name. He wishes to express his appreciation of Miss Eastwood's 
courtesy in giving him her MS. notes, made when she had also 
decided that the island plant was specifically distinct. 


Plant generally low, 2-8 (14) cm., erect, simple or in vigorous 
plants with wide-spreading and somewhat flexuous branches, 
dichotomously branching, generally from 1-2 cm. above the base, 
villous; leaves ovate-oblong, 1-3’ cm. long, 4-6 mm. wide, nar- 
rowing at base to slender petioles, longer than the blades, rounded 
at tip, often reddish above though villous, white-tomentose below ; 
leaves basal and in whorls at the nodes, passing into foliaceous, 
lanceolate, mucronate bracts; involucres 2 mm. long, very numer- 
ous, crowded at the ends of the branching inflorescence, forming 
runded heads, or solitary at the nodes and 4+ mm. long, sparsely 
pubescent; the teeth short, the alternate ones smaller: flowers 
white, 24% mm. broad; calyx lobes oblong-ovate; stamens 6. 


Type specimen No. 254, Ralph Hoffmann, Herbarium of 
Santa Barbara Museum, No. 12,302. 


Planta plerumque humilis, 2-8 (14) cm. alta, erecta, simplex 
aut, in plantis robustis, cum ramis late expansis et aliquanto flex- 
uosis, dichotome divisa, plerumque a 1-2 cm. supra basem, villosa ; 
foliis ovato-oblongis, 1-3.5 cm. longis, 4-6 mm. latis, basi angus- 
tatis in petiola tenuia, longiora quam laminae, apice rotundatis, 
supra saepe subrubris, villosis autem, subtus albo-tomentosis ; foltis 
a basi et in verticillis ad nodos, superioribus conversis in bracteas 
foliaceas, lanceolatas, mucronatas ; involucris 2 mm. longis, numer- 
osissimis, ad fines inflorescentiae ramosae congestis, capitula ro- 
tundata facientibus, aut solis ad nodos et 4 mm. longis, sparse 
pubescentibus; dentibus brevibus, alternis minoribus; floribus 
albis, 2.5 mm. latis; lobis calycis oblongo-ovatis ; staminibus 6. 


Chorizanthe insularis has hitherto passed as C. staticoides 
Benth. in Greene’s and Brandegee’s lists (Greene, Bull. Calif. 
Acad. of Sciences Tl, 7, 1887; Brandegee, Zoe, IF 5) 1690) rai 
differs from C. staticoides, as described by Watson (Geological 
Survey of Calif. Botany, II, p. 37), in the presence of foliaceous 
bracts, and in this respect seems closer to C. Nanti Watson, from 
which it differs in the crowding of its numerous small involucres 


56 


into subcapitate cymes. It differs from both species in its con- 
spicuous white flowers. 

It occurs on Santa Cruz I. on nearly every rocky slope with 
southern exposure, from the north side to the south side of the 
island; it is less common on Santa Rosa [. It is well-developed 
by the middle of February, but does not yet show the inflores- 
cence. Early in April it begins to flower, and by the end of June 
it has for the most part passed flowering. 

ERIOGONUM GIGANTEUM Wats. 

Jepson (Manual of the Flowering Plants of California, p. 
313) gives Santa Cruz as within the range of this species. The 
writer has never found it on the island nor seen any specimens 
collected there. 


Y EricoNUM NUDUM Dougl. var. GRANDE Jepson. 

Jepson includes in this variety Eriogonum grande Greene and 
E. rubescens Greene. <A large series from all the islands under 
discussion seems to show that the material can not all be included 
in one variety. On Anacapa I. the plant never has red flowers, 
grows to a height of 70 cm., and in its compact panicles often 
approaches FE. latifolium Sm.* On Santa Rosa and San Miguel 
Is. and on the west end of Santa Cruz I., the plant always has 
red flowers, and on sea cliffs or on mesas above the sea, in the 
same situations as on Anacapa, it often grows less than 20 cm. 
high, but again with a very compact panicle. 
E 


APHANISMA BLITOIDES Nutt. 


Frequent on mesas above the sea, on the west end of Santa 
Cruz I. and on the south side of Santa Rosa I. 


CHENOPODIUM CALIFORNICUM Wats. 
Frequent on grassy or rocky slopes on Santa Rosa I. 


CHENOPODIUM MURALE L. 


Frequent and widely distributed on Santa Rosa I. 


MONOLEPIS NUTTALLIANA (R. & S.) Wats. 


Occasional in low ground near the sea on Santa Cruz L.; 
frequent on bare ridges toward the south shore of Santa Rosa 1; 
occasional on San Miguel I. 


ARTIPLEX BRACTEOSA Wats. 


In waste ground at Pelican Harbor on Santa Cruz I. S. B. 
M. No. 2132, June 14, 1930. Det. by H. M. Hall. 


* Yates ale Ann. Rep. State Min. 1890, p. 187) recorded EF. latifolium from Ana- 
capa I. 


57 


A. BRACTEOSA Wats. (minor variation | of Hall and Clements). 
(A. DAVIDSONI Standl.).- 


Occasional on mesas along the south shore of Santa Rosa I. 
Sy 18), IME IN@, 14.305. IDS, ye lnk ME Talal 


A. COULTERI (Mog.) Dietr. 


Frequent on mesas above the sea at the west end of Santa 
Cruz I., and on bare slopes from the interior to the south shore 
of Santa Rosa I.; occasional on San Miguel I. 


A. EXPANSA (D. & H.) Wats. (A. arcentea Nutt. subsp. 
EXPANSA (Wats.) Hall & Clements). 


A colony near the beach at Smugglers Cove, on Santa Cruz 
I., and one on the beach at Arlington Canyon on Santa Rosa J. 


A. MICROCARPA ( Benth.) Dietr. 


On mesa above cliffs, Anacapa I. S. B..M. No. 4122. Det. 
by H. M. Hall. 


A. PATULA L. subsp. HasTATA (L.) Hall and Clements. 


Occasional on the north side of San Miguel I., under cliffs 
with seepage. 


A. LEUCOPHYLLA Dietr. 
Common on beaches on Santa Rosa I. 


A. SEMIBACCATA R. Br. 


Widely distributed on open slopes and mesas, especially near 
the sea, on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is.; occasional on San 
Miguel I. 


AMARANTUS BLITOIDES Wats. 


In waste ground near a dwelling at Cochies Prietos on Santa 
Cruz I., and in cultivated ground near the Ranch on Santa Rosa I. 


A. GRAECIZANS L. 
In cultivated ground near the Ranch on Santa Rosa I. 


ABRONIA ALBA Eastw. 

On sand dunes at the north-east end of Santa Rosa I. and 
on San Miguel I. S. B. M. No. 9772, April 8, 1930, and No. 5726, 
Jime dd 1OS ORD etebyaie Ge otandley: 


A. ALBA var. VARIABILIS Jepson. (A. MINOR Standl.) 


On the beach at the mouth of Corral Canyon, on the south ~ 
shore of Santa Cruz I., and on the north-east end of Santa Rosa I. 
S. B. M. No. 1214, June 30, 1930, and No. 10,073, Aug. 7, 1930. 
Det. by P. C. Standley. 


58 


A. ALBA var. PLATYPHYLLA Jepson. 


On sandy slopes at the north-east end of Santa Rosa I. S. 
Bevin No. 9363, Apr: 8; 1930. Det. by P. C. Standley. 


A. LATIFOLIA Esch. 


A single plant was found by B. Norris on the beach on the 
north shore of San Miguel I. S. B. M. No. 8809, Apr. 11, 1930. 
Det. by_P. C. Standley. 


A. MARITIMA Nutt. 
Common on beaches and sandy slopes above the sea on Santa 


Rosa I. 


MrraAsBiLis LAEVIS ( Benth.) Curr. 
Occasional on the south-east end of Santa Rosa I. 


TETRAGONIA EXPANSA Murr. 
Occasional on beaches on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 


MESEMBRYANTHEMUM AEQUILATERALE Haw. 
Occasional on sea cliffs at the west end of Santa Rosa I. 


M. NopIFLorUM L. 
Occasional on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 


CALANDRINIA BREWERI Wats. 
Occasional on rocky slopes on Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. No. 


HOMOZS Apr. 18,1932. 


CALANDRINIA CAULESCENS H. B. K. 


Common on grassy slopes and on rocky summits on Santa 
Rosa I.; occasional on San Miguel I. 


C. CAULESCENS var. MENZIESII Gray. 
Frequent on Santa Rosa I., in richer soil than the type. 


CALANDRINIA MARITIMA Nutt. 
Occasional on rocky slopes near the sea, Santa Rosa I. 


MOontTIA FONTANA L. 


On borders of streams on Santa Cruz I., near Twin Harbor 
andveast of Orizaba Harbor. S. B: M. No. 11,872, Feb: 27, 1932. 


MONTIA PERFOLIATA (Donn.) Howell. 
Frequent on steep north slopes on San Miguel I. 


M. PERFOLIATA var. PARVIFLORA Jepson. 
Frequent in poor soil on Santa Cruz I. 


59 


PORTULACA OLERACEA L. 
A garden weed at the Main Ranch on Santa Cruz I. 


CERASTIUM VISCOSUM L.. 


Frequent on grassy borders of streams on Santa Cruz I.; oc- 
casional on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 


STELLARIA MEDIA (L.) Cyr. 
Frequent on north slopes on San Miguel I. 


STELLARIA NITENS Nutt. 
Occasional on shaded banks on Santa Rosa I. 


SAGINA OCCIDENTALIS Wats. 
Occasional on San Miguel I. 


ARENARIA DOUGLASII Fenzl. 
Occasional on rocky slopes on Santa Rosa I. 


SPERGULARIA SALINA J. & C. Presl. 
Occasional on flats back of beaches on Santa Cruz I. ( Pris- 
oners Harbor, Dicks Harbor). 


SPERGULA ARVENSIS L. 
Collected by Leroy Abrams on Santa Cruz I.; locally com- 
mon south-east of the Ranch on Santa Rosa I. 


PoOLYCARPUM DEPRESSUM Nutt. 
A single plant in a stony wash at Willows, on the south shore 


Or Santa Cruze Sb. Me Noe Sil, me 305 1930) 


PENTACAENA RAMOSISSIMA H. & A. 
Occasional on San Miguel I[. 


SILENE ANTIRRHINA L. 
Occasional on rocky slopes on Santa Rosa I. 


(To be continued ) 


The recent tragic death of Mr. Ralph Hoffmann will not, as 
was first feared, interrupt the publication of this important paper. 
The officials of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History 
have assured us that Mr. Hoffmann’s notes are in such shape as 
to insure its continuance.—EpD., 


60 


SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PLANT NOTES—IV* 


PHILIP A. MUNZ 


Unless otherwise indicated all specimens cited in this paper are in 
the Herbarium of Pomona College, Claremont, California. 


Vag Delphinium Parryi Gray var. montanum Munz, n. var. 

Caules et folia glabra. Type, Vincent Gulch, San Gabriel Mts., at 
6600 ft., Munz 6846, Pomona College Herbarium No. 18068. Ranging 
at 5000 to 7500 ft. in the San Gabriel and ‘San Bernardino Mts. and at 
Mt. Pinos. In its smoothness this plant resembles D. decorum F. & M., 
but the leaf-divisions are narrower and the seeds are sharply angled as 
in D. Parryi. 


vw Delphinium Parryi Gray var. subglobosum (Wiggins) Munz, n. 
comb. 


Delphinium subglobosum Wiggins, Contr. Dudley Herb. Stanford 
Univ. 1:99. pl. 7. 1929. 

Stems glabrous, glaucous; leaves long-pubescent; follicles 6-11 mm. 
long. Eastern San Diego Co. (Banner, San Felipe, Montezuma Valley, 
Campbells). Differing from D. Parryi which has pubescent stems and 
follicles 10-15 mm. long, but intergrading with it. 


V Delphinium Parishii Gray var. pallidum Munz, n. var. 


Flores pallidi, fere albidi; sepalis 6-7 mm. longis. Type, from Sey- 
mour Creek, Mt. Pinos, at 5900 ft., June 10, 1923, Munz 6954, Pomona 
College Herbarium No. 20509. I have seen other collections from Mt. 
Pinos and one from Holcomb Valley in the San Bernardino Mts., Munz 
10659. The plants here included have been variously treated and bear 
a superficial resemblance to D. cuyamacae Abrams of San Diego Co., 
but differ from that species by their pubescent follicles. They differ 
from D. Parryi and agree with D. Parishii in the possession of a loose 
cellular coat about the seeds. In D. Parishii of lower altitudes the 
flowers are more definitely blue and the sepals are 8-10 mm. long. 


Sisymhrium diffusum Gray var. Jaegeri Munz, n. var. 


Perennis, diffusa, cinereo-tomentosa, 3-5 dm. alta; caulibus foliosis; 
foliis inferioribus 5-8 cm. longis, cinereis, profunde sinuato-dentatis vel 
lobatis, cum petiolis brevibus et alatis; foliis superioribus reductis, 
sessilibus; racemis 5-10 cm. longis; pedicellis porrectis, 4-7 mm. longis, 
sepalis 2.5-3.5 mm. longis; petalis albis, 3.5-4 mm. longis; capsulis lente 
porrectis, pubescentibus, 1.5-2 cm. longis, vix 1 mm. crassis, subtorulosis, 
cum rostro tenue 1.5-2 mm. longo; seminibus circa 0.6 mm. longis. 

Type trom Westgaard Pass, Inyo Co., M. E. Jones in July, 1928, 
Pomona College Herbarium No. 173484. I have seen also material from 
Clark Mts. in the eastern Mohave Desert, collected by Jaeger, and from 
Coso Mts., Coville & Funston (Gray Herbarium at Harvard). It is a 
pleasure to name this variety for Mr. E. C. Jaeger whose many years 
of collecting on the deserts of California have produced such interest- 
ing results. The variety differs from typical S. diffuswm of southern 
Arizona, New Mexico and Texas by having the leaves more sharply 
dentate, the sepals 2.5-3.5 mm. long instead of 2 mm. long, and the 
petals 3.5-4 mm. long instead of 2-3 mm. 


*The third paper of this series appeared in the Bull. So. Calif. Acad. 24:47-51. 


1925. 


61 


Cardamine oligosperma Nutt., T. & G., Fl. N. Am. 1:85. 18388. 


This annual crucifer, hitherto known from Monterey Co. northward, 
and from Topango Canyon, Hasse, has recently been collected in San 
Dimas Canyon, San Gabriel Mts., Lowis C. Wheeler 506. 


Lesquerella bernardina Munz, n. sp. 


Perennis, omnino argenteo-stellata; caulibus compluribus, ascenden- 
tibus, 1-2 dm. altis; laminis foliorum infimorum ovatis aut oblongis, 5-20 
mm. longis, integris, obtusis, in petiola longiora subito angustatis; 
foliis caulium anguste oblanceolatis, 4-12 mm. longis, cum petiolis brev- 
ibus; sepalis stellato-puberulentis, 6 mm. longis; petalis aureis, spatu- 
latis, 9-10 mm. longis; pedicellis fructiferis 8-11 min. longis, ascendenti- 
bus vel porrectis et sigmoideis; capsulis subglobosis, 5 mm. crassis, stel- 
lato-pubescentibus; stylis 6-9 mm. longis; seminibus 2 in cella utraque, 
brunneis, compressis, 2-2.5 mm. crassis, non alatis. 


Type, from rocky ground under pines, north side of Bear Lake, at 
the east end of Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mts., Peirson 4600, May 
16, 1924, Pomona College Herbarium 49820. Other collections from the 
same region have been made: Jones in 1900 and Johnson in 1924. The 
proposed species is nearest to L. Kingii Wats. of the Panamint and 
Providence Mts. and adjacent Nevada and has passed as that species, 
but L. Kingii has petals 6-7 mm. long and style 3-5 mm. long. 


\ Thysanocarpus laciniatus Nutt., ex T. & G., Fl. N. Am. 1:118. 1838. 


In the typical form of the species the capsules are glabrous, reticu- 
late, broadly elliptic to orbicular, ca. 3 mm. wide including the broad, 
subentire, greenish or purplish wing which lacks well defined rays. In 
Southern California it is common on grassy slopes, in washes, etc. below 
3500 ft. in the coastal drainage, and is occasional on the Mohave Desert 
in a green-winged form with broad leaves (Granite Well, Shepherd 
Canyon, etc.). There is free intergradation with the following varieties: 

Var. crenatus (Nutt.) Brew. (Bot. Calif. 1:49. 1876). Wing rayed 
and notched or perforate between the rays. Growing with the species. 

Var. ramosus (Greene) Munz, n. comb. (7. ramosus Greene, Bull. 
Calif. Acad. 2:390. 1887). Capsule larger, 4 mm. or more wide, includ- 
ing the wings. Santa Rosa, Santa Cruz, and San Clemente Islands. 

Var. affinis (Greene) Munz, n. comb. (T. affinis Greene, Pittonia 
4:311. 1901). Capsule 3-3.5 mm. wide, pubescent. Catalina Island and 
adjacent mainland, to Claremont, Santa Ana Canyon, and Santa Barbara. 


Var. Hitchcockii Munz, n. var. Capsula conferta, luteo-virida, 2.5-3 
mm. lata, scabrella, cum capillis parvis clavatisque. Type, from Dante's 
Point, Death Valley, P. A. Munz & C. L. Hitchcock 11016, April 6, 1928, 
Pomona College Herbarium No. 145825. Well distributed on the western 
Mohave Desert, as at Cushenberry, Hesperia, Willow Springs, Mohave, 
etc. 


Var. rigidus Munz, n. var. Plantae rigidae, compactae, 3-12 em. 
altae, subpurpureae; foliis pinnatifidis; pedicellis porrectis, non recurv- 
atis; capsulis glabris, 2.5 mm. latis, subcrenatis. Type, Laguna Camp, 
Laguna Mts., ‘San Diego Co., May 16, 1925, Munz 9701, Pomona College 
Herbarium No. 82645. Another collection is from 50 miles southeast of 
Tecate, Lower California, Munz 9572. 


Arabis Shockleyi Munz, n. sp. 


Perennis, cum caudice crasso simpliceque; caule non ramoso, 1-2 
dm. alto, stellato-canescente; foliis albidis, stellato-canescentibus; foliis 
infimis confertis, oblanceolatis vel spatulatis, laminis 1-1.5 em. longis, 
3-5 mm. latis, subintegris, obtusis, in petiola alata et 5-10 mm. longa, 
angustatis; foliis caulium lanceolato-ovatis, sessilibus; amplectentibus, 


62 


acuminatis, 1-2 cm. longis; floribus confertis, 15-25; pedicellis fortibus, 
stellato-canescentibus, ascendentibus aut subporrectis, 8-10 mm. longis; 
calyce laxe stellato, ca. 5 mm. longo, subroseo; corolla subrosea, 1 cm. 
longa; petalis vix 1 mm. latis, oblanceolato-linearis, erectis; capsulis 
ascendentibus vel porrectis, subarcuatis, glabris, 5-7 cm. longis, 1.5-2 mm. 
latis, sine stylis persistentibus; seminibus in 2 ordinibus et 1 mm. 
longis. 

Type, Mellin Mt., near Candelaria, Nevada, Shockley 366, May 1884 
(Gray Herbarium). Another collection is from a dry canyon on the 
north slope of the San Bernardino Mts., May 1882, 8. B. & W. F. Parish 
1302 (Gray). Referred to A. Beckwithii Wats. by Robinson (Syn. FI. 
N. Am. vol. 1, pt. 1:165. 1895), but differing from that species in the 
more canescent and broader leaves and narrower petals, the type of 
Beckwithii at Gray having petals 14 mm. long with the claw 3-4 mm. 
wide and cauline leaves very crowded, greenish and about 4 cm. long. 
Except for the spreading pods, the proposed species superficially resem- 
bles A. subsinuata Wats. 


“ Avrabis dispar Jones, Contr. Western Bot. 8:41. 1898. 
A. nardina Greene, Leaflets Bot. Obs. 2:70. 1910. 


This species seems to have been overlooked to a considerable ex- 
tent. It is a caespitose perennial, stellate-canescent, with basal leaves 
tufted, 1 cm. long, 2-3 mm. wide; stems 1-2 dm. tall; petals pinkish, 
5-6 mm. long; fruiting pedicels ascending, 3-10 mm. long; capsules erect 
or ascending, 4-7 cm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, scarcely if at all beaked with 
a persistent style; seeds nearly in 1 row, broadly margined. 

I have seen material from Panamint Mts., Jones in 1897, Munz in 
1932; from Cactus Flat above Cushenberry Canyon, Jones in 1926; 
and from Quail Springs in the Little San Bernardino Mts., Munz «& 
Johnston 5214. 


\ Arabis Johnstonii Munz, n. sp. 


Perennis, caespitosa, stellato-canescens; caulibus ascendentibus, 1-2 
dm. longis; foliis infimis spatulatis, circa 1 cm. longis, subintegris, cum 
petiolis longioribus; foliis caulium oblongo-lanceolatis, subsessilibus, 
8-15 mm. longis, 2-3 mm. latis; pedicellis ascendentibus, 6-8 mim. longis; 
petalis roseis, 8-10 mm. longis, 1.5 mm. latis; calycibus 4-5 mm. longis; 
capsulis 8-5 cm. longis, 2-2.5 mm. latis; stylis persistentibus, filiform- 
ibus, 1-2 mm. longis; seminibus 1.5 mm. latis, alatis. 


Type from Kenworthy, San Jacinto Mts. at 4500 ft., Munz & John- 
ston 5485, May 19, 1922, Pomona College Herbarium No. 13275. Very 
much like A. dispar Jones, but with larger flowers and definite per- 
sistent Styles. 


v Arabis maxima Greene var. Hoffmannii Munz, n. var. 


Folia viridia, dorsale glabra; petalis albis, 1 cm. longis. Type, from 
sea-cliff east of Dicks Harbor, Santa Cruz Island, Hoffmann 653, Pomona 
College Herbarium No. 179251; isotype at Santa Barbara Museum. Mr. 
Hoffmann has one or two additional collections from ‘Santa Cruz I. in 
the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History. This plant differs 
strikingly from A. maxima Greene of the mainland in which the leaves 
are grayish, stellate-pubescent, and the petals are rose, 8-10 mm. long. 
It is necessary to take up Greene’s name for our common cismontane 
plant of low altitudes instead of A. arcuata (Nutt.) Gray, (Proc. Am. 
Acad. 6:187. 1864) as the name arcuata had been used earlier (Shuttlw., 
ex Godet, Fl. Jura 1:38. 1852). It is characterized by its arcuate 
spreading capsules which are 5-8 em. long, by its coarse tall stems 
(5-8 dm.), and by the basal leaf-blades being 3-5 em. long. 


79 
65 


Echeveria lagunensis Munz, n. sp. 


Perennis, glauca; caulibus floriferendis fortibus, 2-5 dm. altis. 
glaucis, subrubris; foliis inferioribus obovatis aut svatulatis, acutis aut 
acuminatis, 5-15 cm. longis, 3-5 cm. latis, glaucis; foliis caulium amplec- 
tentibus, 8-30 mm. longis, 6-20 mm. latis, subrubris, glaucis; paniculis 
5-12 cm. latis; pedicellis fortibus, glaucis, 5-15 mm. longis; calycibus 
glaucis, 5-7 mm. longis, lobis lanceolatis et 3-5 mm. longis; corollis 12-14 
mm. longis, subrutilis, lobis 4.5-6 mm. longis, subglaucis. 


Type from dry stony slopes, Campbell Ranch, Vallecito Valley, east- 
ern San Diego County, Munz and Hitchcock 12612, April 3, 1932, Po- 
mona College Herbarium No. 179249. Another collection is from Val- 
lecito Canyon, Laguna Mts., Munzg 9864. This species is common be- 
tween 2000 and 4000 ft. on the desert slopes of the Laguna and Cuya- 
maca Mts. It is closely related to the more coastal EH. pulverulenta 
Nutt. in its glaucous condition, broad leaves in the basal rosette and 
rather large suborbicular leaves of the stems. But the color of the 
flowers is brick-red instead of deep red, and the plant as a whole is 
glaucous rather than pulverulent. It seems to differ from Dudleya ari- 
zonica Rose (Addisonia 8:35, pl. 274. 1923) by the narrower calyx-lobes 
and lighter red of the petals. 


Ribes amarum McClatchie, Erythea 2:79. 1894. 


This shrub from the south face of the San Gabriel and San Ber- 

nardino Mts. is characterized by a berry 12-18 mm. thick, subglabrous, 
and with the spines of the fruit crowded, equal, gland-tipped, 1-2 mm. 
long. 
n Var. Hoffmanni Munz, n. var. Bacca manifeste pubescens, cum 
spinis non confertis, inaequalibus. 1-3.5 mm. longis. Type, Gaviota 
Canyon, April 28, 1926, M. E. Jones, Pomona. College Herbarium No. 
122692. This variety ranges in the canyons from Gaviota to Carpen- 
teria, and is represented by such collections as Hlmer 3753 from Santa 
Barbara; Munz 9328 from Mountain Drive, Santa Barbara; and Jones 
in 1929 from Carpenteria. It is named for Mr. Ralph Hoffmann of Santa 
Barbara, through whose efforts many new things are being added to 
his region. 


Whipplea utahensis Wats., Amer. Nat. 7:300. 1873. 


Known previously from Utah, Nevada and Arizona. Can now be 
reported from Clark Mt., eastern San Bernardino County, where it was 
collected by #. C. Jaeger on June 22, 1930. 


Photinia arbutifolia (Ait.) Lindl., Trans. Linn. Soc. 13:103. 1821. 


As this species occurs on the mainland, its fruit commonly aver- 
ages about 6 mm. in diameter. On Catalina and San Clemente Islands 
the berries are conspicuously larger and finer and there may be recog ~ 
nized. 

Var. macrocarpa Munz, n. var. Bacca 8-10 mm. longa. Type, 
from “Lemon Tank” canyon, San Clemente Island, Munz 6759, Pomona 
College Herbarium No. 18981. 


Amelanchier alnifolia Nutt. var. venulosa (Greene) Jeps., Man. FI. 
Pls Calite. bility o9 25: 


This is the most common form in Southern California, occurring in 
the San Gabriel and San Bernardino Mts., Topatopa Mts., and the east- 
ern slopes of the San Jacinto and Laguna Mts. It is characterized by 
villous-tomentose young growth, leaves elliptic-oblong, 1.5-2.5 cm. long; 
petals oblanceolate, 8-10 mm. long; fruit purplish, 6-10 mm. long. Near 
to it but apparently different is 


64 


ts Var. cuyamacensis Munz, n. var. Folia oblongo-suborbiculares, 2-4.5 
cm. longa; petalis 10-13 mm. longis; fructibus 6 mm. longis. Type, 
Cuyamaca Lake, Munz 8099, Pomona College Herbarium No. 48176 
Other collections are French Valley, Palomar Mts., Munz 8298; and 
Cuyamaca, Spencer 865; Dark Canyon, San Jacinto Mts., Munz & John- 
ston 8701; Buckmans Springs, Feuwdge 1687. 

L Var. nitens (Tidestrom) Munz, n. comb. (Amelanchier nitens 
Tidestrom, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 36:182. 1823.) Young growth, ovary, 
calyx, etc. quite glabrous; leaves bright green, shining, 1-2 cm. long, 
broadly oval to almost round. Described originally from the Charles- 
ton Mts. of southern Nevada, this plant occurs in the Old Dad Mts., 
Jones 25392. 


Je : F : 
~~ Potentilla Peirsoni Munz, n. nom. 


P. cuneifolia (Rydb.) Wolf, Monog. Potentilla, 139. 1908, not Bertol., 
Mise. Bot. 24:15. 1863. Drymocallis cuneifolia Rydb., Monog., 204, pl. 
TIE alesse 

Since this species must be renamed, it is a pleasure to name it for 
Mr. F. W. Peirson, whose collections on the desert slopes of the San 
Gabriel Mts. rediscovered a plant that had not been collected for many 
years. (See, Munz & Johnston, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. 24:25. 1925.) 


Parosela mollis (Benth.) Heller, Cat. N. Am. Pl. ed. 2:6. 1900. 


Calyx 3-4 mm. long; corolla slightly longer. Colorado and eastern 
(rare) Mohave Deserts. 
~Var. mollissima (Rydb.) Munz, n. comb. (Parosela mollissima 
Rydb., No. Amer. Fl. 24:64. 1919). Calyx 5-8 mm. long; corolla usually 
included. Mohave and Colorado Deserts to Nevada. 


Petalostemon Searlsiae A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 8:380. 1873. 


Heretofore known from Nevada, Arizona and Utah. Collected on 
May 28, 1930 in a wash in Pahrump Valley in the eastern part of San 
Bernardino County by E. C. Jaeger. 


\ Astragalus Douglasii Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 6:215. 1864. 


Perennial, with procumbent stems 3-6 dm. long; leaves. short- 
petioled, 4-10 cm. long; leaflets 15-25, 1-2 ecm. long; peduncles 3-5 cm. 
long; racemes 5-15—flowered, the flowers not crowded; calyx 4-5 mm. 
long, the lobes subulate, almost as long as the tube; corolla cream- 
colored, 8 mm. long; pod thin-walled, elongate-ellipsoid, 3-4 cm. long, 
1.5-2 em. thick, strigulose. Dry slopes and plains above 3000 ft. alti- 
tude, in Bear Valley and western end of San Gabriel Mts.; San Miguel 
Island and South Coast Ranges. 


Var. megalophysa (Rybd.) Munz & McBurney, n. comb. (Phaca 
megalophysa Rydb., No. Amer. Fl. 24:344. 1929). Corolla 10 mm. long; 
pod 5-6 ecm. long. Mescal Creek, San Gabriel Mts. to Bear Valley. 


Var. Parishii (Gray) Jones, Contr. W. Bot. 8:6. 1898. (Phaca valli- 
cola Rydb., No. Amer. Fl. 24:3438. 1929; P. pseudocarpa Rydb., 1. c. P. 
Deanei Rydb., 1. c., 355.) Fruiting peduncles spreading, arcuate, with 
racemes 1 dm. long; calyx-lobes short-deltoid, one-third to one-fourth as 
long as the tube, white-margined with pubescence; pod fairly firm, 4-5 
em. long. Bear Valley; San Jacinto Mts. to Palomar and Laguna Mts. 


Var. perstricta (Rydb.) Munz & McBurney, n. comb. (Phaca per- 
stricta Rydb., No. Amer. Fl. 24:344. 1929). Fruiting peduncles ascend- 
ing, strict, with racemes 1-2 dm. long; calyx as in var. Parishii: pod 
very thin-walled, 5-6 cm. long. Jacumba and Laguna Mts. to Lower 
California. 


65 


Astragalus insularis Kell, var. Harwoodii Munz & McBurney, n Var. 


Annua, expansa, infra ramosa, 1-3 dm. alta, subpurpurea, canescens; 
foliis 4-6 em. longis; pinnis 15-21, strigosis, linearo-oblongis, 9-14 mm. 
longis; racemis cum floribus paucis; pedunculis 2-4 cm. longis; caly- 
cibus albostrigosis, lobis lanceolatis; corollis subpurpureis, 6 mm. 
longis; capsulis oblique ovoideo-lunatis, subpurpureis, strigosis, 1.5-2 
cm. longis, 1 cm. latis, sessilibus. 

Type from Blythe Junction, Colorado Desert, Munz & Harwood 
3592, Pomona College Herbarium No. 7587. Growing on sandy flats; 
collected also at Desert Center, Riverside County, Jones in 1924, and 
at McCoy Wash, Hall 5945. It differs from A. insularis of Lower Cali- 
fornia by its purplish tinge, more ashy pubescence, and larger fruits, 
though these are shaped as in the species. 


Astragalus Vaseyi Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad. 17:370. 1882. 


Perennial, loosely branched from the base, decumbent, with stems 
2-5 dm. long, strigose-canescent throughout; leaves 5-10 cm. long; leaf- 
lets oblong to elliptic, 5-20 mm. long, silky-strigose, 9-21; peduncle 5-10 
cm. long; calyx silvery-strigose, 5 mm. long, the teeth almost equaling 
the tube; corolla purple, 7-8 mm. long; pod turgid, oblique-ovoid, sessile, 
canescent, flattened toward the tip, 10-14 mm. long, 6-7 mm. thick. Dry 
rocky slopes western edge of Colorado Desert, from Grapevine Springs 
to Jacumba and Mountain Springs. 

Var. metanus (Jones) Munz & McBurney, n. comb. (A. metanus 
M. HE. Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad. ser. II, 5:666. 1895). Calyx-hair black, 
the calyx-teeth tending to be half as long as the tube; pod flattened in 
upper third. Mountain Springs into northern Lower California. 


Var. Johnstonii Munz & McBurney, n. var. Viridior et glabrior; 
calyce atro-pubescente, tubo 3-4 mm. longo, dentibus subulatis, 1 mm. 
longis; capsulis membranaceis, strigulosis, 15-22 mm. longis, 8-9 mm. 
crassis, in apice vix compressis. Type from Keyes Ranch, Little San 
Bernardino Mts., Munz & Johnston 5271, Pomona Collage Herbarium 
No. 18986. Other collections are: Morongo Pass, Jaeger in 1921; Keyes 
Ranch, Gilman in 1926; The Pipes, Jones in 1927; Desert Queen Mine, 
Jaeger in 1926: Eagle Mts., Munz 4935a. 


Astragalus pychnostachyus Gray var. lanosissimus (Rydb.) Munz 
& McBurney, n. comb. 


Phaca lanosissima Rydb., No. Amer. Fl. 24:357. 1929. 


Along the coast, Los Angeles County, as at Ballona. Differs from 
A. pychnostachyus of coastal central Calif. by being silvery white in- 
Stead of canescent, and having the calyx-teeth one-fourth to one-third 
as long as the tube instead of half as long. f 


j 
/ 


Astragalus Crotalariae (Benth.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 6:216. 1864. 


A. limatus Sheldon, Minn. Bot. Studies 9:126. 1894; not A. Crota- 
lariae of most recent authors. 


Erect or ascending, perennial, 2-7 dm. high; leaves 1-2 dm. long; 
leaflets 11-19, oblong to obovate, 1-3 cm. long; peduncles 1-1.5 dm. long; 
calyx strigose, nigrescent, 7-8 mm. long; corolla reddish-purple, 2 cm. 
long; pods oblong-cylindric to oblong-ovoid, 1.5-2.5 cm. long, 10-14 mm. 
wide and thick, subglabrous or strigillose, reticulate-veined, 1-celled, 
subsessile or with stipe 1-2 mm. long. Common on dry sandy plains, 
and in washes, Colorado Desert. 


Var. Davidsonii (Rydb.) Munz & McBurney, n. comb. (Phaca 
Davidsonti Rdyb., No. Amer. Fl. 24:362. 1929). Corolla 15 mm. long; 
pod 7-8 mm. wide. Antelope Valley, Mohave Desert. 


66 


Astragalus Antiselli Gray, Bot. Calif. 1:152. 1876. 


A. Antiselli var. phoxus Jones, Contr. Western Bot. 10:65. 1902. 

Homalobus MacGregorii Rydb., Bull. Torrey Club 50:270. 1923). Peren- 
nial, erect, few-stemmed; leaves 5-15 cm. long; leaflets 15-31, oblong 
to elliptic, often subglabrous above; peduncle 5-20 cm. long, raceme 
crowded at anthesis; calyx 4-5 mm. long; corolla cream-color, 10-14 mm. 
long; pod strongly compressed, glabrous; linear-elliptic, with both 
sutures curved, 2-2.5 cm. long, 5-6 mm. wide, with a strigillose stipe 
10-15 mm. jong. Dry slopes and hills, from Los Angeles to San Luis 
Obispo Counties. 
YY Var. gaviotus (Elmer) Munz & McBurney, n. comb. (A. gaviotus 
Elmer, Bot. Gaz. 39:54. 1905). Leaves canescent; pods strigose, 6-10 
mm. wide, with stipe 6-8 mm. long. Gaviota Pass, Santa Barbara Co 
Examples: Gaviota, K. Brandegee in 1909; The Sisquoc, M. S. Baker in 
1895; bluffs 20 miles northwest of Santa Barbara, Munz. 9293. 


v Astragalus trichopodus (Nutt.) Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 6:218. 1853. 


Perennial, erect, 3-6 dm. tall, sparsely strigose; leaves 1 dm. long; 
leaflets 25-35, oblong, 1-2 cm. long; peduncle 5-15 cm. long, with shorter 
racemes: corolla whitish, 10-12 mm. long; pods subglabrous, ellipsoid, 
2-3.5 cm. long, 1 cm. wide, 4 mm. thick, with both sutures convex, 
with strigulose stipe 8-10 mm. long. Common on grassy slopes, Santa 
Ana Canyon to Whittier; occasional northward to South Coast Ranges. 


v Var. capillipes (Jones) Munz & McBurney, n. comb. (A. capillipes 
M. E. Jones, Revision Astragalus, 117. 1923). Pods 2 mm. thick, upper 
suture straight. Catalina Island. 


V Astragalus pachypus Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. 1:157. 1885. 


With heavy wooded caudex; stems several, erect, stout, 3-8 dm. 
tall, silvery-strigose: leaves glabrate, 5-12 cm. long; leaflets 13-21, 
linear; peduncles 1-2 dm. long; calyx partly black-hairy; corolla whit- 
ish. 1.5 cm. long; pod coriaceous, compressed, oblong, almost 2-celled, 
2 cm. long, 5 mm. wide, slightly arcuate, with both sutures prominent 
and cord-like, and with stout stipe 5-7 mm. long. Dry slopes and ridges, 
from region of Mt. Pinos, Lebec, Tehachapi, etc. northward. 
¥ Var. Jaegeri Munz & McBurney, n. var. Corolla aurea, 12-13 mm. 
longa. Tyne, from dry slopes on divide east of Dripping Springs, River- 
side County at 1700 ft., Munz 9842, Pomona College Herbarium No. 
97119. Other specimens: Temecula, Parish 1134; Aguanga, Jaeger in 
1925; Dripping Spring, Munz 5118; Lamb’s Canyon near Banning, 
Spencer 1771. 


Astragalus Peirsonii Munz & McBurney, n. sp. 


Annua, erecta, 3-6 dm. alta, albo-strigulosa; foliis 5-9 cm. longis: 
rhachibus complanatis, 1-1.5 mm. latis; pinnis 9-13, parvis, oblongis aut 
linearibus, 2-6 mm. longis, 0.5-1.5 mm. latis, subsericeis: pedunculis 
6-10 cm. longis; calycibus 4-5 mm. longis; lobis 1-1.5 mm. longis, lan- 
ceolatis aut subulatis; corollis 10-12 mm. longis, subpurpureis aut 
roseis; capsulis membranaceis, albis, 2-2.5 cm. longis, 1.5 cm. crassis. 

Type from sand dunes between Holtville and Yuma, Imperial 
County, Munz & Hitchcock 12132, April 5, 1932, Pomona College Her- 
barium No. 179,250. Other collections from the same region: Peirson 
7194, Gilman in 1928, Jones in 1926. It-was Mr. Peirson’s collection 
that first made me realize the distinctness of this plant. It is nearest 
to A. Coulteri Benth. but differs in being annual, in having a flattened 
rachis, and the leaflets reduced to linear-oblong structures not over 6 
mm. long (in A. Coulteri they are obovate, 8-12 mm. long), and in the 
corolla being 10-12 mm. rather than 13-15 mm. long. 


67 


Linum puberulum (Engelm.) Heller, Plant World 1:22. 1897. 


This yellow-flowered Linum can now be added to the flora of the 
state, having been collected on rocky hills, 30 miles east of Baker, 
Mohave Desert, on May 25, 1930 by Arthur and French Gilman. 


Polygala subspinosa Wats., Amer. Nat. 7:299. 1873. 


Hitherto known from Nevada and Arizona at the westernmost 
stations, this is now brought to our borders at Chloride Cliff, Death 
Valley, Jaeger 1101. 


Euphorbia polycarpa Benth., Bot, Voy. Sulphur., 50. 1844. 


Glabrous prostrate perennial; leaves 2-5 mm. long, stipules lanceo- 
late, ciliate, free appendages broader than the purplish glands; capsule 
1.5 mm. long; seeds oblong, 4-angled. Frequent on dry slopes and 
mesas San Diego to Pasadena and Riverside. 

Var. appendiculata (Engelm.) Munz, n. comb. (EH. cinerascens var. 
appendiculata Engelm., Bot. Mex. Boundary, 186. 1859. EH. polycarpa 
var. vestita Wats., Bot. Calif. 2:73. 1880. EH. melanadenia Torr., Pac. 
R. R. Rep. 4:135. 1857.) Stems ascending; herbage hoary with ap- 
pressed pubescence. Dry stony hillsides, along south front of Santa 
Monica and San Gabriel Mts. to Arizona. 


Ceanothus megacarpus Nutt. var. insularis (Hastw.) Munz, n. comb. 
C. insularis Hastw., Proc. Calif. Acad., ser. IV, 16:362. 1927. 


Leaves often opposite, 1.5-4 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. wide; capsules 
scarcely if at all horned. Catalina, Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Islands. 
Differing from C. megacarpus ot the mainland, which has leaves 1-2 
em. long and capsules with 3 conspicuous divergent horns, but inter- 
grading with it, especially on Catalina Island and in the Santa Monica 
Mts. 


Colubrina californica Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad., ser. IV, 12:1085. 
1924. 


This Arizona and Lower California species grows in canyons at 
the southeastern end of the Eagle Mts., Riverside County, Jaeger in 
1930 and Johnston 3788. 


Glossopetalon pungens Brandegee, Bot. Gaz. 27:445. 1899. 


So far as I know this species has been reported only from the 
Sheep Range of southern Nevada. In June, 1930 it was collected by 
E. C. Jaeger on Clark Mountain, in the eastern Mohave Desert, San 
Bernardino Co., California. 


Sphaeralcea ambigua Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 22:292. 1887. 

Panicles crowded; calyx 6-12 mm. long; petals brick red, 10-20 mm. 
long. Common in canyons and on dry slopes and mesas, Mohave Desert 
and western edge of Colorado Desert; to Arizona and Nevada. 

Var. Keckii Munz, n. var. Panicula laxa; calycibus 12-20 mm. 
longis; petalis 2-3 cm. longis. Type, from Corn ‘Springs, Chuckwalla 
Mts., Colorado Desert, Munz & Keck 4835, Pomona College Herbarium 
No. 14103. Common from Needles to Blythe and Salton Sea. 


Gilia Jaegeri Munz, n. sp. 


Humilis, caespitosa, sublignosa; ramis numerosis, 2-5 cm. altis, 
glanduloso-pubescentis, denso foliosis; foliis fere oppositis, 1-1.5 cm. 


68 


-_ 


longis, cum 3 lobis complanatis, lobo terminale 6-7 mm. longo, lobis 
lateralis 4-6 mm. longis; floribus confertis, in axillis superioribus soli- 
tariis; calycibus 8-9 mm. longis, inter lobis membranaceis; lobis calycis 
complanatis, inaequalibus, spinosis; corollis manifeste albis, anguste 
infundibuliformibus, ca. 2 cm. longis, tubis 12 mm. longis, lobis 7-8 mm. 
longis, late oblanceolatis; staminibus in tubo suveriore insertis, in fauce 
inclusis, parte libera filamentorum 2-3 mm. longa; antheris ca. 0.6 mm. 
longis; stylis 2 mm. longis: stigmatibus 3 mm. longis: capsulis oblongis, 
2 mm. longis; seminibus non visis. 

Type, from Tahquitz Peak, San Jacinto Mts., July 1, 1921, col- 
lected by Jaeger. sent to Gray Herbarium by Mary F. Spencer under 
G. pungens. No. 1726. This proposed species resembles Phlox austro- 
montana in habit, but seems to be a very distinct species of Gilia in 
the section Leptodactylon, peculiar in its flattened leaves and low 
stature. 

’ Salvia Brandegei Munz, n. nom. 
Audibertia stachyoides var. revoluta Brandg., Proc. Calif. Acad., 
ser. II, 1:216. 1888. Salvia mellifera var. revoluta Munz, Bull. So. Calif. 
Acad. 26:23. 1927. Not S. revoluta Ruiz & Pavon. 


After having seen this species growing on Santa Rosa Island, I 
am convinced that it possesses characters sufficient to warrant its 
specific segregation from 8S. mellifera Jens. The corolla is widely gap- 
ing, lavender not bluish, the stamens are scarcely exserted, the corolla- 
tube has hair well distributed within and not in a narrow band, the 
leaves are strongly revolute. In fact the whole appearance of the grow- 
ing shrub is not suggestive of S. mellifera. 


4 
V Castilleja miniata Dougl. var. oblongifolia (Gray) Munz, n. comb- 


C. oblongifolia Gray, Syn. FJ. N. Am., vol. 2, pt. 1:296. 1878. C. 
montana Congdon, Erythea 7:188. 1900. 


A study of the type of oblongifolia at Gray Herbarium reveals it 
to be nothing more than an unusually broad-leaved plant of the south- 
ern form of ©. miniata. Most California material differs from typical 
miniata of the region to the north by a more compact spike and more 
erect galeas. Our local plants which have been treated by various 
authors as C. oblongifolia should be called C. Martini Abrams. 


“Solanum Wallacei (Gray) Parish, Proc. Calif. Acad., ser. III, 2:164. 
1901. 


This species is characterized by its tawny viscid-villous pubes- 
cence, large oblong-ovate leaves; calyx 5-6 mm. long: corolla 2-4 cm. 
wide; fruit dark purple, 1.5-2.5 cm. thick. It is apparently confined 
to Catalina Island. 


Solanum Clokeyi Munz, n. nom. 


S. arborescens Clokey, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. 30:60. 1931; not S. 
arborescens Moench. 

Like S. Wallacei in foliage, somewhat less viscid-villous: calyx 3-4 
mm. long; corolla 1.5-2 cm. wide; fruit yellow, 1-1.5 cm. thick. I have 
seen material from Santa Cruz Island only. 


Solanum Xanti Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 11:90. 1876. 


Leaves ovate, the stems short-villous with white, mostly non-glan- 
dular hairs; calyx 5-6 mm. long; corolla 1.5-3.5 cm. wide; berry greenish, 
6-8 mm. thick. Open places in chaparral, about oaks, etc., Bouquet 


69 


Canyon and Gorman Station through Ventura and Santa Barbara 
Counties and western Kern Co. to San Luis Obispo Co.; Santa Rosa and 
Santa Cruz Islands. Intergrading freely with 


Var. intermedium Parish, Proc. Calif. Acad., ser. III, Bot., 2:168 
1901. Stems and leaves short-pubescent, with gland-tipped hairs. Below 
3500 ft., Santa Monica Mts. to San Bernardino Valley. 


Var. montanum Munz, n. var. Caules herbacei, non lignosi, 1-4 dm. 
longi, saepe prostrati, cinereo-pubescentes. Type, from north side of 
Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mts., Munz 5718, Pomona College Her- 
barium No. 13481. Growing at between 6000 and 8500 ft. in the San 
Bernardino and San Gabriel Mts. 


Var. Hoffmanni Munz, n. var. Glabra; foliis oblongo-ovatis, 3-6 cm. 
longis, acutis. Type from Gaviota Pass, Santa Barbara Co., Munz 9315, 
Pomona College Herbarium No. 98450. Other collections from the 
same region are Abrams 10895 and Hlmer 3957. 


Var. glabrescens Parish, l. c., 169. (S. Xanti var. Spencerae Macbr., 
Contr. Gray Herb. NS., 65:43. 1922). Subglabrous; leaves lance-ovate 
to oblong-lanceolate, 1-2 (4) em. long, obtuse. Interior valleys, San 
Bernardino and Riverside to Lower California and San Diego; interior 
central California. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY 
February to May, 1932 


FEBRUARY I1: 


Regular meeting of the Academy was held in the auditorium 
of the Library at 8 p.m. Being the day following the birthday of 
one of our greatest presidents, the evening was given to a memorial 
to the “Great Emancipator.” 

Dr. F. D. Blakeslee was the guest speaker, using as his sub- 
ject “Personal Recollections of Lincoln.” The speaker is one of 
the fast-dwindling group of persons who can boast of the memory 
of personal contact with Lincoln. He told of dealings with the 
president as an employee of the government near the close of the 
Civil War. Personal anecdotes illustrating the inate wisdom and 
depth of the soul of Lincoln were dramatically told. 


70 


Marcu 12: 


Regular meeting of the Academy was held in the Library at 
8 p.m. The lecture of the evening was “Legends of the Wild 
Flowers and Cacti” by Frank A. Schilling. The talk was illus- 
trated by beautifully colored lantern slides, made by the speaker, 
who is one of our outstanding students of local natural history. 
Interesting and poetic associations, chiefly from Indian lore, rela- 
tive to our West Coast flora, made this a most enjoyable meeting. 


APRIL 9: 


The regular meeting of ps Academy was held in the audi- 
torium of the Library at 8 p.m. The Secretary was called upon 
to inform the members ace ee the great loss sustained by the 
Academy in the sad passing of Dr. Anstruther Davidson, whose 
active interest and valuable support of that organization from its 
beginning over four decades ago, have been to a large measure the 
reason for its success. The meeting stood in silence for a minute 
in tribute to this lovable character. 


Philip Johnston, well-known author and student of the In- 
dians of the Southwest, gave a beautifully illustrated talk on “The 
Indians of the Enchanted Desert.” It was an intimate study of 
the Land of the Navajos. The speaker spent his early life among 
this people, serving as a government interpreter in later years. 
He gave examples of their songs, art and picturesque life. Those 
who have regularly attended the meetings of the Academy were 
agreed in that it was the most interesting and instructive presenta- 
tion of the life and mind of the Indian ever given before our group. 


May 14: 


Regular meeting of the Academy was held in the Library at 
8 p.m. Dr. F. H. Maude, one of our members of long standing, 
and noted speaker and photographer of the scenic grandeur of our 
West, spoke on “Prehistoric Dwellings of the Southwest.’ The 
talk was illustrated by lantern slides, and dealt with recent archeo- 
logical “finds” in the cliff dwellings and village sites, together with 
artifacts and building methods of the inhabitants of Arizona and 
New Mexico before the coming of the Spaniards. Dr. Maude has 
Spent many years in the careful study of this area and gave much 
material not heretofore published. 


Dr. R. H. Swirt, Secretary. 


The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried 
On entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are sut: 
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural 
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a 
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this 
program, the following forms are suggested: 


Form of Legacy 


To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal 
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects 
of value. 


I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of 
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of..........-...-22-2.22..2--222---2----- 
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali- 
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses, 
dispositions and benefits thereof forever. 


Form of Devise 
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy. 


I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences” . 
of the CityofMbos Angeles) (422.2 3S a ees 
here describe the property or ground rent... Ne 
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of 
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free 
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern 
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever. 


~] 
bo 


BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 
ACADEMY of SCIENCES 


Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California. 
Subscription—$2.00 per year 


Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy. 
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00) 


Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, 


Los Angeles, Cal., U.S. A. 


Publications of the 


Southern California Academy of Sciences 


The Academy has published to date the following: 


PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. 
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. 


All issues of the above are now out of print. 


Bulletin of the 
Southern California Academy of Sciences 


Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued 
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— 
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo- 
ber) in 1920. 


MmivewLg2isissues sare: © Viol. XX; No: 1 Aprile (Vole XX, No. 2; 
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. 


The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, 
September. 


he 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. 


The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem- 
ber-October; No. 6, November-December. 


From 1925 to 1931, including volumes XXIV to XXX, three num- 
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1. January- 
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume 


LoD } 
fo 


All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with 
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary 
of the Academy at the appended prices: 


Vol. 3, No. 7. October a TAS Oye Opera eave aa healt, OAL a $ .25 
“ AN ene eV anye DO O/B oe ace eee een eee 25 
% Oe 2 sae ullive NG Oi (Ava nT ee ciroael Co raat apa B25) 
ee Qe seas dbuby, MOUSE cet aE eRe 2a aD 
we AR SE he debe e, DFG, eased rca ae Lene Ema .50 
BING rte ea SAUL, MD OG geste ea 5 ia es Seo eee 50 
deere dy 1 cc IU AY OSES 82 Se UU le a eRe aes 1.50 
19, “ 1. January, AGI Oe Sete ee .25 
19," <4) October. NO DO: cea cs Bee eee 25 

ee a2 Ver 2 October, OY PA HN CS Ri ene Cg ee P21) 
oer ose 7 dl aAMUaTays DO 24s ee LES Grae ee See .25 
23. eee che anehe AOD Ae ail Pave Re etl ee nh ot eee .25 
Se) PIB Bo AMIE MG DAS ae Sa eeaie | Suleae Sa Reel 25 
OR ab Afro bye. dh pia Berea ae EE na 25 
e235 ie pO SCDUCTIND Cerin 2 Aico aes ee eee eee 25 
eet On etna O=tecN(OiVE Tia © Testi 9) Ape eens eee ee .25 
he aah, ALS dena bien ey. AUS PAS yee aed eer uM REUS Nau OS oo 45) 
eles 745 INE es 1G yee ee ear le UI CE ae 25 
a1 W245 3s September. “92 bn eee ee ee eee 25 
7 2D); ee doe Jianuanny:, GWA Spee eee Een rele a kN. ole) 
Co Dye CO Mie GS 1 Teena recA te Is 25 
: 25s ene Loe SCD ECTIND Cie me lO 2 Gictse ect ule See aera ees .25 
Be2O wl anvaty- HID Dif nen es Bae ois 25 
sequen 2 Goo cage AN Ie TUS PAY See INL IR 25 
Co AEOA ahreeulneetd teh eu SY Sy] OFS 00 OS) Polis ail LU HY (prereset Me 2D 
foe ee ole Janwary. ALLA Vere ea arse i ecm 2 25 
mn epee de eodemce Mle DY PA eee Te een Reg eg. 25 
Ree ke wae se OCD LOMMDET S| -eltO O'R: alts Rcusta el si vise aun £215) 
TS iia 1 Sale Melony, ALLY AS YOe alee eee orotate eee SUN SIC pA5) 
cera Go eee se wlVlaive 1929) eee a ier ler oe lees 25 
SPUN Pewee | OND Iye. TOKEN OL EV ON OXep ery «ILS PAGS ea a 50 
ge en ag ena, TUES Opera ene Os Ma ae a .29 
Oo OM ini As aN LENA UGS ON le rerihs tne br ac Saree ae ee 25 
Soe et Oat DED UCIIDER., eS Oks Mera ee pean Sees 25 
BO BOS ale Henney ay OS ilip ft Na hee eee 25 
BD ee a EN 1931 ee eee eee 25 
eno mp ae GSCDECIN DCI Glo: easier rete eee ns tee eee 25 
Bile ls Vena DOS Sei eee on ee a 25 
Oe Bil as Meh, | Ao asain are ees wakes amen GbE 25 


The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues 
and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have 
no further use for back issues. Address all communications concerning 
the above to: 


Dr. JoHn A. ComstocK 


Southern California Academy of Sciences, Care of Los Angeles Museum, 
Exposition Park, Los Angeles, California. 


74 


meee ETN OR THE 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 


Qeliaiuchimmmgins; 


.? 


Vol. XXXI “September-December, 1932 _—Part 3. 


CONTENTS 


A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF FORT TEJON, 
CALIFORNIA—A. C. Davis 


THE METAMORPHOSES OF SIX CALIFORNIA LEPIDOPTERA 


—John A. Comstock and Charles M. Dammers 


NOTES ON THE FLORA OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS 
OFF SANTA BARBARA, CALIFORNIA—Ralph Hoffmann - 


Issued December 30, 1932 


~ Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


= 8 
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 
Mr THEODORE PAYNE (4. 2055600 Oa ee President 
Dre Forp A. CARPENTER ccs 2i ee ce Vice-President 
Mr. HOWARD Re Eire y cea a Secretary 
Mr. Harry SARGENT 26000002 3 ee Treasurer 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. Harry K. SarcGeENnT 
Dr. WILLIAM A. Bryan Mr. Witriam A. SPALDING 
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Dr. R. H. Swirt 
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Mr. Geo. W. Parsons 
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Mr. Howarp R. HItri 
Dr. T. C. Low 
es 8 
ADVISORY BOARD 
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. Burtew 
Dr. MELVILLE DOZIER Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN 
Dr. D. L. TASKER 
8 a 
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WItxIAM A. SPALDING 
Chairman | Secretary 


BOTANICAL SECTION 
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary 


FINANCE COMMITTEE 


Mr. WiiiiaM A. SPALDING Mr. GEo. W. Parsons 
PROGRAM COMMITTEE 
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT 
es 


| COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION 
Mr. WitttaM A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. JoHn A. Comstock ~ 
2s 8 


OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY 


Los ANGELES MusEuM, ExposiTIon Park, 
Los ANGELES, CAL. 


JAN 12 1933 


LIBRARY 
NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL 

GARDEN 


A LIST OF THE COLEOPTERA OF FORT TEJON, 
CALIFORNIA 


By A. C. Davis 


In the early days of California settlements were few and 
widely spaced, transportation was not nearly so easy as it is today, 
and it was difficult for the naturalist to ramble about over the 
country collecting here and there at will. For this reason many of 
our early insect collections were made in definite areas, the col- 
lectors using some settlement as a base from which to work the 
surrounding country. Thus there are certain places that are called 
“type localities” for many of our Californian species. Among 
these are Fort Ross, San Francisco, San Diego, and Fort Tejon. 

Fort Tejon lies in latitude 34° 55’ N. and longitude 118° 53’ 
W., at an elevation of 3,245 feet. It is roughly 5 miles north of 
the summit of the pass, and 40 miles south of Bakersfield. The 
narrow canyon in which the fort is built constitutes a “bottle- 
neck” on the main inland route between northern and southern 
California, and is the entrance to one of the few passes through 
the mountains which separate the two portions of the state. A 
great amount of collecting was done at Fort Tejon in the early 
days of California and it is the recorded type locality for many 
plants and animals as well as insects. It is probable that, had the 
early collectors been more exact in assigning localities to their 
specimens, there would be many more types from this place. 

In the years 1857 and 1858 John Xantus de Vesey collected 
at Fort Tejon for the Smithsonian Institution, and took large num- 
bers of specimens of all kinds. It was from the results of this 
collecting, probably supplemented by the results of his own col- 
lecting here in 1850, that Leconte, in 1859, compiled his ‘“Cata- 
logue of the Coleoptera of Fort Tejon.’ About 1853 or 1854 
Lieut. R. S. Williamson’s party collected through Tejon Valley. 
Dr. Geo. H. Horn was stationed here as surgeon, U. S. Army, 
from 1855 to 1857, and collected a great number of beetles. In 
the seventies W. D. Henshaw visited the fort, and the Death Val- 
ley Expedition passed through here in 1891. 

Because of its important place in the history of zoology in 
California a few brief notes on the history of the fort itself might 
not be amiss. 


Fort Tejon was not built in the original Tejon Pass, which 
lies about 15 miles to the eastward. In 1853 there was a road 
through the old Tejon Pass, described by Williamson (8) as “‘the 
worst I ever saw,” and a trail through what is known as the 
Canada de las Uvas, or Grapevine Canyon, through which pack- 
trains passed to Los Angeles. Williamson reconnoitered both 

75 


routes and found that, while the Cariada was lower than many 
possible passes, the Tejon was to be preferred for a railroad be- 
cause, although the altitude was greater, both the ascent and de- 
scent were gentle. The Casiada was, however, found to be better 
for a wagon road to Los Angeles, and from that time on the bulk 
of the wagon traffic went by that route, and the name Tejon 
was transferred to it (7). The railroad pass is now called the 
Tehachapi. 


The trail through Grapevine Canyon is very old, and was in 
use by the natives before the arrival of the Spaniards. It is be- 
lieved that the first white man to pass through it was Don Pedro 
Fages, Military Commander of Upper California, who was in this 
country in 1772 in search of runaway neophytes from the missions 
on the coast. Four years later, in 1776, Fr. Francisco H. Garcés 
went by this route on his way northward after his long journey 
over the deserts. In 1806 the route was used by expeditions pros- 
pecting for locations for an inland chain of missions. Among 
these explorers were Fr. Pedro Munoz of Mission San Miguel, 
and Fr. Jose Maria de Zalvidea, with a party of soldiers (3). 
From time to time the Caviada has been used by a number of per- 
sons of fame or notoriety. Fremont did not enter southern Cali- 
fornia by this route, but by the original pass. Joaquin Murietta 
went by this route, no one knows how often, but it was probably 
always hastily. Later came the forty-niners from the southern 
route across the Mojave Desert, for whom this was a main route 
to the gold fields of central and northern California, and the But- 
terfield Stages between Los Angeles and San Francisco. 


Little or no trace of the old immigrant trail now remains. 
The concrete State Highway leads from the Ridge Route through 
the extreme western end of Antelope Valley (the western arm of 
the Mojave Desert )—from which, by the way, the antelope have 
long been missing—over the summit of the pass and down a rather 
wide valley past Lebec, within about 300 yards of the fort, which 
is in a small tributary valley to the west of Grapevine Creek, and 
is hidden by the trees, and on down the grade to Rose Station and 
Bakersfield. About 2 miles south of the fort the canyon widens 
out, forming a fairly large, level, marshy area, at the eastern end 
of which is Castaic Lake, a broad, shallow pond that frequently 
dries up in summer. The Grapevine Canyon is the very narrow 
outlet for all this watershed, and is rather marshy in many places, 
with grassy meadows and many huge oaks, about half of which 
are now either dead or dying. From the meadows the bare rocky 
hills rise very steeply. 


Fort Tejon was built between 1852 and 1854, the exact date 
varying as given in different letters and publications, some ap- 
parently taking the date that construction was started, others 
taking the date of its completion. It was occupied by troops for 
the purpose of protecting immigrant trains and freight outfits 
from the attacks of the bands of bandits and renegade Indians that 


76 


then infested the country about the mountain passes. It having 
been found impracticable to use foot troops in this type of war- 
fare, seven companies of the Ist U. S. Dragoons were sent from 
Fort Union, on the Rio Grande, to the Division of the Pacific, 
where they arrived late in 1856. Two companies (A, and perhaps 
B) under Maj. W. H. Grier and Capt. Whittlesley, Maj. G. A. 
Blake in command, were stationed at Fort Tejon (2). 


Lieut. R. S. Williamson, Corps of Topographic Engineers, 
and his party, which was making a survey to determine the prac- 
ticability of a route for a railroad to connect with the routes near 
the 35th and the 32nd parallels, and also collecting zoological ma- 
terial, was in this part of the country in 1853, and camped upon 
the site of the fort, which may have been even then under con- 
struction. Lieut. KE. F. Beale, who was later to become the owner 
of this property, arrived while they were there. Wiailliamson re- 
cords that “one of the large oak trees bears the inscription, cut 
deeply into the hard wood: ‘Peter le Beck, killed by a bear, Oct. 
17, 1837.’ A broad flat surface was hewed upon the trunk and 
_ well smoothed off before the letters were cut. It is a durable 
monument.” This is presumably the LeBeck for whom the town 
(if it may be called so) of Lebec is named. 


The original fort must have been quite a large establishment. 
It was laid out in a quadrangle about 150 yards across, and seems 
to have consisted of about 20 buildings. The officers’ quarters 
formed most of the west side, the barracks formed most of the 
south side, and the sutler’s store, quartermaster’s storehouse, guard- 
house, hospital, etc., formed the other two sides. All of these 
buildings were of adobe construction with foundations of stone 
and they seem at one time to have been connected by an adobe 
wall about 8 feet high. They are said to have had burned-tile 
floors and roofs. All joists and rafters and other heavy wood- 
work still in place are of oak, the joints carefully dovetailed and 
secured with oak dowels. From what can be seen at the present 
time the work seems to have been done by tradesmen of the very 
first class. All construction was done by contract, and the Goy- 
ernment is said to have spent between $60,000 and $80,000 for 
construction alone, and $400,000 or $450,000 in maintenance at 
and about the fort. 


In 1857 a very severe earthquake occurred. Newmark (6) 
says that “at Fort Tejon great rents were opened in the earth and 
closed again, piling up a heap or dune of finely powdered stone 
or dirt. * * * Many officers, including Col. B. L. Beal, barely 
escaped from the barracks with their lives, and until the cracked 
adobes could be repaired officers and soldiers lived in tents.” At 
this time, although some of the outbuildings, quarters of govern- 
ment employees, and settler’s homes were destroyed, the main 
buildings at the post did not fall. Most of the damage was re- 
paired. 


“l 


“~ 


On June 15, 1861, the post was evacuated. 
On May 17, 1863, Brewer (2) wrote that many of the build- 


ings were already falling to ruin. 


On August 17, 1863, the post was reoccupied by troops, and 
was finally abandoned on September 11, 1863. Fort Tejon was 
never officially declared a military reservation, and was, further- 
more, found to have been built upon private land, part of an old 
Spanish grant. This grant was later confirmed to a Mr. Bishop. 


In 1852 E. F. Beale was appointed General Superintendent 
of Indian Affairs for California and Nevada by President Fill- 
more. He established a reservation near Fort Tejon and later 
acquired large holdings in this area, buying up the land at about 
five cents an acre from non-resident Spanish and Mexican owners. 
He was later appointed Surveyor-General of California. In 1865 
he resigned his Surveyor-Generalship and retired to Tejon Rancho 
(200,000 acres). At some later date the fort itself was acquired 
by the Tejon Rancho, as it is now a part of their property. 


In 1905 Grinnell (4) wrote that the tile roofs had been re- 
moved and the adobe walls were pretty well in ruins. Much of 
the lumber, such as floors, etc., was also gone. The work of 
destruction started by the elements and by vandals has been nearly 
completed in late years by the removal of such adobe bricks as 
were in good condition, many of these going into the construction 
of a sort of glorified “hot-dog” stand near the highway. The only 
buildings now standing are the officer’s quarters, the Adjutant’s 
office (altered almost beyond recognition in an attempt to make 
a modern dwelling of it), and a barracks for two troops of cavalry. 
The latter has long been used as a stable, and is rapidly falling to 
pieces. 


It is interesting to note that Fort Tejon was one of the places 
in the West where camels were in use for transportation across 
the desert, the fort having had a herd of 28 of these animals at 
one time. They were brought to this country, presumably at the 
request of Lieut. E. F. Beale, by Jefferson Davis, who was then 
Secretary of the Navy. They were landed at Indianola, Texas, 
in February, 1857 (5), and brought overland by Lieut. Beale, ar- 
riving at Los Angeles on January 8, 1858. They were used regu- 
larly for freighting between the fort and Los Angeles, and also 
made several trips to Albuquerque, New Mexico. Some of the 
wild tales concerning these beasts are amusing. For example, the 
Los Angeles Star for July 21, 1858, carried the following item: 
“The camels, eight in number, came into town from Fort Tejon 
after provision for that camp. The largest ones pack a ton and 
can travel 16 miles an hour.” 


The records of Coleoptera from Fort Tejon are found mainly 
in J. L. Leconte’s “Catalogue of the Coleoptera of Fort Tejon, 
California,” a list of species collected by Xantus in 1857 and 


78 


1858, probably as has been stated, supplemented by Leconte’s own 
collecting here in 1850. This paper, published in the Proceedings 
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (1859, pp. 
69-90), is rare and expensive. It lists 147 species in all, 52 of 
which are described as new. Of these, 5 are now placed as syno- 
nyms and a number of others have been shifted to other genera 
in the years since the paper was published. It is probable that, 
if some one with a large library at his disposal and with the neces- 
sary time and patience, should go through the writings of Leconte, 
Horn, and others of the earlier coleopterists, many additions might 
be made. 


The present list is by no means exhaustive, being Leconte’s 
list brought up to date, with the addition of such species as I have 
taken myself, or such as have been collected by others and the 
records given to me, and with brief collecting notes in some cases. 


The most striking thing about the vicinity of the fort from 
the collector’s viewpoint is the remarkably poor collecting. It is 
quite the usual thing to have to work hard for what one collects 
in southern California, but to work hard and not “get” is the rule 
at Fort Tejon. 


I am greatly indebted to Mr. H. C. Fall, of Tyngsboro, Mass., 
who checked over most of the material collected at the Fort, and 
to Dr. E. C. Van Dyke, of the University of California, who iden- 
tified some of the Elateridae for me. 


In the present list, for the sake of brevity, the following des- 
ignations will be used: [L—listed by Leconte; D—collected by A. 
C. Davis ; V—collected by Dr. E. C. Van Dyke. Species marked 
with an asterisk are those described as new by Leconte in his list. 


Omus californicus Esch. (L). This is the southermost inland 
record for Omus in California. 


Cicindela oregona Lec. (D). One specimen taken along 
Grapevine Creek. 


*Brennus crenatus (Mots.) var. striatus (Lec.) (L). 
*Brennus punctatus (Lec.) (L). 


Callisthenes latipennis (Horn) (D). Common in the spring 
throughout this whole region. 


Bembidion conspersum Chd. (D). 
Bembidion flavopictum Mots. (D). 
Bembidion versicolor (Lec.) (D). 
Bembidion dubitans (Lec.) (D). 
Bembidion, one dubious species (D). 
Bembidion, one undescribed species (D). 


All of these last six were taken at light or along the banks 
of Grapevine Creek in summer or late spring. 


Tachys edax Lec. (D). 


Pterostichus castanipes Mén. (L). 


Pterostichus horni Lec. (V). Taken under logs at the edges 
of the meadows about the fort. Fort Tejon may well be the type 
locality for this species, as “Southern Sierras” are mentioned. 


Parargutor lustrans (Lec.) (L). 


Celia californica (Dej.) (D). Taken under cow chips in the 
pasture back of the fort. 

Celia aurata (Dej.) (D). This species is very common under 
cow chips, stones, etc., especially on the flats below the fort, near 
Rose Station. 


Amara insignis De}. (D). Taken commonly under tree trunks, 
etc., about the fort. 


Calathus ruficollis var. obscurus. Lec. (L, D). Not com- 
mon under stones along the creek. 

Platynus brunneomarginatus Mann. (L, D). Under stones, 
etc: 

Platynus californicus (Dej.) (L). 

Platynus fossiger (Dej.) (L, D). Taken at light near Rose 
Station. 


Chlaenius variabilipes Esch. (L, D). Taken occasionally along 
Grapevine Creek. 


Antsodactylus consobrinus Lec. (L). 

Anisodactylus similis Lec. (L). 

Dicheirus piceus Mén. (L). 

Glycerius nitidus (Dej.) (L). 

Stenocellus californicus (Lec.) (L). 

Peltodytes callosus (Lec.) (D). 

Bidessus affints (Say) var. nigrinus Csy. (D). Taken in 
Grapevine Creek. 


Coelambus lutescens (Lec.) (D). Not uncommon in Grape- 
vine Creek. Taken also at light. 

Helophorus sp. Two specimens were taken in Grapevine 
Creek: 

Berosus infuscatus Lec. (D). Common in Grapevine Creek. 


Hydrous triangularis (Say) (L, D). A few specimens seen 
about lights at Rose Station. 


Tropisternus dorsalis Brullé (D). 
Tropisternus sublaevis (Lec.) (D). 
Tropisternus californicus (Lec.) (L, D). 


All of the species of Tropisternus occur in fair numbers in 
Grapevine Creek. 


Laccobius ellipticus Lec. (D). Common in the creek. 
Cercyon fulvipennis Mann. (D). Taken in numbers in cow 
dung. 
Necrophorus pustulatus Herschel var. nigritus Mann (L). 
80 


Platystethus americanus Er. (D). 
Bledius strenuus Csy. (D). 

Bledius flavipennis Lec. (D). 
Lathrotaxis californica (Lec.) (D). 
Dachnochilus sp. (D). 

Stilicus occiduus Fall (D). 
Baryodma bimaculata Gray. (D). 


Hister sellatus Lec. (D). Not uncommon under fresh cow 
dung, and along Grapevine Creek, on the sand. 


Hister sexstriatus Lec. (L). 

*Hister remotus Lec. (L). 

Hister bimaculatus Linn. (D). Common under cow dung. 
*Hetaerius morsus Lec. (L). 

Saprinus lugens Er. (L). 

Saprinus oregonensis Lec. (L, D). 

Saprinus lubricus Lec. (L, D). 


The last two species are very common under partly dried cow 
dung. 

Podabrus tomentosus (Say) (L). 

*Podabrus tejonicus Lec. (L). 

Silis cava Lec. (D). 

Malthodes sp. near vigilans Fall (D). Swept from grass in 
the meadow in front of the fort in May. 


*Valachius mirandus (Lec.) (L, D). Beaten from a com- 
posit flower. Fairly plentiful. 


*Tanaops abdominalis Lec. (L). 


Aittalus lobatulus (Lec.) (D). Beaten from trees about the 
fort. 


Attalus sp. (D). 

*Trichochrous quadricollis (Lec.) (L). 

Trichochrous sordidus (Lec.) (L). 

Trichochrous squalidus (Lec.) (L). 

Listrus luteipes (Lec.) (L, D). Common on oaks and other 
plants, by beating. 

Dasytastes seminudus Lec. (D). 

Dasytastes sp., near remissus Csy. (D). 

Dasytastes sp., probably undescribed (D). 

Eschatocrepis constrictus (Lec.) (L). 


*Allonyx sculptilis (Lec.) (L, D). Plentiful upon the flow- 
ers of a species of poppy. 


Rhadalus testaceus Lec. (L, D) 
Cymatodera umbrina Fall (D). Beaten from oak. 
*Cymatodera ovipennis Lec. (L). 
Enoclerus eximius Mann. (L). 
81 


Enoclerus laetus Klug var. abruptus Lec. (D). Common on 
the flowers of a species of composit. 


Trichodes ornatus Say var. tenellus Lec. (L, D). Fairly com- 
mon about flowers. 


Hydnocera scabra Lec. (D). 

Hydnocera affiliata Fall (D). 

These two species were beaten from oak in small numbers. 

Necrobia rufipes (DeG.) (L). 

Asclera excavata Lec. (L). 

Mordella scutellaris Fab. (L). 

*Anthrobates nubilus Lec. (L). 

Anaspis atrata Champ. (L). 

Macrosiagon cruentum (Germ.) (D). Taken from flowers 
of wild buckwheat. 

Epicauta puncticollis (Mann.) (L). 

Lytta vulnerata (Lec.) (D). Common on compositae. 

Lytta incommoda Horn (?) (D). One fragmentary specimen 
found under a cow chip. 

Lytta stygica (Lec.) var. smaragdula Lec. (L). Frequent on 
flowers of Escholtzia californica, upon which the adults feed. 

Nemognatha scutellaris Lec. (L). 

Pedilus punctulatus (Lec.) (L). 

Pedilus flexiventris Fall (D). Swept from grass in the 
meadow in front of the fort, May. 


Notoxus calcaratus Horn (D). Not uncommon by beating 
and at light. 


Anthicus sp. near nitidulus Lec. (D). 
Anthicus californicus Laf. (D). 
Anthicus sp. near punctulatus Lec. (D). 
Anthicus seminotatus Csy. (D). 
Anthicus obliquus Csy. (D). 
All of the species of Anthicus were beaten from oaks about 
the fort. 
Euthysanus lautus Lec. (L). 
*Octinodes frater (Lec.) (L). 
*Aplastus speratus Lec. (L, D). At light. 
A plastus, undescribed species (D). 
Aeolus liens (Lec.) (D). 
Pheletes luspidus (Lec.) (L). 
Athous excavatus Mots. var. avillaris Horn. (D). 
Hypnoides pectoralis (Say) var. inops (Lec.) (D). 
Melanactes densus Lec. (L). 
Crigmus lecontei Horn (coll. by G. Linsley). 
Dolopius lateralis Esch. var. subustus Lec. (L). 
82 


*Sericus Silaceus (Say) (L). This species was described by 
Leconte as Sericosoma debilis. 

Agriotes torquatus Lec. (D). 

*Flater cordifer Lec. (L). 

Anchastus cinereipennis (Esch.) (D). 

*Cardiophorus tenebrosus Lec. var. fulvipes Lec. (L). 


Horistonotus basalis Horn (D). Taken beneath cow chips. 
anes. 


* Acmaeodera acuta Lec. (LL). Described as A. retifera. 
Acmaeodera connexa Lec. (L). 
Acmaeodera guttifera Lec. (L). 


Acmaeodera gemina Horn (D). Rare on the hill back of the 
fort. 


Glyptoscelimorpha marmorata Horn (D). Beaten from Jun- 
iperus on the hill back of the fort. 


Hesperorhipis albofasciatus Fall (D). One specimen beaten 
from mistletoe. 


*Anthaxia aenogaster Cast. (L, D). Described by Leconte 
as A. strigata. 


Helichus productus Lec. (D). Common in Grapevine Creek. 


Heterocerus gnatho Lec. (D). Taken commonly by washing 
along the banks of the creek. 


Byturus grisescens Jayne (L, D). Common on oak. 
Dermestes marmoratus Say. (L). 
Dermestes caninus Germ. var. mannerheimi Lec. (L). 
*Attagenus rufipennis Lec. (L). 
Anthrenus scrophulariae (Linn.) (D). 
Anthrenus lepidus Lec. (L). 
Temnochila virescens (Fab.) var. chlorodia Mann. (L). 
*Cateretes sericans (Lec.) (L). 
Carpophilus pallipennis (Say) (L). 
*Carpophilus discoideus Lec. (L). Described as C. caudalis. 
*Nitidula ziczac Say var. humeralis Lec. (L). 
Brontes dubius Fab. var. truncatus Mots. (L). 
Atomaria sp. (D). 
Melanophthalma americana Mann. (D). 
*A phorista morosa (Lec.) (L). 
Hyperaspis octonotata Csy. (D). 
Hyperaspis fastidiosa Csy. (D). 
Hyperaspis osculans Lec. (D). 
Hyperaspis taeniata Lec. var. (D). 
Hyperaspis sp. near spiculinota Fall (D). 
Hyperaspis annexa Lec. (D). 
83 


Hyperaspis two undetermined species. All of the species of 
Hyperaspis were beaten from trees about the fort. 

Hyperaspidius sp. near conspiratus Csy. (D). 

Stethorus picipes Csy. (D). 

Scymnus pallens Lec. (D). 

Scymnus sp. near ardelio Horn (D). 

Scymnus sp. near pacificus Cr. and strabus Horn (D). 

Scymnus, three undetermined species (D). 

All of these small Coccinellidae were beaten from oaks. 

Ceratomegilla vittigera Mann. (D). 

Hippodamia convergens Guer. (L, D). 

Hippodamia convergens var. punctulata Lec. (L). 

Hippodamia convergens var. ambigua Lec. (D). 

Coccinella transversoguttata Fald. var. californica Mann. (D). 

Exochomus histrio Fall (D). 

*Stenochidus cyanescens (Lec.) (L). 

*Hymenorus punctulatus Lec. (L, D). Taken in fair num- 
bers at light. 

*Pseudocistela opaca (Lec.) (L). 

Isomira variabilis Horn (L). Recorded in Leconte’s list as 
Cistela sericea, an eastern species. 

Metoponium bicolor Horn (D). 

Edrotes ventricosus Lec. (L). 

Phloeodes diabolicus Lec. (LL, D). 

*Phloeodes pustulosus Lec. (coll. by A. T. McClay) (L). 

*Noserus plicatus Lec. (L). 

Nyctoporis carinata Lec. (L). 

*Euschides leconte: (Horn) (L, D). Described by Leconte 
as Pelecyphorus costipennis, a preoccupied name. Tejon is never- 
theless the type locality. The beetle is very common about the 
fort in the spring and early summer. 

*Fulabis rufipes Esch. (L). 

Eleodes quadricollis Esch. (L). 

Eleodes dentipes Esch. (L). 

Eleodes armata Lec. (D). 

Eleodes acuticauda Lee. var. laticollis Lec. (L). 

Eleodes consobrina Lec. (L). 

*Eleodes scabripennis Lec. (L). 

Eleodes scabrosa Esch. (L). 

*Coniontis abdominalis Lec. (L). 

Coniontis integer Csy. (D). 

Contontis viatica Esch. (L). 

Coniontis, species dubious. 

Blapstinus pulverulentus Mann. (L, D). Common on the 
hills about the fort. 

Blapstinus brevicollis Lec. (L). 

Blapstinus, one undetermined species (D). 

Notibius puncticollis Lec. (D). 

Doliema plana (Fab.) (D). 

Coelocnemis obesa Lec. (L). 

Tenebrio molitor Linn. (L). 

84 


Alaephus pallidus Horn (D). 

Cratidus osculans Lec. (L). 

Amphidora littoralis Esch. (L). 

Helops rugulosus Lec. (L). 

*Helops angustus Lec. (L). 

*Ptinus verticalis Lec. (L). 

Xeranobium sp. (D). 

Scobicia dechivis (Lec.) (L). 

Polycaon stouti (Lec.) (L). 

Canthon simplex Lec. (L). 

Canthon simplex var. militaris Horn (D). Very numerous 
upon the hills about the fort, under fresh cow dung. 

Aphodius granarius (Linn.) (D). Very numerous. Found 
with the preceding. 

Aphodius vittatus Say (D). 

Aphodius lividus (Oliv.) (D). Numerous, especially at light. 

Aphodius rudibus Lec. (D). An occasional specimen taken 
in flight in the early spring. 

Rhyssemus californicus Horn (D). Taken in flight on warm 
days in spring. 

Pleocoma fimbriata Lec. (L.). Fragments were found in the 
stomach of a woodpecker. 

Serica fimbriata Lec. (L). 

Diplotaxis near insignis Lec. (D). One specimen at light in 
June. 

Hopha callipyge Lec. (L). 

Hoplia pubicollis Lec. (D). Beaten from willow along the 
creek. 

Ochrosidia longula (Lec.) (D). At light. 

Criocephalus asperatus Lec. (D). 

*Brothylus gemmulatus Lec. (L). 

*Aneflomorpha lineare (Lec.) (L). 

*Stenocorus nubifer Lec. (L). 

Toxotus vestitus Hald. (D). Taken upon Lupine flowers. 
Two specimens. 

*Leptacmeops falsa (Lec.) (L). 

*Judolia sexspilota (Lec.) (L). 

Strophiona laeta (Lec.) (L). 

*Phymatodes blandus Lec. (L). 

*Phymatodes obscurus Lec. (L). 

Xylotrechus nauticus (Mann). (L). 

Oxoplus jocosus Horn (D). Found not too commonly upon 
the flowers of a composit. 

Pogonocherus pilatet Van Dyke. Taken by Pilate, Van Dyke 
and Martin on Fremontia near the fort. 

*Tetraopes mancus Lec. (L). 

Tetraopes femoratus Lec. (D). On milkweed about the fort. 
Not common. 

Lema trivittata Say var. nigriventris Fall (D). Common on 
Datura. 

85 


Saxinis saucia Lec. (L, D). Taken not rarely in flight, in 
summer. 

Exema conspersa (Mann.) (L, D). 

Pachybrachys livens Lec. (D). Beaten from willow along 
the creek. 

Cryptocephalus spurcus Lec. (D). Beaten from Compositae 
along with Evema. 

Diachus auratus (Fab.) (L). 

*Glyptoscelis albida Lec. (L). 

Colaspidea smaragdula (Lec.) (L). 

Colaspidea varicolor Cr. (D). Beaten from greasewood on 
the hill back of the fort. 

Chrysochus cobaltinus Lec. (L). 

Gastroidea cyanea Melsh. (D). 

Trirhabda luteocincta (Lec.) (L). 

Monoxia consputa (Lec.) (L). 

Mono-xia, one undescribed species (D). 

Diabrotica duodecimpunctata (Fab.) (L.). This was probably 
D. soror, which was not yet described at the time that Leconte’s 
list was published. 

Diabrotica soror Lec. (D). 

*Phyllobrotica viridipennis Lec. (L). 

*Scelolyperus flavicollis (Lec.) (L). 

*L_uperodes bivittatus Lec. (L). 

*Oedionychis violascens Lec. (L). 

Haltica torquata Lec. (D). A few specimens were taken upon 
a species of primrose along Grapevine Creek. 

Chaetocnema ectypa Horn (D). 

Longitarsus livens Lec (D). 

Glyptina cerina (Lec.) (D). 

Phyllotreta prasina Chittn. (D). 

Phyllotreta albionica (Lec.) (D). 

The foregoing two species were beaten from oak about the 
fort. 
Psylliodes punctulata Melsh. (D). 
*Microrhopala rubrolineata (Mann) var. signaticollis ( Lec.) 
(L.) : 

Mylabris uniformis Lec. (L). 

Mylabris pauperculus Lec. (L, D). Yaken in small numbers 
from the flowers of wild buckwheat. 

Rhynchites bicolor Fab. (L). 


Apion porosicolle Gemm. (D). One specimen beaten from 
cottonwood. 

Eupagoderes geminatus Horn (D). Rare beneath cow chips 
on the flats below the fort. 

Pandeleteius submetallicus Schffr. (D). Beaten from Jum- - 
perus on the hill back of the fort. I believe that this species has 
not hitherto been reported from California. 

Sitona californica Fahr. (L). 

Desmoris constrictus (Say) (D). Taken upon Datura. 

86 


Tychius prolixus Csy. (D). Taken from “loco-weed”’ ( Astra- 
galus sp.) 

Otidocephalus arizonicus Schffr. (D). Beaten in small num- 
bers from mistletoe on the oaks about the fort. 

Cionistes insolens Dietz (D). 

Dinocleus albovestitus Csy. (D). 

Cleonus modestus Mann. (L). 

*Aulobaris nasuta (Lec.) (L). 

*Geraeus lineellus Lec. (L). 

Limnobaris nasuta (Lec.) (L). 

*Sphenophorus simplex Lec. (L). 

Sphenophorus subcarinatus Mann. (L). 


In Leconte’s list of 1859, as I have stated, there are 147 
species recorded. The present list, including these, numbers 272 
species, an:addition of 125 species known to come from the imme- 
diate vicinity of the fort. In addition to this, there are in my col- 
lection 16 or more species doubtful, or undescribed, and a mass 
of unidentified material. A rather striking thing one notices in 
going over the present list is the comparatively small number of 
species recorded by Leconte that have been retaken in later years, 
and the rather large number of species that are now rather com- 
mon about the fort that were not taken by either Xantus or 
Leconte. 


Pi GE RAGWRE Cli) 


1. Bancroft, Hubert Howe 
1890—History of California. (The History Co., San Francisco, 
Calif.) 7; (1860-1890) 464. 
2. Brewer, Wm. H. 
1930—Up and Down California. (Yale University Press, New 
Haven, Conn.) pp. 383-384, 396. 
3. Englebardt, Fr. Zephyrin 
1912—Missions and Missionaries of California. (The James H. 
Barry Co., ‘San Francisco, Calif.) 2; 197, 621-623. 
4. Grinnell, Joseph 
1905—Old Fort Tejon. Condor, 7; 1, 9-13. 


5. Hunt, Rocknell D., and Sanchez, Nellie van de Grift 
1929—A Short History of California. (Thos. Y. Crowell Co., 
N. Y.) pp. 497-498. 
6. Newmark, Harris 
1916—Sixty Years in Southern California, 1853-1913. (Knicker- 
bocker Press, N. Y.) p. 204. 
Rider, Arthur Fremont 
1925—Rider’s California, A Guide Book for Travelers. (McMillan 
Co., N. Y.) pp. 564-565. 
8. Williamson, Lieut R. S. 


1856—Reports of Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad route 
from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. 33rd. 
Congress, House of Representatives Ex. Doc. No. 91, vol. 
5, for years 1853-1854, pp. 20-26. 


au 


OFF 
87 


THE METAMORPHOSES OF SIX CALIFORNIA 
LEPIDOPTERA 


By Joun A. Comstock and CuHartes M. DAMMERS 


MirourRA NELSONI Bdv. 


This species occurs commonly in the higher regions of the 
California Sierras and is found sparingly in the mountains of 
southern California. It is abundant on the crest of the Green- 
horn Mountains of Kern County during early July. 


Females were secured in that locality and were induced to lay 
in captivity. Twigs of spruce and incense cedar were placed in 
the cage and the latter plant was chosen for oviposition although 
the majority of eggs were laid on the netting covering the jar in 
which the specimens were placed. 


The above two plants were selected on account of the fact 
that the species was found in association with them, but no actual 
oviposition in nature was observed. Females were noted on many 
occasions resting in and alighting on the incense cedar (Libo- 
cedrus decurrens Torr) and that is believed to be the plant of 
choice. 


Larvae were raised to maturity on Thuja (arbor-vitae) which 
is widely cultivated in gardens and parks. 


The early stages of this insect so nearly resemble those of 
Mitoura siva juniperaria Comst. and Mitoura loki Skin. as to be 
practically indistinguishable from them, and the following descrip- 
tions are therefore somewhat abbreviated in order to avoid repe- 
tition. 


EGG. Diameter averaging about .8 mm. An example depos- . 
ited July 6, 1932, emerged July 11. 

Color, green, of about the same shade as the cedar twigs. 
They are covered with minute stellate points of a lighter shade, 
from which low partitions radiate to join those from neighboring 
points. Form, echinoid. Micropyle deeply depressed. 

The stellate points above referred to are slightly less pro- 
nounced than in the egg of juniperaria, and do not show quite the 
same degree of alignment. See Plate 24, fig. a. 


LARVA, first instar. Length averaging about 1 mm. 
Color yellowish, with a slight greenish tinge in the center. 


Head a darker yellow, with mouth parts laved with orange. 
Ocelli black. 

There are four rows of long curving colorless or brownish 
hairs, arranged longitudinally on each side of the median line. 
These arise from inconspicuous papillae. The sub-stigmatal fold 
is slightly mottled with brown. 


88 


Stigmata, oval, with a brownish ring. 


The larva assumes a darker color as it develops until it has 
attained a dark blotchy green prior to casting its skin. From 
that point on it is a vivid green, with a sub-dorsal light green band, 
and a lateral whitish sub-stigmatal line. It is covered with brown- 
ish pile of medium length. 


Mature larva. Length 16 mm. Slug shaped, the head deeply 
retractile. The notes on larva of M. loki, published in Vol. XX XI, 
part 2 of the Bulletin Southern Calif. Academy of Sciences are 
equally applicable to this species in its mature phase. Plate 24, 
fig. b. illustrates the full grown larva. 


puPpA. Length, 9 to 10 mm. Greatest width in mid-dorsal 
region, 4.5 mm. This stage is indistinguishable in every detail 
from the pupa of loki, which was illustrated in the Bulletin above 
referred to. 


Color, blackish brown of perhaps a slightly darker shade than 
loki, and covered with the same type of brown pile. 

Pupation of the particular specimen under observation oc- 
curred on August 20. No silk girdle was noted, the chrysalis 
being formed on the floor of the breeding cage. 


From the same group of eggs, reared independently, caterpil- 
lars emerged July 12, reached their third instar July 23 and pupated 
the 18th to 21st of August. The winter is spent in the pupal stage. 


PLATE 24 


a. Egg of 
Mitoura nelsoni 
magnified x 26. 


b. Larva of 
Mitoura nelsoni 
on a sprig of 
Thuja enlarged 
2.5 diameters. 


89 


PHILOTES SPECIOSA Hy. Edw. 


This rare little blue occurs on the Mojave Desert in locali- 
ties where its foodplant, Oxytheca perfoliata T. and G. is abun- 
dant. It has been taken plentifully on the Randsburg road about 
20 miles east of the town of Mojave during the months of April 
and May. Captures are also recorded for the upper Mint Canyon 
region, the lower Mojave near Victorville, and the “Box S” Ranch, 
San Bernardino County. 


The egg was described in the Jan.-April, 1930, number of the 
Bulletin Southern Calif. Academy of Sciences, Vol. XXIX, No. 1. 
The illustration there used 1s repeated on the accompanying Plate 
POS VT (0p 


It is only necessary to add to the notes already published that 
the eggs are laid singly on the food plant, and hatch in 8 days. 


The plant of choice is Oxytheca perfol- 
iata, but as it is practically impossible to 
keep this fresh even with careful transplant- 
ing, a substitute was required to bring the 
larvae through to maturity. This was found 
in Chorizanthe californica Gray. With both 
plants it was noted that the caterpillar fed 
only on the small fleshy points which arise 
from the stem around the leaf junctures. 
When at rest the larva curls around the 
stem at the site of feeding, and in this sit- 
uation it is difficult to distinguish on ac- 
count of its protective coloration. 


The young larva possesses a ground 
color of yellowish green, with a variable 
amount of rose. There is usually a mid- 
dorsal line of this rose or brownish rose 
color, and frequently a yellowish lateral line. 
A few examples show almost a solid rose 
or mauve, while others have the mid-dorsal 
line slightly shaded laterally with yellow. 
In all stages of growth there is wide vari- 
ation in the color pattern. 


Head, black, and retractile. 


As the larvae mature they tend to lose 
the rosy shade, and assume a darker green. 


Ties 


ae A certain percentage are almost a_ solid 
PLATE 25 green. 
a. Egg of Philotes Mature larva. Length, when fully ex- 
speciosa Hy Edw. reracaleral: 10) exo) 1D = 
magnified x 56. Oe o a HORA 
b. Larva of same, The form is of the usual slug shape, 
enlarged x 6. though slightly narrower than with most 


90 


of the blues. Ground color, apple green, covered with short 
white pile. 


The majority of specimens have a mauve or rose colored 
mid-dorsal narrow band, expanding near the posterior edge of 
each segment. This band is absent on the first segment. The 
caudal segments are slightly tinged with a rosy suffusion. 


The sub-stigmatal fold is yellow, edged above and below with 
rose. 


Abdomen, yellow-green. Legs, yellow-green, tipped with 
brown. Prolegs and anal prolegs, yellow-green with gray clasp- 
ers. Stigmata, white. 


Head, brownish, with a colorless front and a black spot on 
each side. There is great variation in the color of larvae, as noted 
for the earlier stages. 


Pupation occurs in a loose web on the soil, and the pupa 
overwinters. 


The mature larva is illustrated on Plate 25, fig. b. 


puPA. Length 3.75 to 4 mm. Color, a light chestnut. The 
pupa is stout and compact, with a markedly rugose surface, and 
shows no vestige of pilose covering. When newly formed, the 
wing cases, thorax and head are tinged with green, but later 
change to a dark brown, shading to a blackish brown at the caudal 
end. See Plate 26. 


PLATE 26. 


Pupa of Philotes speciosa, enlarged x 10. 
a. Dorsal aspect. b. Ventral aspect. 


91 


PLEBEJUS EMIGDIONIS Grin. 


The egg of this species was illustrated and described in the 
Bulletin Southern Calif. Academy of Sciences, Vol. XXIX, Part 
1, 1930, p. 23. We are reprinting this illustration on Plate 27, 
fig. a. 


Eggs were collected on May 1 of this year, and larvae 
emerged May 11. Again on May 15 eggs were laid which hatched 
on the 23rd. A third group of eggs which were deposited July 
17 emerged on the 26th. The duration in ovum therefore is from 
8 to 10 days. The female deposits her eggs singly on the leaves 
of Atriplex (Saltbush). 


LARVA, first instar. Color, bluish green. The usual four 
rows of long white slightly recurved hairs occur, in longitudinal 
arrangement. There is a sub-dorsal 
line of black dots, one to each seg- 
ment. A similar line also is placed 
immediately superior to the lateral 
row of hairs. 


Head black. 


In successive instars the color is 
variable, with the predominant type 
a pale blue-gray, and the surface is 
covered with a whitish pile. There 
is a mid-dorsal band of speckled 
light brown, and a similarly colored 
though less clearly defined lateral 
band in which the spots run diago- 
nally across each segment. The first 
and caudal segments are speckled 
with black. On the 11th segment 
there is a laterally placed retractile 
organ which, when fully protruded. 
bears a series of orange points in 
stellate arrangement on the tip. The 
illustration, Plate 27, fig. b, shows 
this organ in full extension. 


Abdomen, pale gray-green. Legs, 
pale blue-gray, with brown tips. 
Prolegs concolorous with abdomen. 
Spiracles black. 


Head black, and retractile. 


PLATE 27 


Mature larva. Length when 


G. Hise oh BieU us fully extended, 13 to 15 mm. Slug 


emigdionis Grin. magni- 


Hedman shaped. The color is extremely vari- 
paMaturenlanvaotieame able and ranges from a_ greenish 
enlarged x 4. through blue-green and gray, to a 


92 


brown. All examples are spotted and blotched with darker points. 
The green type may be described as follows. 


Body pale bluish green, sparingly speckled with black. The 
crest of each segmental protrusion is pale mauve. The entire sur- 
face is heavily studded with minute silvery white points, from 
which arise single short white vibrissae. The sub-stigmatal fold 
is laved with mauve. There is a dark mid-dorsal line. 


The caudal segment bears a number of long colorless hairs, 
and the first segment has a fringe of recurved colorless hairs over- 
hanging the head. The upper part of these two segments is heavy- 
ily sprinkled with black. 


The retractile glands on the 11th segment are large and prom- 
inent. They are protruded when the larva is touched. These 
organs are probably attractive to ants, but we have not observed 
their use by the latter. There is a valve-like spot on the tenth 
segment in the mid-dorsal line. 


Abdomen concolorous with dorsum but lacking the black ios 


Legs, light brown. Prolegs and anal prolegs concolorous 
with body, the claspers brown. Spiracles black, with a group of 
black points inferior to them. 


Head, jet black. 


Pupation took place on the 15th to 17th of July for those 
examples which emerged from the egg on May 11th. A few of 
the larvae hibernated for a portion of their time, but fed inter- 
mittently until October and then ceased feeding and went into 
complete hibernation. Two imagos emerged July 27, which argues 
for an abortive second brood. 


PupA. Length 9.5 to 11.5 mm. Color, pale green, the body 
slightly darker. One example was a straw color with lighter wing 
cases. 


PLATE 28 


Pupa of Plebejus emigdionis enlarged x 4. 
a. Dorsal aspect. b. Lateral aspect. c. Ventral aspect. 


93 


The form is somewhat more elongate than in the average 
Lycaenid pupa, and the abdomen is strongly arched. 


The segmental junctures are marked by narrow indistinct 
brown lines. A thin mid-dorsal green stripe runs longitudinally 
on the first three abdominal segments. Spiracles brown. 


The pupa is illustrated on Plate 28, figs. a, b and c. It is 
usually attached to the food plant by a silk button and girdle. 


ERYNNIS PERSIUS AFRANIUS Lint. 


A quantity of eggs and larvae of this species were collected 
on Lotus americanus (Nutt.) Bisch. (Spanish clover) at Forest 
Home, San Bernardino Mts., between the 6th and 16th of July, 
1930. Eggs were also collected at Pine Flats, upper San Gabriel 
Canyon, on June 28, 1931, where females were ovipositing on 
Ceanothus divaricatus. A drawing was made from one of the 
latter which is shown on Plate 29. 


EGG: Size .75 mm. high by about the same broad. Color 
when first laid, white, changing to a cream or light yellow. The 
eggs are deposited on the tender tips of the leaves. 


The surface of the egg is covered by a series of about 15 
vertical ribs, some of which terminate or join others as they ap- 
proach the micropyle. A series of 
regular narrow _ low horizontal 
ridges cross the spaces between the 
vertical ribs. 

Micropyle, depressed but shal- 
low. Base, flat. 

Duration in the ovum, 5 days 
for the single example which was 
under observation. 


LARVA, first instar. 


PLATE 29 Body, ivory white. A few 

Egg of Erynnis persius short colorless hairs occur in lon- 
afranius Lint. magnified x 50. gitudinal rows on the surface. The 
Drawing by Comstock. first segment bears a black collar at 


its posterior edge. 
Head, jet black, with a few short white hairs protruding. 


Mature larva. Length 21 mm. 


The body is sub-cylindrical, thickest at about the 6th segment 
and tapering regularly toward both ends. The head is relatively 
large, sub-triangular, and is depressed antero-posteriorly. See 
lates 30) 


94 


The ground color of the body is a pale green, and a thick 
studding of minute raised white points gives it a light overcast. 
From these points arise single short white hairs. 


A dark mid-dorsal narrow line is present, and there is also 
a narrow longitudinal yellow line running the entire length of the 
lateral surface. The first segment bears the usual black collar. 
The sub-stigmatal fold is shghtly lighter than the general body 
surface. 


Abdomen, pale green. Legs and prolegs, green. Spiracles, 
white. 


The head is black, with a covering of minute white punctae. 
The face bears, on its flattened anterior surface, an orange cor- 
date spot, with black shield-shaped center. The mature larva is 
illustrated on Plate 30. 

Pupation occurs in a loosely spun cocoon or hibernaculum on 


the food plant. The larvae from which these notes were made 
went into chrysalis from the 27th of July to August 5. 


pupA. Length, 14 to 15 mm. The illustration, Plate 30, 
obviates a lengthy description. Color, a vivid green, with the 
segmental junctures dimly defined in a darker shade of green. 


The thoracic spiracle is black, and prominent. 


Emergence of the imagos occurred from the 5th to the 15th 
of August. The species is heavily parasitized with a Tachinid fly. 


PLATE 30 


Larva and pupa of Hrynnis persius afranius. 


9 


a. Mature larva, lateral view, x 3. 
b. Head of larva greatly magnified. 
c. Pupa, lateral view, x 3. 


Drawing by Dammers. 


95 


PHOLISORA LIBYA Scud. 


EGG. Size 1.1 mm. wide by .8 mm. high. Color, when first 
laid, dull orange, changing to a soiled ivory white. Shape, hemis- 
pherical, the base flat and micropyle depressed. 


The surface of the egg is thrown into a number of ridges 
which radiate from the micropyle. These number about 8 or 9 
on the superior surface, and are increased to approximately 18 
on the lateral surface. They are widened and protruded on their 
crests into a number of papillae or knob-like processes. The area 
between these vertical ridges is bridged by low transverse parti- 
tions. The latter are irregular in size and height, and run at 
various angles, but a considerable number of them tend to radiate 
from the knob-like processes previously mentioned, giving the 
latter a stellate appearance. See Plate 31. 


Oviposition occurs on the leaves of Atriplex canescens James., 
and probably others of the same genus, the eggs being laid singly. 


Described and figured from a single egg collected at Indian 
Wells, Coachella Valley on October 5, 1930. On the 8th of the 
same month 15 eggs were obtained from 


which one larva was raised to maturity. 


LARVA, first instar. Length 1.75 mm. 


The caterpillar is cylindrical, with a 
cream colored or pale yellow body which 
is bare of ornamentation or appendages. 

REL A white collar occurs on the first seg- 
PLATE 31 ment, edged anteriorly with black. In 
Hee of Ehousonaibua: successive instars the larva resembles the 

magnified x 25. mature phase. 

DiWine by Comctonke: Mature larva. Length, fully ex- 
tended, 13.5 mm. Widest at the 6th 

segment, tapering gradually toward the head, and more acutely 
toward the caudal end. The body is pale blue-green and is pro- 
fusely covered with white raised points, from each of which arises 
a short single white hair. There is a line of black dots running 
longitudinally on each side of the median line, one dot to each 
segment. A similar line occurs dorso-laterally, and a third is 
placed supra-stigmatally, the last mentioned being formed in pairs. 


A thin dark indistinct line is placed mid-dorsally. The first 
segment bears a broad transverse white collar which is edged an- 
teriorly by a black line. 


Abdomen concolorous with body. Legs, pale blue-green, the 
terminal joints tipped with brown. Prolegs and anal prolegs con-— 
colorous with body and bearing light brown claspers. 


Spiracles, yellow. 


96 


Head, black, covered profusely with orange pile. A lateral 
view of the larva 1s shown on Plate 32. 

The larva secretes itself in a protective nest formed of leaves, 
united with strands of silk, from which it emerges only at times 
of feeding, 


puPA. Length, 12:5 mm. Sub-cylindrical, the head rather 
prominent, thorax slightly arched dorsally, and the caudal seg- 
ments recurved ventrally. 


The head and body are pale ochre to light brown. Abdominal 
segments, brown, lighter on their posterior edges. Wing cases, 
and thorax, black. Above the eye cases and over the anterior 
portion of the head there are tufts of light chestnut pile. 


PLATE 32 
Larva and pupa of Pholisora libya, enlarged. 


a. Larva, lateral view x 6. b. Pupa, lateral view x 5. 


Drawing by Dammers. 


The thorax and most of the abdomen is similarly covered. 
Caudal segments and cremaster, black. 
The pupa is illustrated on Plate 32. 


Pupation occurs within the protective nest. 


This species is double brooded on the Colorado Desert. It 
ranges throughout the Colorado Desert and the Palo Verde Val- 
ley in locations where Atriplex grows, and has been taken spar- 
ingly as far north as Round Valley, Inyo County. 


EUCATERVA VARIARIA Grote. 


Larvae and pupae of this species were collected in the Mor- 
ongo wash, San Bernardino County, and Mr. E. Jaeger also 
found them at Amboy on the Mojave Desert. They have been 
bred in captivity through three generations, the imagos emerging 
in May, July and September of the same year. 


The eggs are laid in a mass on the foliage of Desert willow, 
Chilopsis linearis Sweet. 


EGG. Barrel-shaped, about 1% times as long as it is broad. 
Color, pale blue-green, with a metallic or pearly luster. The sur- 
face is covered with minute raised white points which are arranged 
in longitudinal, though somewhat irregular rows. Under magni- 
fication the surface is finely granular. The ends are flattened, 
and the micropylar end is slightly depressed at its outer circum- 
ference: See Plate 33, fig--a. 


In the early instars the larva is very similar to the mature 
stage. 


Final instar. Length, 32 mm. Cylindrical and elongate, of 
the usuad geometrid type. There are two color forms, one with 
a mauve on the dorsal half, and one with a blue-green dorsum. 
Intergrades occur. The mauve type will be described. 


Dorsal surface, pale mauve, similar in shade to the blossoms 
of the food plant. There is a sub-dorsal band of two thin black 
crenulate lines extending the entire length of the body. Inferior 
to this the body shades to a pale blue, and thence to a bluish 
green on the abdomen. Immediately below the sub-stigmatal fold 
there is a thin black crenulate line across the center of each 
segment. 


98 


Db. 


PLATE 33 


Egg and larva 
of Eucaterva 
variaria. 

a. Egg, greatly 
magnified. 
b. Mature 
larva, enlarged 
Danas 


On the 2nd and 3rd segments, in line with 
the stigmata, there is a small black triangle. 


Each segment bears six small black dots on 
each side, arranged in diagonal pairs, from which 
arise short colorless hairs. The last three seg- 
ments are a yellowish green. 


Stigmata, black, surrounded by a yellow area, 
the latter not apparent in all specimens. 


Legs, orange, crossed by several narrow 
black lines. The terminal joints are tipped with 
black. Prolegs, and anal prolegs, pale green, 
spotted with black. Claspers, orange. 


Head, pale mauve, speckled black, and bear- 
ing a sparse covering of short colorless hairs. 


Pupation occurs on the food plant, in a 
loosely and characteristically meshed cocoon, as 
shown on Plate 34. The pupa is visible through 
this mesh. 


puPpA. Length, 16 to 18 mm. Robust, with 
prominently protruding antennal and leg cases. 
Thickest through the 4th abdominal segment. 


Wing cases, thorax and head, pearly white. 
Body a pale yellow-green, with dark brownish 
spots irregularly placed and indistinct. 


The black markings of the imago are dimly 
visible or at least suggested through the wing 
cases. Ocellar ribbon, orange. 


Stigmata, depressed. The pupa is illustrated 
Olle late 655): 


As the Desert willow is a deciduous tree, 
and the cocoons of the last brood must fall to 
the ground, it is still doubtful how the winter is 
passed. A considerable number are, however, 
known to pass the winter in the cocoon. 


The larva of this species is so remarkably 
camouflaged as to make it exceedingly difficult 
to find. Even when it is beaten from the tree it 
can not be detected among the fallen leaves until 
it moves. 


99 


PLATE 34 


Cocoon of Hucaterva variaria, enlarged x 2. 


PLATE 35 


Pupa of Hucaterva variaria, enlarged x 3. 
a. Ventral aspect. 0b. Lateral aspect. 
c. Dorsal aspect. 


100 


NOTES ON THE FLORA OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS 
OFF SANTA BARBARA, CALIFORNIA 


le 


By RatpH HorrMaNnn* 


DELPHINIUM PARRYI Gray. 


Frequent on a steep grassy bank above Cuylers Harbor, San 
Miguel I. 


RANUNCULUS CALIFORNICUS Benth. 


Plants from Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. (and west end 
of Santa Cruz I.) are “unusually low and hairy’’ and resemble 
var. Ludovicianus (Greene) Davis. S. B. M. No. 6228. 

Since the above was written, Mr. Lyman Benson has identi- 
fied the following as Ranunculus californicus cuneatus Greene: 
northeast end of San Miguel I., Hoffmann on April 20, 1932; 
above Cuyler’s Harbor, San Miguel I., Hoffmann on April 19, 
1932; and Santa Cruz I., mouth of Willow Creek, Hoffmann on 
March 21, 1932; Prisoner’s Harbor, Hoffmann on March 5, 1932. 


CLEMATIS LASIANTHA Nutt. 


Frequent on steep brushy banks in Laguna Canyon and oc- 
casional on the Puertazuela Grade, on Santa Cruz I. 


BERBERIS PINNATA Lag. 


A colony below the Cuesta Grade, at the west end of Santa 
Cruz I., with stems to nineteen feet long, climbing through Quercus 
tomentella and Photinia, with leaves often entire, S. B. M. Nos. 
11.781 and 11,162; a few plants in a canyon running into the 
Canada de la Casa on Santa Rosa I. 


*The first part of this paper appeared in the Bulletin of the Southern California 
Acad. Sci. 31: 46-60, 1932. Since that part was written, Mr. Hoffmann met a sudden 
tragic death. It has been my privilege to assemble for publication the rest of Mr. 
Hoffmann’s notes and I have been most happy to do my part in presenting this ma- 
terial, for two reasons: firstly, as an offering of affection for one whom I admired 
and whose friendship I greatly prized; secondly, as a contribution to botanical science. 
It has seemed to me very fortunate for California Botany that Mr. Hoffmann had left 
his notes in such form that the paper could be continued. His years of work on the 
islands have added tremendously to our knowledge of their flora and I have long 
anticipated a thorough-going discussion of that flora by him, who knew it so well, in 
which he would point out the significance of the distribution of many of the species 
mentioned in this paper. The occurrence, particularly on San Miguel and Santa Rosa 
Islands, of many species whose southern limit had been thought to be Monterey and 
San Luis Obispo Counties, is to me one of the most interesting things that have come 
from Mr. Hoffmann’s work. The present preliminary paper was only to record data 
which would later receive interpretation. It has been my function, of course, in so 
far as I have been able, not to intrude ideas of my own but to act as an editor or 
clerk in assembling the ideas that Mr. Hoffmann had left on record. The more 
elaborate work which Mr. Hoffmann had proposed for the future must now unfortun- 
ately be taken up by some subsequent student, but at least we have now this very 
useful list of additions to and notes on the plants of the islands. It should of course be 
said that I assume full responsibility for all errors that may have crept into my part 
of the work. PHiLtiep A. MuNnz, Pomona College, Claremont, California. 


101 


PLATYSTEMON CALIFORNICUS Benth. 

Although P. californicus var. nutans was described by Brand- 
egee from Santa Cruz I., most, if not all of the material collected 
by the writer from that island, has erect fruit. Several collections 
have the fruit with long stiff hairs, S. B. M. No. 2854. On Santa 
Rosa and San Miguel Is. the common form on sandy slopes near 
the sea is low and spreading, glabrous or nearly so, with very 
white flowers and nodding fruit. 


PAPAVER CALIFORNICUM Gray. 


On steep banks from Orizaba Harbor to Pelican Bay, Santa 
Cruze 


PAPAVER HETEROPHYLLUM ( Benth.) Greene. 


Occasional on steep banks on Santa Rosa |. and frequent on 
San Miguel I. 


ESCHSCHOLTZIA ELEGANS Greene. 

Brandegee includes under EF. californica Cham., the above 
species including F. glauca, E. maritima, E. elegans and E. ramosa 
of Greene. FE. elegans is a very clearly marked species, an annual, 
with stiff, erect habit, finely dissected glaucous, often purplish- 
tipped foliage and petals from 5-7 mm. long. It is frequent on 
steep canyon banks, generally near the sea, on the south side of 
Santa @ruz l--and on Santa Rosa I) S: Be Me Nos itil ama 
12,114. 


ESCHSCHOLTZIA CALIFORNICA Cham. var. MARITIMA Greene. 

Occasional on Santa Cruz I., common on mesas and sandy 
slopes near the sea along the north shore of Santa Rosa I. and 
widely distributed on San Miguel I. 


ESCHSCHOLTZIA GLAUCA Greene. 

Whatever disposition is finally made of this form, it is still 
growing in a restricted area where Greene probably found it, be- 
tween the Main Ranch on Santa Cruz I. and the South Ranch 
House. S. B. M. No. 10,440. 


ESCHSCHOLTZIA SP. 

Besides the perennial species listed above and the annual F. 
elegans, there occurs on steep rocky slopes on Santa Cruz I. an 
annual erect species with showy, clear yellow flowers. S. B, M. 
No. 12,039. 


THELYPODIUM LASIOPHYLLUM (H. & A.) Greene. 

As this species occurs on the islands it is exceedingly vari- 
able. What is apparently the common form of the species (more 
or less hispid with scattered hairs, flowers whitish, fruit slender 


and deflexed) occurs on San Miguel I., S. B. M. Nos. 9607, 9438 ; 


* (Clokey). 
102 


Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. No. 1219: and Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. 
Nos. 1221 and 4756. A glabrous form with deflexed pods occurs 
on Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. Nos. 1220 and 2677; Santa Rosa I., 
Seve No, 6202; and San Miguel 1., S..B. M. No. 1218. A 
form with purplish petals was found on Santa Rosa I., 5. B. M. 
No. 6201. A glabrous form with somewhat spreading pods occurs 
on Anacapa I., S. B. M. No. 5538; it fits quite well the description 
of var. rigidum Robins., although the pods are slender. Another 
plant from Anacapa has the pods ascending and fits the var. 
inalienum Robins. S. B. M. No. 5535. 


SISYMBRIUM PINNATUM (Walt.) Greene. 
Occasional on Santa Rosa I. 


CAKILE EDENTULA (Bigel.) Hook. var. CALIFORNICA Fer. 
Occasional on beaches on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 


RAPHANUS SATIVUS L. 
Occasional in fields near ranches on Santa Cruz and Santa 
Rosa Is. 


CARDAMINE OLIGOSPERMA Nutt. 
One collection on Santa Cruz I. S. B. M. No. 241. 


DENTARIA INTEGRIFOLIA Nutt. var. CALIFORNICA Jepson. 


Occasional on the north side of slopes above the sea on San 
Miguel I. 


ARABIS MAXIMA Greene var. HOFFMANNII Munz (Bull. So. Calif. 


NGadeeS Cio 63.) ol 932). 
On a sea cliff, east of Dicks Harbor, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. 
Nos. 11,750, 11,838. An Arabis collected only in fruit in Water 
Canyon, on Santa Rosa I. is presumably this variety. S. B. M. 


No. 10,893. 


ERYSIMUM ASPERUM (Nutt.) DC. 


What seems to be this species is found on Anacapa and Santa 
Rosa Is., S. B. M. Nos. 4151 and 141. 


DiITHYRAEA CALIFORNICA Harv. var. MARITIMA Dav. 

Occasional on the north beach of San Miguel I. First col- 
lected by F. R. Fosberg. S. B. M. No. 9583. 
LEPIDIUM DICTYOTUM Gray var. ACUTIDENS Gray. 

Locally abundant at the west end of Santa Cruz I. 


LEPIDIUM DRABA L.. 
Several flourishing patches in grassy fields south of the Main 
Ranch on Santa Cruz I. 
LEPIDIUM LASIOCARPUM Nutt. 
Common in thin soil on Santa Cruz I. 
103 


LEPIDIUM NITIDUM Nutt. 


Omitted from Brandegee’s list for Santa Cruz I., though listed 
by Greene. Common in thin soil on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is. 


CAPSELLA BURSA-PASTORIS L. 
Frequent on Santa Rosa I. and occasional on San Miguel I. 


THYSANOCARPUS CONCHULIFERUS Greene. 


Reduced by Jepson to a variety of 7. lacimiatus Nutt. A large 
series collected by the writer shows, in the opinion of both Drs. 
Abrams and Munz that 7. conchuliferus is a good species. Be- 
sides its boat-shaped fruit, its differs from 7. laciniatus in its 
glaucous foliage, its rose-colored flowers and its lesser height, char- 
acters which appear to be constant. The species is frequent on 
exposed rocky slopes on Santa Cruz I. from the north shore 
(Prisoners, Pelican, Babys) to the south west portion of the island 
(Sierra Blanca). 


THYSANOCARPUS CURVIPES Hook. 


One collection on a steep open slope above Upper Twin Can- 
yon, Santa Cruz lS) BoM: No, 11)866; Det by P.-A Mima 


THELYPOLIUM LACINIATUS Nutt. var. RAMosUS (Greene) Munz. 


The plants of Santa Rosa and Santa Cruz Is. differ from 
typical T. laciniatus in their larger fruits, these being 4 or more 
mm. wide (including the wings). Common on Santa Cruz and 
Santa Rosa Is. Apparently 7. lacimiatus of Brandegee’s list and 
var. emarginatus of Clokey’s. 


TILLAEA ERECTA H. & A. 
Occasional on shaded banks, San Miguel I. 


CoTYLEDON Sp. 


Material from the islands is exceedingly variable and can only 
with great artificiality be divided into species. Rose’s treatment 
(No. Amer. Flora 22 :33-47, 1905), which divided the group into 
species on the basis of slender or short and stout pedicels, green 
or farinose leaves, narrow or broader leaves, etc., seems to fail 
quite completely with a series of island plants. Plants from shaded 
places seem to be greener; those from sunny ones more farinose. 
Leaf-width and-length, pedicel-length, and other characteristics do 
not seem to vary together. Yet the insular plants seem quite dif- 
ferent in the sum--total of their characters from mainland plants, 
at least those of Southern California, 


JEPSONIA MALVAEFOLIA (Greene) Small. 

Very little material of this species had been collected on the 
islands since the original collections by Kellogg in 1874. Jepson 
(Manual p. 457) included it in J. parry: (Torr.). It has been 
found to be common on bare slopes and canyon banks on Santa 

104 


Rosa I. and widely distributed on Santa Cruz I. The series col- 
lected seems to show that it is distinct from J. parry. S. B. M. 
No. 10,796 (Santa Cruz) and Nos. 9196, 10,929, 10,932 (Santa 
Rosa). 


LITHOPHRAGMA CYMBALARIA |. & G. 
Common on shaded banks on Santa Rosa I. 


HEUCHERA MAXIMA Greene. 

Brandegee referred the Heuchera from the islands to H. pilo- 
sissima F. & M. Munz believes H. maxima to be a good species. 
It occurs on Anacapa I. as well as on Santa Cruz and Santa 
Rosa Is. 


RIBES MALVACEUM Sm. 

In the only deep canyon on Anacapa I., below the Cuesta 
Grade at the west end of Santa Cruz I. and in Tranquillon Canyon 
on Santa Rosa I. The form is the same on all three islands, with 
thick white tomentum on the under sides of the leaves. 


ALCHEMILLA CUNEIFOLIA Nutt. (Alchemuilla arvensis (L.) Scop. 
for Calif. references. ) 
Frequent on grassy banks on Santa Rosa I. 


CERCOCARPUS ALNIFOLIUS Rydb. 


Greene listed C. betulaefolius Nutt. (C. betuloides Nutt.). 
Brandegee included Greene’s material in C. parvifolius Nutt. Ryd- 
berg (N. Am. Flora 22, part 5, pp. 418-424) gave C. traskiae 
Eastw. and C. alnifolius Rydb. from Santa Catalina I. but makes 
no mention of the islands discussed in this paper. Jepson (Manual, 
p- 503), makes a new variety, C. betuloides Nutt. var. multiflorus 
Jepson from Santa Catalina I. and gives C. alnifolia (alnifolius ?) 
Rydb. from Santa Cruz I. 

Material collected shows forms that correspond to C. traskiae 
and gradation from these to C. alnifolius from Santa Cruz I. 
Soave No. Lr 130: 

Plants representative of C. alnifolius are Santa Cruz 1., S. B. 
M. Nos. 8676, 8675, 10,315, 8687, 8677. 

A few individuals of C. alnifolius occur in Tranquillon Can- 
yon on Santa Rosa I. 


CERCOCARPUS BETULOIDES Nutt. var. MULTIFLORUS Jepson. 
Frequent on canyon slopes on Santa Cruz I. S. B. M. Nos. 


ZUZ 99) 201. 


C. TRASKIAE Eastw. 


Representative of this species from Santa Cruz I. is S. B. M. 
No. 200; see also under C. alnifolius above. 
105 


LUPINUS ALBIFRONS Benth. 


Brandegee and Greene list Lupinus chamissonis Esch. from 
Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. A large amount of 
material of shrubby lupines from these islands has been deter- 
mined by C. P. Smith as L. albifrons and its varieties. The type 
is common on Santa Rosa I. and occasional on Anacapa and San 
Miguel Is. 


LL, ALBIFRONS var. EMINENS C. P. Sm. 
Occasional on rocky slopes on Santa Cruz I. 


IE SAL BIERONS Vale DOUGLASIE ©) 2s Sm 
Occasional on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is. 


LuPINUS BICOLOR Lindl. 


Brandegee lists L. micranthus Dougl. from Santa Cruz and 
Santa Rosa Is. and includes L. umbellatus Greene under this 
species. One collection by the writer from Santa Cruz I. has been 
determined by C. P. Smith as L. micranthus. L. bicolor Lindl. 
is frequent on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is. 


L. BICOLOR var. MICROPHYLLUs C. P. Sm. 
Occasional on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 


IE BICOLOR Vale ERIDENDALUS. ©2223 Sm 
Occasional on Santa Cruz I. 


L. BICOLOR var. UMBELLATUS C. P. Sm. 
Common on Anacapa, Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is. 


L. concinnus Agardh. var. AGARDHIANUS (Heller) C. P. Sm. 
Frequent on rocky slopes on Santa Cruz I. and occasional 
on Santa Rosa I. 
L. HirsuTissiMus Benth. 
Occasional on steep canyon banks, with southern exposure, on 
Santa Rosa I. 
L. succuLENTus Dougl. 


This species was listed by Brandegee as L. affinis Agardh. It 
is occasional on grassy slopes and canyon banks on Santa Rosa 
and San Miguel Tis: 


L. TRUNCATUS Nutt. 
Occasional on rocky slopes on Santa Rosa I. 


MEDICAGO APICULATA Willd. 


This species is abundant even on rocky slopes on Santa Cruz 
I.,* much commoner than MV. hispida on Santa Rosa I. It is oc- 
casional along streams. 


* (CloKey). 
106 


M. HispipaA Gaertn. 
Abundant on Santa Rosa I. 


M. sativa L. 
Occasionally persistent in fields on Santa Cruz and Santa 
Rosa Is. 


TRIFOLIUM ALBOPURPUREUM T. & G. 
Occasional on grassy slopes on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is. 


T. AMPLECTENS T. & G. var. STENOPHYLLUM (Nutt.) Jeps. 


Common on grassy slopes in thin soil on Santa Rosa I. Col- 
lected by B. Norris toward the west end of San Miguel I. 


T. BARBIGERUM Torr. 


One collection in a moist grassy spot on Santa Rosa and one 
by B. Norris on San Miguel I. 


T. citiatum Nutt. 
Frequent on grassy slopes on Santa Rosa I. 


T. FucATUM Lindl. var. FLAVULUM Jepson. 


Locally common on a slope 1n the high portion of San Miguel 
ieee Vie No: 11,954" 


T. FUCATUM var. GAMBELLII Jepson. 


On a bare summit in the interior of Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. 
No. 12,107. 


T. GRACILENTUM T. & G. 
Common on grassy slopes on Santa Rosa I. 


T. GRACILENTUM var. INCONSPICUUM Fern. 


Frequent on Santa Rosa I., occasional on San Miguel I. S. 
B. M. Nos. 12,154 and 11,928. 


T. MAcRAEI H. & A. 


Frequent on rocky slopes on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is. 


T. MICROCEPHALUM Pursh. 


Common on banks and slopes on Santa Rosa I. and occasional 
on San Miguel I. 


T. TRIDENTATUM Lindl. var. acIcCULARE McD. 


Common on grassy slopes and occasional on stony ridges on 
> 2) » > 
Satta Gnaz 


T. micropon H. & A. var. PILosuM Eastw. 


Plants as pilose as Miss Eastwood’s type have been collected 
on an open gravelly ridge, Pine Forest, at the west end of Santa 
Cruz) Match 25) 1932: 


197 


T. VARIEGATUM Nutt. 


Occasional on the flood plain in the Canada del Puerto, Santa 
Cruze 


Lotus GRANDIFLORUS Benth. 
On a rocky slope above Lobo Canyon on Santa Rosa I. 


L. HAMATUS Greene. 


Occasional on stony slopes on Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is. 
SS Bae Nos! 545 -ands 1935: 


L. sALSUGINOSUS Greene. 
Occasional on stony slopes, San Miguel I. 


L. scoparius (Nutt.) Ottley var. veatcuHir (Greene) Ottley. 


Material intermediate between L. scoparius var. dendroideus 
and var. veatchi is found on sea cliffs at the west end of Santa 
Cruz I. and on steep canyon slopes near the sea on Santa Rosa I. 


L. SUBPINNATUS Lag. 
Frequent on rocky slopes on Santa Rosa I. 


ASTRAGALUS DIDYMOCARPUS H. & A. 


Common on hill slopes in thin soil in the interior of Santa 
Rosa I., occasional on San Miguel I. 


A. LtEucopsis T. & G. var. BRACHYPUS Greene. 


Typical A. leucopsis is common on the southwest portion of 
Santa Cruz I., the variety brachypus is the common form on the 
grassy uplands of Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 


VICIA AMERICANA Muhl. 
Occasional on San Miguel I. 


V. CALIFORNICA Greene. 

Material from Santa Rosa I. would fall into the above classi- 
fication, if the specific difference between V’. americana and V. 
californica is maintained. 

V. EXIGUA Nutt. 
Occasional on shaded banks on Santa } 75a I 


LATHYRUS stTRICcTUS Nutt. 
Frequent on shaded banks on Santa Rosa I. 


OXALIS CORNICULATA L. 
A garden weed at the Main Ranch, Santa Cruz I. 


GERANIUM CAROLINENSE L. 
Occasional on grassy banks on Santa Rosa I. 


108 


EropiuM sotrys Bertol. 
Collected by P. A. Munz in the interior of Santa Rosa I. 


EropiuM MosSCHATUM L’Her. 
Frequent on Santa Rosa I. 


POLYGALA CALIFORNICA Nutt. 


Frequent under pines toward the west end and at one locality 
south of Pelican Harbor, on Santa Cruz I. 


EREMOCARPUS SETIGERUS Benth. 
Collected by I. W. Wiggins near the Ranch on Santa Rosa I. 


RHAMNUS CALIFORNICA Esch. 

A colony of about seven bushes in the upper part of Babys 
Canyon on Santa Cruz I. The form according to C. B. Wolf, is 
intermediate between var. typica and var. tomentella. 


RHAMNUS cCROCEA Nutt. var. INSULARIS Sarg. (R. PIRIFOLIA 
Greene ) 


Frequent in canyons toward the southern part of Santa Rosa I. 


CEANOTHUS MACROCARPUS Nutt. 
A single collection from Santa Cruz I. 


MALVA PARVIFLORA L. 


Brandegee listed M. borealis Wallm. from all the islands. 
Greene had listed M. parviflora L. from Santa Cruz and San 
Miguel Is. and noted that it was called M. borealis on the main- 
land. All the material collected by the writer on all the islands 
must be referred to M. parviflora. 


OLIGOMERIS LINIFOLIA (Vahl.) McBr. 


Common on bare slopes on the south side of Santa Rosa I. 
and frequent elsewhere on the island. 


OPUNTIA PROLIFERA Engelm. 


Common along the highest part of the ridge on Anacapa I.; 
one colony at the south-east end of Santa Rosa I. 


ECHINOCYSTIS FABACEA Naud. 


Brandegee included under the above species, Greene’s E. guad- 
alupensis and E. macrocarpa. The writer has collected at least 
two species on both Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is., one with 
large white flowers, long spines and from eight to sixteen seeds. 
This species occurs also on Anacapa and San Miguel Is. Another 
species, with small greenish-white flowers, short spines and four 
seeds, is frequent in the Canada del Medio on Santa Cruz I. and 
occasional in the interior of Santa Rosa I. 


eZ 109 


CUCURBITA FOETIDISSIMA HBK. 
A few plants on the beach at Fry’s Harbor, Santa Cruz I. 


EPILOBIUM ADENOCAULON Hausskn. 


Water Hole near China Harbor, Santa Cruz I. Det. by 
Eee we Miz Sees vie Norl 36950 Sept 20/1980! 


GODETIA EPILOBIOIDES Wats. 
Common on steep banks, Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. No. 6164. 


OENOTHERA CHEIRANTHIFOLIA Hornem. var. TyprcA Munz. 

A few plants on beach back of Gull Rock, Santa Cruz I.; 
common on beaches, bluffs and mesas near the sea, Santa Rosa I.; 
dunes on San Miguel I. 


OENOTHERA CHEIRANTHIFOLIA var. NITIDA (Greene) Jeps. 
Occasional on sand dunes at east end of Santa Rosa I. 


OENOTHERA CONTORTA Dougl. var. EPILOBIOIDES (Greene) Munz. 
San Miguel I. : 


OENOTHERA CONTORTA Dougl. var. sTRIGULOSA (F. & M.) Munz. 


Sea-bluffs at East Point, Santa Rosa I., April 9, 1930. S. B. 
M. Nos. 9383 and 9423. 


OENOTHERA MICRANTHA Hornem. var. TypIcA Munz. 


On open rocky, gravelly or sandy slopes, Santa Cruz, Santa 
Rosa and San Miguel Is. Sometimes quite near the var. jones 
(Lévl.) Munz. 


OENOTHERA LEPTOCARPA Greene (EULOBUS CALIFORNICUS Nutt. ). 
Occasional on rocky slopes, Santa Rosa I. 


SANICULA BIPINNATIFIDA Dougl. var. HOFFMANNII Munz., n. var. 
Winged rachis not continuous but extending only part way 
to the lower divisions of the leaf, hence V-shaped; flowers yellow. 
(Rachis alata non continua; floribus luteis). Type, from springy 
bank, Valdez, Santa Cruz I., June 13, 1930, Rk. Hoffmann. (Po- 
mona College Herbarium No. 183,133.) Other collections, under 
oaks, one mile below Main Ranch, Santa Cruz I., Hoffmann on 
April 12, 1931 (S!°B. M.No, 115153) and Water CanyonmSanta 
Rosa I., April 18, 1932, R. Hoffmann (S. B. M. Nos. 12,055 and 
12,056). This proposed variety has the large heads of S. bipin- 
natifida with sessile fruits; it agrees in its yellow flowers with the 
var. nemoralis Jeps. from the Sierra Nevada, but differs from 
that variety by the rachis narrowing down to the midrib instead 
of running the whole length from the upper to the lower leaf- 
divisions. 
7 110 


ToriLis Noposa (L.) Gaertn. 

Near Prisoners Harbor, Santa Cruz I.;* on shady bank in 
canyon northeast of Black Mt., Santa Rosa I.; and along rivulet 
above Cuylers Harbor, San Miguel I. 


CAUCALIS MICROCARPA H. & A. 

Common on grassy and rocky slopes, Santa Cruz I. at Babys 
Harbor, a mile below the Main Ranch, and one mile west of Puer- 
tazuela. 


APIASTRUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Nutt. 
Occasional on rocky slopes in a compact dwarf form, Santa 


Rosa I. 


BOWLESIA LOBATA R. & P. 


Frequent in rich soil on shaded banks at Pelican, Orizaba 
and Babys Harbors of Santa Cruz I.,* and common on canyon 
banks of Santa Rosa I. 


FOENICULUM VULGARE (L.) Gaertn. 
A few plants in a canyon near the ranch house, Santa Rosa I. 


LoMATIUM CARUIFOLIUM (T.&G.) C.&R. 
On San Miguel I. S. B. M. Nos. 9475 and 618. 


ARBUTUS MENZIESII Pursh. 


A single tree, 20 feet tall, at the head of a small canyon west 
of the ridge leading from Fry’s Harbor to the summit, Santa 
Gruz lt: S. B. M. Nos. 11,141 and 11,204. 


= 
” ARCTOSTAPHYLOS INSULARIS Greene. 


Common on steep hillsides and rocky canyon slopes and 
ridges of Santa Cruz I., and in a side canyon above Water Canyon, 
Santa Rosa I. The leaves are oblong and rounded to cuneate at 
the base. A form in which the racemes are elongated and almost 
glabrous, the sepals being ciliate is determined by Miss Eastwood 
as a new variety. It occurs at Valdez, Pelican, Christy’s and 
Cochies Harbors on Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. Nos. 2894, 1726, 
2436 and 10,792. Between China and Scorpion Harbors, Santa 
Cruz I., growing on high ridges, occurs another plant with sub- 
cordate leaves and the twigs and inflorescence heavily glandular- 
pubescent. Miss Eastwood has determined it as an undescribed 
species, S. B. M. Nos. 10,301, 10,798, 10,797. This same form is 
Oamsantadvosay 1S. B. 3M. Nos: 62515, 10}039) 75, 6199; 9194, 
9145, 6037 and 9540. 


* (Clokey). 
111 


ARCTOSTAPHYLOS TOMENTOSA (Pursh) Lindl. 


Represented by plants 3 feet high with branches spreading 
on the ground, near the pines at the west end of Santa Cruz I. 
On the same island, on ridges in the pines east of Christy's is a 
more hispid form which Miss Eastwood has identified as var. 
hispida Hook., S. B. M. No. 5736. 


VACCINIUM OVATUM Pursh. 


A few bushes at the heads of canyons on the northeast slope 
of Black Mt., Santa Rosa I., one reaching the height of 10 feet. 


ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS L. 


Occasional along streams, Santa Cruz I., and in a meadow 
northwest of the Ranch, Santa Rosa I. 


CENTUNCULUS MINIMUS L. 


Moist spot in meadow, northwest of the Ranch, Santa Rosa I., 
SeBs Mie Nos 12074: 


STATICE ARCTICA Blake var. CALIFORNICA Blake. 


On open ridges facing the sea, Water Canyon, and west of 
Torrey, Bines, Santa INosa ley S.-B: Me No: 12°090: 


ASCLEPIAS MEXICANA Cov. 


Frequent along a stream running into Smugglers Harbor, 
Santa Cruz I., also in upper main valley west of the Main Ranch, 
and on dry slopes near Mt. Diablo. 


DICHONDRA REPENS Forst. 


On Santa Cruz I., two small colonies on ridge from Laguna 
Canyon to Sierra Blanca. 


CONVOLVULUS SOLDANELLA L. 


San Miguel I., Ben Norris, S. B. M. No. 9332; beach at west 
end of Santa-€ruz 1S) BME No326: 


CRESSA CRETICA L. 


A large patch at mouth of stream at Scorpion Harbor, Santa 
Cruz I.; locally abundant about salt marsh, east end of Santa 
Rosa I. 


CUSCUTA CALIFORNICA Choisy. 


Sand dunes at east end of Santa Rosa I., growing on Franseria 
and Lupinus. S. B. M. Nos. 9674 and 9181. 


GILIA MILLEFOLIATA F. & M. 

Common on grassy slopes on Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa, San 
Miguel and Anacapa Is.; ranging from form quite near G. multi- 
caulis Benth. with rather broadly funnelform corollas to forms 
near G. nevinit Gray with narrower ones. For the most part, the 


112 


corollas are narrow, rather dark blue, and 6-9 mm. long. These 
probably are the G. nevinii of Brandegee’s list, but that species 
from Catalina I., has corollas 10-14 mm. long. Det. P. A. Munz. 


— 


GILIA TENUIFLORA Benth. 
Sandy areas at the end of Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. No. 9432. 


NEMOPHILA PARVIFLORA Dougl. 


Frequent on shaded banks, Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is. 
S. B. M. Nos. 5994, 5993, 5992 and 9226. 


PHACELIA GRANDIFLORA Benth. 


Occasional on steep banks, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. Nos. 977 
and 5989 and on rocky canyon banks, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. 


No. 10,105. 


V- 
PHACELIA INSULARIS Munz. n. sp. 


Annual, decumbent, simple or branched from the base, stems 
5-15 cm. long, villous; leaves oblong-ovate, 1-2 cm. long, obtuse, 
entire or the lower ones coarsely few-toothed, on petioles equal 
to or shorter than the blades; cymes lax, few-flowered, not grand- 
ular; pedicles 5-8 mm. long; calyx-lobes oblanceolate, 5-6 mm. 
long in flower, 8 mm. long and venulose in fruit; corolla open- 
campanulate, violet, 8 mm. long; scales lance-ovate, free in upper 
half ; stamens included, filaments glandular-puberulent ; style pub- 
escent, slightly longer than calyx, divided in upper third; capsule 
ovoid, 5-6 mm. long, pubescent; seeds foveolate. 


Annua, decumbens, simplex vel ramosa, 5-15 cm. alta, villosa ; 
foliis oblongo-ovatis, 1-2 cm. longis, obtusis, integris vel infinis 
interdum cum dentibus grandibus paucisque; petiolis non longi- 
oribus ac laminis; cymis laxis, cum floribus paucis, non-glandu- 
losis; pedicellis 5-8 mm. longis; lobis calycis oblanceolatis, 5-6 
mm. longis in floribus, 8 mm. longis et venulosis tardius; corollis 
lato-campanulatis, violaceis, 8 mm. longis, squamis corallae lanceo- 
lato-ovatis, supra liberis ; staminibus inclusis ; filamentis glanduloso- 
puberulentis ; stylo pubescente, ca. 4 mm. longo; capsulis ovoideis, 
5-6 mm. longis, pubescentibus ; seminibus foveolatis. 


Type, from sand dunes at northeastern part of Santa Rosa [., 
April 9, 1930, Mung 11,756, Pomona College Herbarium, No. 
170,966. Other collections are from Santa Rosa I.; S. B. M. 
Nos. 9400, 9166, and San Miguel I., S. B. M. Nos. 756 and 9439. 


This species is near P. curvipes Torr. and P. davidsonii Gray, 
but the corolla-scales are more free; the filaments are glandular- 
puberulent, not bearded; and the calyx-lobes are broader. 


HELIOTROPIUM CURASSAVICUM L. 


Common on beaches, in stream-beds, and on mesas near the 
sea, Santa Rosa I. 


113 


AMSINCKIA SPECTABILIS F. & M. 


A plant in which the calyces have two of the axial lobes 
united at least to the middle, and the leaves are usually erose- 
dentate. Usually prostrate. On Santa Cruz I., on Santa Rosa I. 
and on San Miguel I, where it is abundant. 


AMSINCKIA SPECTABILIS var. NICOLAI (Jeps.) Johnston. 
(A. St. nicoLai Eastw., A. INTERMEDI var. NICOLAI Jeps. ) 
Spikes leafy-bracted throughout. On San Miguel I., Munz 
and Crow, 11,789. 


AMSINCKIA INTERMEDIA F. & M. 


An erect species, with distinct calyx-lobes and entire leaves. 
On Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa, and San Miguel Is. 


CRYPTANTHA MICROMERES (Gray) Greene. (KRYNITZKIA MICRO- 
MERES Gray.) 


Occasional on shaded banks, Elder Canyon, Santa Rosa I., 
S. B. M. Nos. 6002 and 6003. Det. by I. M. Johnston. 


PLAGIOBOTHRYS CALIFORNICUS (Gray) Greene var. GRACILIS Jtn. 


On Santa Cruz I. above Ladys Harbor. S. B. M. No. 10,361. 
Det. I. M. Johnston. The var. fulvescens Johnston, occurs on 
Santa Cruz 4h; SS. B. M: Nos. 113187; 5498, 5480; and 352s70m 
San Miguel I.; S. B: M. No. 11,905; and on Anacapa 1)S2Bave 
Nos, 6627, 6088. 


PLAGIOBOTHRYS CANESCENS Benth. 

Common on grassy slopes, Santa Rosa I. S. B. M. Nos. 
1O;3607and 5995; Det iby 1. NE yohnston. 
MARRUBIUM VULGARE L. 

Frequent on Santa Cruz I.* in waste ground and on stony 
ridges along sheep trails, as well as at the landing place at Orizaba 
Harbor. On Santa Rosa I. there is a patch in a flat in the canyon 
near the ranch. 

LAMIUM AMPLEXICAULE L. 
A dozen plants near the cabin at Portezuela, Santa Cruz I. 


DATURA METELOIDES DC. 
Occasional in lowlands, Santa Rosa I., April 9, 1930. 


PETUNIA PARVIFLORA Juss. 
Common in bed of stream near the ranch, Santa Rosa I. 


LycIUM FREMONTII Gray. 


One bush on sea cliff, two miles west of Arlington Canyon, 
Santa’ Rosa I. S. BM: Nos, 10;081 ‘and 12,5187.) Det2 bys Cae 
Hitchcock. 


* (Clokey). 
114 


yy 
“ SoLANUM CLOKEY Munz. (S. ARBORESCENS Clokey, not Moench. ) 


In flower at Pelican Harbor, Santa Cruz I., Feb. 21, 1932. 
Other specimens Santa Cruz I., Ladys Harbor, Pelican Bay, Fry’s 
Harbor, Cuesta Grade. S. B. M. Nos. 5165, 1082, 10,916, 11,760. 


ANTIRRHINUM GLANDULOSUM Lindl. 


One plant in a crevice of a steep rock wall above Diablo 
Stream, but near its mouth, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. No. 12,040. 


) 


LINARIA CANADENSIS Dum. var. TEXANA (Scheele) Pennell. 


San Miguel I., grassy slope, April 10, 1930. B. Norris. 


SCROPHULARIA CALIFORNICA Cham. 
Santa Rosa I., one plant on canyon bank. 


MIMULUs FLORIBUNDUS Dougl. 


A small colony in a deep canyon tributary to “Short’’ Canyon, 
Samtaeivosa ly . B. M. No. 12/073: 


CASTILLEJA PARVIFLORA Bong. var. CALIFORNICA (Abrams) Zeile. 


Santa Cruz I., on bank above stream, Pelican Bay, S. B. M. 
Now T1604" Det. D. D. Keck. Santa Rosa I., where frequent on 
brushy banks, S. B. M. No. 5955. The var. douglasii Jeps. also 
occurs on both these islands. 


CASTILLEJA LATIFOLIA H. & A. 


Sandy mesa and beach at west end of Santa Rosa I., and at 
Carrington Point. S. B. M. Nos. 10,035, 12,124, 10,075, 9215. 


ORTHOCARPUS DENSIFLORUS Benth. 
Frequent on grassy mesas, Santa Rosa I. 


ORTHOCARPUS PURPURASCENS Benth. 
Occasional on grassy hills, Santa Cruz and San Miguel Is. 


OROBANCHE CALIFORNICA C. & S. 
One collection from canyon bank in Elder Canyon, Santa Rosa 


ise Be ME Nos. 10/080; 


OROBANCHE GRAYANA G. Beck (OrRoBANCHE CoMosA Hook). 
One colony on sandy mesa at west end of Santa Rosa I., 


S. B. M. No. 4041. 


OROBANCHE FASCICULATA Nutt. 


On Eriophyllum, above water canyon, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. 
No. 12,047. 


OROBANCHE UNIFLORA L. 
On shaded banks on north side Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. Nos. 


9167 and 11,744. 
115 


PLANTAGO BIGELOVII Gray. 


Abundant on mesa west of ranch, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M 
Nos. 12,065, 5951. 


PLANTAGO HIRTELLA H. B. K. 


Common on springy sea cliffs at “Water Hole,” China Har- 
bor, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. No. 10,469. Also on springy bank, 
Arlington Canyon, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. Nos. 10,068 and 
10,085. 


PLANTAGO MARITIMA L. 
Springy bank, Arlington Canyon, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M 
No. 10,083. 


GALIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Nutt. var. 

A plant determined by Miss M. Hilend as an undescribed 
variety of this species is frequent on brushy or rocky banks, Santa 
Cruz, Santa Rosa and Anacapa Is. It is ae by a very 
dense arrangement of its short leaves. S. B. Nos. 1046, 5573, 
5945, 5595, 8642, 5503, 5440, 9426, 10,313, i 799, 10,794. 


GALIUM MIGUELENSE Greene. 


Under oaks on Black Mt., at Arlington Creek, and west end 
of Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. Nos. 10,473, 10,474, 10,472, 12,125. 
Also on grassy slope above the west shore of Cuylers Harbor, San 
Micuelal Ss 8. MEsNo. 9220: 


GALIUM APARINE L. 
Frequent on north side of steep banks, San Miguel I. 


SPECULARIA BIFLORA (R. & P.) Gray. 
On shady banks, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. No. 5944. 


GITHOPSIS SPECULARIOIDES Nutt. 


Frequent on steep gravelly slope above Diablo Canyon and 
above Pelican Canyon, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. No. 11,936. 


CicHORIUM INTyBUus L. 
A few plants along the road one mile above Christys Harbor, 
Santa Cruz I. 


MiIcROSERIS APHANTOCARPHA Gray var. ELEGANS (Greene) Jeps. 
On bare summits ain. mesas, Santa Rosa I. and San Miguel I. 


RAFINESQUIA CALIFORNICA Nutt. 
Santa Rosa I., on bushy banks in shade, S. B. M. No. 904. 


TRAGOPOGON PORRIFOLIUS L. 
Established on grassy slope near Main Ranch, Santa Cruz L., 
S: Be M_ Noe 9940: 
116 


HyPOCHOERIS GLABRA L., 
Fairly widely distributed in open places, Santa Rosa I. 


LACTUCA SCARIOLA L. 
In neglected garden patch at the ranch, Santa Rosa I. 


SoNCHUS ASPER L. 
San Miguel I., on wet slopes, April 10, 1930. 


SONCHUS OLERACEUS L. 
Scattered everywhere in open ground, San Miguel I. 


SONCHUS TENERRIMUS L. 


San Miguel I., on grassy slope, March 25, 1927. S. B. M. 
No. 1069. 


“ MALACOTHRIX COULTERI Gray var. COGNATA Jeps. 


On sea cliffs at south side of Santa Cruz I., and on Santa 
Rosa I., on steep slopes above Tranquillon Canyon near the mouth 
and in “Short’’ Canyon. S. B. M. Nos. 6643 and 12,099. 


MALACOTHRIX SAXATILIS (Nutt.) T. & G. 


The var. implacata (Eastw.) Hall is common on sea cliffs 
and steep canyon walls, Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa, San Miguel and 
Anacapa Is. Var. tenuifolia Gray occurs on Santa Cruz, Santa 
Rosa and Anacapa Is., S. B. M. Nos. 4129, 4067, 10,517. 


AGOSERIS APARGIOIDES Greene. 


On rocky slopes, Green Canyon, Santa Rosa I., April 16, 
19295 Det. by Hi. M. Efall: 


AGOSERIS HETEROPHYLLA ( Nutt.) Greene. 


Frequent on grassy hillsides near Torrey Pines, Santa Rosa 
[, S. B. M. Nos. 9458, 6029. 


IsocoMA VENETA (H. B. K.) Greene. 


Var. vernonioides (Nutt.) Jeps. On Santa Cruz I., near 
hina Harbor, S. B. M. No: 10,279. 


Var. sedioides (Greene) Jeps. Common on sea cliffs and 
canyon banks, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. No. 4131; and on Santa 
Rosa I. at west end. Det. H. M. Hall. 

Var. decumbens (Brandegee) Jeps. On sea cliffs and can- 
yon walls, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. No. 2691; and Anacapa I., 
Sse Me No: 10)278: 

117 


CoRETHROGYNE FILAGINIFOLIA (H. & A.) Nutt. 


Var. robusta Greene. On San Miguel I. it occurs among 
high rocks in the southeast portion, also on the top of Princes I., 
S. B. M. No. 9464. On Santa Rosa I., it is also found, at Lobo 
Canyon, and near Tranquillon Canyon, S. B. M. Nos. 81, 6012, 
10,521, 12,163 and 12,164—the first three numbers determined 
by H. M. Hall. 


Var. virgata (Benth.) Gray. Santa Rosa I., where it is 
common on rocky slopes in the interior, S. B. M. No. 10,509. On 
Santa Cruz I. it is occasional in rocky grounds in the interior, 
S) Bo Me No; 10/411 Det, by. Ela M. Fall: 


ASTER CHILENSIS Nees. 


Abundant on springy bank at “Water Hole,” China Harbor. 
Santa Cruz I., S. B: M: No. 10,452. 


ASTER EXILIS EI. 


Common on springy bank at “Water Hole,” China Harbor, 
Santa Gruz lS, Bo MeNoz 1OANG: 


ASTER RADULINUS Gray. 
Santa Rosa I., head of Lobo Canyon, S. B. M. No. 6013. 


ERIGERON CANADENSIS L. 
Frequent along streams, Santa Rosa I. 


MIcRropus CALIFORNICUS F. & M. 
Locally common on dry slopes, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. Nos. 


6083 and 5953. 


FILAGO CALIFORNICA Nutt. 


A few plants in desiccated spots on the mesa at the west 
endiofesan Wiciel eSB. Vib No mse925) 


PSILOCARHUS TENELLUS Nutt. 


Occasional on flood plains and about hill tops, Santa Cruz L., 
S. B. M. Nos. 5492, 5491 and 925. A few plants in the dry 
bed of the stream in canyon west of Canada de la Casa, Santa 
Inoca, I, Ss 1B IML, IN@; WZ IKOR. 


EvaX CAULESCENS Benth. var. HUMILIS Jeps. 


A dwarf plant answering to the description of this variety 
was found on clayey slopes south of summit, Santa Rosa L., 
S. B. M. Nos. 12,094 and 12,087. 


GNAPHALIUM BICOLOR Bioletti. 


Frequent on brushy banks, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. Nos. 
535, 6085, 6053, 6055 and 6056. Det. by H. M. Hall. 


118 


GHAPHALIUM CHILENSE Spreng. 


Common on sea cliffs and flood plains, Santa Cruz I., and 
On open mesas near the sea, Santa Rosa I., also on Anacapa I. 


Var. confertiflorum Greene. Occasional in sand on the 
bare ridge above Tranquillon Canyon, Santa Rosa I., and on 
sandy and rocky slopes, San Miguel I. 


GNAPHALIUM PALUSTRE Nutt. 
Occasional on flood plains, Santa Cruz I. 


GNAPHALIUM WRIGHTII Gray. 


Santa Cruz I., from near Buena Vista and from the vine- 
yard at the Main Ranch. Det. by H. M. Hall. 


PLUCHEA CAMPHORATA (L.) DC. 


A few plants on a springy sea-cliff, China Harbor, Santa 
Cruz 


HEMIZONIA PANICULATA Gray. 
In open fields at the west end of Santa Cruz I. 


ACHYRACHAENA MOLLIS Schauer. 
Common on grassy slopes and ridges, Santa Rosa I. 


FRANSERIA BIPINNATIFIDA Nutt. 


Common on beaches and in sandy stretches near the sea, Santa 
Rosa I.; also on Anacapa I. 


FRANSERIA CHAMISSONIS Less. 


Not only on San Miguel as reported by Brandegee, but also 
on Santa Cruz I., where it was found on the beach at Cochies 
Prietos. Det. by H. M. Hall. 


XANTHIUM SPINOSUM L. 


San Miguel I., in East Canyon and in the canyon going 
from the ranch to Cuyler’s Harbor. 


LASTHENIA GLABRATA Lindl. 


On Santa Rosa I., about a marsh at the east end; inter- 
mediate with the var. coulteri Gray. 


BAERIA HIRSUTULA Greene. 


Mesas near the sea, San Miguel I.; also Santa Rosa I. on 
mesas near the west end, and on sea-cliffs at the west end of 
Santa Cruz I. 


ERIOPHYLLUM CONFERTIFLORUM Gray. 


Common on rocky slopes, Santa Rosa I., S. B. M. Nos. 37, 
12,048 and 12,049. 


Var. laxiflorum Gray. Santa Rosa I. in Elder Canyon; det. 


by H. M. Hall. 
a9 


PERITYLE EMORYI Torr. 
Near the sea, at South Point, Santa Rosa I. 


JAUMEA CARNOSA Gray. 


Springy sea cliff at south side of Santa Cruz I.; and in salt 
marsh at east end of Santa Rosa I., as well as on a springy bank 
at the west end. 


ANTHEMIS COTULA L. 
Established about Prisoners Harbor, Santa Cruz I.* 


MATRICARIA SUAVEOLENS (Pursh) Buch. 
Occasional around the ranch house, Santa Rosa I. 


CoTULA AUSTRALIS Hook. 


Santa Cruzz I., in waste ground, Main Ranch, Pelican Har- 
bor, and in a burn on the summit of the ridge south of Pelican. 


COTULA CORONOPIFOLIA L. 


Santa Cruz I.* along the stream at Prisoners’ Harbor; and 
Santa Rosa I., in stream beds and on springy banks. 


SENECIO APHANACTIS Greene. 


Santa Cruz I., on rocky slopes at the west end, S. B. M. Nos. 
1110, 1109; Santa Rosa I., on a rocky ridge in the interior, S. B. 
M. Nos. 6082, 6072. 


CyNARA SCOLYMUS L. 
Escape from the garden at the Main Ranch, Santa Cruz I. 


CIRSIUM CALIFORNICUM Gray. 


Canyon bank, Cochies Priestos, Santa Cruz I., S. B. M. No. 
11,204. 


CIRSIUM OCCIDENTALE (Nutt.) Jeps. 


Occasional on steep bank above Cuylers, San Miguel I., 
S. Ba MaiNos. 91235 9236: 

Var. coultert (Harv. & Gray) Jeps. is frequent on rocky 
slopes and canyon banks, Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa Is., S. B. 
M. Nos. 6032, 6048. Det. by H. M. Hall. 

A peculiar low stout form with persistent white wool and 
red flowers suggestive of var. candidissimum Macbr. Occurs 
on Santa Rosa and San Miguel Is., S. B. M. Nos. 12,180, 10,519, 
2758. 


CENTAUREA SOLSTITIALIS L. 


Established for half a mile along a stream bed above the 
Main Ranch, Santa Cruz I. 


* (Clokey). 
120 


BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 
ACADEMY of SCIENCES 


Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California. 
Subscription—$2.00 per year 


Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy. 
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00) 


Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, 


Los Angeles, Cal., U.S. A. 


Publications of the 
Southern California Academy of Sciences 


The Academy has published to date the following: 


PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. 
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. 


All issues of the above are now out of print. 
BSB B 


Bulletin of the 
Southern California Academy of Sciences 


Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued 
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— 
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo- 
ber) in 1920. 


The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, 
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. 


The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, 
September. 


The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. 


The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem- 
ber-October; No. 6, November-December. 


From 1925 to 1932, including volumes XXIV to XXXI, three num- 
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- 
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume 


121 


All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with 
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary 
of the Academy at the appended prices: 


Vol. 3, No. 7. October DD 04 toe eee Ce eee $ .25 
oe 4 ove, Dee Maye EGO 5 psn eR eee ee 25 
ss Oye ee uliys a US) Uy (eer ee a er ees PAS) 
a OE ae hy, Oise ee Se eee eee 75 
el 2 ieee aM aye OWS iss ei aan ee 50 
Ale Seo ye Ah, DON Gir eas ee Ree 50 
OG ANG aS AU, GAS ee ee ee ee 1.50 

Oe ee aMmianye 192 Oi eas ee ee ee .25 

19, “ 4. October, 192 Opulence een eel eee .25 
“21, “ 2. October, 19205 eee -25 
, 23, a2 January, 1924 toe ee Se ee .25 
Ta Se a ON neha, VO 24 oS Sree ee eae 25 
CIB RE WIEN PO D4 eS SN eee .25 
Se E23 ie ed Sea yA a IAS (ile earner ent en .25 
Todo ine 2oe pSeptember | 21924 cee ee eee 25 
So wii (ese NOMEN DORs, «O24 4 mie alco EL he ce aca -2D 
“24, “ 1. January, WO DSi ec NGS See P25 
i 24 er 2 Sy May, 192.5) 22 Se Ce eee 25 
S24. noi SCDECIMDeR TOD Divers sea ree cca eek eae PAS 
= 925, te 1 January, 92 Gib ee ee ce eee 3s 
pee 2 O Fe amet ane Vilaiye PO26o ese ee ee .25 
SEA! Meee Seon Ss GP tLEMUD STi n wil 2 Oc sater rece sete Va etn nea .25 
20; ae ola January. a VAY (eee aie ee Meee ees tetas 25 
Oe A RE A DAN ONE 192 tie ee 25 
SU AOes aoe DEDLEMDEI. LOZ qt noe ee Ae ee 25, 
emecr ua Velma aTaye NOD Bik earseee es BS ie a ae .25 
CP irate ee eA nN E NO 2 Si 2 evens Soe sl eens ao. LD 
edt os wSeptemben~ il928) = 22a oe eee 25 
S28 et lean PANU ATA: 1G 29) 20 25 Se a E25 
ae 2 Seen 2 save 1 ESS aie ee eet Be ONS 25 
ee O koa See eptember. (L929) es ee eee .50 
s  295e = le January, 193 Ocoee he he ee .25 
peed eee des Naye 193 Ooo ee nin es eae 25 
2 et oo oy OCDLEM DET rl GS Oi eae e ania ce £25 
O05 ele anlanye AO Bl ee evr ce a eae eee .25 
Sa, Ye NEE 1931 2h ee 25 
So ns0s ee Say Septembers: Ogi eee eee .25 
ool ee eee anuarys OS 2) See Ca ee ean 25 
el SSS MEE 1.932) 223) Ee Oe ee 25 
PS Ole tin oe (SEDLEMDCT As 2s G32) seer ae ee ee 25 


The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues 
and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have 
no further use for back issues. Address all communications concerning 
the above to: 

Dr. Joun A. Comstock 


Southern California Academy of Sciences, Care of Los Angeles Museum, 
Exposition Park, Los Angeles, California. 


122 


NEW York 
BOTANICAL 
GARDEN 
Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences 


VOL. XXXI, 1932 


INDEX OF SUBJECTS 


INolanSmcalitOnmiGay ...---)-s2e-see eee 17 
Amelanchier alnifolia venulosa 64 
v. cuyam- 
acensis 
Munz.... 65 
ss ss nitens, 


n. comb 65 

Anstruther Davidson, Dr. 
In Memoriam ...........-.... itis 
Anthocharis cethura .........--......- 33 
Apodemia palmerii marginalis.. 37 


ATADISMOISD aye ee 3 
os Johnstonii Munz —....-.. 63 

A maxima yv. Hoffmannii 
INO Ans a 63 
Shockleyi Munz -.._....... 62 
Astragalus Antiselli —................. 67 


v. gaviotus, 
n. comb .. 67 
Crotalariae v. Day- 


re idsonii, n. comb. — 66 
i Crotalariae 2222 66 
ve 1D Xo b ifs Keyisnht eee ee 8 65 
ee Sis v. megal- 
ophysa, 


n. comb. 65 


se ss v. Parishii 65 
“ce “ec Vv. per- 
stricta, 


n. comb... 65 
insularis v. Har- 
woodii Munz & 


McBurney ...........-.- 66 
A Wa ChiysDUs eee eee 67 
o s v. Jaegeri 
Munz & 
McBur- 
pOV SNS 67 
os Piersonii Munz 
& McBurney ............ 67 
f pynchnostachyus v. 
lanosissimus, n. 
GOT pm tees es aes 66 
§ trichopodus —.......-.... 7 
ey v. capil- 
ipes, n. 
comb. .. 67 
os WESC Vile ene eee rais 66 
Calephelis nemesis, Early 
SSUES ESS CO) ieee eae ee peace 9 
Cardamines oligosperma __....... 62 
Castilleja miniata v. oblongi- 
POT COMI ye en ee 69 


Ceanothus megacarpus V. 


inswlarish ns comps eek. 68 
Chorizanthe insularis Hoffm. . 56 
Colubrina californica .....-......-..... 68 
Danais berenice strigosa -......... 16 


Delphinium Parishii vy. 

pallidum Munz .... 61 

Parryi v. mont- 
anum Munz 61 


“c 


i a subglobo- 
sum Munz 61 
Echeveria lagunensis Munz _.... 64 
Erynnis persius afranius —...... 94 
w CRISEISH seve sneak teas 42 
Eucaterva variaria .....--..............- 9S 
Euchloe creusa lotta __...-.......... 3 
Euphorbia polycarpa .................-.. 68 
ks a Vv. append- 
iculata, 


n.comb 68 
Fort Tejon, A list of the 


Coleopterano thse ae ees 75 
Gilia Jaegeri Munz _._..._...........-- 68 
Glossopetalon pungens _........... 68 


Goniurus proteus 
Lasquerella bernardina Munz — 62 


Linum! puberulumo 222 68 
Melitaea leanira wrightii, early 
Slasesvofise a. aw 9 
rs pola, Notes on the 
IDEN AVE Y Olbr ke 8 
Metamorphosis of Five Cali- 
LOTTA MUTANS eee ene 30 


Metamorphosis of Six Cali- 
fornia wepidoptera, 22. 88 
Mat Ota O Keiiseee see ee eae Ap 40 
oe nelsoni 8 
New Phalaenidae from the 
Southwestern Part of the 
WimitedsStates,- ses rs 9 
Notes on the Flora of the 
Channel Islands off Santa 


Barbara, California ......-..... 46-101 
Peroselanmollitsi ee eee 65 
Petalostemon Searlsiae —..........- 65 
Phacelia insularis Munz —..-...... 1LilR 
Phalaenidae, a New Genus 

and Species of .......- ep Bid ee 27 
PhHivOteswSpeClOSay wesc eee 90 
IDovoylisfong Abo nya, ae ee 96 
Photinia arbwbitolia 64 
Plebejus emigdionis .................. 92 


Policocnemis ungulatus Benj. . 30 


Polygala subspinosa .................. 68 
Potentilla Piersoni n. nom. 

NVI T RN Zar eae a Sy 9 65 
OCC CONN igure ee inane eee 70 
Ribes amarum Erythea _............ 64 

oF or vy. Hoffmanni 

VIGITN Zsa 64 


Salvia Brandegei n. nom. Munz 69 
Sanicula bipinnatifida y. 


Ommiannii Wiunz) 2222s 110 
Sisymbrium diffusum vy. 
RAC CENT UUIN Zea eee 61 
Solanum Clokeyi n. nom. Munz 69 
55 Wialllalceitve 2. ae ee 69 
PREATY Cellete e 2 69 


ee “ce 


vy. glabrescens 70 


Solanum Xanti v. Hoffmani 
VET Zaeese ees 70 


se na v. intermedium 70 
we i Vv. montanum 
VII Zee ee 70 
Southern California Plant 
IN OUES iV nee re eames ae 61 
Sphaeralcea ambigua _.......... Bue G8 
Studies in Pacific Coast 
AGE PIA OP CCay ee eee ee 16 
Teponaztl or Aztec Drum, 
anwuUndescribeds= 3 
Thysanocarpus laciniatus —--... 62 
Trichocerapoda comstocki Benj. 27 
Trichoclea mojave Benj. —.......... 29 
Whipplea utahensis --.-............-.- 64 


New genera, species, varieties and names indicated by bold face type. 


INDEX OF AUTHORS 


Benjamin, Dr. Foster H. -....... 27-29 
Comstock, Dr. John A. __.9-16-33-38 
Dammers, Charles M. ~...-..... 9-33-88 
TOES ZN * (Ci eee 75 


Homann ehalph: 2.05. 46-101 


Mirn7z-sD ree nilip Anes es 61-101 
Spalding \Walliam Ae 19 
Sperry, Grace H. and John L. —.. 8 
SUR eee) Doar ariel ca Esti ee een ee eee 71 
Woodward Arthur 2222: 3 


REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the 
Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof 
to the editor. They may be ordered through the editor at the following 
rates, from the McBride Printing Co., 261 So. Los Angeles St., Los 
Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. 


PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS 


| 4pp. | 8pp. | 12pp | 16pp See 24pp. | 28pp. | 32pp. 


50 copies "$3.75 $ 5.75 |$ 8.50 | $10.25 | $11.75 | $13.50 | $16.00 | $17.00 
100“ | 4 


50| 7.50; 10.75) 12.75) 15.00| 17.25) 20.25) 21.50 


150“ +525) 9.25| 13.00 15.25) 18.25! 21.00! 24.50| 26.00 
200 “ | 6.00! 11.00) 15.25| 17.75| 21.50| 2475! 28.75| 30.50 
250 “ | 6.75) 12.75| 17.50| 20.25| 24.75| 28.50| 33.00! 35.00 
300“ | 7.50} 14.50| 19.75| 22.75] 28.00) 32.25) 37.25| 39.50 


Covers: 50 for $2.00. Additional covers, 114¢ each. 


PRINTING 


HAS BEEN OUR BUSINESS 


SUNG e A k880 


SERVICE and QUALITY, com- 


bined with FAIR PRICES, has 
made this business a success for 
over fifty years. 


McBride Printing Coe: 


261-263 So. Los Angeles St. Los Angeles 


meee le PIN OF THE 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 


Vol. XXXII January-April, 1933 Part 1. 


CONTENTS 


NOTES ON CERTAIN ORDOVICIAN FAUNAS OF THE 
INYO MOUNTAINS, CALIFORNIA—Fred P. Phleger, Jr. - - 


RARE FISHES FOUND IN CALIFORNIA COASTAL 
WATERS—Howard R. Hill -4- < -5 = we le ew ee 


A NEW LYCAENID FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 
—John A. Comstock and Chris Henne - - - - = - = = 


NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF TWO CALIFORNIA 
LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS—John A. Comstock and 
Charles M. Dammers - - - = - = - = = = = = = = 


GEORGE WHITWELL PARSONS, WILHELM SCHRADER: 
IN MEMORIAM - - - - = = = = = 


Issued March 1, 1933 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


= 8 
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 
Mri HEODORE RAYNE 0 200k St ae) ee eee President 
DrvHorp vA. CARPENDER. neg ce Se ee ee Vice-President 
WViR: HOWARD: Ri GAILi ne oh Ge ts oo ee Secretary 
Me HARRY Ie SARGENT iS ee ee Ae Treasurer 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. THEODORE PAYNE 
Dr. WiLt1aM A. Bryan Mr. Harry K. SARGENT 
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. WItiiAM A. SPALDING 
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt 
Mr. Howarp R. HI 
a 
ADVISORY BOARD 
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. BurRLEw 
Dr. MELVILLE DoZIER Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN 
Dr. D. L. TasKER 
aha ote 
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. W1tx1AM A. SPALDING 
_ Chairman Secretary 


BOTANICAL SECTION 
Mr. THEODORE PayneE, Secretary 


FINANCE COMMITTEE 
Mr. WitiiAM A. SPALDING 


PROGRAM COMMITTEE 


Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT 


= 8 
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION 
Mr. Wittiam A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock: 
2 8 


OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY 


Los ANGELES Museum, ExposiTIon Park, 
Los ANGELES, CAL. 


LIBRARY 
NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL 

Garba 


NOTES ON CERTAIN ORDOVICIAN FAUNAS OF 
THE INYO MOUNTAINS, CALIFORNIA 


By Frep B. PHLEGER, JR. 


The purpose of this paper is to describe the faunas and stratig- 
raphy of the Ordovician Barrel Spring and Mazourka forma- 
tions as exposed in the Inyo range in east-central California. 


During the fall of 1931 the writer spent several days collect- 
ing in the Inyo range with Dr. John H. Bradley, Jr. The field 
work was continued during the following winter and spring. 


Ordovician rocks outcrop over a large area in the Inyo moun- 
tains, mainly in the southern part of the Bishop quadrangle and 
in the northern part of the Mount Whitney quadrangle. The best 
exposures for study occur in the vicinity of Mazourka canyon, 
east of Independence, California. 


In 1912 and 1913, Adolph Knopf and Edwin Kirk made a 
reconnaissance geological survey of a large area in the vicinity of 
Owens valley which includes the Inyo range.’ Kirk, in his study 
of the Ordovician section of the Inyos, recognized four divisions: 


“The lowest is the basal sandstone 300 feet thick. Overlying 
this is a great series of limestones, probably of Beekmantown 
age. Above these limestones is a series of argillaceous limestones 
which is equivalent to the upper part of the Pogonip limestone 
and is of Chazy age. Apparently above these argillaceous lime- 
stones there is a series of arenaceous shales which is probably 
equivalent, at least in part, to the Palmetto formation of Turner. 
It is possible that rocks of Richmond age also occur in the range.” 


PLATE 1. 


* Knopf and Kirk, U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 110, 1918. 
*Ibid., p. 32. 


1 


THE MAZOURKA FORMATION 


The term, Mazourka formation, is here proposed to include 
a succession of argillaceous shales and limestones of lower Middle 
Ordovician age, 675 feet in thickness, underlain conformably by 
the Ordovician limestone which Kirk considers of Beekmantown 
age, and overlain conformably by the Barrel Spring formation. 
The beds strike north 35 degrees west and dip from 55 to 65 de- 
grees southwest, and are exposed typically in Mazourka canyon 
between Barrel Spring canyon and the Lead canyon trail. The 
type section has been measured in an unnamed canyon which 1s 
the first tributary canyon entering Mazourka canyon on the east 
below the Elbow in Mazourka canyon. Two lithologic facies, a 
lower calcareous shale and an upper argillaceous limestone, mark 
the formation. The lower 125 feet, constituting the calcareous 
shale, is interbedded at irregular intervals with thin-bedded lenses 
of argillaceous limestone. It is dark gray on fresh fracture and 
weathers to a light gray. The lowest 75 feet is unfossiliferous, 
but in the overlying 50 feet scattered fragments of crinoids and 
trilobites occur on weathered surfaces. The shale beds grade into 
an argillaceous limestone, which is interbedded at infrequent inter- 
vals with a few thin shale layers. The limestone is dark gray on 
fresh fracture and weathers in light and dark discontinuous bands. 
It is abundantly fossiliferous and continues to the top of the for- 
mation. 


In the type section the Mazourka formation is overlain with _ 
apparent conformity by the basal Devonian quartzite, which 
weathers white to buff. The absence of the Barrel Spring forma- 
tion at this place may be due to faulting, since a short distance 
south of the type section extensive faulting has taken place. 
Farther south, in Barrel Spring and Mexican canyons, the Ma- 
zourka formation is overlain conformably by the basal quartzite 
of the Barrel Spring formation. The massive Beekmantown lime- 
stones, which underlie the Mazourka formation, weather white to 
buff. 


The limestone of the Mazourka formation in most cases ap- 
pears barren on fresh fracture. The fossils occur on weathered 
surfaces, and are found mainly in talus material. Weathering and 
recrystallization have combined largely to obliterate more minute 
characters and to make ident earsion very difficult. The strata 
have also been sheared in places. 


bo 


THE FAUNA OF THE MAzouRKA FORMATION 


The following is a complete list of the fauna collected and 
identified by the writer from the Mazourka formation, including 
the forms also collected by Kirk :° 


**Beatricea sp. ind. 
**( 2) Streptelasma sp. ind. 
*Diplograptus sp. 
**Blastoidocrinus carchariedens Ballings 
**Prasopora contigua Ulrich 
**( 2?) Chasmatopora sp. ind. 
**Crania sp. ind. 
**Orthis minusculus sp. nov. 
**Plectorthis mazourkaensis sp. nov. 
**Plectorthis patulus sp. nov. 
*Triplesia sp. 

Ctenodonta hamburgensis (Walcott ) 
*Modiolopsis sp. 

Pleurotomaria sponsa Billings 

Hormotoma sp. ind. 

Liospira sp. ind. 

*Fusispira sp. — 

Maclurites (?) subannulata (Walcott) 

Maclurites sp. ind. 
**Trochonema sp. ind. 

Endoceras proteiforme Hall 
**Tloydia obsoletus sp. nov. 

*Nileus sp. 
**Tsotelus gigas DeKay 
**T sotelus sp. ind. 
**Bumastus sp. ind. 
**Encrinurus hastula sp. nov. 
**Encrinurus octonarius sp. nov. 
**C ybeloides calliteles sp. nov. 
**Ceraurus infrequens sp. nov. 

Pliomerops barrandei Billings 

Leperditia bivia White 
**Teperditia nana Jones 

*Leperditella sp. 


3 Op. cit., p. 35. 
* Included in Kirk’s faunal list and not collected by the author. 
** Species not collected by Kirk. 


Tue AGE OF THE MAZOURKA FORMATION 


Most of the new species from the Mazourka formation de- 
scribed in this paper are closely related to known Chazy types 
from other localities. These together with the Mazourka speci- 
mens which fall into previously described Chazy species from other 
localities constitute about 75 per cent of the Mazourka Fauna. 


About 20 per cent of the remaining species have been found 
elsewhere in rocks of Trenton age. The abundance of gastropods 
is a notable characteristic of the fauna; six genera are represented, 
and of these three are extremely common throughout the forma- 
tion. The Mazourka formation is faunally a unit and undoubtedly 
of Chazy age. 


CORRELATION WITH STRATA ELSEWHERE 


Kirk correlates the Mazourka formation with the upper 
Pogonip of the Eureka district, Nevada, described by Hague. 
The term “Pogonip” has been used in Nevada in various ways. 
Hague’s* use of the term includes strata of Beekmantown, Chazy, 
and Trenton ages, with a maximum thickness of 5,000 feet. Em- 
mons’ and Spencer® used the term “Pogonip” to include beds con- 
taining Ordovician fossils between Cambrian strata and the Eureka 
quartzite, which is stratigraphically lower than a limestone carry- 
ing Trenton fossils. Over 15 per cent of the Mazourka species 
are closely related to species reported by Hague from the middle 
part of his section. Since this middle part of Hague’s fauna is 
of Chazy age, it would appear that the Mazourka formation may 
be equivalent, in part at least, to his middle Pogonip. Walcott’s 
faunal list of the upper Pogonip of the Eureka district* includes 
species of Chazy age. About 25 per cent of the species from the » 
Mazourka formation are either identical with or are closely re- 
lated to species which Walcott reported. The two formations may 
be partially contemporaneous. 


There is a similarity between the fauna of the lower part of 
the Simpson formation of Oklahoma® and that of the Mazourka 
formation. About 20 per cent of the Mazourka forms are rep- 
resented in the lower Simpson by identical or related forms. It 
is probable that the two formations are partly contemporaneous. 


The Swan Peak quartzite of Idaho carries a small fauna of 


Hague, Arnold, Geol. of the Eureka Dist., Nev.; U. S. Geol. Surv. Mon. 20, pp. 
48-54. 


° Emmons, S. F., U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 308, pp. 27-29. 
® Spencer, A. C., U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 96, pp. 25, 26. 
*Waleott, C. D., U. S. Geol, Surv. Mon. 8, pp. 65-98. 


5 Edson, F. C., Notes on the Simpson Formation of Oklahoma, Bull. Am. Ass. Pet. 
Geol., vol. 7, 1923, pp. 558-64. 


4 


questionable Chazy age. Mansfield gives no faunal list in his 
papers® but Richardson* lists eight forms. This formation is a 
possible correlative of the Mazourka formation. 


A fairly close correlation by means of fauna can be made be- 
tween the Mazourka formation and the type Chazy formation of 
New York and Canada. About 50 per cent of the Mazourka 
forms which have been specifically identified are either identical 
with or closely related to forms occurring in the Chazy of the 
eastern section. 


THE BARREL SPRING FORMATION 


The term, Barrel Spring formation, is here proposed to in- 
clude a succession of quartzites, impure limestones, and argilla- 
ceous shales of Middle Ordovician age, in the Inyo mountains. 
The formation is 130 feet in thickness, overlain conformably by 
basal Devonian quartzite and underlain conformably by the argil- 
laceous limestones of the Mazourka formation. The type section 
has been measured in the south fork of Mexican canyon, which 
is the second canyon north of Barrel Spring canyon. The beds 
strike north 15 degrees west and dip from 60 to 70 degrees south- 
east. They are well exposed in Barrel Spring canyon and in each 
of the next four canyons to the north. Three lithologic facies: a 
basal quartzite, an impure limestone, and an argillaceous shale, 
mark the formation. The lower 41 feet, constituting the quartzite, 
is very resistant and stands out in bold relief. It is white in color 
and is unfossiliferous. The overlying 25 feet consists of an impure 
limestone which is only slightly less resistant to weathering than 
the quartzite, and is also unfossiliferous. It is dark gray on fresh 
fracture and weathers to a lighter gray. The limestone beds grade 
into an argillaceous shale which is 64 feet thick and continues to 
the top of the formation. It is dark gray to black on fresh fracture 
and weathers to a reddish-brown color. The shale is highly fossil- 
iferous at certain localities. 


Fossils appear in most cases on fresh fracture as an iron re- 
placement which weathers to limonite. The better specimens are 
preserved as molds and casts. The best locality for collecting is 
in the exposures of the shale member on the north slope of Barrel 
Spring canyon about one-half mile east of Barrel Spring. 


® Mansfield, G. R., U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 152, p. 57. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 
WLS sD Del O25 oo 


* Richardson, G. S., Am. Jour. Sci., Vol. 186. 
5 


FAUNA OF THE BARREL SPRING FORMATION 


The following is a list of the fauna collected by the writer 
from the Barrel Spring formation: 


Orthis tricenaria Conrad 

Orthis decipiens sp. nov. 
Plectambonites angulatus sp. nov. 
Orthoceras sp. ind. 
Remopleurides occidens sp. nov. 
Isotelus gigas DeKay 

Isotelus spurius sp. nov. 


Five of the seven forms which are present in the fauna of 
the Barrel Spring formation are either identical with or are closely 
related to species of Trenton age. 


CORRELATION WITH STRATA ELSEWHERE 


Due to the paucity of the fauna of the Barrel Spring forma- 
tion and also because of incomplete information concerning Ordo- 
vician faunas of Trenton age in western United States, it is 1m- 
possible to correlate this formation with strata elsewhere in the 
west. Hague'® assigns a Trenton age to the uppermost part of 
his Pogonip formation. It is possible that the Barrel Spring for- 
mation is contemporaneous with some part of Hague’s upper 
Pogonip, although no related species occur in common at both 
localities. 

It is also possible that the Barrel Spring formation is the 
equivalent of some part of the upper Simpson formation of Okla- 
homa. Although no species occur in common at the two localities, 
there are two or three species which are distantly related. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The writer wishes to acknowledge the assistance of Dr. John 
H. Bradley, Jr., at whose suggestion this problem was begun and 
whose constant supervision has made its completion possible. Dr. 
Chester Stock helped in the preparation of the illustrations, and 
Dr. John A. Comstock and the members of the Southern Cali- 
fornia Academy of Sciences have been generous in affording a 
medium of publication. 

The types described in this paper, the gift of Dr. Bradley 
and the author, are in the Los Angeles Museum. 


1 Hague, op. cit., pp. 48-54. 


DESERILTIONS OF SPECIES OCCURRING IN THE 
MAZOURKA FORMATION 


Puytum Molluscoidea 

Crass Brachiopoda Dumeéril 

OrberR Protremata Beecher 

SUPERFAMILY Orthacea Walcott and Schuchert 
Famity Orthidae Woodward 

SUBFAMILY Orthinae Schuchert and Cooper 
GeNus Orthis Dalman 


Orthis minusculus sp. nov. 
Plate II, Figs. 6, 7 


Shell small, semi-oval; sides gently convex or concave just 
below the cardinal extremities, gently converging for about one- 
half the length, forming a broadly rounded curve latero-anteriorly, 
the anterior margin only gently convex. Width of pedicle valve 
of a cotype 10 mm., length 7 mm. Valves equally convex. The 
brachial valve is uniformly convex, with a narrow, fairly distinct 
mesial sinus extending the full length of the shell. The pedicle 
valve is uniformly convex, with a small portion at the cardinal 
angles depressed; the beak is large, broadly convex, and appears 
to overhang the hinge line a little. The surface is marked by 
twenty simple rounded plications, averaging three plications to 
three millimeters at the anterior margin. Internal characteristics 
unknown. 


This species resembles Orthis euryone Billings, from the Ca- 
nadian beds of Quebec, except that it has fewer plications, the 
mesial sinus in the brachial valve is narrow and distinct and ex- 
tends the entire length of the shell, and the brachial valve is not 
flat. O. minusculus is closely related to O. ignicula Raymond, 
from the Chazy of Valcour Island, N. Y., but it does not have 
the difference in convexity of valves shown in O. ignicula. O. 
acutiplicata Raymond, from the Chazy of Valcour Island, has 
fewer plications than O. minusculus. A close relative seems to be 
O. laurentia Billings, from the Gamachian of Canada. In the 
description given by Billings, however, no mention is made of a 
mesial sinus. The difference in relative convexity of valves is 
greater in O. laurentia than in the species here described. 


Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, at the Elbow in 
Mazourka canyon, Inyo mountains, California. 


PLATE 2. 


Famity Plectorthidae Schuchert and Cooper 
SuBFraAMILy Plectorthinae Schuchert and Cooper 
Genus Plectorthis Hall and Clarke 


Plectorthis mazourkaensis sp. nov. 


Plate miei ocr oneca) 


Valves subequally convex, the pedicle valve a little more so 
than the brachial; the lateral margins are rounded anteriorly, 
straight or slightly rounded posteriorly. Outline semioval to sub- 
quadrate ; the hinge line a little less than the greatest width. The 
width of an average specimen varies from 17 to 18 mm., length 
from 16 to 17 mm., forming a ratio of breadth to length of ap- 
proximately 1:1, the breadth in some cases being 1 to 2 mm. 
greater than the length. The surface of both valves is marked by 
from 18 to 20 primary plications, subangular to rounded, increas- 
ing to about 35 at the anterior margin by bifurcation 5 to 8 mm. 
from the beak. Usually one minor and less prominent plication 
is added in this manner to each major plication, frequently two, 
rarely none. No example of implantation was seen. At the an- 
terior margin there are five to six plications to 4 mm. 


In the brachial valve a shallow but fairly distinct mesial sinus 
extends from the beak, usually broadening anteriorly. In front 
of the cardinal angle on either side is a flat, depressed area. 


The pedicle valve is gently convex, with a slight flattening 
at the cardinal angles, and the suggestion of a low median fold. 
Umbo flattened, with the beak not perceptably incurved; the fora- 
men is triangular; the cardinal area is concave, about 1 mm. deep. 
The muscle scars are vague in the specimens at hand, but they 
seem to form a subelliptical area, extending anteriorly from the 
region of the beak about one-fifth the length of the shell; the 
components are not easily distinguishable but there is a faint me- 
dian ridge extending most of the length. In the interior of the 
pedicle valve the plications are clearly observed extending from 
the anterior margin almost to the cardinal area. 


This is the most common species in the Mazourka formation. 
It is closely related to Plectorthis exfoliata (Raymond), from the 
lower Chazy at Valcour, New York, except that the bifurcation 
takes place regularly in all the Mazourka specimens. P. whitfieldi 
(N. H. Winchell) has a longer and more complex muscle impres- 
sion. P. jamesi (Hall), from the Maysville of Ohio, is consider- 
ably longer than it is wide, and it also has a tendency towards 
gibbosity in the brachial valve, as well as a greater number of 
plications which bifurcate near the anterior margin. No specimen 
examined shows the quadrate muscle scar of P. scovillei (Miller), 


9 


from the Richmond of Ohio. A very distant relative, Dalmanella 
hamburgensis (Walcott), is found in the Pogonip of Nevada. 

Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, in Mazourka 
canyon about one-half mile below the Lead canyon trail, Inyo 
mountains, California. 


Plectorthis patulus sp. nov. 
iPlatesibags: IZ 


Valves subequally convex, the pedicle valve only a little more 
convex than the brachial; outline transversely oval to subquad- 
rate, lateral margins straight, rounded anteriorly and slightly con- 
vex on the anterior margin; the hinge line is a little less than the 
greatest width of the shell. Width of both valves 17 to 25 mm., 
length 11 to 15 mm., forming a ratio of breadth to length of about 
5:3. The surface of both valves is marked by 20 to 22 primary, 
subrounded plications which increase by bifurcation anywhere 
from the posterior to the anterior margin to from 40 to 48 plica- 
tions at the anterior margin; in most cases one plication is added 
to each primary plication by bifurcation, but in some cases two 
and not infrequently three are added in this manner; there is 
rarely any distinction in prominence at the anterior margin be- 
tween the primary and secondary plications. At the anterior 
margin there are four plications to 4 mm. 


The brachial valve is evenly convex with a shallow, distinct 
mesial sinus extending from the beak the entire length of the 
valve, greatly widening anteriorly. 


In the pedicle valve the umbo is high, sloping equally in all 
directions; there is a slight flattening at the cardinal angles; the 
beak is not perceptably incurved; the cardinal area is narrow, the 
greatest width being 2 mm.; foramen triangular. 


In Plectorthis exfoliata Raymond from the Chazy at Chazy, 
N. Y., the bifurcation is neither so regular nor so abundant as in 
P. patulus. P. patulus differs from P. mazourkaensis from the Ma- 
zourka formation in the ratio of breadth to length, being consider- 
ably wider than long; also in having a greater number of secondary 
plications, and the fact that these plications are as prominent at 
the anterior margin as the primary plications; and in having a 
wider foramen and a considerably smaller muscle impression. 
The specimens at hand show no evidence of the gibbosity in the 
brachial valve shown in P. jamesi (Hall), from the Maysville. 
They have fewer and more prominent plications than P. kanka- 
kensis (McChesney), from the Fernvale of Illinois. P. neglecta 
(James), from the Maysville of Ohio, has very narrow grooves 
between the plications. No near relatives of P. patulus have been 
listed from any formation east of Illinois. 


Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, in Mazourka 
canyon one-half mile below the Lead canyon trail, Inyo moun- 
tains, California. 


10 


Puytum Arthropoda 

CLass Crustacea 

Suscrass Trilobita Walch 
ORDER Opisthoparia Beecher 
Famity Asaphidae Burmeister 
Genus Lloydia Vogdes 


Lloydia obsoletus sp. nov. 
Plate II, Fig. 15 


Cephalon moderately convex, broadly rounded anteriorly. 
Glabella large, oblong, most elevated opposite the eyes and gently 
sloping downward to the anterior margin; sides sub-parallel, front 
margin gently rounded; occipital furrow somewhat indistinct in 
the type specimen, but appearing to extend in a straight line across 
the glabella. Eyes large, about one-half as wide as the glabella, 
crescentiform, situated very near the glabella and about halfway 
between the posterior and anterior margins. 


The thorax is a little longer than the cephalon, with a distinct 
axial lobe about two-thirds as wide as the pleural lobes, and di- 
vided into eight smooth segments. The pleural segments appear 
to extend laterally into short, blunt spines. 


The pygidium is rather long, subrounded to subtriangular, 
with a well-defined axial lobe which is about half as wide as the 
pleural lobes and extends almost to the posterior margin. The 
axial lobe narrows posteriorly and there is no trace of segmenta- 
tion. 


MEASUREMENTS OF COTYPES 


Cranidium 
Wencthw car aaa Spare si ee) ee maa: 
Width Resa ake eo a oe veawe. a)O: fam: 
Distance from eyes to posterior 
margin of glabella - - - - - - 6mm. 
Thorax 
Wen otis) hae ag aera ay ie oy On mans 
Nidhi oS oee a eee ee oO tam: 
Width of axial lobe - - - - - - - 8 mm. 
Pygidium 
eno the t= eta nar ott ele a eee Nona Ta. 
Within aver cna Senos a aie oe = = ol 5) mm: 


Lloydia obsoletus is closely related to L. strenuus (Billings), 
from the Beekmantown of Quebec, but it differs in having the 
eyes close to the glabella. L. oblongatus (Billings) differs from 
L. obsoletus mainly in having small eyes situated well away from 
the glabella. 

Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, about one-half 
mile below the Lead canyon trail in Mazourka canyon, Inyo moun- 
tains, California. 


11 


OrpeErR Proparia Beecher 
Famity Encrinuridae Angelin 
Genus Encrinurus Emmrich 


Encrinurus hastula sp. nov. 
Plate II, Figs. 13, 14 


Cranidium sub-lunate in outline, the anterior and lateral mar- 
gins more or less regularly rounded, with the posterior margin 
broadly sinuous, and the posterior extremities bluntly subtrian- 
gular. The facial sutures originate in front of the genal angles 
and pass obliquely forward and around the eyes, intersecting the 
anterior margin at points a little nearer together than the breadth 
between the eyes. Eyes small and prominent, situated on conical 
protuberances fairly close to the glabella. The glabella is prom- 
inent and is separated from the fixed cheeks by deep, dorsal fur- 
rows. The sides are nearly parallel for the posterior third of 
the length, but converge slightly farther forward. The anterior 
margin is broadly rounded. There are two pairs of prominent 
glabellar furrows which curve posteriorly only slightly; each fur- 
row extends about one-third the width of the glabella. The neck 
segment is prominent, with median spine, and is separated from 
the glabella by a well-defined occipital furrow. 


The thorax consists of eleven segments. The median lobe is 
about equal in length to the pleural lobes and is slightly more 
convex, with an increased convexity on the first two or three seg- 
ments. The segments of the pleural lobes end laterally in blunt 
spines which curve posteriorly at their extremities. 


The pygidium is subtriangular in outline, slightly wider than 
long. The lateral margins are straight or slightly convex, with 
the posterior extremity rounded or subtriangular. The axial lobe 
is narrow, with tapering sides, terminating in the posterior margin 
of the pygidium and showing about twenty segments. There are 
twelve segments on the pleural lobes. The anterior segments are 
directed laterally for a short distance and are there deflected pos- 
teriorly through a broad curve. The posterior deflection of the 
succeeding segments becomes more marked, until the twelfth pair 
extends parallel to the axial lobe. 


MEASUREMENTS OF COTYPES 


C ranid i um Gaon Genes 
Whadthy se Ziemm: 10 mm. 
Tene thes cate eigen 4 mm. 
lengthrotvelabellast= (-5 ess 4 mm. 
Width of glabella - - - 9 mm. 5 mm. 


Thorax 


Wenethivoweas == = a 23) mm: 12 mm. 

Vveilichie te a LO am: 12 mm. 
Pygidium 

Wensthy= t=) === = — 5 20 min. 10 mm. 

Wwadthy t=) = 92) = =) = = 7 mm 10 mm. 


Encrinurus trentonensis Walcott, from the Trenton of New 
Jersey, is a smaller form with the pleurae of the pygidium aris- 
ing from alternating median segments. E. hastula may be dis- 
tinguished from E. tuberculosus Collie, from the Trenton of New 
Jersey, by having more pleurae on the pygidium, and also fewer 
annulations on the median lobe. EE. deltoides Shumard, from the 
upper Medinan of Illinois, may be distinguished by its greater 
number of segments (24) along the median lobe, and less number 
of segments (8) along the lateral lobes of the pygidium. E. 
americanus Vogdes, from the Clinton of Georgia, has only six 
pleurae on the pygidium. EF. thresheri Foerste, from the upper 
Medinan of Indiana, has seven lateral segments in the pygidium 
and the segments are narrower than the intervening grooves. 
Tubercles are also present on the median lobe. 


Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, at the Elbow in 
Mazourka canyon, Inyo mountains, California. 


Encrinurus octonarius sp. nov. 


Plate hs biee.9 


Pygidium fairly convex, subtriangular in outline, length and 
breadth equal. The lateral margins are straight, with the pos- 
terior extremity subtriangular. The axial lobe is a little greater 
in width than the pleural lobes at the anterior end of the pygidium, 
but it rapidly tapers posteriorly to about half the width of the 
pleural lobes at the posterior extremity. The axial lobe shows ten 
segments clearly and there are ten or twelve more posterior to 
these which are obscured in the holotype. There are eight seg- 
ments on the pleural lobes. The anterior segments are deflected 
posteriorly through a broad curve. The posterior segments extend 
directly posteriorly. The rest of the pleurae are transitional be- 
tween these two extremes. Cephalon and thorax unknown. 


MEASUREMENTS OF HOLOTYPE 


WWemethe re yee eee ey ot. | pam. 
Wwhdthe ===" =) = === = =. - - )- «10 mm. 
Width of axial lobe at anterior margin - - - 4 mm. 
Width of axial lobe at posterior margin - - - 1.5 mm. 
Widtheot pleuralilobes: 2 9= ==) 2 =" )- =~ 3) mam: 


13 


Encrinurus octonarius differs from E. hastula Phleger, which 
is also from the Mazourka formation, in being equal in length and 
breadth and in having only eight pleurae. E. americanus Vogdes 
has six pleurae on the pygidium. £. trentonensis Walcott, from 
the Trenton of New Jersey, differs from FE. octonarius in that 
the pleurae arise from alternating segments of the median lobe. 


Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, in Mazourka 
canyon at the Elbow, Inyo mountains, California. 


GeENus Cybeloides Slocom 


Cybeloides calliteles sp. nov. 
Rlatesls Bige S 


Pygidium suboval to subtriangular, about as wide as long, 
with a narrow, well-defined median lobe and well-defined side 
lobes. The median lobe is traversed by five furrows, forming 
five small segments with a sixth larger segment at the posterior 
extremity. The side lobes are produced in five pointed spines 
which curve distally until parallel to the axial lobe. The first 
spine extends laterally for about one-third its length and is there 
abruptly rounded for the second third, whereas the last third is 
parallel to the axial lobe. The fifth spine extends straight back- 
wards, curving slightly outward and around the posterior seg- 
ment of the median lobe. The shape of the second, third, and 
fourth spines is transitional between these two extremes. The 
spines are separated from each other by deep furrows which be- 
come 1 mm. wide at their distal extremities. 


Cybeloides calliteles differs from C. mirus Billings, from the 
Chazy of Tablehead, Newfoundland, in having fewer segments 
in the pygidium, and in having more pleurae. It differs from 
C. primus (Raymond), from the Chazy of New York, in having 
fewer segments and in lacking nodes along the axial lobe of the 
pygidium. 


Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, at the Elbow in 
Mazourka canyon, Inyo mountains, California. 


14 


FaMILy Cheiruridae Salter 
SUBFAMILY Cheirurinae Raymond 
GENUS Ceraurus Green 


Ceraurus infrequens sp. noy. 
Plate II, Fig. 12 


Cephalon broad, roughly crescentiform, four-tenths as long as 
wide. Glabella only moderately convex, expanding forward at a 
rate of 1 mm. ina length of 3 mm. The front of the glabella is 
gently rounded; there are three pairs of glabellar furrows; the 
third pair is shorter than the other two and appears to be joined 
to the occipital furrow by faint longitudinal depressions, forming 
a third lobe roughly quadrangular in shape. The lobation is faint 
and not well-defined. The frontal lobe constitutes a little less 
than one-half the glabella. The occipital furrow is narrow but 
well-impressed. Occipital segment narrow, slightly elevated, curv- 
ing a little anteriorly in traversing the middle of the glabella. The 
fixed cheeks are weakly convex, increasing somewhat in convexity 
in the palpebral region. The genal angles are produced laterally 
into short, curved spines. The eyes appear to be small, situated 
high on the cheeks, and a little nearer to the glabella than the 
posterior margin of the cephalon. No surface characteristics 
shown. Thorax and pygidium unknown. 


MEASUREMENTS OF HOLOTYPE 


Wenstiot cephalon) --9 =(9=! = = => = = © 8: mim: 
WWwidthwoticephalon’ -)\- = (=) =. =) ==. =. 27, mnt 
Front width of glabella- - - - - = = = 8 mm. 
Rear width of glabella - - - - - - - - 5 mm. 
Went otcelabellani= 22) -- = >) s2°)2 >=) 2) 98 mm: 
Length of frontal lobe - - - - - - - - 3.6 mm 


This species differs from Ceraurus granulosus Raymond and 
Barton, from the Chazy of Valcour Island, in not having a rec- 
tangular-shaped glabella. C. imfrequens is rather closely related 
to C. bispinosus Raymond and Barton from the Black River of 
Quebec, but in the latter the glabellar furrows are neither so 
distinct nor so continuous. C. pleurexanthemus from the Black 
River and Trenton does not have the rapid forward expansion 
seen in C. infrequens. 


Horizon and locality: Mazourka formation, in Mazourka 
canyon at the Elbow, Inyo mountains, California. 


SUBFAMILY Pliomerinae Raymond 


GENUS Pliomerops Raymond 


Pliomerops barrandei (Billings ) 
Plate II, Figs. 10, 11 


Amphion barrandei Billings, Pal. Fossils, 1, Geol. Surv. Canada, 
ISOS (os AOS, nes, ZIV, De 


Pliomerops barrandei Raymond, Ann. Car. Mus., 7, 1910, p. 76, 
ne 


Plhomerops nevadensis (Walcott), Mon. U. S. Geol. Surv., 8, 
1884, p. 94, pl. 12; fig. 13. 


Kirk reported the presence of Pliomerops nevadensis (Wal- 
cott) in the beds of the Mazourka formation. The present species 
is very abundant and is undoubtedly the species to which Kirk had 
reference. 


A comparison of the description and illustration of Pliome- 
rops barrandei (Billings) with that of P. nevadensis (Walcott), 
from the Pogonip of Nevada, brings to light only obscure dif- 
ferences. The first glabellar furrow of P. nevadensis may be, and 
probably is, the equivalent of the anterior oblique depression of | 
P. barrandet. From Walcott’s restored illustration, it would seem 
that this furrow was not actually observed to cut the front margin 
of the glabella. Also, the fragmentary condition of his material 
was mentioned in Walcott’s description. It is probable, since so 
many specimens of P. barrandei from the Mazourka formation 
clearly show the arrestment of the first glabellar furrow before 
reaching the margin, and in all other regards resemble P. nevad- 
ensis, that Walcott’s species is synonymous with P. barrandet. 


Horizon and locality: Chazy of Quebec; Point Rich, Table 
Head, and other localities, Newfoundland; the most abundant tril- 
obite in the Mazourka formation. 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OCCURRING IN 
THE BARREL SPRING FORMATION 


PuHytumM Molluscoidea 

Crass Brachiopoda Duméril 

OrpeER Protremata Beecher 

SUPERFAMILY Orthacea Walcott and Schuchert 
Famity Orthidae Woodward 

SUBFAMILY Orthinae Schuchert and Cooper 
GENUs Orthis Dalman 


Orthis decipiens sp. nov. 
Plate hig. Z 


Shell transversely oval in outline, wider than long, with di- 
vergent sides. The greatest width is at the hinge. The width of 
the brachial valve of the holotype at the hinge is 10 mm., at the 
anterior margin the width is somewhat less. The length is 6 mm. 
The brachial valve is moderately and uniformly convex, with a 
narrow, indistinct mesial sinus extending posteriorly from the 
hinge area for about half the length of the shell. The cardinal 
area is narrow. The surface is marked by about 30 simple 
rounded plications. At the anterior margin there are three plica- 
tions to two millimeters. 


Orthis decipiens differs from O. ignicula Raymond, from 
the Chazy of New York, in lacking a broad depression towards 
the anterior margin and also in having a very narrow cardinal 
area. It differs from O. minusculus Phleger, from the Mazourka 
formation of the Inyo mountains, in having a greater number of 
plications and in having more plications per unit width at the 
anterior margin. It also lacks the distinct and continuous mesial 
sinus of O. minusculus. It differs from O. euryone Billings, 
from the Canadian beds of Quebec, mainly in the convexity of 
the brachial valve. 


Horizon and locality: Barrel Spring formation, in Barrel 
Spring canyon, Inyo mountains, California. 


SUPERFAMILY Strophomenacea Schuchert 
Famity Strophomenidae King 
SUBFAMILY Rafinesquinae Schuchert 
GeENus Plectambonites Pander 


iby) 


Plectambonites angulatus sp. nov. 
Plate sietiggsl 


Shell subquadrate in shape, usually wider than long, with a 
pair of lateral pointed projections at the hinge line. Measure- 
ments of an average specimen: width at mid- length 15 mm., width 
at hinge area 21 mm., length 10 mm. Surface finely striated, 
with three to four striations to one millimeter at the anterior 
margin. Pedicle valve evenly convex, but gently arched along the 
median line from beak to front; beak very small; delthyrium, 
known only from a cast, appears small but comparatively wide. 
On the interior of the pedicle valve the muscle scars form a bi- 
lobed area divided longitudinally by a slightly elevated area. Each 
lobe is long and slender with an abruptly rounded anterior pro- 
jection; the outer ridges of the abductor areas are nearly straight 
with a very slight tendency to be curved in part. 


Plectambonites angulatus differs from P. curdsvillensis 
Foerste, from the Trenton Curdsville formation of Kentucky, in 
not having a thickening near the anterior and lateral margins, 
in having less crescentic-shaped muscle scars, and in having fewer 
striae per millimeter width. It differs from P. sericeus (Sowerby) 
mainly in having no alternation in the prominence of the striae 
and in being somewhat larger. 


Horizon and locality: Barrel Spring formation, in Barrel 
Spring canyon east of Barrel Spring, Inyo mountains, California. 


PuyLtuM Arthropoda 

Ciass Crustacea 

Susciass Trilobita Walch 
OrpbER Opisthoparia Beecher 
FamiLy Remopleuridae Corda 
GENUS Remopleurides Portlock 


Remopleurides occidens sp. nov. 
Plate I, Figs. 3, 4 


Cranidium rather strongly convex, anterior margin abruptly 
elevated; width of the neck segment and also the portion of the 
cranidium in front of the eyes a little more than half the width 
between the eves. The facial suture originates at or very near 
the posterior margin of the palpebral lobes and curves upward 
and outward around the lobes in the form of a half oval, and there 
proceeds directly forward to produce a gently rounded curve an- 
teriory. The occipital furrow is well-defined and deeply incised, 
traversing the cranidium in a straight line. . 


18 


The thorax is a little wider than the cranidium, rather strongly 
convex, consisting of eleven segments. The axial lobe is wide 
and stands out in bold relief; it tapers sharply posteriorly to the 
pygidium. The side lobes are narrow, only slightly convex, pro- 
duced in pointed pleurae which curve backwards and decrease in 
length posteriorly. 


The pygidium is very small and rarely well preserved. One 
specimen shows a pygidium which is produced in two pairs of 
short spines curving sharply to a directly posterior direction. 


MEASUREMENTS 
Cranidium Small Average Large 
Menoth )- =~ = => = 4mm: 5 mm. 6 mm. 
Width - - - - - 4mm. 5 mm. 6 mm. 
Width directly in front 
of palpebral lobes - 2mm. 3 mm. 4 mm. 
Thorax 
Weng thpis i= gape = ak = mm 13mm: 
Wwidthien = =e 8 9S = = Simms 10mm: 
Posterior width - - - - - 3.5mm. 5 mm. 
Pygidium 
enothie: =.= ie = = et = mam: 
Widths "2-9 s= == = ee 2 mm. 


Remopleurides occidens is closely related to R. canadensis 
Billings, from the Chazy of Valcour Island, but it differs in being 
more convex and in lacking glabellar furrows. FR. missouriensis 
Foerste from the Kimmswick of Missouri differs from R. occi- 
dens in having a more rounded cranidium; and also the facial 
suture immediately anterior to the palpebral lobes is only slightly 
indented, whereas in RF. occidens it is well indented. R. affinis 
Billings from the Beekmantown of Quebec differs from R. occi- 
dens in having the part of the cranidium anterior to the eyes less 


quadrate in shape, with the sides sloping and the front less abruptly 
rounded. 


Horizon and locality: The most common fossil in the Barrel 


Spring formation, in Barrel Spring canyon, Inyo mountains, Cal- 
ifornia. 


9 


Famity Asaphidae Burmeister 
SUBFAMILY Asaphinae Raymond 
GeNus Isotelus DeKay 


Isotelus spurius sp. nov. 
Plate I, Fig. 7 


Cephalon short, wide, gently convex, and either abruptly de- 
scending at the margins, or with a slightly flattened border. The 
eyes are large, situated about halfway to the front of the cephalon, 
moderately close together. The facial suture begins at a point well 
within the genal angles and proceeds forward and outward at an 
angle of about forty-five degrees; after swinging around inside 
the eye it proceeds forward and outward at about sixty degrees 
and meets the antero-lateral margin. Glabella not defined, gla- 
bellar furrows absent. The free cheeks are large, rounded at the 
genal angles. 


The thorax has eight flat segments, with a wide axial lobe 
occupying more than two-thirds the width. Pleurae short, rounded. 


The pygidium is wider than long, with a subrounded outline. 
It is gently convex, with a slightly flattened border. The axial 
lobe is only obscurely defined and apparently narrows abruptly 
posteriorly ; no segmentation has been observed. A median fur- 
row has been observed in one mold of a pygidium. 


MEASUREMENTS 
Cephalon 
Weneth (= 9-9) a a ee Sear 
Width Se Ne ooh eee eer 
Distance from eyes to posterior margin - 4 mm. 
Distance between eyes — =) = -- = 5-9 /amame 
Pygidium 
Eéength = (25525 eo a eee 
Width’ "===" = 92 = > =) =) Senate 


Isotelus spurius is distinct in the abrupt rounding of the 
cranidium antero-laterally ; in other species this region is more or 
less broadly rounded. It resembles Homotelus in this respect, 
and also in the abrupt descent of the anterior part of the cranid- 
ium; the absence of a median pustule on the cranidium, how- 


20 


ever, excludes it from that genus. J/sotelus spurius differs from 
I. latus Raymond, from the Trenton of Ottawa, Ontario, in hav- 
ing larger eyes situated farther forward, and also in having a 
wider median thoracic lobe. 


Horizon and locality: Barrel Spring formation, in Barrel 
Spring canyon east of Barrel Spring, Inyo mountains, California. 


PrAnrel 


1. Plectambonites angulatus Phleger. Cast of interior of pedicle 
valve of cotype. L. A. M. No. A8158-76. 


2. Orthis decipiens Phleger. Cast of interior of brachial valve of 
holotype. L. A. M. No. A3158-70. 


3, 4. Remopleurides occidens Phleger. Cranidium and thorax of 
cotypes. L. A. M. Nos. A3158-75, 73. 


5, 6. Isotelus gigas DeKay. Cranidium and hypostoma of plesio- 
types. L. A. M. Nos. A8158-71, 74. 


7. Isotelus spurius Phlieger. Dorsal view of cotype. L. A. M. No. 
A38158-69. 


IPA NG aD LIE 


1, 2. Plectorthis patulus Phleger. Exterior and interior of pedicle 
valves of cotypes. L. A. M. Nos. A3158-26, 22. 


3, 4, 5. Plectorthis mazourkaensis Phleger. Interior, exterior and 
interior views of pedicle valves of cotypes. L. A. M. Nos. A3158-23, 
52, 25. 


6, 7. Orthis minusculus Phleger. Pedicle and brachial views of 
cotypes. L. A. M. Nos. A3158-30, 29. 


8. Cybeloides calliteles Phleger. Pygidium of holotype. L. A. M. 
No. A3158-32. 


9. Encrinurus octonarius Phleger. Pygidium of holotype. L. A. M. 
No. A3158-67. 


10, 11. Pliomerops barrandei (Billings). Cranidia of plesiotypes. 
L. A. M. Nos. A3158-12, 13. 


12. Ceraurus infrequens Phleger. Cranidium of holotype. L. A. M. 
No. A3158-56. 


13, 14. Encrinurus hastula Phleger. Dorsal views of cotypes. L. 
A. M. Nos. A3158-65, 66. 


15. Lloydia obsoletus Phleger. Mold of Thorax and pygidium and 
cephalon of cotypes. L. A. M. No. A3158-14. 


RARE FISHES FOUND IN CALIFORNIA 
COASTAL WATERS 


By Howarp R. HILi 


A specimen of the curious Louvar, (Luvarus imperialis Rafi- 
nesque), was taken at Redondo Beach on November 20, 1932, by 
Mr. Donald S. Perry of Hawthorne, California. It was found 
struggling in the surf in an apparently injured condition and 
killed with an improvised harpoon and dragged ashore. 


The fish proved to be one of the largest of its kind ever taken 
and measured 6 feet, 1 inch in length and weighed 305 pounds. 
The Louvar has been recorded but once before in California 
waters when a specimen was secured at Avalon, Catalina Island, 
in 1901. It is most frequently found in the Mediterranean Sea 
but travels far and wide and is not common anywhere. 


PLATE 3. 


Louvar (Luvarus imperialis) 1/18 natural size. 


The Redondo Beach specimen was characteristically marked 
with brilliant scarlet on the fins and a broad band of the same 
color in the head region. The mouth was comparatively small and 
the dentition weak. <A peculiar, triangular flap, which is said to 
function like a valve, covered the anal opening. 


At the Los Angeles Museum, a cast was made of the body 
in order to prepare a life-sized model for exhibition and the skel- 
eton was preserved for future study. 


During the latter part of November and the first week of 
December, 1932, a species of Cowfish appeared on the coast of 
Southern California. Numerous specimens were brought to the 
Los Angeles Museum for identification and were found to be 


22 


Ostracion diaphanum Bloch & Schneider, a native of Japanese 
and East Indian waters. This is the first American record for 
the species and it is difficult to explain why such a small, slow- 
moving fish should wander so far from its known range. 


The body of the Cowfish is enclosed in a box-like carapace 
or outer shell from which the tail protrudes. The carapace is scaled 
with hexagonal bony plates which give it a mosaic appearance. It 
is a fish that lives near the bottom in shallow water. One of the 
specimens was taken alive near the kelp beds off Point Firmin, 
San Pedro. Others came from nearby points along the coast. 


PLATE 4. 


Cowfish (Ostracion diaphanum) 24 natural size. 


@ 


A NEW LYCAENID FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 
By JoHNn A. Comstock and Curis HENNE 


During the fall of 1928 Comm. and Mrs. Dammers secured 
in Chino Canyon and Snow Creek, Riverside County, a series of 
Philotes that did not correspond with any of the known races of 
P. enoptes, or P. battoides. At the time it was thought to be a 
giant race of P. battoides. Eggs were secured, and bred through 
to the pupal stage, the results of which will later be published in 
this Bulletin. 


23 


Additional specimens were later secured by the junior author 
of this paper in 1930 and 1932 at Chino Canyon and Snow Creek, 
and Mr. M. L. Walton reported it this past year from Box Can- 
yon, Mason Valley, San Diego County. 


Through the courtesy of Dr. Foster H. Benjamin, in furnish- 
ing notes on the genitalia, which places it as a race of Philotes 
enoptes, we are enabled to offer the following description. 


PHILOTES ENOPTES dammersi, race nov. 


g Superior surface. 


Primaries: ground color, a rich lustrous blue with a slight 
violet tinge. The dark marginal band measures .5 mm. exclusive 
of fringes, is thus considerably wider than in the parent species, 
and is uniform in its entire length. The nervules show a dark 
scaling on their outer edges as they approach this marginal band. 
The fringes are wide, and checkered alternately black and white, 
the black points concentrating at the ends of the nervules. 


Secondaries: ground color as on primaries. Marginal dark 
band slightly wider in the majority of specimens, and having a 
scalloped appearance, due to the presence of dark spots or points 
which are more noticeable near the anal angle, and become less 
clearly defined as the costal angle is approached. The inner (anal) 
margin has a grayish or lavender-gray tinge. Costal margin dark. 
Fringes as on primaries. In three examples there is a slight sug- 
gestion of pink on the inner edge of the dark marginal points. 


Inferior surface. 


Primaries: ground color pale gray. The black spots of this 
surface are disposed as in the parent species, but are larger, and 
sub-quadrangular in character. Those of the two submarginal rows 
have a smeared appearance, (except in the apical region) which 
is further accented by a dark scaling on the surface between these 
two rows, which also extends into the basal area along the pos- 
terior margin of wing. The appearance is that of a rubbed sur- 
face of this portion of the wing, and is more marked in fresh 
specimens than in those which have lost some of their scales. 


The marginal band of smail dots is conspicuous and clear. 


Secondaries: ground color clear grayish cream. The black 
spots and points on this surface are smaller, and more rounded 
than those of the primaries. The submarginal orange lunules are 
clear and conspicuous, their inner points being tipped with a black 
dot on their inner margins. The submarginal row of black dots 
is composed of clearly defined, but relatively small points. With 
the wide fringes, there is an appearance of a much broader area 


24 


between the outer margin and the orange lunules, than in others 
of this group. The fringes are checkered black and white, as on 
the primaries, but the black scales are considerably reduced. 


@ Superior surface. 


Primaries: ground color, dark gray-brown. Fringes check- 
ered as ing. 


Secondaries: ground color as in primaries. Fringes as in 
g. A dull orange band extends from a point near the anal 
angle, to a variable position forward on the margin. In one ex- 
ample this reaches nearly to the costal angle; in another, which 
shows extreme reduction, the orange extends only to the center 
of the outer margin. This band is widest at the anal angle, with 
a scalloped outer margin, and narrows as it extends forward to 
terminate in more or less detached lunules. In a few examples, 
the entire band is composed of lunules. A limited number also 
show a slight blue scaling at the base of the secondaries. 


Inferior surface. Very similar to g on both primaries and 
secondaries, except that the orange lunules average a little larger 
and show more of a tendency towards confluence. 


Expanse. g. 19.5 mm. to 26 mm.; average about 21.5 mm. 
217 mm. to 23 mm.; average about 22.5 mm. 


Described trom 45.4, 22 9”. 


Type series as follows: 


Holotype ¢ Snow Creek, Riverside Co., Calif., 9-9-32—Chris 
Henne, Coll. 


Allotype ? Snow Creek, Riverside Co., Calif., 10-8-32—Chris 
Henne, Coll. 


Paratypes 1 to 16, ¢ g Snow Creek, Riverside Co., Calif., 
10-8-32—Chris Henne, Coll. 


Paratypes 17 to 24, g g Snow Creek, Riverside Co., Calif., 
9-9-32—Chris Henne, Coll. 


Paratypes 25 to 29, g¢ g Chino Canyon, Riverside Co., Calif., 
10-6-30—Chris Henne, Coll. 


Paratypes 30 to 36, @ @ Snow Creek, Riverside Co., Calif., 
10-8-32—Chris Henne, Coll. 


Paratypes 37 to 43, ¢ g Snow Creek, Riverside Co., Calif., 
10-3-31—Dammers, Coll. 


Paratypes 44 to 47, g g Snow Creek, Riverside Co., Calif., 
10-19-30—Dammers, Coll. 


25 


Paratype 48, g¢ Chino Canyon, Riverside Co., Calif., 9-16-29— 
Dammers, Coll. 


Paratype 49, ¢ Snow Creek, Riverside Co., Calif., 10-7-28— 
Dammers, Coll. 


Paratypes 50 to 51, g¢ g Chino Canyon, Riverside Co., Calif., 
9-21-28—Dammers, Coll. 


Paratypes 52 to 57, ? @ Snow Creek, Riverside Co., Calif., 
10-3-31—Damme rs, Coll. 


Paratypes 58 to 64, @ @ Snow Creek, Riverside Co., Calif., 
10-19-30—Dammers, Coll. 


Paratype 65, 9 Snow Creek, Riverside Co., Calif., 10-7-28— 
Dammers, Coll. 


In addition, five ¢ ¢ previously sent the U. S. National Mu- 
seum are designated Paratypes. These were collectioned, Snow 
Creek, Riverside County, 9-9-32, Coll. C. Henne. 


We have established this rather generous series of Paratypes 
in order that distribution may be made to the U. S. National Mu- 
seum, the Canadian Museum at Ottawa, the Los Angeles Museum, 
the California Academy of Sciences Museum in San Francisco, 
the Jean Gunder Collection, and the collection of Comm. C. M. 
Dammers. The holotype and allotype will be placed in the U. S. 
National Museum. 


Dr. Benjamin, in writing us concerning the genitalia of this 
race states that “It is allied to enoptes Bdv., of which it may pos- 
sibly represent an extreme race, but the lateral prolongation of the 
harpe is much too long for any of the enoptes or glaucon group 
known to me. Superficially it differs from all other species in 
the group by its bright blue color. It most closely resembles ancilla 
in superficial appearance; but your species, aside from being dis- 
tinguished by the different shade of blue, has the black markings 
on the under side of the fore wing heavier and with more black 
powdering throughout the submedian to inner areas, while the 
whole ground color on the under side is paler and brighter.” 


The authors are particularly indebted to Dr. Foster H. Ben- 
jamin for his help in pointing out the genitalic relationships of 
this insect, and to Commander Charles M. Dammers, for placing 
at our disposal his entire series of specimens. In view of his hav- 
ing first discovered it, we take pleasure in naming it for him. 


26 


NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF TWO 
CALIFORNIA LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS 


By Joun A. Comstock and CuarLtes M. DAMMERS 


BASILARCHIA OBSOLETA EpDw. 


For the past several years we have beeen endeavoring to ob- 
serve and record the life history of Basilarchia obsoleta, and have 
made numerous trips to the Colorado River with that purpose in 
mind. On each occasion the species was observed in flight, and 
was watched with patience and persistence, but to no avail. Fe- 
males were repeatedly trailed from tree to tree, through the thick- 
ets of willow and cottonwood, in the hope that one might choose 
to oviposit within reach, but the high flight of the butterfly and 
the density of growth in the river bottoms defeated our aims. 


This past fall the authors again made their pilgrimage to 
Blythe, reaching there on September 24. We were outfitted with 
field breeding cages, long-handled clippers, numerous breeding 
boxes, extension nets, and all other requisite paraphernalia. 


A fine female was soon captured, and housed in a tall and 
roomy breeding cage, with fresh young willow. A sugared bag 
was placed in the cage, which she soon located and fed upon. She 
seemed quite at home, and strolled about leisurely over the willow 
and side walls of the enclosure, but not one egg would she lay. 


On the morning of the 25th we began our customary neck- 
craning for signs of the larvae, but not one was to be seen, though 
the females were plentiful and the flight seemed to be at its height. 


By chance, the junior author was casually looking over some 
low hanging willow branches when he suddenly spied a full grown 
Basilarchia larva. Thereafter we ceased to scan the topmost por- 
tions of the trees, and searched within reach. Our efforts were 
rewarded with four mature larvae and one chrysalis. 


Another fortunate discovery was later made which resulted 
in our collecting over a hundred eggs, and numerous larvae in 
various stages of development. 


A large female started its flight across the flats of the river, 
seemingly intent on reaching Arizona. After it, in hot pursuit 
(over 100 Fahrenheit) sped the junior author. At the water’s 
edge was a small patch of newly seeded cottonwood and willow, 
growing about knee high. Here the butterfly stopped, and leis- 
urely proceeded to oviposit. Soon we discovered that she was not 
alone. All about her were equally busy females, engaged with 
their selection of tender leafy tips, and quite unmindful of the 
excited lepidopterists. 


Here we observed the peculiar habit which the female has of 
alighting on the upper surface of a leaf, which bends down with 
her weight. She then slides down the surface, tail first, until the 
tip of her abdomen is exactly in contact with the tip of the leaf. 
At that point she deposits her egg. 


A single female would oviposit indiscriminately on cottonwood 
or willow. Oviposition began each morning at about 8:30 and 
ceased at 11 o’clock A. M., when the females would seek the cover 


of the larger groves on the river terraces. 


One chrysalis was located and observed in the act of hatch- 
ing. It proved to be a female, which, before her wings were dry, 
was found by a male, and copulation immediately occurred. Our 
observation with this, and many other species, leads to the con- 
clusion that mating frequently takes place in a state of nature 
before the females have been in flight, or their wings have hard- 
ened. 


The habits of Basilarchia obsoleta, throughout its life cycle, 
are evidently quite similar to those recorded by several authors for 
B. archippus, its eastern relative. The species evidently has at 
least three broods in this area, and perhaps four, the last one being 
abortive. These broods overlap to a considerable extent, which 
makes it possible to find examples in practically all seasons except 
mid-winter. We have freshly emerged examples taken in April, 
May, June, September, October, November, and a few in Decem- 
ber. The December examples were bred from larvae of the last 
brood, only a few of which emerged, while the majority hibernated 
as young larvae. No collecting has been done in February, or 
March, hence records are lacking for those months. 


Dr. Holland and W. G. Wright have both, unfortunately, 
omitted reference to the occurrence of this species in California. 
Its range in this state is throughout the Colorado River basin, 
wherever cottonwood and willow occur. Irrigation in the Imperial 
Valley has extended this range considerably by the introduction 
of willow along the canals and ditches. It extends, also, as far 
to the northwest as Mason Valley, San Diego County. 


EGG. Glistening green: subspherical, with a flattened base, 
and similar in form and texture to that of other members of the 
genus. It is, however, slightly taller, proportionately, than the 
egg of B. lorquini, and the micropyle is less clearly defined. 


The surface is covered with a series of raised walls, enclos- 
ing depressed hexagonal cells. At the juncture of each cell wall 
a single sharp spine arises. 


sIzE: 1.3 mm. broad by 1.5 high. Base flat. Top, more 
acutely rounded than the egg of B. lorquini. Micropyle, barely 
perceptible, small, with the floor marked by minute cells. 


28 


The walls of the cells previously noted, and also the spines, 
are a lighter green than the body of the egg, and are translucent. 


As the time of emergence approaches, the egg assumes a 
light russet shade. The average span of time, from laying to 
emergence of larva, is 8 days. The eggs are heavily parasitized 
by a minute Trichogrammid wasp. (Probably T. minutum.) 


The egg is illustrated on Plate 5, fig. a. 


PLATE 5. 


Egg, larva and pupa of Basilarchia obsoleta. 


a. Egg, magnified x 20. b. Mature larva, enlarged x 2. 
c. Pupa, enlarged x 2. 


29 


LARVA, FIRST INSTAR. 


Length, when newly emerged, 3.1 mm. 


Color of body a dark mottled olive green, or greenish yellow. 
Head, yellow brown, and larger than any of the body segments. 
After 24 hours the body assumes a browner shade, slightly lighter 
in color than the head. 


Body cylindrical, tapering slightly from the first segment to 
the caudal end. 


A series of paired papilliform nodules is present, placed dorso- 
laterally and extending longitudinally the length of the body. 
Those on the 2nd, 3rd, 5th and 11th segments are largest, while 
the same points on the 10th segment are barely perceptible. On 
the remaining segments there are mere vestiges of these papillae. 
The larger nodules are tipped with dark brown points. 

Another series of nodules, running longitudinally, is placed 
laterally, and a third series runs supra-stigmatally. These are very 
small as compared to the series first described. 

The infrastigmatal fold is pale buff, and bears a few hairs 
which incline downward. 


The surface of the body is slightly rugose, with small nodules 
arranged in transverse rows. These are lighter in color than the 
body, and some of them are tipped with minute colorless hairs. 
Higher magnification discloses a surface thickly sprinkled with 
minute dark brown punctae on a lighter ground color. 

The abdomen is concolorous with the body. 


Spiracles, practically indistinguishable, and concolorous with 
the body surface. 


Legs, blackish brown. Prolegs and anal prolegs, brown. 


The head bears a few scattered light hairs, and is not pappuil- 
lated as in later instars. Mouth parts tipped with dark brown. 
Ocelli, brownish black. A narrow dark brown line marks the 
juncture of head with first thoracic segment. 


Duration of first instar, 5 days. 


SECOND INSTAR (24 hours after first moult). 


Length, 4.5 mm. General coloration much darker than in 
previous instar, with a sprinkling of numerous light tan tubercles. 


There is a saddle of soiled white which begins on the dorsum 
at about the middle of the 7th segment and extends posteriorly to 
the edge of the 9th. A series of paired warty tubercles extends 
in a longitudinal line on each side of the median line, from the 
2nd to the caudal segments. The ground color of these is rich 
brown, and each one bears a number of secondary papillae of a 
light tan or cream shade which gives them an encrusted appear- 
ance. Those on the 2nd and 11th segments are largest, and next 
mm stze-are those of the 3rd and 5th. A large pair of these en- 
crusted tubercles occurs on the anal segment, which rests on a light 
tan base that is sprinkled with lighter punctae. 


30 


Two additional rows of tubercles occur along the side of the 
larva, one placed supra-stigmatally, the other midway between it 
and the first described row. The latter rows are of the same gen- 
eral character, but the tubercles are smaller. 


The entire body is heavily sprinkled with small light papillae 
or punctae, which stand out in strong contrast to the blackish 
brown ground color, giving the larva a peppered appearance. 


The head is also thickly covered with the same character of 
nodules, those in the center being concolorous with the ground 
color, while those on the outer margin are light tan or cream. 


Ocelli, jet black. Mouth parts, blackish brown. 


Abdomen, same as body. Stigmata, black or brownish black. 
Infra-stigmatal fold or overlap, buff. Legs and prolegs, brownish 


black. 


On higher magnification, the warty papillae covering the sur- 
face of the body are seen to be tipped with very short single hairs. 


Duration of instar, 3 to 4 days. 


THIRD INSTAR (24 hours after 2nd moult). 


Length, 17 mm. 

The shape and coloration are similar to the last phase except 
that the protuberances are enlarged, particularly those on the 
caudal end, which have lengthened posteriorly to produce the 
effect of a double tail. The general color effect is darker, with 
the raised points a dark brown, and suggestions of a dark gray 
at the segmental joints. The subdorsal projections on the 2nd 
segment are joined by a raised white bar. The saddle is almost 
white, and is more prominent. The overlap on the 10th and 11th 
segments is white, and this light patch is carried across the ab- 
domen. There are two projections on the crest of the head. 

The duration of this moult was not recorded, as the greater 
number of our larvae went into hibernation at this point, and 
those which fed through to maturity were not observed in the 
actual process of moulting. 


FOURTH INSTAR. 


Average length, 27 mm. 


Ground color of body, gray, which shows only at the seg- 
mental joints, being elsewhere obscured by numerous pale and 
dark brown spots, or by characteristic markings as below described. 


The first segment is gray, speckled with black and brown. 
The 2nd and 3rd are buff. These two latter protrude prominently 
at the side. The remainder of the body except the saddle mark 
is mottled with shades varying from pale olive to dark brown. 


31 


In the centre of each typical segment, arranged in transverse rows, 
are a number of raised brown nodules, with steel blue points or 
crests. Posterior to the 6th, 7th and 9th spiracles there are black 
patches. 


On top of the 2nd segment there are a pair of long curved 
horns, as in other members of the genus. These are covered with 
glistening dark brown conical warts, having orange tips, each of 
which terminates in a minute colorless hair. 


On the upper part of the 3rd, and also the 5th segments, 
are paired raised nodular areas, bearing stellate tubercles at their 
tips. The pair on the 3rd segment have a white bar which joins 
them across the dorsum. The pair on the 5th segment are larger. 


On the 10th and 11th segments there are paired nodules of 
similar character to those just described. The caudal protru- 
sions are prominent, and are encrusted with dark brown conical 
tubercles. 


The soiled white saddle extends over the whole of the &th 
segment down to the overlap, and is protruded forward on the 
7th as a wide dorsal band, then narrows and extends over the 
6th segment. It also extends caudally over the 9th segment. The 
overlap (infra-stigmatal fold) is brown on the first three seg- 
ments, and then white along the remainder. 


Abdomen, gray-olive with a brown bar across each segment, 
except the 10th and 11th, which are a soiled white. 


Stagmata gray, with black rims. 


Legs, pale brown. Prolegs, and anal prolegs, pale brown, 
with white claspers. 


Head, pale chestnut, covered with many minute raised points. 
A pair of short horns project. upward from the crest. Ocelli and 
mouth parts, black. Under higher magnification the body is seen 
to be sparingly covered with minute colorless pile. 


MATURE LARVA. 


Length, average 33 mm. 

There are two color phases of this stage. One is predomin- 
antly gray, with brown or olive brown markings, which is suff- 
ciently close to the last described instar to need no further descrip- 
tion. The other is apple-green. This green form will be here 
described in detail. 


Body color, apple-green, heavily overlaid in certain areas with 
white. 


First segment constricted, white, slightly mottled with light 
green. Two transverse creases across the dorsum result in 3 ridges 
or folds, giving flexibility to the segment. The spiracle of this 
segment is large, oval, with gray center and black rim. 


32 


Second segment, larger than any of the others, and protruded 
dorsally into a prominent ridge. This entire segment is white, 
and from its upper lateral aspect a prominent long horn arises 
on each side. This horn measures 6 mm. from base to tip. It is 
covered with numerous papilliform nodules, the tips of which are 
white while the remainder of the nodule is dark brownish green 
of the same shade as the main body of the horn. These horns 
arise at right angles to the body, but have a slight backward arch 
in their proximal half, and a forward arching in their distal por- 
tion. From each papillus there arises a short single hair. 

The third thoracic segment resembles the second, but is less 
prominent, and is slightly mottled with light green. At the points 
corresponding to the positions of the prominent horns of the sec- 
ond segment there are two warty rugose prominences, one on each 
side, which are pure white. 

The fourth segment is less pronounced than the third or fifth, 
and is regularly mottled green and white. It is thrown into three 
regular folds, the anterior one composing the first half of the seg- 
ment, the posterior being very narrow. This segment bears a 
number of regularly disposed shining blue tubercles, disposed as 
shown in the illustration. 


The fifth segment is more prominent than the fourth, on ac- 
count of two large tubercles, (one each side of the median line). 
These are yellowish in color and smooth in texture, and are topped 
by a rugose white bunch of papillae, each point of which bears a 
minute hair. 


On the dorsal surface of these large tubercles there is a de- 
pression, anterior and posterior to which are paired protruding 
small blue tubercles, similar to those on the fourth segment. 
Another pair of the same blue tubercles occurs above the stig- 
mata. The larger of the last mentioned tubercles is immediately 
above the spiracles, while the second is slightly postero-superior to 
it. Similar paired blue tubercles occur in the sixth, seventh, ninth 
and tenth segments. 

On the seventh, eighth and ninth segments there is a prom- 
inent white saddle-shaped area, which dips laterally over the eighth 
segment to become confluent with a prominent infra-stigmatal 
white longitudinal line or fold, the lower edge of which is the 
“overlap.” There are a few green points and dashes in the mid- 
dorsal area of these three segments. 

The sixth segment has a slight repetition of the yellow tuber- 
cles which are so prominent a feature of the fifth, but these are 
very much reduced in scale, and the warty white excrescences top- 
ping them are likewise much smaller. Six blue tubercles also occur 
on the dorsal surface of this segment, two being paired anteriorly 
and four (smaller) located in line posteriorly to the center of the 
segment. 

The seventh segment shows a trace of the warty white ex- 
crescences arising directly from the surface of the segment, but 
there are no dorsally placed blue tubercles. 


33 


The eighth segment is free of all tubercles or excrescences, 
and is, as previously stated, almost a solid white. 

The ninth segment is also free of tubercles on its dorsal aspect. 
Laterally this segment has a large mottled green patch, which 
extends caudally to the tip of the tail. 

The tenth segment bears yellowish tubercles on its dorsal 
aspect corresponding in size and position to those on the sixth, 
and topped by the same series of warty white excrescences. This 
segment differs from the others in having three pairs of blue tuber- 
clues in the mid-dorsal area: a pair above each spiracle, and a 
series of three placed transversely in line postero-superior to the 
spiracle. This segment is a mottled green except on the infra 
stigmatal fold. 

The eleventh segment bears yellow tubercles similar to those 
on the tenth, except that the warty white excrescences on their 
tips are larger and more prominent than any other in the series. 


The anal segment has two rugose protuberances, one each side 
of the median line. These are dark green. 

Legs, yellowish, tipped with blackish brown. Prolegs, yel- 
lowish-green with brown claspers. 

Head, bilobed, heavily papillated. Suture deeply depressed, 
light above, brown as it approaches the clypeus. The face next 
to the suture is white, with a few green points in the upper por- 
tion. A bluish green band extends down the middle of the cheek, 
gradually being replaced by white on the outer edge. Clypeus, 
greenish white. Two large horn-like warts protrude on the upper 
angle of the head, one topping each lobe. These are heavily rugose 
and are darker green than the remainder of the head. Each cheek 
also bears five smaller warts of somewhat similar character. The 
outer circumference of the head is edged with a series of pointed 
white tubercles, each one of which is tipped with a minute short 
hair. Mouth parts brown. Ocelli, brownish-black, the three an- 
terior ones on an olive field. 


The mature larva is illustrated on Plate 5, fig. b. 


PUPA. 


Length, 24 mm. Greatest width through thorax, 9.5 mm. 
Depth through line of center of “hump,” 11 mm. 

The general color is a mottled dirty white and brownish green. 
The wing cases and head are wood brown with a slight olive tint. 
The dorsum of the thorax is a mottled tan. The dorsal hump is 
dark brown, lighter along its posterior surface, with a slight sug- 
gestion of gilding at its base. 

The cremaster and caudal segments are a dark brown, and the 
abdominal segments, soiled white. The wing cases and hump are 
heavily rugose, and the entire surface has a glistening sheen. The 
form is characteristic of the genus, and is accurately pictured in 
Plate 5, fig. c. Ten days elapsed from the formation of chry- 
salis to emergence of imago. 


34 


In the three first instars, the larva has the habit of partially 
curving its body toward the side. In this resting attitude it re- 
sembles, both in form, and color, a dried bird excrement. The 
adult larva also simulates a fresh bird dropping. 


In general habits of feeding, resting, movements, construction 
of the hibernaculun, etc., it very closely approximates the larva of 
Basilarchia archippus, as recorded by Scudder and others. 


An egg which was laid September 25 was carried through to 
maturity and the imago emerged November 17. This was of the 
late fall brood from which the majority of the larvae hibernated. 


Two others of this brood pupated on the 8th and 17th of 
January, respectively, and imagos are recorded as emerging on 
January 9, February 4 and 5. As the latter were reared under 
artificial conditions varying from those in a state of nature it can 
hardly be assumed that a mid-winter brood may be expected. 


THOLERIA REVERSALIS Guen. 


This large Pyralid has been causing considerable damage to 
Genista (broom) in the gardens and parks of Southern California 
during the past three years. The moth seems to be a late intro- 
duction in this district. It is unusually free from parasitic attack, 
and its presence in ever increasing numbers presents a menace 
which will require careful consideration of the economic entomolo- 
gist in bringing about biologic control. A partial record of its life 
history is here presented, as an aid toward that end. 


EGG. 


Size, approximately 1 mm. long by .75 mm. wide, and prob- 
ably not more than .2 mm. thick. Oval, flat. Color, yellowish, 
when first laid. The eggs are deposited in a thin sheet, in regular 
rows, each egg overlapping its neighbor, and each row overlap- 
ping. Eggs are deposited in nature on the under or upper surfaces 
of the leaf, but in captivity they are laid indiscriminately in patches 
about the breeding cages. The mass resembles a series of shingled 
scales. 


With higher magnification the surface of the egg shows a 
delicate reticulation, which is probably responsible for the pearly 
lustre which is seen over it in certain angles. 


As the embryo develop they can be clearly discerned through 
the transparent shell, as recurved hyaline bodies. Eventually they 
fill the egg. Shortly before emergence two small brown spots be- 
come apparent near or on the head of the embryo. 


35 


A group of eggs is shown on Plate 6, fig. a. 


During the early part of their development the young larvae 
are gregarious, and as they feed a loose webbing is spun, which, 
together with the defoliation or partial defoliation of the terminal 
branch on which they are feeding makes the colony fairly con- 
spicuous. This webbing is not sufficiently dense to be designated 
a “tent,” and the young caterpillars are always discernible. 


As the larvae grow larger, they separate and become solitary. 


PLATE 6. 


Eggs, larva and pupa of Tholeria reversalis. 
a. Egg mass, magnified x 6. b. Mature larva, enlarged x 2, 


c. Pupa, enlarged x 3. 


MATURE LARVA. Length, average, 28 mm. 


Head, glistening black with occasional yellow patches in front, 
and covered sparsely with long white hairs. Labrum, greenish 
yellow. All other mouth parts. and appendages black. Ocelli, 
black. 


Body, ground color yellow, or in some examples olive-yellow. 
Scutellum, gray-white, with quadrate white spots superimposed 
on it. 


A series of three papillae, grouped together, occur supra- 
stigmatally on each segment, two of which are in line transversely, 
and the third placed immediately posterior to this pair. These 
papillae have black centers, and white points at their upper and 
lower edges, and each papillus bears a long white hair. 


A series of bright lemon-yellow dots runs longitudinally along 
the side of the body immediately below the stigmata, and inferior 
to this on each segment (except the first three and caudal) there 
is a white crescentic dash. This gives to the overlap an appear- 
ance of a broken white dash. Each one of these crescentic spots 
has, in its center, a small black point or dash, from which arises 
a pair of white hairs. Below the overlap on each segment are 
additional raised black spots (2 or more to a segment), with white 
lower edges, from which are given off the same type of long 
white hairs. 


Abdomen, dull lemon-yellow. Legs, black. Prolegs and anal 
prolegs, black and white, with brown claspers. Stigmata, black. 
Illustrated on Plate 6, fig. b. 


The caterpillars usually leave the bushes to pupate, when not 
confined. They may crawl considerable distances, and seek small 
cracks about window casings. Specimens have, in this way, 
emerged in dwellings; and caused the owners considerable con- 
cern. Their cocoons are frequently found under fence railings, 
and about the eaves of buildings. 


The cocoon is white, and somewhat loosely woven. 


pupA. 12 to 14 mm. long. Cylindrical. 


Color, yellow-brown, with the segmental junctures clearly de- 
fined as narrow brown lines. The surface is entirely free of hir- 
sute appendages, except for the cremasteric vibrissae. 


A poorly defined mid-dorsal line is present; otherwise there 
are no discernible markings. The chrysalis is shown on Plate 6, 


fig. c. 


Considering the abundance of larva, it is surprising to find 
such a small percentage of imagos coming to light. The species is 
at least double brooded in this section, and is widely distributed 
in southern California. 


37 


GEORGE WHITWELL PARSONS 


In the passing of George Whitwell Parsons, who died in Los 
Angeles on the 5th of January, 1933, the Academy of Sciences 
loses another of its pioneer members. From its founding in 1891 
as the Southern California Science Association, Mr. Parsons had 
served as Chairman of its Geological Section, and since July, 1909 
as a member of its Board of Directors. A continuous, friendly 
association of forty-two years in the pursuit of scientific knowl- 
edge is broken, with many pangs of regret and sorrow on the part 
of his colleagues. Mr. Parsons, in his unselfish devotion to the 
cause and long service, was typical of a line of noble characters 
who preceded him to the great Beyond, including Dr. M. A. Alter, 
the first President; Prof. Wm. H. Knight, Mrs. Mary E. Hart, 
the first Secretary; Abbot Kinney, Prof. W. L. Watts, John D. 
Hooker, Dr. Anstruther Davidson, Arthur Benton, S. J. Keese, 
Holdridge O. Collins, and others who served on the directorate 
and in administrative offices. 


George Whitwell Parsons was born in the District of Colum- 
bia in 1851. At the age of twenty-five, in 1876, he migrated to 
the Pacific coast, going to San Francisco by the Panama route. 
From there he shortly removed to Tombstone, Arizona, which, 


owing to the recent discoveries of Ed. Sheffelin, was enjoying its 
g ying 


first boom, and was the great center of mining interest. There he 
found a fertile field for a geologist, and developed an interest in 
mining and mineralogy which he held through life. He was an 
authority on the early history of Tombstone and the early develop- 
ment of Arizona. It was his custom to return to Tombstone each 
year for its annual celebration, and renew, so far as possible, the 
associations of his earlier days. Recently he contemplated writing 
a book to preserve his memories of those strenuous times, but this 
task was postponed too long. 


About the year 1890 Mr. Parsons took up his residence in Los 
Angeles, and remained here uninterruptedly until his death. Here 
he practiced his profession and acquired business interests which 
fully occupied him. He was one of the organizers of the Chamber 
of Commerce, and acted for years as Chairman of its Mining Di- 
vision. While serving in that capacity he started a movement for 
the erection of signs on the Colorado desert, directing wayfarers 
to available waterholes. This compaign required several years of 
strenuous effort and numerous journeys to Sacramento and Wash- 
ington to secure necessary legislation, but it was finally successful. 
The desert signs have been in place for the past ten or twelve years, 
and there is no telling how much suffering and how many lives 
they have saved. Probably Mr. Parsons found more satisfaction 
from this than from any other achievement of his life. 


Mr. Parsons was one of a family of two sons and two daugh- 
ters, none of whom ever married. The late Alice Parsons, a sister, 
was the founder of a private school for girls in Brooklyn, N. Y. 
Later she removed to this county and established the Girls’ Col- 


38 


legiate School at Glendora. The late Samuel Parsons, for thirty 
years auditor of the Citizens’ National Trust and Savings Bank 
and branches, was a brother. The only surviving member of the 
family is Miss Emma Parsons. 


For the past two years Mr. Parsons had made his home with 
Mr. and Mrs. John Chard at 1140 West Adams Street, Los An- 
geles. Less than a week before his demise Mr. Parsons developed 
symptoms of heart ailment, but he was not completely prostrated, 
and he and his friends were not seriously alarmed about his con- 
dition. He was sitting in the sun room attended by his friends 
when death summoned him. 


Funeral services were held at St. Paul’s Cathedral, presided 
over by Bishop William B. Stevens, and the interment was at 
Evergreen Cemetery, with ceremonies conducted by Dr. Henry 
Beal, Dean of the Cathedral. 


An excellent likeness of Mr. Parsons is reproduced in Vol. 
18, page 28 of the Bulletin So. Calif. Academy of Sciences. 


W. A. SPALDING. 


ei 


WILHELM SCHRADER 


The passing of Mr. Wilhelm Schrader, on October 8, 1932, re- 
moves from the ranks of the Academy another of its benetactors. 


Mr. Schrader was in many respects a unique personality. Pos- 
sessing the instincts and inclinations of a scientist, yet lacking the 
opportunity of acquiring the technical training, and with a super- 
sensitive nature that made contacts with contemporaries exceed- 
ingly difficult, he became a recluse. Thus the work which he car- 
ried on for years resulted in much duplication of the experiments 
of others. At the same time, his extreme patience, and solitary 
concentration, resulted in certain helpful results that give us a 
better understanding of the influences of selective breeding and 
atmospheric variation, on the modification of insect life. His 
papers, published in the Pomona College Journal of Entomology, 
Vol. 4, pp. 673 and 801; and Bulletin, oe California Acad- 
emiyasOre scrences, \VOl; 25, p: 7/7; Vol. 27, p..69; Vol. 28, pp. $ 
and 20, speak for themselves. 


Mr. Schrader had no relatives or descendants. He left no 
record of his early life, and it is only known that his full name 
was Ernest Carl Wilhelm Schrader, and that he was born in Zel- 
lerfeld, Germany, December 21, 1865. He was employed for some 
time in Los Angeles as a gardener. With his simple tastes and 
frugal living, he accumulated a small estate. His native good judg- 
ment asserted itself several years ago when he arranged with the 
late Samuel J. Keese, to place this estate, or at least the major 


39 


part of it, in a trust, of which the Southern California Academy 
of Sciences was the beneficiary, but in which he (Mr. Schrader ) 
retained a life interest. Thus his assets were carefully conserved, 
and he was paid the income from the estate during his lifetime. 

In the later months of 1932 Mr. Schrader became morose, 
having been in poor health for some years. He left a note, ex- 
pressing the fear that his mind was giving way, and not wishing 
to be a burden on the community, he had decided to end his life. 
Thus, in a characteristically methodical way, not at all suggestive 
of mental lapse, he placed his “house in order,” and ended his life 
by inhaling gas. 

The work of disseminating scientific knowledge, in which he 
was so greatly interested, will carry on into the future, aided by 
the trust which he established. How much greater is this contri- 
bution to society, than is the pyramiding of vast personal fortunes 
by short-sighted individuals—many of whom have witnessed in 
these times the crumbling of their financial castles without the 
salvage of a single item as a contribution to social advancement. 


bs 


The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried 
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf- 
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural 
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a 
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this 
program, the following forms are suggested: 


Form of Legacy 


To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal 
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects 
of value. 


I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of 
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of............22...-222.e-se0eeseeeee--- 
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali- 
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses, 
dispositions and benefits thereof forever. 


Form of Devise 
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy. 


I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences” 
of the City of os Angeles) ((.22..3 2 a eee 
here describe the property or ground rent..............-.---.-----2:-00ee-eeeeeeeeeeeeees No 
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of 
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free 
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern 
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever. 


40 


BULLETIN OF THE 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 


eta tuchinurg ins 


Vol. XXXII May - August, 1933 Part 2. 


CONTENTS 


ITEMS OF INTEREST FROM MISCELLANEOUS NEO- 


BABYLONIAN DOCUMENTS—Dr, Carl S. Knopf - 


NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF FOUR CALIFORNIA 
LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS— 
John A. Comstock and Charles M. Dammers 


Issued June 20, 1933 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


a 8 
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 

Mr: THEODORE, PAYNE (230 00 8 OU oe 0 cae President 
Dr Borp iA PCARPEN PERT e007) abi Acie fai Vice-President 
Mr: HOWARD ROE Le eee el) ee eee Secretary 
MrcHarry Ko SARGENT (30500) U8 ee Treasurer 

Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. THEODORE PAYNE 

Dr. WittiIAM A. BryAn Mr. Harry K. SarGENT 

Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. Witt1AM A. SPALDING 

Dr. Joun A. Comstock _ Dr. R. H. Swirt 

Dr. Cart S. KNopr Mr. Howarp R. Hitt 

Ss 8 
ADVISORY BOARD 
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. BuRLEw 
Dr. MELVILLE DOZIER Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN 
Dr. D. L. TASKER 
a 8 
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WILti1AM A. SPALDING 
Chairman Secretary 


BOTANICAL SECTION 
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary 


FINANCE COMMITTEE 
Mr. Witi1AM A, SPALDING 


PROGRAM COMMITTEE 


Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt 
Dr. Mars F, BAUMGARDT 


= 8 
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION 
Mr. WiLiiAM A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. ComstocKk 
=e 8 


OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY 


Los ANGELES Museum, ExposiTIon Park, 
Los ANGELEs, CAL. 


LIBRARY 
NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL 

GARDEN 


ITEMS OF INTEREST FROM MISCELLANEOUS 
NEO-BABYLONIAN DOCUMENTS 


By Cart SUMNER Knorr, B.D., Pu.D., F.P.G.S. 


(Professor of Semitic Archaeology and History, 
University of Southern California) 


FOREWORD 


There is considerable interest today in the field of archaeol- 
ogy. The discovery of the tomb of Tut-ankh-amen fired popular 
imagination and the subsequent finds at ancient Ur made Queen 
Shub-Ad an intimate friend. Pictorial supplements have familiar- 
ized faces, jewelry, utensils, living quarters, and the little vanities 
of ancient life. 


After the first passing phases of curiosity, there always re- 
main the more permanent items that add to historical knowledge 
or that permit reconstruction of the culture of the past. In addi- 
tion to specialists, there is a large group of serious minded folk 
who like, as it were, to clasp hands with real persons in that ancient 
world. It is one thing to read about an historical character ; it is 
another to hold in hand some bit of evidence of that character’s 
living, breathing humanity. 


Through the generosity of Mr. M. M. Welch, whose interest 
in the permanent values of life is unflagging, the University of 
Southern California has become the depository of a fine collection 
of Neo-Babylonian documents. These documents, about 600 in 
all, combined with the small collection owned by the writer, fur- 
nish a considerable field for research. 


A special seminar room has been assigned in the Doheny Me- 
morial Library for exhibition and work upon these tablets. The 
exhibits meet the more popular interest, showing legal documents, 
business forms, private correspondence, historical data and Biblical 
items. 


About 200 of the tablets have been translated and will be pub- 
lished in due time. Work upon the remaining tablets will continue. 
In the meantime, it has been thought fitting to present several items 
that may have more than usual significance. At present, no con- 
clusive statement should be made and the final decision on many 
problems can come only after scholars throughout the world have 
had a chance to study and criticize. 


41 


It is in this spirit that the present monograph goes forth. The 
writer has tried to guard suggestions and avoid dogmatism or final- 
ity. Additional evidence may even now be in the hands of scholars 
that will refute or support some of the ideas advanced. It is highly 
desirable that such evidence be called forth. Only by comparison 
and friendly exchange between workers in the field can ultimate 
truth be established. 


One or two items have been included that may be of secondary 
interest Or value to specialists. In the very nature of the case, 
members of the Southern California Academy of Sciences are 
entitled to some pleasure and profit in the reading of their bul- 
letins, which must combine technical discussion with style of pre- 
sentation that will enable scientists of different fields to enter into 
an appreciation of each other’s work. 


Some of this material is an abridged form of a dissertation 
presented to the faculty of the Graduate School of Yale University 
in candidacy for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Subse- 
quently, through the courtesy of the British Museum and the Yale 
Babylonian Collection, additional work was carried on in London 
and New Haven. The writer held personal consultation with Drs. 
Edward Chiera and Arno Poebel of the Oriental Institute of the 
University of Chicago; Messrs. Sidney Smith and C. J. Gadd of 
the British Museum; and Drs. C. C. Torrey, R. P. Dougherty and 
F. J. Stephens of Yale, on the advisability of publishing certain 
of these tablets and advancing possible interpretations of the data. 
Though not unanimous, the majority favored such presentation 
and it is with that encouragement and the desire to see some of 
these points threshed out that this bulletin is issued. 


Special credit is due Dr. R. P. Dougherty of the Yale Baby- 
lonian Collection for his patient and constructive criticism; to Drs. 
John A. Comstock and R. H. Swift for their interest, and to the 
Academy itself for making this publication possible. 


NOTES FOR THE NON-TECHNICAL READER 


The numbers used to designate documents indicate where the 
originals may be found—e.g. SC 1, Univ. of So. Calif. collection 
No. 1; CSK 1, Knopf private collection, No. 1. 


A caret indicates long vowel, e.g. 7 like “7” in machine. Other 
5 5 
diacritical marks are §, pronounced “sh”; s, pronounced “ts”; h, 


42 


pronounced like a German “ch”; tf, a hard dental, no exact English 
equivalent. The apostrophe, ’, is used to indicate Semitic letter 
aleph, a guttural pronounced according to the vowel that accom- 
panies it. Thus to English readers ‘id would be pronounced “id.” 

It is customary to write determinatives and certain other aux- 
iliary particles slightly above the lines: 


al, a form of alu, meaning “city of” placed before city names. 
amel, before officials and names of professions. 


d, represents classical Sumerian DINGIR, “god” placed be- 
fore names of deities. 


kam, follows an ordinal number; e.g. 2" = 2d. 


ki, classical Sumerian KJ, “place” following geographical 
names. 


m, placed before personal names. 
mes, sign of the plural, postpositive. 
Broken lines on tablets are indicated by 


Gur, pi and qa are measures of grain; shekel and mana are 
measures of weight, but later became also money terms. 


a/§ stands for apil-su Sa, “son of.” (Lit. son-his of.) 


BELSHAZZAR AND His FATHER 


The name of Belshazzar is recognized far beyond the limits 
of the local Bible class. Hebrew sources would indicate that the 
administration of government was in his hands. The term “king” 
is applied to him in the book of Daniel, but with the gradual un- 
earthing of Babylonian history, it has seemed to some that this 
designation of Belshazzar might be a misnomer and a_ Biblical 
writer’s literary device to enhance his story. 

In 1929, Dr. R. P. Dougherty of Yale University published 
his volume on Nabonidus and Belshazzar, on p. 96-f of which he 
called attention to a certain oath formula that appeared on tablets 
of Nabonidus’ reign. This involved swearing “by (certain deities ) 
and the laws of Nabonidus, king of Babylon, and Belshazzar, son 
of the king.” In no other period or with no other two rulers is 
this coordination found. It is an exclusive feature of Nabonidus’ 
reign. Ordinarily an oath was taken in the name of the gods and 
the king only. Evidently Belshazzar was in a unique position in 
relation to the exercise of kingship. 


43 


Nabonidus, as is now known, was somewhat of an antiquarian, 
interested in digging for temple foundations and ancient records 
in addition to running a government. Also, he spent considerable 
time at Tema in Arabia which, though now an unexcavated mound 
immediately south of modern Teima, was probably a residential 
spot of beauty on the southern Nile-to-Euphrates caravan route. 
The Nabonidus Chronicle indicates that he was in Tema in the 
7th, 9th, 10th and 11th years of his reign. 


Dr. Dougherty, in the volume mentioned above, p. 96, and 
Mr. Theophilus G. Pinches (Proceedings of the Society of Biblical 
Archaeology, Jan. 1926, p. 27; pl. 1) found texts with the Nabon- 
idus-Belshazzar oath formula, written in the 12th year, and Dough- 
erty stated that “doubtless Neo-Babylonian contract tablets with 
similar oath formulae dated in other years of Nabonidus’ reign 
will come to light.””. Text SC 119 confirms this statement and adds 
evidence concerning the relations between the king and his son. 


The tablet, 154” x 2%”, light color, originally unbaked, 1s 
badly broken and the broken sections involve important elements, 
but fortunately some of these elements are traceable or can be re- 
stored. For instance the very name, Belshazzar, is broken away, 
but the sentence ™’Nabi-na@id sar Babili au ........ mar Sarr, 
“Nabonidus, king of Babylon and ........ son of the king,” ap- 
pearing in an oath formula leaves little doubt as to the person re- 
ferred to, especially since the same phrase has appeared in other 
tablets. Any such association of Nabonidus’ other son, Nebucha- 
drezzar,' in governmental administration does not seem likely. 


At the end of line three, a is followed by a break, but fits ex- 
actly what would be expected as the initial sign of a-di-e, “laws,” 
in an oath formula, while line seven supplies the it-ti-me ki-i, 
“swore as follows,” to complete the idiom. The tablet, then, 
records the oath of IJna-eshi-ctir, who swore by the goddess of 
Erech, Nana, and the laws of the king AND HIS SON. 


By a fortunate coincidence, though the date formula is badly 
mutilated, the year of reign is clearly preserved, being the seventh 
of Nabonidus. The other tablets containing this unusual oath 
formula were written in the twelfth year, after the Tema sojourn 
had become a recognized royal procedure, but SC 119 shows that 
the dual administration was established as early as the first known 
residence of Nabonidus at Tema. It was not something forced or 


1 Not Nebuchadrezzar the Great, 605-562 B. C. 
44 


growing out of his practice of absenting himself from Babylon, 
but was part of a deliberate organization of government that pro- 
vided dual responsibility and authority. Neither was the investi- 
ture of Belshazzar a paternal gesture safeguarded by the king’s 
immediate presence. There is no evidence that he was in Babylon 
in the twelfth year, nor can it be asserted that he was in Arabia 
in that year, but it is certain that he was out in Tema in the seventh 
year in the ninth month of which this tablet was written. 


Belshazzar’s position, then, was one of actual authority, exer- 
cised especially while the king was far away from the center of 
government. He was invested with the Sarrtitam, “kingship,” and 
legal documents recognized this status. When /na-eshi-ctir took 
his oath he little realized that the chance preservation of the ritual 
formula would be of far more concern than his personal affairs, 
and that light would thus be thrown upon a minute portion of a 
great literature, the Bible, which in his day did not even exist. 


The writer of Daniel V, concerned with the fall of Babylon 
and the exaltation of righteousness, naturally found in Belshazzar 
a character far better suited to his theme than the pious Nabon- 
idus. Belshazzar gave the perfect stage setting for a drama of 
divine retribution. The author called him “king,” Sarru. ‘‘King- 
ship,” Sarrtitam, he did exercise and the tradition is quite in line 
with what now appears to be the facts. 


TEXT SC 119—RECORD OF OATH 


1™[na-esi-etir apil-su Sa ™!Na-na-a .... 25a ™Si-ra-ku $a 
“Belit Sa Uruk" (i-na) ?*Bélit Sa Uruk™ *Na(-na)-a ti a(-di-c) 
t™?Nabii-n@id Sar Babili® u ™(Bél-Sar-usur) *mar Sarri a-na 
™’Nabit-sar - usur °"" (Sagi Sarri) &™Gab - bi - ilanim® - Sar - usur 


(™"gi-i-pu) *Sa E-an-na it-ti-me ki(-i) .... $a “Bélit $a Uruk* 
ma-la .... Sap-ru-ma %a-na ™"Sa-kin ad-di(-in) .... 19 9™@Sir_ki 
Sa “Bélit Sa Uruk™ ina eli(?) 1154 %Sa-kin i5(-pu-ru) .... 12a 
mlSi-vak ma-la e-lat pidni Sa “”'Sa-kin Sa 2... 18 ™ Nabit-n@id 


sar Babili™ ina Uruk™ Sat-ra 14Napistu-étir a-na “Bélit §a Uruk* 
i-nam-din. 1° °""'Mu-kin-nu ™ Marduk-Ssum-lisir apil-su sa ™Ri-mut 
Mapil ™Bel-ti-sat ™....-napsati™® apil-5u Sa 17™Ardi-"Bél apil 
"E-gi-bi ™In-nin-sum-usur 8apil-Su Sa "Apil-"Bél-da-a-nu apil 
™Nabi-Ssar-hi-ilani"’ 19 ™ldupsar ™Nabii-mukin-apli apil-‘u Sa 
pe. 228" shin um 0" Satin 7"... 24). Babi 2... 


45 


TRANSLATION? 


1Ina-eshi-etir, son of Nana .... ?0f the devotees of the god- 
dess of Erech, BY “the goddess of Erech,” Nana. andesite 
LAWS OF *NABONIDUS, KING OF BABYEON= Aun 
(BELSHAZZAR) °THE SON OF THE KING, unto Naba- 
shar-usur the chief officer of the king (?) ®and Gabbi-ilani-shar- 
usur the governor ‘of Eanna, swore as follows: .... Sof the god- 
dess of Erech, as much as .... was sent and %unto the prefect I 
gave (it) .... 1°the devotee of the goddess of Erech, in respect 
to '!which the prefect sent .... 1%0f the devotee(s) as many as 
there are in addition to the record of the prefect of .... 1%Nabon- 
idus, king of Babylon, are written, !'tNapishtu-etir unto the god- 
dess of Erech shall give. !°Witnesses: Marduk-shum-lishir son of 
Rimut !%son of Bel-usat; ....-napshati son of 17Ardi-Bél son of 
Egibi; Innin-shum-usur 1%son of Apil-Bel-danu son of Nabt- 
sharhi-ilani 19Scribe: Nabt-mukin-apli son of Nu.... ?°Kisley 
the;Othy Atheyeat On ee ole babyloneane. 


THE WRITING OF THE NAME ARTAXERXES 


A brief glance at English literature reveals that the standard- 
ization of spelling is a late invention. Ancient orthography was 
no exception and this is especially true of the rendering of proper 
names, both in the native tongue and in transliteration to other 
languages. The appearance of Nebuchadnezzar and Nebuchadrez- 
zar (in the English Bible), Nabouchodonosor (Septuagint or Greek 
Old Testament) and Nabuchodonosor (Vulgate or Latin Bible) 
all from the old Babylonian Nabi-kudurri-usur is a case in point. 
Probably the original owner of the name would recognize none of 
them, aside from the Babylonian form. 


The name of Artaxerxes of Persia is no exception and Baby- 
lonian scribes who were writing documents during his lifetime var- 
ied the spelling of his name. The usual forms found are:* 


2 As is often the case in translating Babylonian tablets, the docu- 
ment may be mutilated. Furthermore, we do not have all the details 
of the original transaction hence can not understand vague allusions to. 
items well known by the principals. 


3 See Hilprecht, H. V. and Clay, A. T., Business Documents of Mur- 
ashu Sons of Nippur, Dated in the Reign of Artaxerxes I; Univ. of Pa. 
Cuneiform Texts, Series A, Vol. IX; Phil. 1898, pp. 50-51. See also 
Weissbach, F. H., Die Keilinschriften der Achimeniden, p. 139, Leipzig, 
1901. 


46 


Uf HY 
per. re ¥ te yy 4 


| lif EL iz ne Yy 
TERT ec acceger one MMA 


5 ES TAT IEE 17” 
AVIRA vik $4//////// y 
lacunae =: Se Rae ae 
EY ET a at y UY 
D/H ” 
- EEE Fah tie 
Lo. E. KF ADA / Wf Yi) if Vy 


* TIE TE Jel EY ase ATG! 
HESS dope ESEIEY, A4 err 


a sai FADE PRET, fasiswee 


TPA Fi Say 7, 
SNM ZO 


PLATE VII. 


Autograph copy of tablet SC 119 containing an oath formula incorporati 
of Belshazzar, and Nabonidu 


rporatin 
s, his father. Father and s¢ sharec 
Babylon in its closing years. 


Ar-tah-Ssa-as Ar-tdah-Sa-as-is-su 
Ar-tah-Sa-as-su _ Ar-tak-Sa-as-su 
Ar-tah-Sa-as-sis Ar-tak-Sat-su 
Ar-tah-Sa-as-si-1§ 


The finding of one new form will not change the course of his- 
tory, but in the realm of pure science any datum is its own raison 
d’ctre. 

Text SC 61 is ona tablet 2” x 21%” x 34” which, when found, 
must have been badly mutilated. It was probably picked up by 
some Arab in illicit digging and the finder attempted to “dress” 
the tablet, scraping and smoothing the mutilated side—a thing the 
reputable archaeologist would never do. Upon this smooth sur- 
face he ruled a few lines but made no attempt to forge cuneiform 
signs. 

The Babylonian scribe made notations aside from the main 
body of the text, but translation is doubtful. Though well incised, 
the scribe’s writing is hard to read. On the edges three seals ap- 
pear, probably those of witnesses, whose names were on the muti- 
lated reverse of the tablet. The seals did not contain the names 
of the owners, so the scribe wrote them in with his stylus in 
cuneiform. 


The chief interest centers in line four where the form ”4s5- 
tah-Sa-as-su Sarru-appears. If the tablet were not mutilated, one 
could check this with the closing date formula where the king’s 
name would again appear. The usual Persian designation of the 
king as Sar matati, “king of countries” would also make certain | 
that the name was none other than that of Artaxerxes. However, 
where the KUR-KUR (matati) signs would be expected there is 
scarcely room for them, and what space there is is perfectly smooth 
and has had no writing upon it.* “The king,” rather than “king of 
countries” was evidently intended. 


The initial element in the name as it appears on the tablet is 
a horizontal wedge. There is only a very remote chance that this 
is a scribal error for the dr/ub sign, No. 261 in Barton’s list.® 
Even if so, it would be the only case of the name, Artaxerxes, 
beginning with this sign rather than with the ar sign, No. 408.° 


4 There is an instance of the use of Sarru alone after the name 
Artaxerxes on a vase inscription. See Weissbach, op. cit., p. 121. 


5 Barton, Geo. A., Origin and Development of Babylonian Writing, 
in Beitrage zur Assyriologie, Bd. IX, Leipzig, Hinrich’s, 1913. 


6 Barton, op cit. 


48 


It is safer to assume that the scribe wrote just what he intended, 
and that the reading is as. 

By referring to the list of different spellings it is apparent 
that just as radical philological variations already exist. Where in 
most cases the surd spirant ft is used, there are instances where 
the voiceless guttural mute k is substituted. There are two instances‘ 
where we have 4r-tak-sat-su, the third element of the name mod- 
ified by the substitution of a dental ¢ for the dental sibilant s. 


On SC 61 we find the more common tah element, but the 
hitherto undiscovered initial as, substituting the palatal sibilant s 
for the liquid ry. It is a transition similar to that noted in the 
Babylonian Enwastu (the deity of the Westland), as reproduced 
in Aramic endorsements discussed by Clay,* for EN-MAR-TU. 

Considering all these data, it would seem possible to recog- 
nize in this form not a scribal error but an actual legitimate vari- 
ant writing of the name of Artaxerxes as Ashtakshassu. 


This same tablet has several other points of significance. It 
is a promissory note involving 2% shekels of silver and the in- 
terest rate is 1 shekel per month, 40%, or 480% per annum.” The 
contract itself is very rigid and the whole transaction indicates a 
story involving some intricacy. In connection with the silver the 
term pisu-u “white” is used, probably indicating silver of speci- 
fied whiteness or standard fineness, much as the modern term 
Ste mime: 

The scribe, who 1s rather careless in making some of the signs, 
evidently omitted a sign in line five; a word, ki-1, “if,” at the be- 
ginning of line six; and also su, “him,” at the end of the word 
muh-hi in line eight. This can be checked with numerous docu- 
ments where the standard interest and penalty formula appears." 


7 Nos. 59:4 and 59:28, recorded by Hilprecht and Clay, op. cit. 


SClay, A. T., Amurru the Home of the Northern Semites, Phila., 
1909; pp. 121 and 199. 


9The exact translation of pit-qa is uncertain. It seems to imply 
some working or fabrication and may be applied to metal or flour. 
Thus it might suggest fine flour, or moulded metal—pieces convenient 
for handling in the market place. There are instances where pit-qa 
means 44 shekel. If that meaning were applied in this tablet, it would 
still indicate an interest rate of 5% monthly, 60% per annum, as against 
the more common 20% rate. On pit-qa, cf. Weissbach, F. H., Zur fKeil- 
inschriftlichen Gewichtkunde; Leipzig, 1912, pp. 3-8. 


10 See Tallqvist, K. L., Die Sprache der Contracte Nabi-Nwids; 
Helsingfors, 1890, p. 116. 

11 Tallqvist, ibid., p. 126; another possible indication of careless 
writing is the omission of madtdti “countries” after Sarru “king” in 
line four. 


49 


TEXT SC 61—PROMISSORY NOTE 

1214 Siglé kaspi 1 Siqil pit-qa pisu-u makkir “star 75a qat 
™ I ypina-ahe’-iddin apil ""A-num-ah-iddin(-nu) ina muh-hi 
™Hu-u-ru apil-su sa ™"Bél-iddin *timu 2" sa “= Nisanni Sattu 
11*™ ™As-tah-Sa-as-su Sarru *kaspa-dm 2% Siglé ina qaqqadi-su 
i-nam-din %(ki-t) ina ti-mu a-dan-ni-su kaspa-dm 2% Siglé “la 
id-dan-nu Sa arhi ina muh-hi 1 Sigil pit-qa Shubullu ina muh- 
hi(-Su) i-rab-bi 

Lo.E un-qa "Ardi(?)-"“Anum(?) un-ga "Su ?-la-a 

L.E. un-qa "Ah ?-e-a (?) 


TET Ter 
Pa DESERT ET 
Tees DECREPIT PE a 
AS TIBATT FATE BEY TE 
ae to 


fo) 
Erasure. 


we. PRATER SATS 


GA) SS 


ne = AA 


—) 


PLATE VIII. 


Autograph copy of tablet SC 61, showing badly mutilated but decipherable 
writing of the name ‘‘Artaxerxes.”’ 


TRANSLATION 


121% shekels of silver in 1 shekel pieces, standard fineness, 
property of Ishtar °entrusted to Innina-ahe-iddin son of Anum- 
ah-iddinu *is to be paid to Huru son of Bel-iddin. +On the 2d 
day of Nisan, the 11th year of Artaxerxes the king, °*the silver, 


50 


namely 2% shekels, on the principal he shall pay. °(1f) on the 
appointed day the silver, namely 2% shekels ‘he does not pay, 
monthly upon it a 1 shekel piece ‘as interest against (him) shall 


accrue. 
Seal of Ardi-Anum Seal of Shula 


Seal of Ahea 


PLATE IX. 


Obverse of tablet SC 61. The writing on the other side was scraped off, 
possibly by some clandestine native digger. 


PLATE xX. 


Seal impressions on lower edge of document. The seals had no names eut in, so the 


seribe wrote the respective names in cuneiform above the seal impressions. 


d1 


A HitHerto UNDISCOVERED DESIGNATION OF A 
BaRYLONIAN SETTLEMENT 

Two documents, SC 77 and CSK 035, stir interest by the oc- 
currence of a phrase as yet unrecorded by other investigators.’” 
Twice in SC 77 and once in CSK 035 reference is made to a city, 
town, or colony of bondmen,’ Glu Sa ardani”"®. Ordinarily this 
might have raised no inquiry: being considered but an addition to 
the numerous town names found in the contract tablets. There are 
references to such settlements of workers, artisans or guilds’ 
which may have constituted extensive suburbs of Babylonian cities. 
But though both documents were executed in the city of bondmen, 
CSK 035 presents additional data. 

This text concerns the payment of 2% shekels of silver, royal 
claim, by Idda son of Ashshia to the steward of Enlil-shar-usur. 
Since 1t was evidently tax money in charge of the steward and 
Iddia was to pay it to him, the conjecture is that Bel-eteru-Shamash 
was permitted to administer his master’s funds and make loans. 
The document involves repayment of such a loan. 

On the left edge of the tablet, scratched into the soft clay, is 
the name of Iddia, written in the West Semitic alphabet such as 
would be found in Aramaic, Hebrew, Phoenician and related texts. 
Le ‘Iddi, “belonging to ‘Iddi,” or freely, “ ’Iddi’s document,’?’ is 
the characteristic scribal notation probably used for convenience 
in filing. Such notations are often called Aramaic endorsements, 


y 


though not literally endorsements at all, and as easily made by a 


Jewish clerk as by an Aramean."® 


12 Dr. Chiera found no reference to it (June 1932) in the files of © 
the forth-coming Assyrian Dictionary. The British Museum likewise 
(Aug. 1932) had no record of it. This would pretty thoroughly cover 
the field of possible known cases. 

13 Ardu signifies a Servant, slave or restricted individual bound by 
some obligation of service. 

14e.¢, The city of the Female Servants of Ishtar, or The city of 
the Female Servants of the Erechites, found on SC 147:11. 

15 The name is written with the letters dleph, ddleth and ydod. 
Aleph is a consonant which has no equivalent English sound of its own 
but is pronounced according to the vowel that goes with it. In ancient 
times these vowels were not indicated, as everybody knew the pro- 
nunciation; later the Jews invented a system of indicating vowels, 
doubled letters etc. From Hebraic equivalents and the Babylonian 
form of this name, Jd-di-ia, we render the Semitic form as ’Iddi (the 
‘I indicating dleph pronounced with an i sound) or ’Iddo, the usual 
Hebraic form of this name. 

16 It may be that these notations were made by scribes who were 
more familiar with the alphabet than with complicated cuneiform. The 
writing is of the kind found on parchment and may have been scratched 
in with a stylus by a parchment scribe. There were two orders of 
scribes, the DUB-SAR or tablet writer and the KUS-SAR or parchment 
writer. See Dougherty. R. P., Writing upon Parchment and Papyrus 
among the Babylonians and Assyrians; Jl. of the Amer. Oriental Socy., 
Vol. 48, pp. 109-135. 

52 


The mingling of cultures is often shown by a study of proper 
names.'’ Babylon was no exception. The old Babylonian names 
decreased and foreign names became common.'* A Persian, Mit- 
radata, married a Babylonian wife, Ekur-belit, and the son was 
named Baga’miri. From Persia would come such names as Ahra- 
tush, Mantshtanu and Mitradatu. From Aramea would come 
Barik-Bel, Barik-ili; and from either Aram or Judea might come 
Abda’ or Zabida, i.e. Obadiah or Zebedee. 


These has been some question about the segregation of Jewish 
names from Babylonian and the extent of Jewish influence in 
Babylon.’ On this point, it might be noted that Hilprecht and 
Clay speak of the number of Jewish exiles in Nippur whose de- 
scendants lived in that city until a late period according to Hebrew 
inscribed vases discovered there,*°—probably referring to incanta- 
tion bowls discussed by Prof. Montgomery.*' Furthermore “un- 
usually large is the number of Jewish names known from the Old 
Testament, especially from the books of Ezra and Nehemiah, 
which we meet frequently in our own cuneiform inscriptions. 


9999 


Others are unknown in the Old Testament.’’?” 


In many cases, through the so-called endorsement or clerk’s 
notation, the name in cuneiform can be compared with the same 
name in West Semitic alphabetic symbols. Certainly there are 
many that remind one of Hebrew names, e.g. Addu - rammu, 
Adoram; Gadali@ma, Gedaliah; Ha-na-ni-’ or Ha-na-ni-ta-a-ma, 
Hananiah (Greek Ananias); Hagga, Haggai; /li-idri’, Eleazer ; 
Natan-ili: Nathaniel; Nu-u-ha, Noah; Pani-ili, Peniel; Shamshanu, 
Samson (Hebrew Shimshon; and Zabdia, Zebedee (Hebrew 


Zebadhya ). 


17Cf. French names in England, Indian names in America, or 
Spanish names in the Southwest. 


18 Hilprecht, H. V. and Clay, A. T., in Business Documents of the 
Murashu Sons of Nippur, dated in the reign of Artaxerxes I, p. 27; 
Phila., 1898. In the Cassite period the influence was clearly recorded 
in the names. See Clay, A. T., Personal Names of the Cassite Period, 
New Haven, 1912. 


19 A careful study of the Babylonian and Persian period of Jewish 
history has been made by Prof. C. C. Torrey of Yale, whose Hzra Studies 
and brilliant analysis of the Deutero-Isaiah problem have been followed 
by a critical survey of Ezekiel and the Hebrew captivity, the tradi- 
tional historicity of which he seriously questions. See his Pseudo- 
Hzekiel and the Original Prophecy, New Haven, 1930. 


20 Hilprecht and Clay, op. cit., p. 27. 


21 Montgomery, J. A., Aramaic Incantation Texts from Nippur, Phila., 
1913. 


22 Hilprecht and Clay, op. cit., p. 27. 


There are names on CSK 035 that would seem to fall within 
this category. The tablet concerns /d-di-ia. Noth gives three 
Hebraic forms of Iddo or Iddia,** one with initial dleph, &, one 
with initial ayn, Y, and one with both initial and final dleph. 
The name has West Semitic connections. Far up in Cappadocia 
has been found a certain /-da-a whose son was U-zu-a,”* i.e. Iddo 
father of Uzzah, if given Biblical form. It would seem that Jd- 
di-ia or [-da-a could be other than a Babylonian name.*° 


The father of /d-di-ia is given as AS-Si-ia. This name is a 
possible derivative from the verb nasi “to bear up” and as such 
could be Babylonian, but Tallqvist’s name list does not give it.?° 
He does find a very doubtful Assyrian parallel.°* Noth?s lists 
Yisht and Ishi which appear in I Samuel and Chronicles respec- 
tively as the Grecianized and later Anglicized “Jesse.” 


The first witness is Za-ab-du-ilani™®. Tallqvist?® gives in- 
stances of this name, but with the singular ilu, “god,” instead of 
plural ilani, “gods,” and suggests the Hebrew Zabdiel.*° The 
father of this Zabdiel is Ta-hu-ia which, so far as is now known, 
is a new variant. Tallqvist found Tahu-i-nu which he interpreted 
as “Unser Kind.” The new form, Tahu-ia, might be interpreted 
eMyschild?* 


The next witness is Tug-qgin-ces-su. This also seems to be a 
new variant, as Tallqvist notes Tuq-nu-es-su but not the form 
found in this text. However, this is a minor point. The real in- 
terest concerns the father, Sal-ti-ilani”"“, in whose name the last 


element presents the same problem as that in Za-ab-du-ilanim® 


23 Noth, T. M., Die Israelitischen Personennamen in Rahmen der 
Gemeinsemitischen Namengebung. Stuttgart, 1928. 

24 Stephens, F. J., Personal Names from Cuneiform Inscriptions of 
Cappadocia, p. 22, New Haven, 1928. 

25 The name also recalls Adaiah, an important Hebrew name found 
on jar handles in the temple rubbish at Jerusalem. Nine instances of 
this name occur in the Oid Testament. One noted in Nehemiah 11:10- 
14 and I Chronicles 9:10-13 was probably temple treasurer in the Neo- 
Babylonian period. See Duncan, J. G., Digging up Biblical History; 
London, 1931, Vol. II, pp. 140 and 145. 

26 Tallqvist, K. L., Neuwbabylonisches Namenbuch, p. 16, Helsingfors, 
1905. This volume contains long lists of personal names from cunei- 
form documents. 

27 Tallqvist, K. L., Assyrian Personal Names, p. 32, Helsingfors, 
1915. The Assyrian form is AS-si-id, may be intended for ASSi-idi. 

28 Noth, op. cit., p. 236. 

29 Tallqvist, APN p. 245, see note 3. 

30 See also Noth, op. cit., p. 47 note. 

31 Clay, A. T., Personal Names of the Cassite Period, p. 136, lists 
Tu-hi, Tu-hi-e and Tu-hi-ia. 


54 


above. Naturally the name suggests the West Semitic Shealtiel 
as occurring in the two Hebraic forms, Shaltiel ?8°n9w and 
Shealtiel 98°N98w. This name has appeared frequently and is 
noted by Tremayne, * Dougherty,** Noth,** and Tallquvist.* 

Tallqvist finds the form Sal-ti-ilu, and Dougherty the form 
Sa-al-ti-ilu. 

The usual interpretation of this name has been “I have asked 
of god.’’*° 
pluralized, substituting idani, “gods,” for iu, “god”? In Hebrew 
the plural form elohim is used for God without thought of plural- 


But would a Jew have a name in which deity was 


ity. Aside from a discussion of the theological controversies over 
this term elohim, and suggestions of vestigial polytheism, the fact 
remains that this plural form was in common use when mono- 
theism had become firmly established and there was no other 1m- 
plication than unitary deity and attendant majesty.*‘ Yet such a 
form as Shealti-elohim is not found in Hebrew. 


Years ago Prof. Hilprecht observed that there were cases 
where the Neo-Babylonian plural sign, mes, obviously could not 
indicate plurality. A form like “Samas"® referring to the sun 
god, Shamash, was a case in point. Ancient Babylonia was well 
aware that there was but one sun.** Hilprecht deduced that mes 
“must have been employed for expressing a sound which appeared 
to the Babylonian mind as one of their own plural endings,” so 
when the scribe heard ili, “my god,” it sounded something like 
the long e sound of a plural ending and he wrote a plural sign, 
mes, to indicate it.*® 


32 Tremayne, A., Records from Erech, Time of Cyrus and Cambyses, 
p. 37, New Haven, 1925. 


33 Dougherty. R. P., Archives from Erech, Time of Nebuchadrezzar 
and Nabonidus, New Haven, 1923, p. 37, and Records from Erech, Time 
of Nabonidus, New Haven, 1920, p. 35. 


34 Tallqvist, K. L., Newbabylonisches Namenbuch, p. 187. 

35 Noth, op. cit., p. 236. 

36 For the lay reader it might be stated that ancient names usually 
had definite meaning, with religious implications. 


37 A similar linguistic phenomenon may be found in the Abyssinian 
royal name [kano ’Amlak. The name complex, iekiin 6 ’amlak, liter- 
ally, “let be to him God,’ makes use of the plural intensive, ’amldk, 
as an indication of high respect or majesty. 


388 It was suggested that in this case the scribe had really written 
the ideogram for the sun god, UD, plus a phonetic complement mes to 
show that it should be read as the name of some god ending in meé&, 
hence sammes (mes), 


39 Pull discussion in Series A, volume IX of Babylonian Expedition 
of the University of Pennsylvania, Phila., 1898. 


55 


Fortunately, the same sort of alphabetical notations as those 
which appear on the tablet under discussion have furnished names 
of this kind in cuneiform and Aramaic. For instance, Ra-hi-im- 
ian" is written as West Semitic Rahimel; Ha-za-’-ilani™® ap- 
pears as Haza’el, the familiar Biblical Hazael.*? Here there is no 
question about a possible vocalic value but a clear case of the 
Babylonian plural form standing for the West Semitic singular 
deity element, e/.*! Just why Babylonian scribes wrote it so is not 
pertinent to the present discussion; the fact is enough. Not only 
is it possible to see Shealtiel in the Babylonian Salti-ilu, but also 
in Salti-ilani", 

Turning for a moment to tablet SC 96, we note that it also 
involves a loan and the payment on principal and interest. Here, 
however, the names are clearly Babylonian with the exception of 
Enurta-ibni, which is compounded with a West Semitic deity. This 
does not make him a Western Semite, yet it halts attention when 
associated with a reference to the city of bondmen. 


Summarizing, we find two documents executed in a community 
known as the city of bondmen. Both are executed in the early 
reign of Nabonidus, within three years of each other. Both 1n- 
volve loans and payment on principal and interest. Both contain 
one or more names of West Semitic import that call for consider- 
ation from the standpoint of Hebrew and Aramaic parallels. The 
evidence is scanty and at best circumstantial, yet 1t seems more 
than coincidence that such a combination of suggestive data should 
occur. 

There were some Jews in Babylonia. Babylonian service per- 
mitted considerable latitude to individual activities. Commercial 
ventures, property, and wealth were possible to expatriates, Jews 
or any other group. The typical oriental social psychology tended 
to definite grouping by guilds, types of service, race or social 
status. A settlement of bondmen might consist of such a social 
unit. No complete definition of such a colony could be made with- 
out contour data and sufficient tablets to supply cumulative lin- 
guistic evidence as to the exact character of the inhabitants. Tab- 
lets SC 96 and CSK 035 stand alone at present, stimulating tenta- 
tive suggestions: and awaiting coordinate evidence. 


40 Old Testament and Semitic Studies in Memory of William Rainey 
Harper, ed. by R. F. Harper, Francis Brown, G. F. Moore, Vol. I, Univ. 
of Chicago Press, 1908, p. 294. 


41 Hilprecht even says that ‘“‘we find the singular el (Hebrew) in 
use where Babylonian scribes as a rule offer ilwmes.”’ See also Hehn, 
J., Die Biblische und die Babylonische Gottesidee, Leipzig, 19138, p. 169 ff, 


56 


TEXT CSK 035—BORROWING OF TAX MONEY 


12 siglé ribtit(-ut) kaspi makktir Sarri *Sa GIS-BAR Sa 
mF n-lil-sar-usur *5a gat ™(*Bél?)- é-ti-ru-“Samas 4 bél pi-qit- 
tum Sa ™En-lil-sar-usur tna muh-hi "Id-di-ia apil-Su sa %”AS- 
Si-ia ina “"=Sabati kaspa-dm ‘2 Siglé ribiit(-ut) ina qaqqadi-su 
Si-nam-din 9°" mnu-kin-nu ™Za-ab-du-iam"® ‘°apil-su sa "Ta-hu- 
ia “Pug - gin - eS - Su apil-su sa ™Sal - ti - ilami™® = 1? ™"dupsar 
™@Nabi-bani-ali apil-su 13™Ea-mukin-apli Glu sa “"ardanim™ 
14 ra’ Tebeiu imu 26" >Sattu 8” ™*Nabi-n@id 1%sar Babili™ 


Be lee ids 


TRANSLATION 


12% shekels of silver, property of the king, ?which is/out 
of the tax of Enlil-shar-usur “entrusted to Bel-etiru-Shamash 
+the steward of Enlil-shar-usur °1s to be paid by Iddia son of 
6Ashshia. In the month Shebat the silver, namely ‘2% shekels 
on his principal She shall pay. ®Witness: Zabdu-ilani !°son of 
Tahuia; Tuqqinessu son of Shalti-ilani 1°and scribe: Nabt- 
bani-ahi son of !%Ea-mukin-apli. (executed) City of the Bond- 
men !4Tebet 26th 1°8th year of Nabonidus 1%king of Babylon. 
L. E. Belonging to Iddi. 


XS S ©: 77—STIPULATION. TO; PAY DATES 
2 pi 


14 gur 18 qa suluppi 7?" A-num-ahe™®’-usur apil-su Sa 
3™ 4hen*-su-nu ina muh-hi ™ Bel-Ctir-“Samas +*apil-su Sa "A pla-a 
ina”™*Dwisi 4 gur 2 pi 18 qa *suluppi ina gagqqadi u hubulli( 7) 
Sina alu Sa ardani”™® i-nam-din ‘suluppi mas-Sah?-ti Su-il-tim 
Sa ma-In-is bu-tu-tu %.... Sa ™Enurta-ib-ni 1 mu-kin-nu ™Ri- 
mut-"Béel Uapil-su sa "Sil-la-a ™"Ardi-“Béel 1apil-su sa "™'Nabii- 
sum-lisir 134 “"dupsar ™Ni- din-tum-“*Bél NIK (?).SU (?) 
Mapil-su sa ™ Bel - ah - usabsi(-si) alu Sa ardani™® Dw tizu 
Cin 27" sattu 11°" 1° 4Nabi-n@id sar Babili™ 


TRANSLATION 


14 kor 2 pi 18 ga of dates ?Anum-ahe-usur son of *Ahe- 
shunu to be paid by Bel-etir-Shamash *son of Apla. In the month 
Tammuz, 4 kor 2 pi 18 ga *of dates on principal and interest 
°in the city of bondmen he shall pay. ‘Dates measured. ( ?) SDoc- 
ument of agreement. (?) (lit. striking responsibility.) 9 .... of 
Enurta -ibni 19Witness: Rimtt- Bel son of Silla; Ardi - Bel 


57 


12son of Nabu -shum-lishir 1%and scribe: Nidintum- Bel ? ? 


M4son of Bel-ah-ushabshi. 1°City of Bondmen, Tammuz 1®the 


27th, 11th year of 1!*Nabonidus king of Babylon. 


0 TET “PAT BAF bk 
PET VL I 
FSET MESA B SREY “ern son ran 
4 RE BEET Da A 4 

» AEA Ser Agr TEL 
[EAE PF EREIEE Teer B= entrain nar 
Tit FAP 


HE THR 

2 BAL. THT WK 

wo LF VR PF Te BA 
WL ALEK 
Lg ell THERE PLL 
THERA TF BET TA AR PR 
PEE EET AV XH XK 

1s ER EE RET Ege Pe 
PE «Br Pe 


ee 


PLATE XI. 


Autograph copy of tablet CSK 035 showing scribe’s notation in alphabetical 
characters on the edge of the document. 


58 


SAN 


af 


Wie Poe: 
: ff A ey . iy 


| 
| 


PLATE XII. 


Obverse of tablet CSK 035 referring to a city of bondmen. 


PLATE XIII. 


Cierk’s notation incised on edge of tablet. Reading from right to left, the alphabetical 
characters are lI, ’i, d, i,—le ’Idi, “belonging to Iddo,’’ or Iddia as he appears in 
the cuneiform text. Tablet was photographed upside down to obtain proper 
lighting. 


ey ica Ske 
Riana “y rl 
er ice Pe 
5 Pee Z 
IE 1 a ea A 


ve 
RIN AR Jef aA 
or LEAS F pris & AAT 
hiss VO ae 
"eet solic fs Tr TAA 
war DEERE G4: AST : 


SFL T 

jeua re GS al 
oir a =i 

ean 

i pe pe a WL 


PLATE XIV. 


PossisLeE Light Uron THE MEDIAN REVOLT AGAINST DARIUS 


Text SC 134 has presented not only a problem in decipher- 
ment but further historical problems of far-reaching import grow- 
ing out of variant readings. 

The tablet is 174” x 13” x 34”, 17 lines of text, deeply in- 
cised but considerably flaked in lines 8-11, preventing smooth 
translation but in no way interfering with the point to be dis- 
cussed. The tablet was incrusted with what appeared to be saline 
deposits. Fortunately, before trying dilute hydrochloric acid the 
tablet was immersed in distilled water, dried and carefully brushed. 
The incrustation was found to be a smear of clay such as might 
have resulted from dampness at the time of excavation. 


Careful inspection of the tablet reveals that lines 4 and 16 
contain a proper name followed by Sar-matati “king of countries” 
the usual royal title of the Persian era. The proper name varies, 
however, as in line 16 it ends with Su, which is omitted in line 4. 
The first sign (line 4) is clearly ku, with the initial upright wedge 
obliterated. The four horizontal wedges of the ra sign are badly 
mutilated, but the general form is unmistakable. Under a micro- 
scope the fine horizontals of the aS sign appear. The second sign 
is Clearly the kur or Sat sign. The reading, then, might be either 
Ku-kur-ra-as or Ku-Sat-ra-as. Line 16 is quite clear and verifies 
the reading, adding Su. 


On the leit edge of the document is a seal impression, with 
three thumb-nail marks above and below. The figure on the seal 
is evidently a bowman, with head dress and general aspect scarcely 
Babylonian: but suggestive of some of the Persian, Assyrian, Hit- 
tite and northern figures.** The tablet was not executed in Baby- 
‘on, but at Nippur, at the hand of the scribe Rimut son of Gimillu. 


42 The original impression of this seal was not good, and a slight 
crack and flaking have further destroyed the lines. The bowman motif 
is similar to certain Hittite seals. Two prominences correspond with 
the shock of curled hair and beard often found on Assyrian seal figures. 
The face is almost obliterated, though in certain light suggestive traces 
of the northern “bird nose” are observable. The cap seems Persian, 
though at certain angles it seems to resemble some of the Hittite forms. 
The chief point is that the figure is not characteristically Babylonian. 
Similar figures appear on the frieze of Iasili-Kaia, the figure from 
Jerabis and on seals noted by Ward and Legrain. See International 
Standard Biblical Encyclopedia, Chicago, Howard-Severance Co., 1915, 
pp. 1399 and 1401, Ward, W. H., The Seal Cylinders of Western Asia, 
Washington, 1910 and Legrain, L., The Culture of the Babylonians from 
ais Seals in the Collections of the Museum, Phila., 1925, Pl. XLIII- 


61 


At first thought, the easier reading of the name is Ku-kur-ra- 
as(-Su) and the easiest interpretation would be Cyrus. Such a 
duplication as ku-kur for kur is not uncommon, e.g. di-dim for dim, 
pa-par for par, ki-kir for kir, but is characteristic of Hittite and the 
north.** There are instances of this duplication where late Baby- 
lonian scribes were making an interlinear translation of ancient 
Sumerian hymns,** but it must be remembered that they were 
probably working from old material. At least, it was not a case 
of the routine execution of a Neo-Babylonian tablet. According 
to information at hand, no such writing has appeared in Neo- 
Babylonian contracts. 

The form on this tablet, then would not only be unusual in 
a general sense, but absolutely unique as a rendering of Cyrus. 
The usual forms of the name Cyrus are:*° 


Ku-ras*® Ku-rdas-su Kur-ra-as 
Ku-ra-as Kur-ras Ku-ur-ra-as 
Kur-as Kur-ras Ku-ur-ra-as-su 
Ku-ra-su Kur-ra-as Ku-ur-su 


If the scribe really intended to write the name Cyrus, we can only 
say that text SC 134 gives an important variant of the form of 
the name. Beyond that: there would be nothing of import in a 
simple business document drawn in the second year of this well 
known Persian king. Many, preferring to accept the unusual com- 
bination ku-kur as a rare Neo-Babylonian writing of kur, may 
ascribe the tablet to Cyrus’ reign, and rest the case there. 


43 Deimel, Sumerisches Lexikon 334,109 quotes a reading of Keilin- 
schriften aus Boghazkoi 1, No. 42 obverse 1:18 as: A.GIS.GAR.RA = 
is ga-gar. The publication in which this reading is found is Weidner, 
Studien zur hethitischen Sprachwissenschaft, 60. This is an example 
of the sign GAR glossed with GA to show the pronunciation, just as 
KUR might be glossed with KU. 


44 Reisner, Geo., Sumerisch Babylonische Hymnen nach Thontafeln 
Grieschischer Zeit, Berlin, 1896. See No. 14, obv. line 2 and No. 28, 
rev. line 11. Line 2 reads ws-ta-tah-ri-ir for us-tah-ri-ir, but line 11 is 
doubtful. It might be ws-ta-tal-pit for ws-tal-pit, but the tal sign can 
also be read as sab and the pit sign as bit, hence ws-ta-sab-bit. (So 
Meissner, 7216). In this connection thanks is due Dr. A. Walther of 
the Oriental Institute, University of Chicago. In personal correspond- 
ence, June 8, 1932, he called attention to a number of these duplica- 
tions and suggested that ‘probably the marginal nations as the Hittites 
and later Babylonians used the signs of three sounds and considered 
them as wanting explanation.” : 

45 Tallqvist, K. L., Newbabylonisches Namenbuch, p. 92. Tremayne, 
A., Records from Erech, Time of Cyrus and Cambyses, New Haven, 
1925, p. 26. See also Weissbach, op. cit. 


46 For the lay reader let it be said that the diacritical accents are 
indicative of different signs. They have no vocal implication. The 
§ is sh. 


62 


The fact that a duplication like ku-kur for kur is not char- 
acteristically Neo-Babylonian raises the question as to what might 
be the implications if the kur sign were given its other value of 
sat. This admittedly harder reading prompts two considerations. 
The first would be equating the resultant Ku-Sat-ra-as(-su) with 
some form of the name Xerxes. There is a Nippur text with his 
name, rendered Hi-si-’-ar(-su) quite different from Ku-Sat-ra- 
as (-Sw). 

At least 26 variants of the name of Xerxes are known, none 
of which approximates the name under discussion. Weisshach** 
lists the following forms: 

Hi-Si-’-ar-Sa-’ Hi-Si-ar-Si 

H1-Si-’-ar-Si Hi-Si-ar-su 
In the Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gesellschaft, 
Vol. 62, p. 158, the following forms are given: 


Ah-ha-ri-su Ah-Si-ri-ar-Si Ak-Si-1a-ar-S1 
Ah-Si-a-mar-su Ah-su-mar-si-’ Ak-Si-ma-ak-Su 
Ah-Si-ia-ar Ak-ka-Si-ar-Si Ak-Si-ma-ar-su 
Ah-Si-ta-ar-su Ak-ki-iS-ar-Su Ak-Su-ar-su 
Ah-Si-i-mar-su Ak-Si-ak-ar-Su H1-Si-ar-Si-’ 
Ah-Si-is-mar-ri-Si Ak-Si-ar-Su Hi-Si-1a-ar-su 
Ah-Si-mar-Su Ak-Si-ia-ar-’-5u Ha-Si-1-ar-Su 


Hi-Si-’-ar(-Su ) 

It would seem then that both in and outside of Nippur the 
name of Xerxes was written either with an initial voiced guttural, 
h, or an initial a vowel plus the voiced guttural or a voiceless 
guttural mute, k. In no form does the voiceless guttural mute 
form the initial sound, nor does the u vowel appear in the first 
syllable. Furthermore, in the twenty-six noted forms, ar fre- 
quently occurs, but never ra, the instance of 77 being the nearest 
approach to it. As is lacking in all forms. 


If the kur sign is read Sat, then we have a dental, t, preceded 
by a sibilant and the a vowel, forming a heavily emphasized syl- 
lable ending in a dental stop, t, before a following liquid consonant, 
r. Such a combination could scarcely represent a capricious varia- 
tion of Xerxes, and there is no evidence of dialectic fixation in 
Nippur texts. 

The reading of the name as Ku-Sat-ra-as(-Su) suggests an- 
other line of investigation. The famous Darius inscription on the 


47 Weissbach, F. H., Die Keilinschriften der Achimeniden, Leipzig, 
splat 


Rock of Behistun** lists nine rebel chieftains who opposed the ac- 
cession of Darius. Written in three versions, Persian, Susian and 
Babylonian, close comparison of personal names is possible. The 
third figure in the row of captives 1s a certain Median pretender. 
His Persian name was Fravartis*®? or Fravartais,°® written in the 
Susian version as Pirrumartis,?' (note how the softer f of the 
Persian becomes p in the Susian form and w passes over into m, 
F-r-v-r-t-S to P-r-m-r-t-S) and in the Babylonian Pa-ar-ru-mar- 
ti-1s°* or Pa-ar-mar-ti-is,°* whence came the corrupt Grecianized 
form of Phraortes. (Note P-r(-m)-r-t-s again.) 

This pretender, in order to promote his claims, assumed the 
name of Khshathrita of the family of Cyaxares.** The revolt 
spread over considerable territory and these fighting Medes who 
had not forgotten the days of independence before Cyrus, consti- 
tuted Darius’ most serious threat. 


The assumed name 1s extensively used in the Behistun record 
and can be followed through the three versions. The Persian form 
appears as Khshathrita,” the elements being K-sh-t-r-t. In the 
Susian version the second element, Sat, is especially prominent be- 
ing the initial syllable of the Susian form. The Susian forms are 
Sattarrita’® and Sattarritta.”* 

Turning to the Babylonian version we find Ha-sa-at-ri-tum,** 
Ha-Sa-at-ri-it-ti,’? and Ha-Sa-at-ri-e-ti.° In each of these cases 
the dental stop, t, which never appears in forms of Cyrus or 
Xerxes, is conspicuous. The exchange of a voiceless guttural 
mute, k, and the aspirated guttural, 4, is not impossible, for the 
Kampada district in Media is spoken of as the city or district 
of Ha-am-ba-nu in the Babylonian version. In the linguistic 


48 See Rogers, R. W., A History of Ancient Persia, Scribners, N. Y., 
1929, p. 95 ff. King and Thompson, The Sculptures and Inscriptions 
of Darius the Great on the Rock of Behistun in Persia, British Mu- 
seum, London, 1907. 

49 Behistun Inscription, Column II, line 14; line 17 Fravartim. 

50 Behistun Inscription, Column II, lines 69 and 93. 

51 Behistun Inscription, Column II, lines 9, 50, 52, 53, 68; Column 
III, line 53; and on skirt of garment. 

52 Behistun Inscription, lines 43, 44, 58, 59, 60 of Babylonian version. 

53 Behistun Inscription, lines 62 and 92 of Babylonian version. 

54 See Rogers, R. W., op. cit., p. 92. 

55 Behistun Inscription, Col. II, line 15; IV, line 19; ete. 

56 Behistun Inscription, Col. II, line 10. 

57 Behistun Inscription, Col. III, line 54; and above the carved 
figure of Khshathrita. 

58 Behistun Inscription, line 92, Babylonian version. 

59 Behistun Inscription, line 43, Babylonian version. 

60 Behistun Inscription, line 3, Babylonian version under figure of 
the captive. 


64 


chaos of the Persian period, such elements as k-sh-t and /-sh-t 
were not mutually exclusive. 

Khshathrita was not a Babylonian and the inscription at 
Behistun was put up by Persians, while the tablet under discus- 
sion, SC 134, was written probably by a Babylonian scribe at 
Nippur. This might account for the use of Kw as the initial 
syllable, if he really were writing the pretender’s name. If so, 
the scribe clearly caught the second element, Sat, with its charac- 
teristic sibilant-dental vocalization. Then at the end of the name, 
the voiceless dental, t, passed over into the sibilant, S. 

Thus if the tablet is read Ku-kur-ra-as(-Su) the writing is 
very unusual and open to some objections. If it is read AKu-sat- 
ra-aS(-Su) the name clearly reduces to elements that call to mind 
the Medo-Persian pretender. 

Such an assumption combined with the dating in the second 
year presents a problem and certain implications. The tablet is 
clearly dated on the 18th day of the 12th month of the 2d year 
of Ku-Sat-ra-as(-su) but the modern calendar date would depend 
upon what year in Darius’ reign the revolt started. The Behistun 
inscription helps little, except to suggest that the revolt was not 
a passing one. Two years might have been consumed in quell- 
ing it. 

Maspero,"’ states that “to defeat Khshatrita was the work of 
a few weeks only.” The Cambridge Ancient History” (Vol. IV, 
p. 176) states that “it can be concluded that all the events fall in 
the five months of his ( Darius’) accession year and the first year 
of his reign.’ Also, Darius was able “to secure peace and quiet 
throughout his dominions within a year or two of Cambyses’ 
death.” (CAH Vol. IV, p. 181). None of these passages makes 
sufficient allowance for a situation that would yield a Nippur tab- 
let dated in the second year of a Median pretender. Time and a 
penetration of influence out of all proportion to what has been 
previously considered the succession of events are indicated. 

A hint of the longer period involved in the rebellions against 
Darius is given in the British Museum publication of The Inscrip- 
tion of Darius at Behistun®* (xxxviii) supported by reference to 
Prasek Beitrage zur alten Geschichte (Bd. I, p. 41 ff) and Gesch- 
ichte der Meder und Perser (Bd. I, p. 260 ff). Says IDB at 
this point: “The rebellions . . . the suppression of which is re- 
corded in the inscriptions, have been supposed to have taken place 


61 Maspero, G., History of Egypt, Vol. IX, London, 1904, p. 174. 
62 Hereafter indicated by CAH. 
63 Hereafter indicated in the text by IDB. 


65 


within the first nine years of the reign of Darius.” Cambyses’ 
death occurred in 522 B. C. or 521 B. C.*%* Persia and Media had 
already turned away from him, though not from the house of 
Cyrus. (CAH 174). While Cambyses was yet in Egypt Gau- 
mata, a Persian born at Pisyauvada, succeeded in winning Perso- 
Median support.°? “That Gaumata succeeded in ascending the 
throne of Persia is proved by the fact that Babylonian contract 
tablets, dated in his reign, have been discovered.” (IDB xl). 

Here is definite evidence of a case where a Median usurper’s 
name appears in Babylonian contracts just as Khshathrita’s name 
appears in text SC 134, according to the tentative interpretation 
under discussion. Even the combination of his name with Sar 
matati “king of countries” alone is present.°* But these tablets 
are chiefly of the accession year (res Sarriiti) or the first year 
(Sattu 1’) yet it is clear that in certain quarters he was ac- 
cepted as sovereign and his name used in legal date formulae. 
In other words, a usurper and rebel against Darius could obtain 
recognition in the accession year; certainly one could possibly do 
so by his second year, as would be the case if the following read- 
ing stands: Sattu 2” ™"Ku-Sat-ra-as(-su) Sar matatim’® ; “2d year 
of Kushatrash, king of countries.” 

The revolt of Ashina in Susiana was brief, but Nidintum- 
Bel of Babylon, claiming to be Nebuchadrezzar III, son of Nabon- 
idus, gave sharp opposition. The last known tablet of the pseudo- 
Smerdis is dated the Ist of Tishri; the first tablets of the Nidin- 
tum-Bel régime are dated the 16th and 20th of the same month. 
Darius immediately moved against Nidintum-Bel and defeated 
him at the Tigris. The Babylonian fell back and gave battle at | 
the Euphrates. Thence he fled with a few horsemen, was cap- 
tured in Babylon and executed. 


64 CAH, p. 173, fixes Cambyses’ death in the spring of 522 B. C. 
so also Rogers, History of Ancient Persia, p. 84 ff. The rebellion of 
Gaumata, the Pseudo-Smerdis or Barzia, ended with his death in 
autumn, 522 B. C. Maspero places Gaumata’s rebellion in March, 
521 5B; Cc: 

65 The Pseudo-Smerdis, sometimes called Bardia or Bardiya. (so 
Rogers, History of Ancient Persia, p. 85). The Babylonian scribes 
wrote it Bar-zi-ia. The real Bardiya, (Greek Smerdis) had been se- 
cretly slain by his brother, Cambyses. Gaumata was a living image of 
the dead man, so launched one of the great plots of history, posing as 
Bardiya, hence later called the Pseudo-Smerdis. He was finally exposed 
by Phaedime, wife of Cambyses and member of the harem. (Herod- 
otus, III, 68 ff.) cf. Maspero, History of Egypt, Vol. IX, p. 155. 

66 Strassmeier, J. N., Inschriften von Nabopolassar und Smerdis, 
Zeitschrift fur Assyriologie, IV, pp. 123-128. See also Weissbach, F. H., 
Die Keilinschriften der Achdmeniden, Leipzig, 1911, p. 154. 

67 Note here also that the names of rebel pretenders soon entered 
the date formulae of contemporary business documents. 


66 


Darius’ own account seems to allow little lapse of time in 
these events, yet Herodotus speaks of a siege of twenty-one 
months. Furthermore, tablets dated in the first and second years 
of Nebuchadrezzar III would imply that the struggle lasted on 
into the second year, probably until 520 B. C.°* During this time 
Darius would scarcely be recognized as king in Babylon or Nippur. 
If Darius captured Babylon within the few months or weeks be- 
tween late 522 B. C. and early 521 B. C., then documents would 
normally pass from a Nidintum-Bel date formula to a Darius 
formula. If on the other hand the Herodotus tradition rests 
upon fact and the interim between Nidintum-Bel and Darius was 
considerable; and if in the meantime other political influences 
were penetrating the empire, a Nippur document might reflect 
such a situation in a date formula that ignored the struggling 
Darius. 

While engaged at Babylon, Darius sent Dadarshish to quell 
the Armenian revolt. First contact was made at Izzila, in Assyria, 
May, 521 B. C. Three battles failed to solve the problem, so 
Darius sent another troop under Vaumisa, a Persian, who met 
the Armenians at Autiyara in January. The question arises as to 
whether this was the January preceding or following the May 
date, i.e. five months or seventeen? The Cambridge Ancient His- 
tory suggests a reversal of the order of the expeditions, Vaumisa 
being first, and the time of the whole conflict reduced to a few 
months, January to May, 521 B. C.® 

Aside from conflicting ideas about the time factor,—and as 
has been stated the Behistun records offer little resistance,—the 
succession of events is pretty well known. Shortly after the dis- 
patch of the first army against Armenia, news of the Median re- 
volt reached Darius as he besieged Babylon. Khshathrita’s initial 
success and influence won the support of Parthians and Hyrcan- 
ians. After an account of the Elamite uprising, (column XXIIT) 
the Behistun inscription reviews the rise of Ha-Sa-at-ri-it-ti, Then 
follows the account of the expedition from Babylon.‘° Darius 
marched into Media and met Khshathrita at Kundurush. The 
rebel was defeated and fled with a few horsemen to Raga in east- 
ern Media. Darius moved on to Ecbatana, and Khshathrita, cap- 
tured at Raga, was brought to him, mutilated, and crucified. 


68 Maspero, G., History of Egypt, p. 165, note. Hereafter referred 
to as HE. 

69 CAH p. 178. 

70 No date is given. If the siege was short, Darius may have 
started out sometime between May and September, 521 B. C. 


67 


After Darius left Babylon “the Babylonians seized the oppor- 
tunity of rebelling a second time.’ There seems no question of 
this challenge to Darius’ supremacy. Darius himself notes it. This 
is probably the implication of tna Sa-ni-ti harrdni, “in the 2d ex- 
pedition.” This checks with the Susian phrase, [/-wmmé-ma. 
Darius’ own account runs as follows: 


A certain man named Arakha, an Armenian, the son 
of Halddita, rebelled in a city in Babylonia named Du- 
bala and thus did he lie to the people saying “I am Nebu- 
chadrezzar, the son of Nabonidus.”’ And then the Baby- 
lonian people revolted from me and went over to that 
Arakha and he seized Babylon and became king in Baby- 
lon. And then I sent an army unto Babylon . . . Vinda- 
frana took Babylon and he brought over the people unto 
me. On the 22d day of the month Markazanash that 
Mrakhaswees 3. was seized: and: fettered: 4... a nenml 
commanded saying “Let that Arakha and the men who 
were his chief followers be hanged on crosses in Babylon.” 


Arakha was, then, an Armenian. Authorities agree that his 
reign was short. In the Behistun inscription the account of his 
defeat closes the historical section. Soon after the return of the 
victorious army Darius ordered the sculptures. A later Susian 
revolt was subsequently carved upon the rock. In the fifth column 
the year was inscribed, but unfortunately the signs are muti- 
lated.** 

A comparison of chronology given by Maspero and the Cam- 
bridge Ancient History reveals considerable variation between the 
older and later work. 


CAMBRIDGE ANCIENT History Maspero HE 
Camibyses; death, springy S22 Ba: 
Gaumataisedeathy tall eeeewee SOO eres at Dees, 5211 1B: C, 
1D) iA Sy bt Ot ee eee 522 
Nidintum=Bel, Oct:-Dec, 22. 522 
Nidintum-Bel, death, 

pHObablyaKebnes sees tl . .Mar.-Apr., 520 
Aiinenianadekeat,s|ianeandis icy se S206 nr ee wee 520 
Darius leaves Babylon, 

probably summer === S74 
iihshathiritaysud eatin seems OD ees eee eee eee 519 
Ntalchiacs: dea thins NOVA =e yA Sts ieee reeset ee Dec., 519 

71 IDB xliii. 


72 TDB 194, n. 2. 
78 CAH, p. 182, suggests probably 4th or 5th year. 


68 


The older chronology represented by Maspero involves a 
period of two years during which time the position of Darius was 
uncertain. In the Chronological Notes, CAH IV, p. 662, it is 
pointed out that Darius states that all the events noted at Behistun 
occurred fiamahyaya tharda, and this is assumed to mean “in the 
same year.” The month dates given for the nineteen battles can 
scarcely be brought within the compass of a year. Darius exag- 
gerated, or “in the same year” is not an exact translation of his 
statement. That “it is possible so to interpret the inscription that 
the period covered does not exceed seventeen months” is true, but 
it is equally true that a Nippur tablet acknowledging a two-year su- 
premacy of a distant rebel would indicate data as yet unrecovered. 

The easy way to interpret would be to place greater confidence 
in Herodotus’ statement as to the length of the Babylonian siege, 
and to follow more closely Maspero’s chronology. On the basis 
of a tentative reading on one tablet it would be dangerous to at- 
tempt conclusions as to events or chronology. That authorities 
differ as to the length of Darius’ struggle for the throne is ap- 
parent. That the time involved varies from twelve to twenty- 
four months is clear. 

If a Nippur scribe really did intend to write a Khshathrita 
date formula on SC 134, then he has introduced a definite time 
factor into the Behistun records. The tablet at least induces a 
re-examination of the whole period and indicates a direction of 
research for additional texts." 


TEXT SC 134—RECORD OF PROFITS 

12 siglé ribtit(-ut) mati(-ti) kaspi ?>™"Ri- mut apil-su Sa 
™?!Bel-uballit(-it) *ina i-ki Sa (Satti) 2™™" 4™Ky-Sat-ra-as Sar 
matati "ina gat ™Beél-ctir-"Samas apil-su Sa ®™Apla-a ma-hir (?) 
e-lat ribtit(-ut) kaspi “pu-ut kaspi ina ma-? Sa ™* (ku) - tal 
Cia) ina ““-Addari .... ®pa-si .... (a)=na %2ab—- bil 
10 ™Bel-etir-“Samas i-nam-din 11 .... a-na muh-hi ku-tal-la- 
a-tu 12™"yy-kin-nu ™Na-din apil-Su sa ™"Qud-di-ia 13 ™4Samas- 
Sum-ibni apil-su sa ™Enurta-bani-ahi u 'dupsar 14 ™Ri-mut 
apil-su Sa "Gi-mil-lu 2°Nippuru™ “Addaru timu 18" 16Sattu 


gham mk y-Sat-ra-as-su 1" sar matatim® 


74 CAH p. 663. 

75 Those interested from a Biblical standpoint might connect this 
question of Darius’ accession with the Haggai-Zechariah episode and the 
crowning of Zerubbabel. Why did the Jews imagine they could do such 
a thing in the face of Persian domination? Why did the project get 
as far along as it did? Why does a curtain of silence suddenly fall, 
cutting off further knowledge of Zerubbabel or the abortive coup d'Etat? 
Was Darius’ accession a matter of months or years? 


69 


Au 


Ge s both the jalules kur and sat, giving rise to suggestiv 
episode in Per Ratio 


leat ip ies 


HL FAA ATT HAL 
ea ly te 
TILIA IIE RE Ae 

Be aie ae sé 
Diidiesta cco 
ae SEMA foi apr 
pe ey at 
OE GI MMIII WT 

r WSF WEA BE FMA 
WPF APER ASE ETA 
Ake bb ET A TOAUAREAT ARIE 
TA AA a LY PP i oe 
| UES ECA AE 

ss DAR apie’ 
YA TTA or TEE T. 


& 


ae 


——_— 


OLE: 


PLATE XV. 


OWES opy of tablet SC 134. _ tae third s in line 4 and the sixth in line 16 
e spe culation ee 


TRANSLATION 


1134 shekels of silver 7Rimut son of Bel-uballit *out of the 
business of the 2d year of *Kushatrash, king of countries *from 
Bel-étir-Shamash son of %Apla received (?) Furthermore/in ad- 
dition (in regard to) the %4 shekel, the ‘responsibility of the 
silver rests upon (?) the kutallatu official ‘in the month Adar 
Rs 9? ? .... unto the porter 1°Bel-étir-Shamash shall pay 
11. ... for the kutallatu official 1°Witness: Nadin son of Qudia; 
13Shamash-shum-ibni son of Enurta-bani-ahi; and scribe: !4Rimut 
son of Gimillu 1°Nippur; Adar the 18th 162d year of Kusha- 
trash ‘king of countries. 


PLATE XVI. 


Obverse of tablet SC 134. The debatable sign consisting of three oblique 
wedges is quite clear in line 4. 


How SoME BABYLONIAN ReEcorDsS WERE MADE 


In deciphering cuneiform documents it is often helpful to 
compare the proper names with those listed by other investigators. 
When such a comparison was made between SC 74 and text No. 
168 in a volume published by Keiser in 1918,*° a striking simi- 
larity was discovered. An interlinear transliteration (q. v.) and 
translation (q. v.) shows the duplication. 


76 Keiser, C. E., Letters and Contracts from Erech in the Neo- 
Babylonian Period, New Haven, 1918. 


71 


PLATE XVII. 


Seal impression on edge of table SC 134, showing thumb-nail marks. Sometimes a 
Babylonian countersigned or validated his seal by such marks, and in many eases 
the thumb-nail marks alone were used. 


If no Babylonian documents in duplicate had ever been found, 
it would still be logical to assume that such a practice was in 
vogue. A number of texts in the SC collection have the charac- 
teristic term /-bi, “broken,” indicating that the scribe was copy- 
ing from a damaged original. Other investigators have found 
exact duplicates.“ SC 74 is all the more interesting because it 
is not an exact duplicate of Keiser’s No. 168, yet obviously bears 
some relation to it. 

The general arrangement of the texts is the same, but with 
copious details added in Keiser’s document. At many points, 
broken sections of one tablet may be restored by reference to the 
other.“* SC 74 omits the plural sign and the initial Ja of the 
first place name. Lines 6-20 of the Keiser text concern dates and 
tax items of the fields of the city of Lasttu; SC 74, lines 1-10 
cover the same transaction. Lines 21-29 of Keiser’s text parallel 
lines 11-16 in SC 74, the city of Duru-sa-Itiri. 

The extra lines in Keiser’s text seem to fill out details of the 
original transaction. There is mention of a tax in line 3, and 
a date in lines 4 and 5. At certain points the spelling has been 
modified. Added data on parentage are given. Keiser’s text 


77 Dougherty, R. P.. Records from Erech, Time of Nabonidus, New 
Haven, 1920. Texts 169 and 231; 71 and 72. Also, Ungnad, A., in 
Zeitschrift fiir Assyriologie, XXIII, p. 73 ff., and in Vorderasiatische 
Schriftdenkmaler, Leipzig, 1907-1908; (Newbabylonische Kontrakte) Vol. 
III, Nos. 64, 65; 94, 95; 181, 132; 138, 139; Vol. IV, Nos. 87, 88; 92, 93; 
115, 116; Vol. V, Nos. 48, 44: 57, 58; 70, 71; 74,75: 87, 88: Moly Vir 
Nos. 90, 91; 101, 102. 


78 Note beginning of first line. 


72 


omits the gur (a measure) sign in the majority of cases. Prin- 
cipally the deviation concerns an apportionment of tax, ma-ak- 
ka-si, and an additional measure of date bunches, (?) sis-sin-nu. 
Keiser’s scribe also resorts to abbreviation, ma for ma-ak-ka-si 
and KI-2 for classic Sumerian K/-MJN, meaning “ditto,” refer- 
ring back to the sissinnu of line 7k. 

The differences between the two tablets are such as might be 
expected if a scribe made a temporary notation of a transaction,” 
including persons and amounts involved after which a more com- 
plete record was prepared with greater care. In this final record 
(for filing?) spelling was corrected; place names inserted; offi- 
cial introduction affixed; dates recorded; parentage noted; dis- 
counts, commissions, offerings or bonus indicated ; and totals added 
up. Such a procedure would adequately explain the problems pre- 
sented by these two texts. Though some such method on the part 
of scribes has been assumed, the two texts offer what seems to be 
direct evidence concerning this phase of Babylonian life. 

In any case, it 1s interesting to find two tablets obviously re- 
lated to each other appearing in collections several thousand miles 
apart and a lapse of fifteen years between their respective pub- 


lication. 


VE RVEINEARS COMPARISON OF TEXT SC 74 
AND KEISER, LCE 168 


(Keiser text indicated by “k’’) 


1. suluppi imit eqli sa “Su-u-tu 
1k. .... imit eqlémes sa @La-su-u-tu 
2k. (uu Diur-sa-i-)ti-ri makkir ¢dInnina-.... 
3k. wu ¢Na-na-a sa GIS.BAR Sa m™Ardi-ia a/s ™iNabi-bani-ahi 
4k. apil ™Ri-mut-dHa sa satti 2kam mK am-bu-zi-ia 
5k. sar Babiliki sar matati 


ND 


51 (gur) "La-ba-a-si u ™Muk-ka-e-a 
6k. 51 (gur) mLa-a-ba-si wu ™Mwk-ki-e-a 


~ 


7k. ina libbi 5 gur ma-ak-ka-si e-lat 4 gur sis-sin-nu 


3. 60 gur "Su-la-a a/§ ™Gi-mil-lu 
8k. 60 (gur) ™Su-la-a a/s m™Gi-mil-lu 
9k. ina lib-bi 5 gur maso e-lat 5 gur KI-MINS1 


79 Assyrian war reliefs show scribes recording booty in the field. 
See H. R. H. Hall, Babylonian and Assyrian Sculpture in the British 
Museum, Pl. 26. 


soAbbreviation for ma-ak-ka-si. 
81Written AJ-2. Semitic equivalent unknown. Means “ditto.” 


73 


Sal 


N 


ie) 


3: 


14. 


41 gur ™Nergal-u-se-zib u ™Ardi-ia a/s ™Innia (-na)-.... 
-1bni? 
10k. (4)1 (gur) m™4Nergal-u-se-2ib u mArdi-ia a/s mdInnina 
(-n@)-SUM-.... 
11k. ina libbi 4 gur ma e-lat 4 gur KI-MIN 


38 gur ™Pir- a/s ™Samas-z¢r-iqisa(-Sa) 
12k. 38 (gur) m™Pir- a/s mdSamas-zer-iqisa(- Sa) 
13k. ina lib-bi 4 gur MA e-lat 3 gur KI-MIN 


106 (gur) ™Innina(-na)-zer-usabsi(-s1) u "Ar-rab a/s 
™ > u-la-a 
14k. 106 (gur) ™dInnina(-na)-zér-usabsi(- Si) uw mAr-rab a/s 
mSu-la-a 
15k. ina libbi 10 gur 2 pi 18 qa ma e-lat 10 gur KI-MIN 


37 (gur) ™Niir-e-a u ™Ni-qu-du mare™® sa ™ Marduk-etir 
16k. .... ™Niur-e-a wu ™Ni-qu-du 
17k. .... méMarduk-étir ina libbi ma....e-lat 4 gur KI-MIN 


51 ™Innina(-na)-ser-usabsi(-si) a/s "Ibm-Tstar 


18k. ....-2ér-usabsi(-si) apil ~Ibni-dlstar 
19k. .... gur ma e-lat 4 gur KI-MIN 
20k. .... napharu(?) sa eLa-su-u-tu 


20 gur imit eqli Sa dur-ra (2?) ™Nabii-ré t-1-a 
g 
a/s ™ Marduk-Cres(-eS) 


44 $a @Diir-i-ti-ri 

21ka. ? sa @Dir-*-i-ti-ri *(Mutilated sa?) 
™! dny-ah-iddin u ™’Samas-bel 

21kb. ™dAnu-ah-iddin 

22k. apil ™4Bél-aheme-ériba wu mSamas-beél-ilanimes 

23k. apil ~Mar-duk ina libbi 4 gur 1 pi 18 qa ma e-lat 4 gur 

KI-MIN 

3 ™ Nabi-sum-iddin a/s ™Na-.... 


24k. 3 méiNabi-sum-iddin apil ™4Na-na-a-€res 


AMIS TOR (Oi) S ees 6 ee 

25k. 2 mBa-ni-ia apil ™4Anu-ah-iddin US.SA.DU 4Samas 
5) (GUL) 2 pi IE-nG-a O/.5. 3. 

26k. 3 (gur) 2 pi ™Ki-na-a a/s ™I-ba-a ina @Si-li-ih-ti 
6 (gur) ™Sin-ibni a/s ™"Na-na-a-eres 

27k. 5 (gur) ™dSin-ibni a/s miNa-na-a-éres 


28k. ina libbi ? 18 ga e-lat 1 gur sis-sin-nu e-lat ZAQ ....? 
29k. napharu sa *Diir-sa-i-ti-ri *(alu omitted) 


74 


NI 


10. 
2 


TRANSLATION 


Dates, impost of the field of the city of —Sutu 
1k. .... impost of the fields of the city of Lastitu 
2k. and Diar-sha-Itiri, property of Innina .... 
3k. and Nana, which is the tax of Ardia son of Nabut-bani-ahi 
4k. son of Rimtt-Ea of/for the 2d year of Cambyses 
5k. king of Babylon, king of countries. 


51 kor Labashi and Mukka-ea 


6k. 51 (kor) Labashi and Mukki-ea 
7k. out of it, 5 kor tax in addition to 4 kor date bunches (7) 


60 kor Shula son of Gimillu 
8k. 60 (kor) Shuia son of Gimillu 
9k. out of it 5 kor tax in addition to 5 kor “ditto” 


41 kor Nergal-ushézib and Ardia son of Innina-shum-ibni 
10k. .1 (kor) Nergal-ushézib and Ardia son of Innina-shum-... 
11k. out of it 4 kor tax in addition to 4 kor “ditto” 


38 kor Pir’ son of Shamash-zér-igisha 
12k. 38 (kor) Pir’ son of Shamash-zér-igisha 
13k. out of it 4 kor tax in addition to 3 kor “ditto” 


106 kor Innina-zér-ushabshi and Arrab son of Shula 


14k. 106 (kor) Innina-zér-ushabshi and Arrab son of Shula 
15k. out of it 10 kor 2 pi 18 qa tax in addition to 10 kor 
“ditto” 


37 (kor) Nuréa and Niqudu sons of Marduk-etir. 


16k. .... Niréa and Niqudu 
iikeee--.- Marduk-etir, out of: it =... ‘in’ additionto 4 kor 
“ditto” 


51 Innina-zér-ushabshi son of Ibni-Ishtar 


18k. ....-zér-ushabshi son of Ibni-Ishtar 
19k Kor tax) in addition toe kor. ditto” 
20k. .... total of the city of Lasitu 


20 kor impost of the field of durra (?) grain Nabu-re’tta 
son of Marduk-éresh 


44 of the city of Dur-itiri 
21ka. ? of the city of Dir-itiri 


Anu-ah-iddin and Shamash bel-ilani 
21kb. Anu-ah-iddin 
22k. son of Bél-ahé-ériba and Shamash-bél-ilani 
23k. son of Marduk, out of it 4 kor 1 pi 18 ga tax, plus 4 kor 
“ditto” 


ol 


13. 3 (kor) Nabu-shum-iddin son of Nana-éresh 
24k. 3 (kor) Nabt-shum-iddin son of Nanda-éresh 
IES 2 (kor) Baia sonot. 


25k. 2 (kor) Bania son of Anu-ah-iddin, adjoining the Sha- 
mash (field?) 


—" 
on 
WwW 


3) (kor) 02pm Keanason.ote a5 
26k. 3 (kor) 2 pi Kina son of Iba, in the city of Shilihti 
16. 6 (kor) Sin-ibni son of Nana-eresh 
27k. 5 (kor) Sin-ibni son of Nana-éresh 
28k. out of it .... 18 qa plus 1 kor date bunches, plus im- 
post .... 
29k. Total of (the city of) Dtr-sha-itiri 


0 JAE AT el FR A ETAT 
ANY j jas 

“$5, Te ETRE TAU BERTIE 

s KET AP TT THEA AF oe 
TBE Peak ee Te TT 
Lk PETE EE TE TES AAT BF Ty 17” 
Kir TRL kee BG TET TK 
ASAUERTERPT EEA PEPE FERRE TF 

a Seats ge 

Lo. E. Va 4 

lac lralnertinn 
TERE AAA TICE Do 
= TE PTT A 
= RTA A 
BE TK T 


A seribe’s notes from which a more complete document was later drawn. This tabiet, 
SC 74, reposes in the Welch collection while its counterpart lies in the Jas. B. Nies 
collection over three thousand miles away. Filed in ancient Erech, dug up, brought 
to America, separated by a continent, after fifteen years the two documents are 
now coordinated through publication. 


N.B.— Errata: Plate X, line 4, the fourth sign copied as ga is prob- 
ably the git sign instead. Tablet badly flaked at this point. Copyist 
omitted the vertical wedge determinative before the proper names 
Shalti-ilani (Pl. X, line 11) and Gimillu (Pl. XIV, line 14). 


76 


NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF FOUR 
CALIFORNIAN LEPIDOPTEROUS INSECTS 


By Joun A. Comstock and CHARLES M. DAMMERS 


INCISALIA IROIDES Bdvy. 


This species is one of the early spring butterflies in southern 
California, and is common in its season throughout the state. It 
is usually found flying in close proximity to Rhus or Eriogonum, 
which had led our collectors to suspect one or the other of these 
genera as its food plant. Close observation for many past years 
by a host of lepidopterists has failed to unravel the mystery. 


In March of 1932 the junior author of this paper, together 
with Mrs. Dammers, discovered that the usual food plant is Cus- 
cuta (Dodder) and that the butterfly usually deposits its eggs on 
the host plant in close association with the parasite. This discovery 
made possible the description of the following life history of the 


Western Elfin. 


Egg. Echinoid, with a depressed micropyle, somewhat sug- 
gesting the egg of a Plebejus rather than one of the Theclinae. 
The surface is covered by a fine reticulation of raised walls, en- 
closing irregular hexagonal cells, very much 
as in the egg of Strymon melinus. The points 
of juncture of the cell walls show only a 
slight tendency to develop raised papillae. 
Color, a rich jade-green. The eggs are de- 
posited singly. Illustrated on Plate 19. 


Larva. 

PLATE 19 First instar; slug shaped. Ground color, 
Ege of Incisalia yellowish green, with a broad band of yellow 
iroides, highly mid-dorsally and laterally. Abdomen and all 

magnified. legs, yellowish green. There are four rows 


of stiff brown hairs, as with most young 
larva of the group, one hair to each segment in the row. Head, 
colorless. 
Second instar. Very similar to first, but the body becomes 
more thickly covered with stiff brown hairs. See Plate 20. 
Successive instars. Ground color, apple-green. Sub-dorsally 
from the second to the tenth segments there is a line of yellowish 
white bars with a diagonal elongation from their fore ends ex- 
tending downwards and backwards, one to each segment, that on 
the third being slightly tinged with red, while the one on fourth 
segment is almost entirely red. The overlap or substigmatal fold 
is yellow. Spiracles, green, with a brown rim. Abdomen, pale 
green. Legs, colorless. Prolegs, and anal prolegs, pale green. 


77 


PLATE 20 
Larva of Incisalia iroides, 2nd instar, feeding on 
Dodder. Magnified x 22. 


Drawing by C. M. Dammers. 


Head, colorless, with the mouth parts brown. Cervical shield, 
reddish. 


The whole insect is covered with minute short brown pile. 


Mature larva. Extended, length 16 mm. 


There is considerable variation in the color. Some individuals 
retain the general color pattern of previous instars, others are 
olive, while a number are light green. The olive type may be 
described as follows: 

Ground color, olive. On each segment from the second to 
the tenth, subdorsally placed, there is a raised triangular area. 
bordered on its lower and rear edges with a white band (except 
on the fourth, which lacks the white edging). These areas are not 


PLATE 21 


Larva of Incisalia iroides. 


a. Intermediate stage, magnified x 12. 
b. Mature larva, enlarged x 6. 


Drawings by C. M. Dammers. 


~l 
oo 


as pronounced on the second and tenth segments as on the others. 
Sub-stigmatal fold, white, with raised red blotches at center of 
each segment. Cervical shield, pale mauve. First segment, dark 
mauve. Spiracles, green with brown rims. Abdomen, pale green 
with a red blotch on center of each segment just below the overlap. 
Legs, colorless. Prolegs and anal prolegs, green with pale green 
claspers. Head, colorless, with white and brown mouth parts. 


The entire insect is covered with minute brown pile. 

The mature larva, and also one in an intermediate phase is 
shown on Plate 21. Pupation took place on the host plant, ap- 
parently without any attachment. 

Pupa. Length, 9 mm. 


Head, thorax and wing cases, pale brown. Body, bright chest- 
nut. The thorax and wing cases are speckled with black. There 
are seven longitudinal lines of black blotches or spots on the body, 
placed as shown in the illustration, Plate 22. 


The same character of short brown pile covers the chrysalis, 
except for the wing cases and facial portions. 


Eggs were taken from the 5th to the 20th of March. 
The first larva pupated April 14. 
The first imago emerged May 10. 


Carl W. Kirkwood of Santa Barbara reports breeding this 
species on flowers of a Ceanothus in 1932. 


PLATE 22 
Pupa of Incisalia iroides, lateral view, enlarged x 6. 


Drawing by C. M. Dammers. 


PLEBEJUS NEURONA Skin. 


This small, and very distinctively marked “blue” is taken at 
high elevations in the mountains of southern California in the 
early to mid-summer. It occurs in isolated colonies, in association 
with Eriogonum wrightii Torr., its food-plant. 

Eggs were secured from captive females taken at Blue Ridge, 
above Wrightwood, San Bernardino County, on June 8, 1932. 


Egg: Size, about .6 mm. in diameter x .2 mm. high. 


79 


Color, appearing as white, but under magnification showing a 
delicate grayish green. The form is of the usual echinoid, with 
a depressed upper surface or shallow crater, in the center of which 
is a minute micropyle. The latter is not very deep. 


The surface of the egg is covered with a fine reticulation of 
low raised walls, which are delicate white, and which enclose ir- 
regular depressed cells. At the points of juncture of the walls 
are poorly defined tubercles, as with most Lycaenid eggs. 


Eggs collected on June 8 hatched on the 17th. 


Larva. 


First instar: pale greenish yellow, speckled white. There are 
the usual four rows of long hairs. These are white, and slightly 
recurved posteriorly. Head, black. 


Successive instars ; slug-shaped ; the body, including abdomen, 
pale green. There are two parallel pale lines along the mid-dorsum, 
and also two similarly colored diagonal lines on each side, crossing 
the segments, except the first. The overlap is white. Legs, pale 
green, with brown points. Prolegs and anal prolegs, pale green 
with light brown claspers. Spiracles, white. Head, black. The 
body is covered with long white pile, each 
hair of which arises from a silvery white 
point. 


Mature larva; extended length, 7.5 mm. 
Color, gray-green, the integument being 
light apple-green, with a profuse white pile 
which gives the suggestion of a gray over- 
cast. Each hair arises as before, from a 
white protrusion. There is an indistinct — 
dark mid-dorsal line which is best developed 
in the region of the 5th to 8th segments, 
and which fades out anteriorly and poster- 
iorly. This is edged laterally with a cream 
colored line, more clearly defined posteriorly. 
The broad white diagonal lateral bands are 
still present, except on the first segment. 
Overlap, white, or pale buff. Legs, green, 
with pale brown points. Prolegs, and anal 
prolegs, green, with pinkish brown claspers. 
Spiracles, soiled white, and inconspicuous. 
Head, black, and retractile. 


This larva does not taper anteriorly and 
posteriorly to the same extent as with most 
other species. It is illustrated in Plate 23. 
Pupation occurs on the food plant, with the 
Mature larva of usual silk button for the cremasteric attach- 
ie eee cae ment, and a delicate silk girdle. The first 

specimen pupated July 28. 


80 


PLATE 23 


Pupa. Length 6 mm. 


Head and thorax, vivid green, merging into a lighter yellow- 
ish green on the terminal segments. Wing cases, bluish gray. 
Stigmata, minute, yellowish-brown centered. Cremasteric hooks 
few in number, very short and slightly darker than body. 


There is some variation in the color of pupa. 


A few very minute brownish vibrissae occur about the head 
and around the spiracles, otherwise the body is free of appen- 
dages, and gives the appearance of being smooth and hairless. 


The first imago emerged August 6, and specimens continued 
to hatch thereafter, which indicates a second brood. Mr. Chris 
Henne reports the species at the base of Sugar Loaf Mt., San 
Bernardino Co., in August, 1932, which further confirms a double 
brood. 


The pupa is illustrated on Plate 24. 


PLATE 24 


Pupa of Plebejus neurona, dorsal, lateral 
and ventral aspects, enlarged x 6. 


O 


HyLEPHILA PHYLAEUS Dru. 


The metamorphosis of this species was recorded in great 
detail by Karl Coolidge, in Vol. 50 of the “Transactions, Amer- 
ican Entomological Society.” This paper was not illustrated, and 
we consider it of value therefore to include drawings of the egg, 
mature larva and pupa, as shown on Plate 25. 


81 


Peet 


PLATE 25 
Early stages of Hylephila phylaeus. 
a. Egg, magnified x 40. 
b. Mature larva, enlarged x 2% 
c.and d. Pupa, enlarged x 3. 
Drawings by J. A. Comstock. 


O 


GRAEPERIA ALTERA Sm. 


Larvae of this species were collected at Shaver’s Wells, near 
Indio, California, in 1931, feeding on a species of Ericameria, and 
were bred to maturity. The same caterpillar was also encountered 
in the Antelope Valley in June, 1932, on the same plant. The 
larva shows great variation, ranging in color from a light green 
with darker lines, to an olive with blackish brown lines. The 
description and illustration are made from the darker type. 


82 


Mature larva; average length about 22 a 
mm. Of the long, cylindrical “looper” type. fil 
Ground color, olive. a 


The body bears numerous longitudinal Bi / 
dark bands. There is a double median-dorsal . 
band of dark brown, bordered laterally with a 
light cream or olive area containing a sugges- 
tion of two light brown discontinuous bands. 
Lateral to this is a darker area containing ap- 
proximately three dark brown bands, the mid- 
dle one of which is fairly constant. Inferior 
to this area is a broken and somewhat lobulated 
raised band, placed stigmatally, and lighter in 
color than any other area. 


Head, cream-colored, with brown spots 
and streaks. Ocelli, brown. Mouthparts con- 
colorous with head. A few short bristles occur 
on the face, and body. Abdomen, a shade 
lighter than the dorsum, and banded with 
more or less broken longitudinal lines, of a 
light brown. True legs of the same shade as 
abdomen, except for the dark brown tips. Pro- 


legs and anal prolegs concolorous with ab- . 
domen. See Plate 26. y 
Pupa: 6.5 mm. long x 24 mm. wide PLATE 26 


through thorax. Body surface smooth, and  wpature larva of 
free of all appendages. Predominant color, Graeperia altera, 
green, the abdominal segments laved with enlarged x 2%. 
straw, and the segmental creases green. Head, Drawing by 
tinged with brown. Eye cases prominent, bear- J. A. Comstock. 
ing three small black punctae. Wing cases 

translucent showing the segmental lines underneath. Abdomen 
gradually tapering to a rounded tip. Stigmata minute, brown. 
Cremasteric hooks, 2 in number, short and brown. The pupa is 
illustrated on Plate 27. 


PLATE 27 


Pupa of Graeperia altera, dorsal, lateral 
and ventral aspects. Enlarged x 5. 


106) 
Oo 


The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried 
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are sut- 
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural - 
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a 
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this 
program, the following forms are suggested: 


Form of Legacy 


To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal 
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects 
of value. 


I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of 
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....-............-.22-------2-------+--- 
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali- 
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses, 
dispositions and benefits thereof forever. 


Form of Devise 
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy.. 


I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences” 
of the: City: of Tuos:Angeles: (C22 ee ee 
here describe the property or ground rent..........-0.--222.----2---22s--2s-eeeeeeee- i 
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of 
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free 
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern 
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever. 


84 


BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 
ACADEMY of SCIENCES 


Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California. 
Subscription—$2.00 per year 


Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy 
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00) 


Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, 


Los Angeles, Cal., U.S. A. 


Publications of the 
Southern California Academy of Sciences 


The Academy has published to date the following: 


PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. 
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. 


All issues of the above are now out of print. 
B B 


Bulletin of the 
Southern California Academy of Sciences 


Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued 
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— 
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo- 
ber) in 1920. 


The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, 
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. 


The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, 
September. 


The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. 


The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem- 
ber-October; No. 6, November-December. 


From 1925 to 1932, including volumes XXIV to XXXI, three num- 
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- 
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. 


85 


All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with 
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary 
of the Academy at the appended prices: 


Vol. 3, No. 7. October 9 (Ae ea ere Ae sees $ .25 
= 4, “ 5. May, 1D 0) Drgese sei eee aE ie a 25 
ne HS duly, POO 9.5 eee enna a eee .25 
a3 Os eae! Aflby, AW Qhseeoree. Pees aro aes 15 
Sly Sil Aenabienry, NODS 2c Re ee Bi seen 50 
elit en UU NY, OT Giese see ee ee 50 
se eet (eaten ame ee SUNY ONS fe Sate 2 sane eye eee 1.50 

19, “ 1. January, HOZO ake eee 725, 
me lO eevee October. 92 Once ae soe ree perenne PD 
THI 4 COXRHOLNELE. POD 25 eects Lyle Nive seer 25 
ae 2o.0 tl ran alaye OE nies sae e Seie e O  ere 25 
ean ene aoe Manehr WO QA RES ies bse sree Ce Nw Oem ata 25 
SR Be! INE, NS AN ee RR 2a a he, eae 25 
Geo oman 4 ye Ul ye TS ay Wi ee atest beeen esa a LAS 
Ss e2 oi ec ss Do OeplreMibers al924. = eee 25 
mee Donn Or INOVEDID CEs lO 24 aiken ere eee 25 
ae I en OnblEn Aye HG 2 wae ie as eh os oe a AB) 
pea Set Zao MAsyy: NGO ust ier tet ee alee neat 25 
ee 24 oO US CDLCIMD CI ai 92 Diy erate ee eee ne APS) 
eS PB Tk ena: 1:92 Gee eee eae) Pee ne pares SUS 
ee.) eee ae ae iaiye DCA Tee ee ecg re Be PS 
CE 7) ovis om IAL SKE) OLA) 001] OFS) eee ei LW PA ty eee ee pear Me Se 25 
te Ose ee ee aN alae 1927s Sone RE Dae eo een eae 25 
Se 2652 so 25 April, I YA ita erecta eee Arte Me 25 
SERA 7A Dope a eal Ga eRe Sy OLS 81] OED CATA LO Py (Ne eeiee eae UMC e 20 
eile lee AEN an Ay, 1D 2 See oe Uae es ee 2D 
Se Otsee re pede a aye 2 Sie sae Bi See ees 25 

Se Deen OoS MO CDEOIUD CL ias lOO Ge enter e ve ee mae 25 
Ee PAs = dks | deWnE Ay HES 2, O sey Se ea retao 2 ok ener aes 25 
pee One ned =e anve 192 OF et Ge oe Ean eb eee .25 
PUA he Geese Bou ro CD CCID CT il 920 ee et Se eae ae ene 50 
pee eel ne aM AaTyE NOS Oy sie ers en A ie i eae .25 
Se PD ee NIB BGS Os otc eae ee 25 
ST NY ee a BSG SKS) OLS) OON OYE) Ore SKN) epee ser cee ee 25 
CSR a le enobienAys DOB AD ets ae eee ee ei 225 
eS BD 745 Ne a LS it peers oo were nee 25 
sees anes TOME SCD CEMMID CIee e aliO ile imans ce eal ate are Onno .25 
a Rib lS. deinen ne 0 GS ea ee ie ee eee 25 
sh Od hy evoe ae! Maye TQS Ory ee Ges sees ty ieee eae eee 25 
oO a BS CDLEM DCT in ClO Bae incetee ee eeeee 25 
OA eel eee dM aTaye MO BB se ee ae ee 2D 
Cae y ye osen agen INL A. VOSS: Ss Sia ee Se 25 


The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues and will appre- 
ciate the donation of all numbers by members who have no further use for back 
issues. Address all communications concerning the above to: 

DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK, Southern California Academy of Sciences, 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif. 


86 


Oe een ber 


: isi i PERRI a a ec er eee ee et eee 
Se rt hen mae EO RT OEE 


S pry guerre = 
5 3 ¥ Seems: = - —— Ss ae ee 
RAITT ~ r, y : fous teeen 3 = 7 =: % Ks ¥ baw Tet Speen: 3 PF sata ns FM 


Sriinesr se 


eee SEN OR THE 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 


Vol. XXXII Part 3. 


CONTENTS 


ANCIENT HOUSES OF MODERN MEXICO— 
Arthur Woodward) =< =) = = \= he) ses ete eee Se OD 


NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF TWO ARIZONA 
BUTTERFLIES—John A. Comstock, Grace H. and John L. Sperry 


EARLY STAGES OF THREE CALIFORNIA DIURNALS 
(Lepidoptera) —John A. Comstock and Charles M. Dammers 


STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA— 
John A. Comstock - - - = = = = = = = = = == = = « 118 


NOTES ON SOUTHWESTERN CACTI— 
Wright M, Pierce and F. R. Fosberge - - - - - - = = = = 121 


PROCEEDINGS—Howard R. Hill - - - - - - = - = = = = = 
WILLIAM S. WRIGHT, IN MEMORIAM 


Issued Sept. 30, 1933 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


= 8 
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 
Mr “HApry: Ki(SARGEN TT aU ga eae ee President 
De Horn Ay CARPENTER eet a eee [st Vice-President 
Mr A aE ODORE PAW INE 2025) wey ees 2nd Vice-President 
Mr: Howarp Ro Prey ieee ie ee ees Secretary 
Mr: Harry, JK! SARGEN TIS o io NOE oe ees Treasurer — 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. THEODORE PAYNE 
Dr. WILLIAM A. BryANn Mr. Harry K. SARGENT 
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING 
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt 
Dr. Cart S. KNopr Mr. Howarp R. Hitz 
= 8 
ADVISORY BOARD 
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. Burtew 
Dr. MELVILLE DoZzIER Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN 
Dr. D. L. TASKER 
= 8 
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING 
Chairman Secretary 


BOTANICAL SECTION 
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary 


FINANCE COMMITTEE 
Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING 


PROGRAM COMMITTEE 


Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. Cart S. Knorr 
Mr. Howarp R. Hitt 


= @ 
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION 
Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock 
=e 8 


OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY 


Los ANGELES MusEuM, ExposITION Park, 
Los ANGELES, CAL. 


Y ANCIENT HOUSES OF MODERN MEXICO 
By ARTHUR WooDWARD 


During a trip into northern Sonora in June, 1932, the writer 
encountered a small, deserted encampment left by the soldier- 
laborers engaged in the construction of the Altar-Sonoita highway 
which rev ealed many interesting features of pit house and flimsy 
surface structures, comparable to many of the ancient forms of 
habitations, the ruins of which are encountered in many parts of 
our own Southwest, particularly in Arizona and New Mexico. 

The author, in common with many other field workers, has 
encountered or seen many puzzling features of architectural con- 
struction left by the ancients, especially on those sites whereon the 
perishable superstructures had either fallen to decay or had gone 
down in some unknown holacaust. The chance “discovery” of this 
modern Mexican pit house village with its accompanying surface 
structures and evidences of household debris was very illuminating 
in that it served as an excellent text book with photographic illus- 
trations of the habitations of people dead these many long cen- 
turies. The study of the details of the construction of the various 
types of shelters represented in the group gave one the odd feeling 
that here, in the midst of this dry Sonora wasteland, a group of 
pre-historic people had suddenly appeared from the hazy horizon 
of the past, built their homes, lived peacefully for a few weeks and 
then, as must have been their wont, moved on, leaving their houses 
standing for the special benefit of a modern investigator (Pl. 28). 


PLATE 28 


79 


Here were houses in good condition, untouched by the fingers 
of decay. Here was all of the miscellaneous debris of a migrant 
people abandoned to the elements. Here were the out-of-doors 
cooking hearths, the wind shelters, sun shades (Pl. 40), broken 
pottery, the remnants of meals, bones, wind blown corn meal and 
a few broken stone implements. All in all it was a perfect com- 
bination for an archeologist seeking accurate knowledge of the ap- 
pearance of a combination pit and surface structure village as it 
must have been those decades of centuries ago when such com- 
munities were common in the southwestern portion of the United 
States. 


The shelters in question had been erected and used as winter 
quarters by the soldiers of the 39th Battalion of Infantry and the 
15th Regiment of Cavalry of the Mexican regular army during - 
the months of November and December, 1931, and January and 
February, 1932, during which time the troops were employed on 
the preliminary “pico y palo” (pick and shovel) work on the new 
highway between Caborca and Sonoita. 


Later these troops moved to another camp between the towns 
of Santa Ana and Magdalena where they were busily engaged in 
an excellent bit of highway construction when the writer saw them 
in June, 1932. Unfortunately, from a student’s point of view at 
least, the government had supplied the troops with new tents to 
be used as summer quarters and the opportunity to view the fami- 
lies actually inhabiting the pit dwellings was lost. 


However, the evidence of the deserted encampment, which 
was scattered along both sides of the road for some two or three 
miles between the little wayside villages of Quitovac and San 
Pedro, was circumstantial enough to present a very clear picture of 
what had happened, and | believe the photographs, cross sectional 
views and descriptions of the houses will speak for themselves. 


Before entering upon a discussion of the site, the writer wishes 
to emphasize the fact that, although many questions of structural 
detail of ancient pit structures seem to be clarified in these modern 
examples, the reader should not construe this article as a complete 
solution for all pit house construction. These modern pit houses 
and surface shelters certainly duplicate many of the features em- 
bodied in the remnants of such habitations which have been dis- 
covered in various parts of the Gila valley and the Flagstaff region 
in recent years, but there are other types reported ae worker: in 
the field which do not tally with these descriptions. The term 

“pit houses’? evokes many mental images, many of them special 
regional adaptations, and this should ine remembered by all who 
read this account. 

There were between seventy-five and one hundred of these 
shelters. They varied in size, according to the number of persons 
occupying them. Many of the soldiers had their families with 
them. Others were bachelors. There were houses built to accom- 
modate families. These were usually snug, well built affairs. 
Others were mere holes in the ground, the sleeping quarters of 


80 


single men. Evidences of the families were scattered about the 
camp. Here were the cast off, bright red shoes of women and 
children. Many torn, discarded military caps of olive drab were 
also in evidence. 


Fourteen of the shelters, including the most common varieties 
of both the pit and surface structures were measured and photo- 
graphed. — 

The materials used in the construction of the surface habita- 
tions, and in the roofings of the pit dwellings were all native to 
the region. No modern materials such as tin, canvas, wire, or 
nails entered into the construction of the houses. 


The uprights were of palo verde, the ridge poles were either 
of palo verde or ocotillo stalks. The ribs of the giant sahuaro, 
sectional slabs of the organ cactus, brush and earth formed the 
roofing material. The framework of the tent-like roofs on both 
types of houses consisted of ocotilla stems resting against the 
sturdier ridge poles of palo verde or the heavy ribs of the sahuaro. 


The structures were of two main types, surface brush shelters, 
termed jacales in Mexico, and the regular pit house consisting of 
either an oval or rectangular pit dug into the hard soil to a depth 
ranging from 9 inches to 3 feet and roofed with ocofillo stalks, 
brush and earth. 


This roofing was tent shaped in most instances and the method 
of construction was simplicity itself. 

In discussing the various features of this encampment no 
attempt will be made to describe in minute detail every house en- 
countered. The salient points of construction will be noted and 
measurements of a few of the houses will be given. A table of 
measurements for the shelters which were specifically chosen for 
study at the time is appended to this article. 


PLATE 29 


81 


House No. 1 happened to be a surface structure in excellent 
condition. (Pls).29, 29-a.) 


This habitation was 5 feet 10 inches in width (interior meas- 
urements) and 7 feet 6 inches in length. Two crotched uprights 
of palo verde, each 4 feet 9 inches in height supported a ridge 
pole 7 feet 6 inches in length. Leaning against this ridge pole, the 
butt ends resting on the earth, were a number of palo verde and 
ocotillo side poles. The entrance, facing east, was uncovered. In 
fact, the majority of these houses were entirely open at one end, 
or only partially closed, and with one or two exceptions had no 
portable door covering. 


The rear of the house was constructed of ocotillo stalks, the 
upper ends resting in the crotch of the rear upright post and 
against the end of the ridge pole, the butt ends resting on the- 
ground in such a fashion as to make a semi-circle. Cross rods of 
ocotillo were lashed to the side poles and over the cross poles was 
laid a matting of brush. The entire structure was then coated with 
earth. The earth was banked around the base of the house to a 
depth of 30 inches while the roof covering proper was from 5 


PLATE 29-a 
82 


to 6 inches deep. In fact the banked earth flowed around on either 
side of the open end, forming small talus slopes which of course 
restricted the opening and at the same time aided in diverting 
water from the house during winter storms. 

The upright posts supporting the ridge pole were 4% to 5 
inches in diameter. The ridge pole was 4 to 5 inches in diameter 
while the side poles varied from 4 to 5 inches for the palo verde 
and 2 inches for the ocotillo. 


In the majority of the houses the side walls were of ocotillo 
stems, but occasionally as in this hut, nine pieces of palo verde 
were used, 

Ordinarily the strongest palo verde timbers were placed at 
the front, rear and on the rides: which arrangement made a sturdy 
framework and prevented sagging of the sides when the brush 
and earth were laid upon the cross rods. Ocotillo stems, when 
used alone, being more limber, had a tendency to sag and cause 
the house to cave in more quickly than those structures where 
heavier timbers were used. 


The floor of House No. 1 was smooth but not surfaced in 
any manner. In two or three instances surfaced floors were noted, 
1.e., small gravel had been brought in and tamped down. How- 
ever, in the main no attempt was made to better the flooring other 
than to wet it and tamp it, or as in most cases, leave the natural 
earth to be trodden smooth by the feet of the occupants. 


Although this house served admirably as an illustration for 
one type of the surface structures encountered it did not have one 
feature which characterized some of the shelters, which feature 
seems rather important to record for the simple reason that it has 
occurred over a wide area in the Southwest in connection with 
the ruins of both pit and surface houses. 


I refer to the outlining of the floor with a single line of 


stones not bound together with mortar nor serving as regular wall 
of any kind (PI. 41). 


The majority of field workers who have been doing such ex- 
cellent work in the Southwest, Colton,t Monroe Amsden? Haury,? 
Bradfield,* and others have mentioned this feature. 


The writer, while working as an associate of Dr. Van Bergen 
on an archeological survey of the Gila Valley, east of Blorenee: 
Arizona, to the isn Pedro river in 1930, and likewise on a similar 
survey of sites on the Fort Apache Reservation in 1931, during 
which period the Van Bergen - Los Angeles Museum party, main- 
tained by Dr. Van Bergen, with Mr. Ben Wetherill as recon- 
naissance scout, observed numerous remains of surface jacales 
and pit houses having this rock outline feature. 


1 Colton, H. S.; Prehistoric Sites in the Region of Flagstaff, Bulletin 104, B. A. E.; 
Washinoton, D. C., 1932. 

* Amsden, Monroe ; Archeological Reconnaissance in Sonora, Southwest Museum Papers 
No. 1, p. 47; Los Angeles, 1928. 

3 Haury, Emil; Roosevelt 9:6, a Hohokam Site of the Colonial Period, Gila Pueblo, 
Globe, Ariz., Aug., 1932. 

* Bradfield, Wesley ; Cameron Creek Village, Santa Fe, N. M., 1931. 


83 


Test excavations of such sites were made, particularly on 
Midway Site No. 1, a point three miles north of the main high- 
way between Florence and Tucson, halfway between those places. 


In those remains which were studied at first hand by the 
writer, the features of the ancient houses correspond exactly with 
the modern houses encountered in Sonora. 


As a rule, when first encountered, these small, rectangular or 
semi-rectangular outlines of small stones set flush with the present 
surface of the ground or buried a few inches beneath the soil, 
present somewhat of an enigma to the archeologist. It is often 
difficult to tell whether the structure in question was a surface or 
pit dwelling. However, a test pit usually tells the tale. Often, 
in the case of surface houses, the ruined floor is speedily discov- 
ered a few inches under the top surface, or it may be that the 
floor, if it was unplastered or otherwise unsurfaced, has almost 
entirely disintegrated. In that case digging is futile. However, 
when a pit house is encountered, the character of the fill reveals 
the presence of the pit and a cross trench usually ends at the 
walls; the rest is simple. 

In times past, while in the field, we have advanced various 
theories concerning the use of these stones. Some deductions 
were fairly accurate, the others were just guesses. Usually these 
stones have been found too far apart to serve as a wall, and the 
utter absence of other stones of a similar size precluded their use 
as the lower course of a small retaining wall, nor in such cases 
was there any sign of a binding mortar. 


However, in the Sonora encampment, the use of such stones 
was convincingly revealed. Whether or not the ancients used them 
in the same manner is for the reader to decide. The fact remains 
that in many cases, the modern pit and surface dwellings, when 
stripped of their superstructures, tallied point by point in their 
features of construction with some of the oldest of the same types 
of houses encountered in the Southwest. 


In the modern shelters the stones served two different pur- 
poses. 

Several of the surface structures had these stones set along 
the periphery of the floor. These stones were rather small flat 
ones from 6 to 8 inches in diameter, and 2 or 3 inches thick. 
They were not laid one against the other, even as in the older 
prototypes. These rocks were laid outside the line of the butt 
ends of the poles acting as side walls, the lower ends of the posts 
in many instances rested against the rocks. There were one or 
two instances of two rows of rocks being used with the butt ends 
of the side poles resting between them. These rocks therefore 
served as ground braces for the poles and at the same time served 
as a nuclear core for the heavy earthen base of the house, prevent- 
ing the initial deposits of dirt from sliding away from the base 
of the poles. 

The stones outlining the pit houses functioned a bit differ- 
ently. 

84 


Instead of acting as a basic core for the earthen bank, they 
served as a solid foundation upon which the ocotillo side poles 
rested. By placing the butt ends of these rather slender roof 
supports upon the stones, the builders prevented the poles from 
settling into the earth when the overload of brush and earth was 
added. 


In Plate 30, a cross sectional view of this type of a structure 
is shown, indicating the use of the stones as butt supports. Plate 
No. 31 shows a surface structure going to decay with the stone 
outline partially covered by earth. 


‘ Wy 
WY 


ATA 


PLATE 30 


Let us consider a moment the aspect of these dwellings as 
they begin to disintegrate. Archeologists (save in exceptionally 
favorable circumstances) are compelled to utilize only the rudi- 
mentary remains of material culture in reconstructing certain 
phases of the lives of the ancients. However, in the case of the 
modern pit village, we have the reverse. Here are the houses 
complete or in various stages of decay. It is not difficult to post- 
ulate their appearance some years hence, and by combining the 
complete picture with the fragmentary sketch, we achieve some- 
what the effect of superimposed films, making as it were a double 
exposure. With the knowledge obtained from excavations on pre- 
historic sites, it is a comparatively easy matter to reverse our de- 
ductions. In other words, we can easily use the present to postu- 
late the future by using facts obtained in excavation of ancient 
sites. 


Even at the time of “discovery” of the Sonoran encampment, 
some of the less sturdily constructed shelters were either falling 
into ruin through the careless selection of poor building materials, 
too slender branches of trees, or rotten sa/iuaro ribs, or had been 


S85 


PLATE 31 


accidentally burned down by the inhabitants. Wood borers were 
at work in the dry palo verde supports. One could put one’s 
ear to the posts and hear the busy insects at work in the heart of 
the timber. In a few years hence that entire village will be a 
mass of ruins and fast melting into the earth from whence it 
sprang. And, as the houses crumple, this will happen: 


In the case of the surface structures, the ridge pole break- 
ing, or one of the crotched uprights tilting, will bring the roof 
down upon the floor in a shapeless mass. The brush and light 
cross rods will decay. If the roof has not been covered with 
earth, the light brushy covering will disintegrate and blow away, 
and unless the floor happens to be outlined with stones, no visible 
evidence of that house will remain for future archeologists. How- 
ever, if the house has been covered with earth, wet down and plas- 
tered smooth, the chances are, this roof crust will pack into a low, 
uneven mound, and unless subjected to unusual climatic condi- 
tions, either extreme moisture or snow fall, this mounded ruin 
will remain thus for many years, and the stones outlining the floor 
will be partially covered. If the house is located at the base of 
even a gentle slope, in time the rain-washed detritus will bury it 
deeper and deeper. It may be that one side of the house will sag 
more quickly than the other. The weight of the side pieces will 
press heavily upon the opposite side of the house, and thus, when 
the collapse occurs, one side will be buried under a double layer 
of debris, and one row of stones will be exposed cleanly at the 
time of dissolution. An example of this is shown in Pl. 31. 


When a pit house decays or is burned the effect is a bit dif- 
ferent, and luckily for the archaeologist, a trifle more satisfying 
in the ultimate results (Pl. 32). 


86 


PLATE 32 


In such instances, the collapse of an earth-covered roof pre- 
cipitates the bulk of the debris directly into the hole, with the ex- 
ception of the heavier banks of earth on the periphery of the pit. 
As the earth sinks into the confines of the pit, and the light brush 
and poles break and rot, the earth tends to pack as it settles. In 
time, the banks of earth on the edges of the pit gradually waste 
away, part of the ridges slide into the pit, now a rather slight 
depression in the ground, the remainder becoming aeolian loess. 
As the years advance, the concavity that was a pit collects the rain 
water in the wet seasons. During the dry months, sand and dried 
vegetation blows into the sink. Succeeding rains pack this layer 
into a thin line of silt. This process continues until the pit be- 
comes level with the surface and the stones outlining the house 
are the only imperishable evidence of that which lies beneath. 


The picture I have drawn of this disintegration is not a myth- 
ical one. It is as I have said, a combination of modern conditions 
and pre-historic findings. 


We have already discussed some of the main features of the 
surface shelters and indicated some of the aspects of the pit 
dwellings. Let us now consider some of the modern parallels of 
pit house construction and a few general observations which seem 
to have counterparts in many prehistoric sites. 


Often, in certain types of pit houses found in the Gila Val- 
ley and elsewhere in the Southwest, there were few evidences of 
roof support. That is, the absence of post holes in the floors of 
the dwellings seemed rather peculiar. Sometimes none were ob- 
served although the floors and sides of the pits were well fash- 
ioned, and in some instances neatly plastered. 


87 


sejod 9spiy— uy s}yustidq—n selOq epiS—d spol SsOIgj—D ysnig—d UVWey—V 
aGNqDWT 


soldi 


By a 


Whe <—————— 


é¢ ULV Id 


SSS Sone 


ai 


Y, 
d, 


RWS 


TALS 


ig ay 


Sp 


y fi 


— 


AAI KN ys 


MG LL 


88 


The writer encountered two or three such pit dwellings while 
excavating upon a compound site located on the ranch of Mr, A. 
J. Christensen, two miles east of the Casa Grande National Monu- 
ment, in the spring of 1929. 


Among the pit houses in Sonora were some which were al- 
most identical counterparts of those Hohokam dwellings. 


The cross-sectional view in Pl. 33 illustrates the principle 
upon which this type of habitation was constructed. 


The main crotched supporting poles upholding the longitud- 
inal roof tree were sunk in the earth outside the pit. The house 
was then covered in the usual manner. Thus there were no ob- 
structions within the pit house proper, and the pit itself was in 
fact but a portion of the house. The roof covered considerably 
more of an area and gave the residents a chance to utilize the 
surface level as a shelf. Houses of this type are deceptive when 
viewed from the outside. In fact, the majority of the pit houses 
shown in the photographs appear smaller than they actually are. 


PLATE 34 


Pit House No. 1, Midway Site, exeavated by Van Bergen - Los Angeles Museum Party 
in 1931. Note post hole at end of pit. A similar hole was found at the opposite 
end of the floor. In effect this ancient dwelling was almost the counterpart of 
the side entrance structure found in Sonora (see Plate 33). Observe entrance way 
and fire pit in floor. 


Again, the majority of the houses had but two main uprights 
which were sunk, one at either end of the dwelling, centered and 
flush with the end walls. In such cases, when the house decays 
these two post holes will remain. Houses of this type were en- 
countered at the Midway Site No. 1, already mentioned. Pl. 34 
shows one of the best examples of such a house excavated at that 
SIE: 


89 


However, in the Sonora village one house presented a dif- 
ferent picture. The roof was upheld by seven palo verde timbers, 
and of these seven supports but five were in the pit itself. Pl. 35 
illustrates the method of construction of this house. 


It will be noted that this structure is rather oddly built. In- 
stead of the side poles of both sides resting on ridge pole and 
the stone butt supports, the uprights sunk in the pit along the 
sides of the walls, uphold longitudinal side poles (A) which give 
additional support to the rafters. Both of the end supports are 
sunk in the earth outside the pit. 

In this house is an interesting illustration of house construc- 
tion, which, if uncovered on a pre-historic site might possibly lead 
to a false postulation. 


= SS== 
SSS 


TU 


PLATE 35 


An archeologist finding the five post holes in the floor and 
noting the five grooves along the side walls might think that the 
posts, being stout ones, had projected into the air higher than 
they actually did, and that the roof was flat. Instead, these posts 
projected relatively a short distance above the surface level and 
acted as supports for the regular, slanting, tent-shaped roof. How- 
ever, the builder of this house either miscalculated the length of 
the poles on one side of his dwelling or was unable to secure poles 
of a length equal to those used on the other side and was forced 
to throw up a second row of short poles on one side, thus pro- 
ducing an odd, lop-sided effect to his building, more noticeable on 
the inside than on the outside of the structure. This building was 
(pit measurements ) 7 feet long, 6% feet wide and 20 inches deep. 
The end posts were sunk in the soil, 11 inches from the edge of 
the pit while the side poles rested on their stone supports, on one 
side only, some 15 inches from the pit edge. 


90 


The question of entrances in pre-historic pit dwellings dif- 
fers of course with the areas in which they are found and the indi- 
vidual examples uncovered as well as the postulated reconstruc- 
tions made by the excavators. Some of the ancient dwellings 
show no visible means of ingress and egress. Others have decided 
steps cut in one side of the pit wall. The pit houses in Sonora 
were of both types. 

The majority of the Mexican dwellings however had no steps. 
Even in those which had them, the steps were quite rudimentary. 
A cross section of a house having a step is shown in PI. 33. 


As indicated in the photographs, most of the houses were en- 
tered from one end, which was left either entirely open or only 
partially closed. A few entrances were on the side of the dwell- 
ing. Pl. 36 shows one house of this type and immediately adjacent 
to it is a dwelling entered from the end. The side entrance house 
in this case had a slight step cut in the bank. 


PLATE 36 


One house had a triangular door, simply and rudely con- 
structed (Pl. 37). During the period of occupancy some of the 
other Be con may possibly have had mat or blanket door cov- 
erings but there were none in evidence when these notes were 
made. 

Only one example of a dwelling was noted to be open at 
both ends. This house (PI. 38) was also different in another re- 
spect. Although a pit 7 feet long, 5 feet wide and 9 inches deep 
had been dug, only a portion of the excavation had been roofed 
and instead of a straight upright at the entrance a curved one 
was used. 

Various aspects of this 20th century pit house village were 
interesting in that they gave intelligible interpretations of appar- 
ently similar phases of the -arlier communities. 


91 


PLATE 37 


Often while digging on a site sundry patches of charcoal, 
smal] pits filled with ashes or showing signs of having had fire 
in them, burned stones and other camp debris are encountered. 

This modern site was replete with these incidentals. 

The fact that the Mexican soldiers had their families with 
them gave to this settlement an air of authenticity which it would 
not have had if the men had all been bachelors, or if the camp 
had been occupied but a few days. 

The evidences of domesticity were so apparent that one could 
not help being impressed by them. The discarded shoes, scraps 
of feminine finery, broken toys, and shattered pottery spoke with 
mute voices, and save for their modernity must have been re- . 
placed with similar perishable items in the long-ago towns. 

Open-air fireplaces over which the family meals were cooked 
have been in vogue for centuries. Very few of the dwellings had 
hearths in them, and those few were apparently used for heating 
the domiciles on nippy days. The absence of these fire pits in the 
huts was the one major difference between these houses and those 
of the ancients. 

However, even the Hohokam of the Gila used open-air pits 
presumably for cooking, and the presence of caliche trivets as 
well as fire-burned stones on the Grew site! outside the ruined 
houses gives ample evidence that the Old People also had open- 
air kitchens. 

The majority of the houses were covered with the tawny soil 
of Sonora. Some of the exteriors were dampened and smoothed © 
into a rude plaster (Pl. 39). Others had the earth heaped upon 
them without further ceremony or any procedure other than piling 
it on the brush covering the side poles. 


1 Woodward, Arthur; The Grewe Site, Occasional Papers No. 1, Los Angeles Mu- 
seum, 1931. 


92 


PLATE 38 


A few of the huts were albinistic and gave the appearance 
of having been coated with whitewash. Closer examination re- 
vealed the fact that these dwellings were coated with wood ashes 
(U2, SS). 

This simple discovery clarified one of the little archeological 
problems frequently encountered in the course of excavating on 
the old pit house sites. Now and then in digging we have found 
thin lines of ash and charcoal in the roof debris of a collapsed 
pit dwelling, yet to all appearances that particular hut had never 
been burned. If one may apply the present interpretation of the 
ash-coated roofs to the pre-historic problem, the question of the 
mysterious ash lenses is solved. 

Presumably this wood ash placed on the roof acts as a thin 
plaster when wet and aids in keeping the roof rain-proof. I say 
presumably, for although the explanation seems logical, it may 
be that the inhabitants threw the ashes on the roof as a conven- 
ient method of getting them out from under foot. 

The presence of unexplained sones of varying sizes, of broken 
pots and pieces of deer bone as well as deer antlers in the roof 
debris in ancient pit houses, well above the floor level, has led to 
varying solutions of these oddities. 

At times it has been suggested that the abandoned pits were 
used as trash or refuse pits when the site was reoccupied or even 
during the same period of occupancy. However, the paucity of 
such debris and the irregularity of the deposit often precludes the 
acceptance of this explanation. 

Again these little questions were answered in a simple man- 
ner by the Sonoran examples. Some of the houses were not 
heavily covered with earth along the ridge of the roof and the 
brush protruded through the thin layer. On such houses, stones 
were used to hold the brush down. 


93 


PLATE 39 


Beef bones, sheep bones and other cast-off remnants of food 
were likewise to be seen on the roofs whither they had been care- 
lessly tossed by the inhabitants. On one roof lay a pair of grey, 
weathered, deer antlers, the souvenir of some ramble through the 
hills. On another lay some fragments of unpainted, modern 
Papago pottery. 

It is easy to postulate the fate of these articles when those 
pit houses sink into the earth, and in this postulation one may 
inversely raise from the dead past the ghostly roofs of huts aban- 
doned centuries ago with their accompanying litter of stones, pot- 
tery, bones and ashes. 

It is a well-known fact that man is an animal fully endowed 
with the collecting instinct. Our Sonoran pit dwellers were no 
exceptions. 

Somewhere in the region was an ancient village site. The 
inhabitants of the roadside camp had found this site and from it 
they had obtained old manos and two or three broken, battered 
stone axes. These tools had been carted into the village, used 
again and when the collection of huts was abandoned, the old im- 
plements were cast aside or dropped casually into the deserted pit 
dwellings. So with the broken pottery vessels obtained from the 
Papago Indians of the southern Papagueria (the Papago town of 
Quito Vac was but a few miles west of this village). 


SUMMARY 


Whereas the author realizes that all problems of all types of 
pit house and surface structures encountered in the Southwest 
will not be answered in this description of a modern pit house 
village, nevertheless from the evidence presented in these descend- 
ants of ancient prototypes, certain hypothetical rconstructions 
may be rendered more valid by these descriptions. 


94 


PLATE 40 


The discovery “in the flesh” of the many little puzzling fea- 
tures such as the absence of post holes in pit house floors, the 
absence of, or the rudimentary presence of entrance ways, the 
form and height of the roof structures, the method of construc- 
tion, as well as the clear picture presented by the various phases 
of this abandoned camp, all tend to pave the way for a more 
logical explanation of similar features which may be discovered 
in the future upon more ancient camp sites. 

Again, it is interesting to note that these pit dwellings and 
surface structures occupied the same camp at the same time. This 
is likewise a feature of some of the oldest sites. Furthermore, 
the use of the pit dwellings as winter habitations, their use mainly 
as sleeping quarters and the presence of small, open sun shades 
are likewise characteristic of the old sites, and the modern Indian 
villages as well, with this exception: true pit dwellings are seldom 
found on the reservations of today. 

However, the winter hogan and the several types of airy sum- 
mer hogans of the Navajo are modern parallels of the old dwell- 
ings. The Pima and Papago also have their summer and winter 
residences side by side, and in the summer work, eat and sleep 
under their sun shades, retreating into their wattle-and-daub or 
more modern adobe or frame houses only when it storms or the 
weather is otherwise inclement. 

Furthermore, it is worthy of note that the builders of the 
modern pit village are nominally of Indian blood, recruited from 
various portions of Mexico, and although under normal conditions 
they do not live in these habitations of their ancestors, yet, as in 
the present instance, when forced to do so, have drawn upon the 
heritage of their ancestral culture and produced, upon the same 
ground, in the same primitive manner, exact counterparts of 
habitations which were once habitually used by their forefathers. 


95 


Thus it would seem that cultural germs once planted in the blood 
of a people and nourished only by traditions and sporadic trans- 
planting will, in times of necessity, erupt and come forth full 
grown as the physical realities and then, the need having passed, 
lapse again into subconscious void of all human experiences. 


00 007H 20900) a0, 
| | oe OO 
Seong eH Ovp°regs 


S 


PLATE 41 


SUREAGH YS TRUCGLURES 


No. Hse. EE. Ww. L. U. D. U. L.R. D.R. EAS: D.S. 
Sui Om ee iGis ACS At o-bi2, SO abi 6264 154-5,” 
7h, SNUB ES Re Oae 6’ 3” 6” 3” UMS eave 472” 1-2 

LO Suck, 8" 8’ Silbe 3-4” 8 2%” 3? 2-21” 

ils tswbes 8’ 4’ BY” 66% 4A 0) 144-2 


9. (See remarks on construction. ) 


Pie SiR UCLURES 


No. Hse. L. Ww. D. L. U. DOUE ESR. BUR. ESS: D.S. 


SmePitue 7 5 Qu dates SiG 442 Sub ig ens, 
Mma b aS 8P 197) 1,7 637.0” ER Ba ALO RY DR 
By TEI bea ley Gio G!: 362) bag: A220 032 1-257 
Gye Pitn4 10% 2747 227 30” DS MATS MMO t nS) Dis 
SiauPith) +8? 2 AR 3577 * 

1D, LENG), Mesa ie? 34” DUG sO? Dagadiz IA A2 teats 9072 
AemeP ites, 3° P 30” * 


14. Pit 6-11” 61%’ 20” 46-49” 3-314’ * 
7. (No measurements taken; observed for door construction. ) 


LEGEND: Hse.—House; L.—Length; W.—Width; L. U.—Length of upright; D. U. 
—Diameter of upright.; L. R.—Leneth ridge pole; D. R.—Diameter ridge pole; 
L. S.—Length side pole; D. S.—Diameter side pole. 


VMASDE REALS USED 


Uprights: Palo verde. 
Ridge poles: Palo verde. 
Side poles: Palo verde, mesquite and ocotillo. 


Roofing: Larrea mexicana (creosote bush) lashed to cross rods 
of ocotillo on side poles and either covered with mud or left without 
earthen plaster. 


* See remarks on construction. 


97 


REMARKS 


Surface structure No. 9 was different than the other surface houses. 
It was built of four arches of ocotillo stalks to form a light framework 
over which canvas or other cloth coverings had been placed. 


Pit house No. 5 had a side entrance, however the door was not 
centered as will be observed in the photograph (Pl. 36). The peak of 
the roof was not plastered with mud. Rocks laid on the brush peeping 
out at the crest of the roof held the creosote covering in place. A brush 
mattress for a bed was found in this house. The door was 15 inches 
wide and 28 inches high. The corners of the pit were rounded. 


Pit house No. 7 was noted chiefly for the triangular door depicted 
in Pl. 37. This door covering was constructed of ocotillo stems and 
brush roughly wattled, the outer frame being a single piece bent sharply 
in the middle and held in position by a bottom rod lashed to the lower 
extremities. This door was 2% feet wide at the base, 2 feet high and 
the sides were each 2% feet long. 


Pit house No. 8 varied in that it had no uprights or side walls. 
This type dwelling was one of the simplest of pit houses. It was 
merely a Shallow, sloping pit and had apparently Served as a narrow 
subterranean sleeping room for one man. The roof was simply con- 
structed. Palo verde rafters 2%4-8 inches in diameter were laid trans- 
versely over the trench and upon these were laid brush and earth. The 
pit was 35 inches in depth at the deepest end, Sloping to 18 inches at 
the opening. To enter this abode, the occupant needs must slide in 
on his stomach. A small, broken pottery bowl was found on the floor 
of this house. 


Pit house No. 13 somewhat resembled house No. 8 in that this 
dwelling was likewise without uprights or side walls. However, the 
construction varied a bit in principle. Two large sahuwaro trunks had 
been felled and these lay parallel, one on either side of the pit. The 
palo verde rafters were placed on these and the usual covering of brush 
and earth laid upon the cross timbers. This pit dwelling had a brush 
door, 30 inches wide. It was square and rested over the opening some- 
thing in the manner of the familiar cellar door. In fact this dwelling 
somewhat resembled the “cyclone cellars’ used in the middle western 
part of the United States. Upon this house lay the grey, weathered 
pair of deer antlers described in the text. 


Pit house No. 12 had a step. This house is depicted in Pl. 33. 


Surface structure No. 10 was practically square; the sides were of 
brush lashed to cross rods of ocotillo. A row of stones outlined the 
floor and earth was banked over these stones and against the base of 
the brush covering the sides of the dwelling. There were three up- 
rights on either side which were shorter than the center upright. This 
provided a slight peak for the roof which was made of the usual ocotillo 
cross rods, brush and earth. In this house was a fireplace against the 
east Side of the house, 4 feet from the door. There was no smoke 
hole; the smoke escaped through the loose brush sides of the dwelling. 


Pit house No. 14 depicted in Pl. 35 was probably the most elabo- 
rately constructed pit dwelling in the encampment. The pit had 
straight, well-made sides. The row of stones on one side of the pit 
rested 6 to 7 inches from the edge of the excavation. Upon this row 
of stones the long side poles rested. A similar row of stones encircled 
the entire house but only on one side did the butt ends of the side 
poles rest. The remaining rocks served as a nucleus for the earth 
banking the sides of the dwelling. 


98 


NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF TWO 
ARIZONA BUTTERFLIES 


By Joun A. Comstock, Grace H. and Joun L. SPERRY 

During May of this year the authors collected a number of 
larvae belonging to two species of Melitaea, which were feeding 
on paint brush (Castilleia lanata Gray ). 

These were secured in a region known as Peppersauce Can- 
yon, situated in the foothills of Lemmon Mountain, near Oracle, 
Arizona. 


A series of these larvae were bred to maturity resulting in 
the following notes: 


MELITAEA THEONA f. BOLLII Edw. 


Mature Larva. Length, 25 to 28 mm. 


Head bilobed, bright yellow brown or orange, with a sparse 
covering of single long black hairs. Ocelli black on a black base 
which is slightly protruded. Mouth parts black, the clypeus flesh 
colored in its center. Basal segment of antenna flesh colored, 
with the tip black. 


First segment fleshy yellow, crowned dorsally with a series 
of black nodules bearing black hairs which curve forward. Lateral 
to this crest are three small black points, and inferior to the latter 
are two black spines. 

The body bears the usual series of branching spines which 
are characteristic of the genus. These are all glistening jet black. 

The body color of the upper half of the larva is a velvety 
brownish black with a purplish cast. 

Sprinkled over the surface of this area are numerous lens- 
shaped pearly white dots. These are, however, missing in the mid- 
dorsal area, which gives the appearance of a black mid-dorsal 
line, edged with a concentration of the white dots aforementioned. 

The segmental junctures are purplish and shining, in con- 
trast to the velvety texture of the segments. 


PLATE 42 


Lateral view of larva of Melitaea theona bollii, enlarged x 3. 
Photo by Menke 


99 


A broad stigmatal fleshy-yellow band runs longitudinally the 
full length of the larva. The stigmata, which are black, stand 
out in strong contrast on this band, as do also the black substig- 
matal spines. This yellow band extends inferiorly as far as (and 
including) the overlap, and it also runs caudally on to the anal 
proleg, and surrounds the anal orifice. 

Between each of the spines of the lateral row there are two 
or three large white dots, the largest about .5 mm. in diameter. 
These are missing on the first two and last two segments. 


True legs, glistening black. Prolegs reddish brown, with a 
jet black plate placed laterally on each, and with black claspers. 
Anal proleg concolorous on its lower aspect with abdomen, the 
latter being a rosy brown. The surface of the abdomen is covered 
with numerous small soiled white dots, and a sparse sprinkling 
of light hairs. 

One larva measuring 3.5 mm. in length and probably in the 
second instar, showed a ground color of soiled yellow. The spines 
were black, with brown at their bases. The mid-dorsal row of 
spines was placed on a soiled yellow band, due to the fact that in 
this area the ground color was not spotted over with brown, as 
was the remaining surface. 


Legs, black. Prolegs and anal prolegs concolorous with body. 
Stigmata black. 


The head was black, with a sparse covering of brown hairs. 
Ocelli and mouth parts, black. 


Another larva of 13 mm., probably in the fourth instar, 
showed markings and coloration similar to the mature stage ex- 
cept for the following points: 


The body was somewhat darker, due to the reduction in rela- 
tive size of the small white dots. The stigmatal orange band was 
absent except for a brownish shading about the spiracles. 


Many larvae went into hibernation at the end of the fourth 
instar. In this state they take on a considerably altered appear- 
ance. The body assumes a brown shade, and the larva is short- 
ened and plump, measuring about 10 mm. in length. The head 
turns to a yellow-brown and the stigmatal band becomes con- 
colorous with the head. 


Pupation, in a state of nature, probably occurs under rocks 
or on dry sticks at some distance from the foodplant. The usual 
button of silk is woven for cremasteric attachment. 


The mature larva is illustrated on Plate 42. 


Pupa. Length 12 to 14.5 mm. Greatest breadth through ab- 
domen, 4.5 to 5 mm. 

The pupa is of characteristic Melitaeid form, though some- 
what more cylindrical and elongate than the average. Ground 
color, velvety white. 

In the mid-dorsal line there is a row of black dots over the 
abdominal area only, one to each segment. Lateral to this line 


100 


of dots is a wide black line extending from the front of the thorax 
to the segment immediately in front of the caudal where it usually 
ends across the dorsum by fusion with the equivalent band of the 
opposite side. This wide longitudinal band is interrupted at each 
segmental juncture by an orange quadrate spot, the latter placed 
anterior to the juncture. 


Lateral to the line just described there is, on the side of the 
thorax at the upper edge of the wing case, an irregular black line 
with a single orange spot dividing its anterior 43, from its poste- 
rior 7%. This line ends posteriorly as a harpoon-like point. On the 
abdomen, in line posteriorly with the above-described band, is 
another series of round dots, one to a segment, each of which is 


above and slightly anterior to the spiracle. 


A third black longitudinal band begins near the shoulder 
and arches across the wing case, bending upward as it terminates 
at the edge of the latter. Below this a fourth line begins on the 
wing case, runs diagonally upward and caudally, to be continued 
onto the abdomen as a sub-stigmatal band. The abdominal portion 
of this band is interrupted near the segmental junctures, as was 
the dorso-lateral band, by quadrate orange spots. 


On the ventral surface there is, in the median line, a broad 
black band of peculiarly irregular shape, beginning near the facial 
segments and extending onto the cremaster. This is well brought 
out in the illustration. See Plate 43. Orange spots interrupt this 
band only on the abdominal segments. 


A few additional black spots and bars are present which are 
shown in the illustration. 


One specimen, which pupated May 19, emerged on May 28. 
The pupal duration is probably 8 to 10 days, on the average. 


PLATE 43 


Pupa of Mel. theona bollii, ventral, dorsal and lateral 
aspects, enlarged x 4. 


Drawing by John L. Sperry 


101 


MELITAEA FULVIA Edw. 


This species is apparently common in Arizona where Castil- 
leia occurs, and ranges eastward to southern Colorado and Texas. 
It is somewhat variable and examples occur in which the color and 
pattern closely approximates alma. There is one point, however, 
on which the species can be at once separated. In MW. alma the 
palpi are always a deep orange, whereas with M. fulvia they are 
black above and white beneath. 

The larvae clearly show the species to be distinct. 

Oviposition evidently occurs at the base of the plant en masse 
as the newly emerged larvae are always found in a web at that 
locus. 


Larva, first instar. Description made from an example meas- 
uring 3 mm. 

Head black, with short black hairs; mouth parts black. 

Body yellowish with the tops of the segments a glistening 
pearly yellowish white. 

There is a suggestion of a longitudinal dorso-lateral light 
orange line. 

The first segment bears a scutellum of black with a series 
of long black hairs arching anteriorly. 

The body carries the usual rows of long simple hairs. These 
are black, and each one arises from a black papillus. The caudal 
segment also bears a black tubercle clothed with black hairs. 

Legs, grayish black. Prolegs and anal prolegs concolorous 
with body, with the terminal segments and claspers darker. 

2nd instar, 24 hours after moult. Length 5 mm. Body 
color, gray-green, sprinkled with brown. 

There is a slight concentration of brown in the median dorsal 
area suggesting a mid-dorsal line. A similar suggestion of a line 
occurs in the region of the dorso-lateral spines. 

The brown pigmentation is absent in the region of the stig- 
mata which leaves a wide band of olive. 

The entire abdominal half of the larva is thickly sprinkled 
with brown. 

Head, jet black, with a covering of short black hairs. True 
legs, black. Prolegs and anal prolegs gray-olive, with black 
patches on the outer surfaces of the coxae. 

Stigmata, gray-black. 

The branching spines characteristic of the mature larva are 
present, though somewhat reduced in relative size. The shafts of 
these spines are gray, becoming nearly black at the tips, while the 
accessory branches are jet black. 

3rd instar, 24 hours after moulting. Length 6.5 mm. 

Body now jet black, as are all spines. 

Head, rich brown, with black hairs. The coloration is that 
of the mature larva from this stage on. 


102 


Mature larva. Length, average 25 mm. 

Head, rich orange-brown. Mouth parts black, except the 
clypeus which has a soiled yellow center, and the proximal seg- 
ment of the antenna which is yellow. 

Ocelli, black on a raised black field. 

The first segment is bright yellow except for a prominent 
scutellum of black with numerous long and short black hairs, and 
two lateral black branching spines. 

The usual number of branching spines are present such as 
are characteristic of the genus. These are a glistening black 
throughout. 


PLATE 44 
Mature larva of Melitaea fulvia, enlarged x 2. 
Photo by Menke 


Ground color of body, rich velvety black. On each side of 
the median line is a longitudinal row of bright yellow spots, ar- 
ranged as shown on the illustration, Plate 44. These are grouped 
in threes on each side of the median line, except in the case of 
the second segment, where there are usually four. Another series 
of similar spots, irregular in shape, are placed stigmatally, giving 
the appearance of a wide broken yellow stigmatal band. 

Stigmata, black, surrounded by a yellow circlet. Legs, Jet 
black. Prolegs concolorous with abdomen, which is a gray black 
or brownish shade. The coxae, however, are black as are also 
‘he claspers. On the lateral surface of the anal proleg there is a 
shining black patch. One specimen which was carried through 
from the first instar to maturity moulted on the following schedule: 

Ist moult (2nd instar) May 20. 

ey Wel e us Gordie a eae 24 

Sra es (4th pie) 7s: 
) 


Athen, ve (5th june 1 
Pupated tis -255) 5 525 8. 
Pimercedus aa aye deicin ws 1/7 


A second specimen which pupated May 20, emerged May 29. 

It will be noted from the above that in the last three instars 
this larva has an orange head. This feature serves to differentiate 
it from the larvae of the wrighti-alma group. 

Pupa. Length, 12-14 mm. 

The color and shape of the chrysalis so nearly approximates 
that of Melitaea wrighti, as to render a description unnecessary. 
It is illustrated on Plate 45. 

Larvae were found on Castilleia lanata Gray but in captivity 
readily accepted other species of the genus. 


PLATE 45 
Pupa of Mel. fulvia enlarged x 4. 
Photo by Menke 


104 


EARLY STAGES OF THREE CALIFORNIA 
DIURNALS (Lepidoptera) 


By Joun A. Comstock and CHaArLes M. DAMMERS 
STRYMON SAEPIUM Bdv. 


Larvae of this species were beaten from Ceanothus cuneatus 
Nutt. on June 17, 1933 in Bouquet Canyon, and were bred to 
maturity. Eggs had previously been secured in June of 1930 
from the same locality, but failed to hatch. 

Egg. chinoid; .8 mm. in diameter x .4 mm. high. Color, 
a delicate gray-green of such a light shade as to appear almost 
white. Micropyle deeply depressed and surrounded by a slightly 
raised ring. 

The surface is covered by a fine reticulation of raised walls, 
outlining deep pits of an irregular hexagonal type. From the 
junctures of these walls arise pointed spicules, which give the 
egg an encrusted or frosted appearance. 

The illustration, Plate 46, serves to bring out these details 
more perfectly than can be suggested by a description. 


Pet tay ne 


nn? 
ORT FRIES 


PLATE. 46 


Egg of Strymon saepium, viewed from 
the top. Magnified x 40. 


The female deposits her eggs singly, on the stems of the food- 
plant. These, when laid by the last brood, undoubtedly over-winter 
as Ova. 

Described from four eggs deposited June 21, 1930. Undoubt- 
edly the species feeds on many different species of Ceanothus. 

On two separate occasions the junior author carried eggs of 
S. saepium through the winter from which young larvae hatched i in 
the following spring, but failed to reach maturity. 

Mature larva. Length, average 16 mm. 

30dy color, leaf green, of the same shade as the foodplant. 
There is a slight indistinct line on each side of the mid-dorsal area 
and a similar. but more conspicuous line runs longitudinally along 
the overlap. Connecting these lines are a number of barely sug- 


gested diagonal lines of light greenish yellow. 


g These begin on the 


105 


subdorsal line and run diagonally downward and backward but do 
not quite join the sub-stigmatal line. 


Stigmata light green and barely distinguishable. Legs green, 
with brownish tips. Prolegs concolorous, with body. Cervical 
shield depressed and covered with minute spicules. 


Body completely covered with short stout vibrissae. The ma- 
jority of these are frosted white, and turn over so as to lie flat 
along the body surface. Interspersed between these are a few 
shorter spicules of a light brown color, standing upright. On the 
first and second segments the short brown spicules predominate, 
and there are also a few long curling hairs on the outer margin 
of the first segment. 


Head brown, shading to black on the outer margin. Glabella 
edged with white. Ocelli, black. Antennae white, shading to 
brown on the tips. 


This larva is of the usual slug type (see Plate 47) with re- 
tractile head and a cowl-like first segment which is slightly retrac- 
tile into the second. It is thickest dorso-laterally at about the 
seventh segment, and slopes posteriorly to a decidedly flattened 
anal end. 


PLATE 47 


Larva of Strymon saepium, dorsal 
aspect, enlarged x 4. 


Photo by Menke 


Pupation usually occurs on a leaf of the foodplant, the chry- 
salis being suspended by means of a delicate girdle and cremas- 
teric button. 


Pupa. Length 10 mm. Greatest width 4 mm. The color is 
at first a uniform green, changing in about six hours to a wood 
brown, with a profuse sprinkling of black, particularly on the wing 
cases. 


106 


The surface is covered with clubbed hairs, except on the wing 
cases, over the shoulders and facial portions. These hairs are light 
brown in color, and vary in length. Those over the anterior thor- 
acic region and along the lateral surface of the abdomen are longest. 


Spiracles, small, inconspicuous and concolorous with body 
except for the first, which is prominent, slightly protruded and a 
light brown. 


Abdomen strongly arched ventrally. 


One example which pupated June 22 emerged July 3. The 
pupa is illustrated on Plate 48. 


PLATE 48 


Pupa of Strymon saepium, ventral, lateral and dorsal 
aspects, enlarged x 4%. 


Photo by Menke 


STRYMON AVALONA Wright. 


Through the courtesy of Mr. Charles Ingham of the Lorquin 
Entomological Society we received, on March 11, 1933, a number 
of examples of eggs and larvae of this species, collected by him 
on Catalina Island. 


Several of these were bred to maturity, resulting in the fol- 
lowing notes: 


Egg: Of the usual echinoid form, with a large and deeply 
depressed micropyle and the characteristic reticulated network of 
raised walls enclosing cells of an irregular hexagonal type. Spiny 
projections are given off from the wall junctures, as with other 
nearly related species. Color, gray green with a blue cast. The 
eggs are deposited on Lotus, the plant of choice being Lotus argo- 
phyllus var. ormthopus (Greene) Ottley. They are laid singly, 
usually in the terminal buds or on immature blossoms. 


107 


0 


Larvae were raised on Lotus scaparius Ottley. Probably they 
will accept any species of Lotus. 

Plate 49 shows an egg, partly buried in the hirsute terminal 
bud of L. ornithopus. 


PLATE 49 


Egg of Strymon avalona. partly obscured by hairs on 
the terminal bud of L. ornithopus. Magnified x 40. 


Photo by Menke 


Larva, first instar. 


The body is a pale yellow-green. Across the center of each 
segment there is a band of brown specks, interrupted dorsally and 
laterally thus giving the appearance, when the insect is not ex- 
tended, of longitudinal yellow-green bands. 


There are the usual eight rows of colorless hairs arranged 
longitudinally, one to a segment, as shown on Plate 50, fig. A. 
The first, second and caudal segments are speckled with brown. 


Legs, colorless. Prolegs, pale greenish brown. Spiracles in- 
visible. Overlap, greenish brown. 


Head, buff, with darker mouth parts. Ocelli, dark brown. 


In successive instars there is considerable variation in the 
color, ranging from a red brown through gradations to a greenish 
red. The lighter form will be here described. 


Ground color, greenish yellow, with the raised portions red- 
brown. There is a mid-dorsal soiled white line. Across each seg- 
ment there is a soiled white diagonal bar, placed laterally, also, in 
close association with the termination of each one of these bars 
is a horizontal dash, placed supra-stigmatally. 


108 


The overlap or infrastigmatal fold is a soiled white. 


Spiracles brown. Legs, pale yellow-green; prolegs of the 
same color. The abdomen is concolorous with the body 


Head, buff and translucent; mouth parts and ocelli brown. 


The entire body is covered sparingly with short white hairs 
arising from brown punctae. Plate 50, fig. B shows a larva in 


its third instar. 


B 
C. 
D 


Mature larva. 


PLATE 50 
Larva and pupa of Strymon avalona. 
A. 


Larva, first instar, enlarged. 
Larva, third instar, enlarged. 
Mature larva, enlarged x 5. 
Pupa, lateral view, enlarged x 6. 


Drawing by Dammers 


Length, 13-15 mm. 


The same variation in color, as recorded for the intermediate 
stages, characterizes the mature larva. The range is from a pale 
apple green to a pale pink. 


109 


The pale form may be described as follows: 

Ground color of body, pale apple-green, with no special mark- 
ings or shadings; except on the cervical shield. 

Spiracles, pale brown. Legs, pale green with light brown 
points. Prolegs also pale green, with light brown claspers. 


The cervical shield has a pale green band down its center, 
and the upper half is speckled with black. 

The entire body of the larva, except the cervical shield, is 
covered with short white pile. 

Head, pale olive green. ‘“Ocelli,, ereen on a black patel 
Mouth parts pink. 

Plate 50, fig. C shows a lateral view of the darker type of 
larva. 


Pupa. Length 9 mm. Greatest width through mid-abdominal 
region, 4.2 mm. 

The body is a pale pinkish-brown or wood brown, shading to 
buff on the abdomen. There is a mid-dorsal and lateral band of 
dark olive speckling. 

Two rows of dark olive spots occur above the spiracles. The 
remainder of the body is sparingly speckled with olive. Spiracles, 
olive. 

Thorax, soiled white with a pinkish cast, and heavily mottled 
laterally with dark olive. The head is concolorous with the thorax, 
and is sparingly covered with dark olive speckling. 


Wing cases heavily irrorated, and a pale olive-white, blotched 
with dark olive. 


The head, thorax and body are covered with pale yellow pile. 


Pupation occurs at the base of the foodplant, with the usual | 
support of a delicate silk girdle. 


Imagos emerged from the 9th to the 18th of May. Undoubt- 
edly the insect is multiple brooded. Thus far it has been reported 
only from Catalina Island. 


THORYBES MEXICANUS Herrich-Schaeffer. 


This moderately sized species occurs sparingly in our south- 
ern mountain ranges. It has been dealt with under the above name 
by a number of writers, including Dr. Holland in his latest edition 
of the “Butterfly Book.” 


We are aware that Bell treats our California form under the 
name of Thorybes diversus, but are, for the present, using the _ 
cognomen which is more familiar to our local entomologists. 

Our opportunity to study the life history of this species was 
made possible through the keen observation of Mrs. Dammers. It 
was she who first detected a female in the act of ovipositing on 
Amorpha californica. 


110 


Egg. 1.3 mm. in diameter by the same in height. Color, a 
glistening white. The shape is spherical, with a slightly flattened 
base. 


The surface of the egg is crossed longitudinally by about 13 
sharp ridges, beginning near the base and running toward the 
micropylar area, where each ridge fades out. None of these 
ridges join or become confluent with others. The depressions be- 
tween these ridges are crossed horizontally by 
poorly defined secondary ridges, as is clearly 
brought out in the illustration, Plate 51. 

The micropylar area is slightly flattened 
and somewhat pitted, and the central portion 
is slightly depressed. 

The female deposits her eggs singly on 
the foodplant, Amorpha californica Nutt. The 


example from which our drawing was made PLATE 51 
was laid June 14, 1932. Others, secured pee of rhorybes 
from captive females on the same date, mexicana, 
hatched June 24, and on. magnified x 18. 
. Drawing by 
Larva, first instar. Comstock 


Head black, and exceptionally large in 
proportion to the body. Body, yellow-green, except the first seg- 
ment which is black. All legs are pale green. 


Successive instars. 


Head black, covered with colorless pile. Body greenish yel- 
low, irregularly speckled with white, and covered with colorless 
pile. The first segment is bare, and ivory white except for a black 
scutellum immediately back of the head and a black collar. Ab- 
domen and all legs concolorous with body. 


Spiracles, white. 


Mature larva. 


Length 30 mm. The shape is of the usual Hesperid type, 
but with a disproportionately large head, and less constricted 
neck than with most others of the group. 


Head, dark maroon, profusely covered with fine buff pile. 


The first segment continues to show the black collar and 
prominent black scutellum. The remainder of the body is buff- 
orange, heavily blotched with maroon, and covered with raised butt 
punctae from each of which arises a single short colorless hair. 
A thin mid-dorsal maroon line extends from the second to the 
tenth segments. There is also a narrow lateral line running longi- 
tudinally from the third to the tenth segments. The infra-stig- 
matal fold is pale maroon. 


Abdomen, concolorous with body though of a somewhat 
lighter shade, and with a tinge of pink between the legs. 


111 


Legs, first pair black; the remainder con- 
colorous with body, with pale brown points. 
Prolegs and anal prolegs, concolorous with body, 
the claspers gray. The mature caterpillar is il- 
lustrated on Plate 52. 


The larva pass their entire life, when not 
feeding, concealed in silken nests formed by unit- 
ing several leaves. They ceased feeding early in 
September and after shrinking noticeably went 
into hibernation but did not pupate. They were 
examined on March 14, 1933, and fresh food- 
plant placed in the breeding cage. On March 
16 two had pupated. The remaining examples 
refused food although it was placed with them 
daily, and by July ail had died. 


Pupation took place in the hibernaculum. 


Pupa. 


Length, 17 mm. Greatest width through 
abdomen, 5.5 mm. Color, blackish-brown over 
the head, anterior thorax and last caudal seg- 
ments, shading to a dull buff over the wing 
cases. The thoracic portion shows an under- 
tone of dark olive over which is superimposed 


PLATE 52 a mottling of black, with numerous black 
punctae. 
Larva of Thory- l : : 
bes mexicana, The abdominal segments are heavily shaded 
Oni cator with black on their posterior margins, and light 


Amorpha, en- 


janccdne 2 tan to brown on their anterior margins, with a 


sprinkling of black dots. Cremaster, black, . 
stout, recurved ventrally, and bearing small 
hooks at its tip. 


Photo by Menke 


Spiracles, narrow, dark brown, except the first which is jet 
black, large, and protruding. 


The face, dorsum and abdomen are sparsely covered with short 
yellow-brown pile. Plate 53 shows the pupa in sufficient detail to 
make further description unnecessary. 


PLATE 53 


Pupa of Thorybes mexicana, dorsal, lateral and 
ventral aspects. Enlarged x 2%. 


Photo by Menke 


STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA 


(CONTINUED ) 


3y Joun A. Comstock 


BASILARCHIA WEIDEMEYRII NEVADAE B. & Benj. 


This subspecies is well established at Mono Lake, California, 
where a large number of specimens were secured this year. Com- 
paring these with paratypes of nevadae B. & Benj. discloses a 
slight tendency toward wider white fascial bands on primaries and 
secondaries, and, in general, a somewhat more prominent white 
dash in the cell of the primaries, but as these features are vari- 
able it is deemed inadvisable to create a separate racial name for 
the California examples. 


Basilarchia lorquini also flies in this locality, and it is probable 
that hybridization has frequently occurred, which is believed to 
account for the fact that a certain percentage of the Mono Lake 
captures show traces of the apical brownish red coloration in the 
primaries. 


While this form is not constant as regards the degree of this 
coloring, and ranges all the way from a mere trace, to such an 
amount as almost to suggest lorquini, there is nevertheless one 
constant feature which separates them from true lorquint. 

This is the absence, on the under surface, of the usual red- 
brown suffusion of the secondaries. They are, in fact, typical 
nevadae, with the addition of the lorquini patch on the apices of 
forewings. 


113 


This form was given the name of fridayi by Gunder. 


One egg, and a number of larvae of Bb. nevadae, were secured 
on willow and are now under observation. As previously pointed 
out by Edwards (Can. Ent. Vol. XXIV, p. 107), the early stages 
of weidemeyru are very similar to those of disippus, as regards 
color, form and habits. The same holds for the larvae of the 
race nevadae. The one egg which we observed was slightly more 
conical than the egg of B. obsoleta, but was similar in all other 
particulars. 


The larvae went into hibernation in their third or fourth 1n- 
stars, after producing the usual type of hibernaculum. 


A large colony of Satyrium fuliginosa Edw. was found this 
summer near the Virginia Lakes, Mono County, on July 28. They 
were limited to a small area of about an acre in extent. Observa- 
tions were made on the laying habits of the females, resulting in 
the ensuing notes: 


The foodplant is Lupinus. The female alights on the lupine 
leaf, and leisurely makes her way down the stalk to the base of 
the plant. She then proceeds to poke her abdomen deep into the 
detritus about the base of the stalk, and after many trials deposits 
the egg. 


Mrs. Comstock and I searched diligently and fruitlessly many 
times without being able to locate the egg among the sticks and 
small pebbles in which it was deposited. We did succeed, how- 
ever, in expressing three eggs from laying females. 


The egg is, at first a gray green, changing later to ivory- 
green. It is very different from the egg of most Lycaenidae. In 
form it is a plump echinoid with a moderately depressed micropyle. 
The surface is finely granular, but there are no ridges, reticula- 
tions, spines or prominences of any nature. 


STRYMON CALIFORNICA Edw. 


On June 10, 1933, while beating for larvae at Lebec, a single 
caterpillar of one of the Lycaenids was secured from Quercus, 
which was successfully bred to maturity and proved to be Stry- 
mon californica Edw. 


Since the early stages of this species are unknown, the follow- 
ing notes may be of help to entomologists as a starting point for 
the eventual complete description of its metamorphosis. 


Mature larva. Length 12 mm. This specimen was somewhat 
dwarfed and the normal larva is probably considerably larger. 


114 


Slug-shaped ; general coloration, gray-brown. The body is rel- 
atively uniform in width except for the tapering caudal segments 
and the first thoracic. 


Head, ocelli and mcuth parts, jet black, except for the edge 
of the glabella and the proximal joints of antennae, which are 
ivory white. The head is retractile and is seldom 
extended beyond the fleshy cowl even during the 
act of feeding. 


The cervical shield is grayish-black, mottled, 
and is free of pile. A narrow gray-white line bi- 
sects it longitudinally, and there are a number of 
minute black nodules scattered over its lower half. 


The first segment is fleshy, and is_ black 
above and dirty gray beneath. Over its surface 
are scattered numerous black tubercles, each one 
of which bears a single hair. The upper series of 
these hairs is black or gray, while the lower hairs 
are white. 


In the mid-dorsal area there is a longitudinal 
row of subovate gray large spots, one to a seg- 
ment, each of which is connected with its fellow 
anteriorly and posteriorly. The surface of this 


PLATE 54 area is sparsely covered with minute black papil- 

sa lae, some of which carry minute spiculiferous 
een Go hairs. 

fornica, Lateral to each one of these large spots is a 


enlarged X 4. narrow soiled white line, which fades out as the 


Fhote by Menke middle of the segment,is reached, and which is 
widest at the anterior edge of the segment. 


Over this line there are scattered series of prominent black 
papillae, each one of which bears a long black hair. 


The area lateral to these hairs is brown (lighter brown on 
the segmental junctures) as far down as the overlap. This brown 
area iS sparsely covered with minute papillae similar to those oc- 
curring over the mid-dorsal area. 


There is a gray indistinct area above each spiracle, edged 
above and below with dirty white dashes. These dashes or inter- 
rupted lines take a triangularly downward and backward course, 
and do not extend over the segmental junctures. 

The edge of the overlap is marked by a narrow soiled white 
line ( (interrupted at the segmental junctures ) and on this line there 
are numerous black papillae, topped by long black hairs. Below 
the substigmatal line is a purplish-brown area, interrupted on the 
segmental junctures with yellow-brown. Inferior to this the ab- 
dominal surface is gray-green or soiled ivory, and is thickly stud- 
ded with black papillae, bearing white hairs. 


Stigmata, gray-brown, with narrow dark brown rims. 


115 


True legs black. Prolegs concolorous with abdomen. Anal 
proleg, purplish brown above, ivory below. 

Additional features not specifically described above may be 
noted on the illustration of the larva, Plate 54. 

Pupation occurred on June 21, and the imago emerged July 
2. The pupa attached itself to the upper surface of an oak leaf, 
and, as is shown in the illustration, Plate 55, was held in place 
by two girdles, and the cremasteric pad of silk. This double girdle 
probably represents an individual variation from the normal habit. 


Pupa: Length, 7 mm. Greatest width, 3mm. Ground color, 
red-brown over the thorax and abdomen; lighter brown over the 
cephalic portion, and ivory-green on venter and wing cases. 

The entire surface is mottled with black spots, many of which 
are confluent. These are somewhat similar to the mottling on the 
chrysalis of Callipsyche behriu, though not as clearly defined. They 
do not show to advantage in the illustration. 


The thorax and abdomen are sparsely covered with long simple 
colorless hairs. 


Spiracles, dirty white. 
Cremasteric hooks, numerous, short, yellow-brown. 


PLATE 55 


Pupa of Strymon californica. Enlarged x 7. Upper figure, 
dorsal aspect. Lower figure, lateral aspect. 
Photo by Menke 


116 


The form of this chrysalis is shown in the accompanying cut 
with sufficient accuracy to obviate the need of a more lengthy de- 
scription. 


LITOPROSOPIS COACHELLAE Hill. 


In the summer of 1930 a large number of specimens of this 
heretofore rare moth were taken in the city of Los Angeles. Their 
occurrence in this vicinity had been noted and called to our at- 
tention by the late Dr. John Hornung in 1929, but the hatch in 
1930 was phenomenal, and has not since been equaled. 


The moths were found at night resting on the trunks and 
about the bases of the Washingtonia Fan-Palm, and were easily 
captured with the aid of a flash light and cyanide bottle. 


Whether they were introduced in this territory from the Coa- 
chella Valley prior to 1929 has not been determined, but an ex- 
amination of a number of collections made prior to that time fails 
to show any record of its earlier 
presence in Los Angeles County. 
It is now quite widely distributed 
throughout Southern California. 


The eggs are laid in clusters 
on the dry disintegrating fronds 
of the Palm, and are completely 
covered by a mat of filamentous 
hairs from the anal segments of 
the female. They are placed on 
the outer surface of the leaves, 
PLATE 56 and somewhat resemble, superfi- 
cially, the nest of a spider. Each 
cluster contains from 30 to 40 


eggs. 


Egg of Litoprosopis coachellae, 
magnified x 50. 


Drawing by Comstock 

Egg. Size, approximately .9 
mm. at the base, and .7 mm. in 
height. The shape is a robust hemisphere with a flattened base, 
and the surface is covered by about 34 vertical ridges, radiating 
outwardly and downward from the micropyle. These ridges, and 
the depressions between them, are crossed by horizontal depres- 
sions, which give the egg a distinctly cross-hatched appearance. 
The color is a pale yellow-green when first laid, changing later to 

a soiled white. Micropyle only slightly depressed. 

An illustration of the egg is shown on Plate 56. 


Eggs laid September 13, 1930, emerged September 18. 


Larva, first instar, Length: average 2.5 mm. to 3 mm. 


Colorless, or translucent except for a slight shading of brown 
around the mouth parts. Ocella, black. Head larger than body, 


117 


the remaining segments tapering toward the narrow anal portion. 
A few sparse colorless hairs protrude from the head. 


The head and body of the larvae are much flattened dorso- 
vertically. In other particulars they closely resemble the mature 
form. 

The newly emerged larvae remain for a short time in a mass, 
feeding on the egg shells, under cover of the mat of maternal 
scales, and then scatter. They are, at this 
time, very active, and probably feed on 
disintegrating palm fronds, although the 
actual process of feeding was not ob- 
served. 


Mature larva. Leng t h—average 
about 37 mm. 

Head, light straw in color; bare ex- 
cept for a few light hairs. Mouth parts 
mainly dark brown. The anterior 2 ocelli 
are dark brown, the remainder being 
lighter in color. : 

Body greatly compressed dorso ven- 
trally, in adaptation to the larval habits, 
allowing freedom of movement in the 
narrow spaces between the bases of the 
palm stems. 

The first thoracic segment is light 
straw, concolorous with the head, as is 
also the posterior half of the anal seg- 
ment. The remaining segments are a 
pinkish brown, slightly mottled. There is 
a faint suggestion of a mid-dorsal nar- 
row line. 


A number of rows of single light 
colored hairs occur over the dorsum, dis- 
posed as shown on Plate 57. One of these 
is situated on each side of the mid-dorsal L@tva of Litoprosopis 

: coachellae, dorsal view, 
area; a second row occurs lateral to this, enlarged x 200 
and a third is placed suprastigmatally. A Drawing by (Gometner 
fourth row of somewhat longer hairs oc- 
curs laterally below the stigmata, and a few additional minute hairs 
are found in relation to it. 

All of the hairs arise from small papillae, which are for the 
most part of a lighter color than the surrounding area. The legs 
and prolegs protrude laterally and are thus visible from the dorsal 
aspect. They are of a light straw color. 


The abdomen is concolorous with the legs. 


Stigmata, yellow brown, rimmed with narrow brownish black 
edges. 


PLATE 57 


One smaller larva measuring 22 mm. shows only a trace of 


the dorsal pinkish shade and has two supra-stigmatal pinkish lines, 
118 


the one nearest the stigmata being wider. It also bears a well 
defined pink mid-dorsal line. Another of 17 mm. length, probably 
in the third instar, shows the same marking. 

The mature larvae frequent the reddish brown reticulated fi- 
brous bases of the palm fronds, particularly those of the dead 
leaves. 

This probably constitutes their food, if one may judge from 
the color of their frass, and the further fact that no portion of 
the palm shows any evidence of being eaten. Even the most 
heavily infested trees show no perforation of the green or dried 
leaves, or young shoots. 

The trees which yield the greatest number of moths are in- 
variably those of 20 to 25 years of age, from which the dead leaves 
hang in beard-like festoons. Trees from which the leaves have 
been trimmed show no infestation. 


PLATE 58 


Pupa of Litoprosopis coacheliae, dorsal, lateral 
and ventral aspects, enlarged x 3. 
Photo by Menke 


Pupa. Length, average 21.5 mm. Greatest width through 
shoulders, 5.5 mm. 

Color, straw, with a slight tinge of green over the thorax. 
There is a barely perceptible mid-dorsal stripe, dull green in color. 
The segmental lines are narrow, and dark brown, in strong con- 
trast to the light body color. 


Caudal end flattened, and with two short cremasteric hooks 
protruding, the latter brown-black. 


Spiracles, dark brown. 


The texture of the pupa is smooth, glistening and waxy. 
There are no vibrissae or protruding appendages other than the 
cremasteric hooks. It is illustrated on Plate 58. 


119 


Pupation occurs at the base of the Palm stems, in the brown 
“latticed’’ fiber. A cocoon is made which is surrounded by this 
material on three sides (see Plate 59) and by the stem of the 
Palm leaf on its outer aspect. 


PLATE 59 


Pupa of Litoprosopis coachellae shown 
in cocoon which has been opened. 


Photo by Menke 


NOTES ON SOUTHWESTERN CACTI 


By Wricut M. Pierce and F. R. FosBerG 


The writers have spent considerable time during the last few 
years studying cacti in the field, in the herbarium and in the garden 
of the senior author. The following are some of the results of 
this observation. Specimens cited are in the Pomona College 
Herbarium. 


' Opuntia Bigelovii Engelmann var. Hoffmannii Fosberg n. 
var. 


Caules ascendentes vel erectes, e basibus et prope apicibus 
ramosi, ramuli apicali horizontali; spinae breviores, aliquantum 
rubrae. 

Plants up to 2.5 m. tall, often ascending rather than strictly 
erect, the dead lower lateral branches more promptly deciduous 
than in the species leaving the long cylindrical trunk conspicuously 
bare of branches excepting at the summit where there is a crown 
of short, mostly horizontal branches and at the base where the 
main trunk often branches. Branching also occurs rarely further 
up. Plants less densely armed than in the species, the spines a 
trifle shorter than in the species and having a pronounced roseate 
color, especially on the younger parts of the plants. Flowers not 
seen. Fruit as in the species excepting the long glochids or de- 
ciduous spines, which are decidedly reddish. 

This plant was discovered on the alluvial fan at the mouth of 
Cane Brakes Canyon, at the east base of the Laguna Mountains 
in eastern San Diego County, California. It is abundant on the 
fans at the foot of the mountains from this locality for a distance 
of about five miles southeast. Throughout this area it grows side 
by side with the typical form of the species which here never 
reaches more than one meter in height and is densely armed with 
long shining ivory white spines. There was seemingly no inter- 
gradation whatever. Students who consider that any character 
that is constantly different, however minute, is sufficient founda- 
tion for a species would doubtless consider this plant specifically 
distinct. However, it is so evidently a recent offshoot from O. 
Bigelovii and the distinguishing characters are mainly vegetative 
and of such minor importance that I feel that its true relationship 
and degree of distinction is best shown by the varietal category. 
The height, the ascending trunks, bare of branches, and the crown 
of horizontal branches at the top give this plant almost the aspect 
of Opuntia fulgida. 

I am naming this variety in honor of Mr. Ralph Hoffmann, 
late director of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, 
student of cacti and succulents and botanical explorer of the Santa 
3arbara Islands, who so recently met with a fatal accident while 


121 


botanizing on San Miguel Island. The type is Fosberg No. 8602 
from the mouth of Can Brakes Canyon. Fosberg No. 8601 is a 
specimen of the ordinary form of O. Bigelovii from the same 
locality. Both specimens are being placed in the Pomona College 
Herbarium. Several isotypes will be distributed to other insti- 
tutions. 


Opuntia prolifera Engelmann. 


To Mr. Hoffmann’s records establishing the northern and 
western limits of this species (Journ. Cact. Soc. Vol. IV, No. 3, 
p. 256, Sept. 1932) may be added another, Fosberg No. 8611, from 
ne west slopes of the hills at the foot of the Conejo Grade, Ven- 
tura County, California. The plant is quite abundant and well 
developed here. Contrary to a commonly accepted opinion we ob- 
serve that quite in accordance with Britton and Rose’s description 
(Cactaceae I, p. 69) the terminal joints of this plant do break off 
easily. This has been observed at all of the stations where we have 
studied O. prolifera, in Lower California at several localities, Coro- 
nado Islands, San Diego, Santa Catalina Island, Laguna Beach, 
San Pedro Hills and the locality cited above. 


Opuntia fulgida Engelmann. 


Small plants were observed, first in Sonora and later in several 
localities in southern Arizona, which were taken to be Opuntia 
fragilis (Nutt.) Haw. far out of range. Careful study revealed 
these to be plants growing from joints and fruits and possibly 
some from seeds of Opuntia fulgida. They were particularly 
numerous in the immediate vicinity of plants of O. fulgida and 
were not found where none of the latter occurred. They also 
graded imperceptibly into the robust form of normal young plants 
of O. fulgida. This situation seems parallel to that of Opuntia 
tunicata (Lehm.) Link & Otto with its dwarf plants, described 
as Opuntia stapeliae DC. and discussed by Britton and Rose (Cac- 
taceae: I, p66). 


The less spiny form of O. fulgida which Britton and Rose 
mention (Cactaceae I, p. 67) has a distribution which is not as 
general as that of the normal very spiny form. So far as we 
have observed, it does not occur where the normal form is absent, 
but neither does it always occur where the normal form is found. 
It seems particularly abundant in localities east and south of 
Tucson, Arizona. It intergrades perfectly with the normal form 
in armament and does not seem to vary much in any other char- 
acter. This, would practically preclude its being the result of 
hybridization of O. fulgida with O. versicolor as has been sug- 
gested by the fact that the latter is usually observed to be present 
in localities where the less spiny form occurs. 


Opuntia acanthocarpa Engelmann. 


The distinction of this species in California is not delineated 


122 


at all in Britton and Rose, being merely cited as “California” along 
with several other states: (Cactaceae I, p. 57). Parish restricts 
it to the eastern Mojave Desert (Jeps. Man. Fl. Pl. Calif., p. 
655). We have observed O. acanthocarpa in the Palm Springs 
region in Palm Canyon and Deep Canyon, in Borrego Valley, San 
Felipe Valley, from here south through Mason Valley, Vallecito 
Valley and along the base of the Laguna Mountains to the mouth 
of Carrizo Creek and again on Mountain Springs Grade. Its 
range in eastern San Diego County seems in general higher than 
that of O. echinocarpa, which, so far as we have observed is absent 
from the series of valleys south of San Felipe. It is present, how- 
ever, at the mouth of Carrizo Creek and on the lower part of 
Mountain Springs Grade. In upper San Felipe Canyon O. acan- 
thocarpa seems to intergrade or hybridize with O. Parryi Engelm. 
specimens being observed which had spiny fruits but which had 
the aspect, otherwise, of O. Parryi. These two species can ordina- 
rily be distinguished by the fact that in O. acanthocarpa the fruit, 
on the upper half is truly spiny and soon becomes dry, while in 
O. Parryi the areoles contain only glochids and the fruit remains 
fleshy for a considerable time, even when ripe. We would not 
consider the fruit of O. acanthocarpa strongly tuberculate. ©. 
Parryi fruits are, contrary to Britton and Rose (loc. cit.), usually 
quite strongly tuberculate. 


Opuntia ramosissima Engelmann. 


Britton and Rose record this species as probably extending 
into northeastern Lower California (Cactaceae I, p. 46). This is 
confirmed by a collection made near Banded Agate Mountain in 
Baja California south of the Yuha Plain in Imperial County, Cali- 
fornia. The plants seen here and from which specimens were 
taken (Fosberg No. 8347) were low and diffuse. 


Opuntia Chlorotica Engelmann. 


This handsome Platyopuntia can be reported from southern 
San Diego County, California, where it was collected growing on 
the step rocky walls of the canyon below Buckman Springs in the 
chaparral belt (Fosberg Nos. 8603, 8638). 


-Echinocereus Engelmannii Parry var. Munzii (Parish) 
Pierce and Fosberg n. comb. 


This plant was described as Cereus Munzii Parish (Bull. So. 
Cal. Acad., V. 25, p. 48, 1926). Parish remarked that this plant 
was related to Cereus mojavensis but that it had rose-red flowers. 
The only resemblance to the latter species which we have been 
able to note is in the habit, low and closely caespitose and in the 
curved character of the spines. It has the typical spine arrange- 
ment of E. Engelmanni with small radials and four heavy diver- 


123 


gent centrals. There is nothing to suggest the large, long radials 
and single central of E. mojavensis. This is a high altitude form 
probably parallel to the high altitude form of E. Fendler1 men- 
tioned in Britton and Rose (Cactaceae III, p. 36), much discussed, 
and in one case at least, named, by new species hunters of late. 
The flowers are like those of E. Engelmannii and vary from deep 
magenta-crimson to a pale yellowish pink, almost white. The only 
distinctive characters are those mentioned above, low compactly 
caespitose habit and long curving central spines. The habit char- 
acter becomes very weak in the Hemet Valley collections (Munz 
& Johnston 5570 (type coll.) ). A collection from 47 mi. s.e. of 
Tecate, Lower California, Mex. (Munz 9612) is characteristically 
this form in habit but has short straight spines which seem prac- 
tically those of the species. The material from above Baldwin 
Lake on the desert slopes of the San Bernardino Mountains (Munz 
5759) (Fosberg & Pierce No. 8552) seems to represent the ex- 
treme development of this form. The plants are very low, densely 
spiny with long curved spines. Here the range touches that of 
the species and there is no evidence of intergradation. 


E. Engelmannti (Parry) Rumpler var. chrysocentra Engelm. & 
Bigel. 


We have had several opportunities to observe this form in 
southern Arizona. Collections were made near Sells, Pima County 
(Fosberg & Pierce, April 2, 1932). It was also observed at Gun- 
sight and in the Sonoita Valley, both in Pima County. It usually 
seems to inhabit the talus slopes of lava or porphyry buttes, al- 
though in the Sonoita Valley it was seen on open alluvial fans. 
At Gunsight where the range of the species touches that of var. 
chrysocentra at the foot of the peaks, plants were observed which 
seemed to be intergrades. The species did not occur on the slopes 
of the peaks at all, while the variety was common there. Var. 
chrysocentra is based entirely on the long straight slender spines 
which are of a greenish yellow color. The blossoms are like those 
of the species. This is the plant which has been known in collec- 
tions by the specific name Meadei, a name which originated no 
one seems to know where, evidently never published. 


Considering the tremendous range of variation in Echino- 
cereus Engelmanni one hesitates to recognize any segregates from 
it, even of varietal rank. In the species itself the plants range 
from as short as 1 dm. to as tall as 5 dm.; the spines from 1 to 6 
cm. in length, from straight to quite curved and in color from 
white through straw yellow, orange, brown and gray to bright 
ebony black, often with more than one color on the same plant. 
These variations seem to have little or no relation to geographic 
distribution or even to environmental conditions. The reason for 
recognizing the two varieties is that they present rather distinc- 
tive characters in more or less constant combinations and are geo- 
graphic entities. 


124 


Cereus (Lophocereus) Schott’ Engelmann. 


Doubt has been expressed as to the occurrence of this plant 
in the United States. The junior author visited the Sonoita Valley 
in Pima County, Arizona and saw a considerable stand of 1t some 
distance from the boundary on the United States side. The plants 
seemed to be in a rather unhealthy condition. 


Echinocactus (Ferocactus) acanthodes Lemaire. 


The form of this plant described as Ferocactus Rostii Britton 
and Rose (Cactaceae III, p. 146) has been observed rather closely 
through a large part of its range on the western side of the Colo- 
rado Desert and we have decided that it does not apparently 
deserve even varietal rank. Plants of this form can be found in 
almost any large stand of E. acanthodes except from the most 
northerly portions of its range. It can only be considered an 
extreme in the variation of the species predominant in the south- 
western part of its range, just as the low form which when young 
has very long bright red spines is the predominant form in the 
mountains of the eastern Mojave Desert. These forms could only 
be satisfactorily disposed of at present in a list of minor varia- 
tions such as Hall has used in his revisions in the Compositae. 
Genetic studies might give a further understanding of them. 


Neomammillaria microcarpa (Engelmann) Britton & Rose. 


We found the plant described as Mammillaria Olivae by Or- 
cutt (West. Amer. Scientist 12, p. 163) on a low quartzite knob 
near Colossal Cave, north of Vail, Pima County, Arizona ( Fosberg 
& Pierce, April 3, 1932), and were immediately struck by its re- 
semblance to N. microcarpa with which it was growing. Both 
were in fruit and we compared the two plants, their fruits and 
seeds. No difference whatever could be found except in the cen- 
tral spines which were short and straight in the Olivae form and 
longer and hooked in N. microcarpa. After further search we 
found a number of plants which had both kinds of spines on the 
same plant and all graduations between the two. North of Mag- 
dalena, Sonora, Mexico, we also found the straight spined form. 
Here it was growing on the flat valley floor. With it again were 
plants of the normal form and some with both kinds of spines 
and intermediates (Fosberg & Pierce, April 6, 1932). We think 
that the straight spined form is merely an occasional variation of 
N. microcarpa. The slight difference in the shape of the perianth 
parts in Britton and Rose’s descriptions (Cactaceae IV, pp. 135, 
155) seem well within the limits of variation in the species, and 
color differences are of very little importance, sometimes changing 
with the age of the flower and the time of day. We have seen 
a similar straight spined plant of Neomammillaria dioica (K. 
Brand.) Britt. & Rose (see Fosberg, Bulletin of So. Calif. Acad. 
Se., V. XXX, pt. 2, p. 54). Another possibility is that the straight 
spined form may be a dying species or variety being submerged 


125 


by hybridization with N. microcarpa. The latter is a wide spread 
and quite variable species generally distributed over southern Ari- 
zona, Sonora, southern New Mexico, Chihuahua and southwestern 
Texas. 


Neomammullaria (Phellosperma) tetrancista (Engelmann) Fos- 
berg. 


We are able definitely to record this plant from the Mojave 
Desert. We collected it in the Granite Mountains east of Victor- 
ville, San Bernardino County, California (Pierce, May 15, 1922) 
(Fosberg & Pierce No. 51525) and the senior author has examined 
in cultivation a specimen collected by Mr. Lee Chambers near the 
Ord Mountains. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY 


OctroBER, 1932 Tro SEPTEMBER, 1933 


REGULAR MEETINGS 


The regular meetings of the Academy are held the second Sat- 
urday evening of each month at 7:30 P.M. in the Lecture Room 
of the Los Angeles Library. 


Ocroser 8, 1932: The guest speaker of the evening, Eugene 
O. Murman, of Glendale, gave an illustrated lecture on “Insectiv- 
orous Plants of the World.” The large audience which was pres- 
ent, greatly enjoyed Mr. Murman’s interesting account of the 
curious habits of insectivorous plants. The speaker, who is an 
accomplished artist, illustrated his talk with beautiful hand-colored 
slides made from his drawings. 


NoveMBER 12, 1932: Dr. John A. Comstock, Associate D1- 
rector, Los Angeles Museum, gave his lecture “Adventures of a 
Butterfly Hunter,” illustrated with stereopticon slides. Dr. Com- 
stock gave an interesting account of collecting experiences in 
Florida and California, and showed many beautiful hand-colored 
views of butterflies in the egg stage, as larvae and as adults. 


DecEMBER 10, 1932: “Rattlesnakes of the Southwest” was 
the title of the illustrated lecture of Mr. L. M. Klauber of the 
Zoological Society of San Diego. This well-known herpetologist 
described the various kinds of rattlesnakes found in this region 
and discussed the relative strength of the poison in different species. 


JANUARY 14, 1933: Dr. F. D. Blakeslee lectured on “The 
Panama Canal,” illustrated with colored views. 


Fepruary 15, 1933: Phil Townsend Hanna, Editor of Tour- 
ing Topics, gave his illustrated lecture, “The Mother of California.” 
He presented a vivid picture of the natural history and the people 
of Lower California, Mexico. 


Marcu 11, 1933: “Camouflage in Nature” was the subject 
of the illustrated lecture of Mr. Frederic S. Webster, formerly of 
the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh. His collecting of slides was 
well chosen and he gave the audience a most instructive talk. 


PwpriteS, 1933): Dr. (Carl S. Knopi, of the Wniversity of 
Southern California, spoke on “The Archaeology of the Near 
East.” The lecture was illustrated with lantern slides which showed 
the results of recent archeological expeditions. 


May 13, 1933: An audience which taxed the capacity of the 
lecture hall, heard Mr. W. Scott Lewis lecture on the timely sub- 
ject, “California Earthquakes.’ His slides illustrated many fea- 
tures in the geology of California. 


127 


June 10, 1933: “The Flowers of Hawaii and Their Legends” 
was the topic of Mr. Ralph Cornell, Los Angeles landscape artist, 
who illustrated his talk with many beautiful lantern slides of the 
flowers of the Hawaiian Islands. 


BOARD MEETINGS 


During the year, meetings of the Board of Directors were 
held on October 17, January 16, May 29 and July 24. Business 
was transacted relative to the disposal of the Schrader estate, elec- 
tion of Board members, appointment of committees, authorization 
for expenditures and selection of speakers. 


ANNUAL MEETING 


The annual meeting of the Academy was held the evening of 
June 19 at 6:30 o'clock in the Casa De Rosas Inn. After dinner, 
short speeches were made by Dr. John A. Comstock, Mr. William 
A. Spalding and President Payne. The reports of the Treasurer, 
Mr. Harry K. Sargent, and the Secretary, Mr. Howard R. Hill, 
were read and approved. The speaker of the evening, Mr. B. R. 
Baumgardt, F. R. A. S., delivered a splendid address on “The Ro- 
mance of Human Progress.” His lecture dealt with the scientific 
achievements of the past, the discoveries of the present day and 
the relation of science to the progress of mankind. 

A count of the ballots returned by mail from members, showed 
the members of the Board of Directors re-elected by unanimous 
vote. 


APPOINTMENT OF COMMITTEES 


Publication: Mr. Spalding and Dr. Comstock. 
Finance: Mr. Spalding. 
Program: Mr. Hill, Dr. Comstock and Dr. Knopf. 


SPECIAL< MEETING 


In cooperation with the Los Angeles Museum, the Academy 
held a special meeting on Sunday afternoon, August 6, in the lec- 
ture room of the Museum. Members of the Academy and their 
friends listened to a lecture by Mary L. Jobe Akeley, the wife of 
the late Carl Akeley, noted African naturalist and explorer. Her 
subject, “Carl Akeley’s Africa,’ was presented in an interesting 
way and illustrated with slides and moving pictures taken in the 
field. 


Howarp R. Hit, Secretary 
128 


a RR TT 
WILLIAM S. WRIGHT 
ae a a 


William S. Wright, since 1922 Curator of Insects and County 
Supervisor of Nature Study on the staff of the Natural History 
Museum, Balboa Park, San Diego, died on July 8, 1933. He was 
born in Plaino, Hlinois, April 23, 1866, and came to San Diego 
thirty-nine years ago. For twenty-eight years he was associated 
with the San Diego City Schools as a manual training teacher, 
maintaining at the same time a strong interest in his hobby of 
entomology, particularly Lepidoptera. 


After joining the staff of the Natural History Museum he 
donated his collection of some 30,000 insect specimens, also his 
entomological library, and these provided the nucleus of the Mu- 
seum’s present collection, built up under Wright’s curatorship to 
about 200,000. He was regarded as a national authority on the 
Geometridae. 

As San Diego County Supervisor of Nature Study, he initi- 
ated a system for the rural schools which aroused great interest 
on the part of the children. Miss Ada York, San Diego County 
Superintendent of Schools, in commenting upon his death, wrote : 
“In the passing of W. S. Wright the schools of San Diego County 
have sustained an educational loss. Through his personal visits to 
the schools, through his bulletins, and through his correspondence 
with pupils, he greatly enriched the lives of all children who came 
under his direction.” 

Wright died shortly after starting his annual vacation, which 
he had planned to spend in Siskiyou County. Within three days 
of his death he was collecting butterflies there, when he com- 
plained of feeling ill and asked to be driven home. He died at 
Laguna Beach, en route to San Diego. He is survived by his 
wife, two daughters, three sons, two brothers, and five grand- 
children. 


He was a charter member of the San Diego Museum Asso- 
ciation, former Secretary of the San Diego Society of Natural 
History, and a 32nd Degree Mason. He was a contributor to 
entomological and nature study magazines and had read papers 
at a number of scientific gatherings in California. In the Trans- 
actions of the San Diego Society of Natural History he published 
“An Annotated List of the Butterflies of San Diego County.” 


129 


The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried 
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf- 
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural 
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a 
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this 
program, the following forms are suggested: 


Form of Legacy 


To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal 
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects 
of value. 


I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of 
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....-.........--...--------------------- 
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali- 
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses, 
dispositions and benefits thereof forever. 


Form of Devise 
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy. 


I give and devise to ‘Southern California Academy of Sciences” 
of ‘the (City of Tos “Angeles("\(.2 ee 
here describe the property or ground rent..............--------:-----+e+--ee-eeeeeeeeeeee De 
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of 
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free 
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern 
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever. 


130 


BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 
ACADEMY of SCIENCES 


Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California. 
Subscription—$2.00 per year 


Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy. 
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00) 


Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, 


Los Angeles, Cal., U.S. A. 


Publications of the 


Southern California Academy of Sciences 


The Academy has published to date the following: 


PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. 
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. 


All issues of the above are now out of print. 


Bulletin of the 
Southern California Academy of Sciences 


Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued 
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— 
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo- 
ber) in 1920. 


Mmieml9o21 issues “are Voli XX No: 1; “April; Vol. XX, No. 2, 
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. 


The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, 
September. 


The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. 


The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem- 
ber-October; No. 6, November-December. 


From 1925 to 1932, including volumes XXIV to XXXI, three num- 
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- 
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. 


131 


All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with 
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary 
of the Academy at the appended prices: 


Vol. 3, No. 7. October AUS) Oe ee ered ec eae eGR IIS $ .25 
: Ae aoe aMlaiy, EGO, et ei cae pe el 25 
es 65S e25-  Jullys cE) Oper eee peemnremee i 225 
* i 2 eer adil, Lil Oe Sete sity, Le ee ee 75 
+ 125s) 1 January: ONES So ee Soe one 50 
Al Se 745 Able UQUIG irate eh ee 50 
igs IL, Aenea GD Of See Si ee eee 25 
SO, 4. October, OD Ovo Ne. Seer Ae Se ee 25 
<2 oe 25 October aI VPA aaa einer ee vee iene aa Se . IND 
is oe aka) eboney US ee ee ees een eae eed 25 
S23. ie ee earch; 19 2) Als teria a ee ce 25 
By Tee hs IME IGS Une puleree Wetcranees fia ho 25 
me do he Sully, 5 77 ieee a Ie i Oe ea IE 25 
oe cop sO RE OeDLCMDErs, M924) ta ee 25 
pte Doi om OS RNOMeMUDeL kG 24y Sales Se ene .25 
24 ale anuanye 1925 oe aiy,c8 orthies ApsieiyeG ates 25 
GIS) Taek I a ha INEZ i192 Sygate. 0, ee A ies io ae 25 
SZ A tee PONS CDLEIMDEan M92 estou nies eee eee eee 25 
2b os le january, 926s == = eee a ee 75 
sreetor2 Oveniecn trey ualVilaive G2 Gn Secu ee eee .25 
25a a oe September 9 2Gne ee 12 ele ke re eee 25 
EO AGS ale dena nay NO DST, Res eee ie ae een 25 
2 Opec eA pri: OD es ee AE ieee eee 25 
Stsd Opiate On ID CDtEMDET a. MOAT. 2s tes wae) 5 oe eee .25 
Se 2 leo analyse 9 28/5 on Boe Uy eee ee .25 
SOR ei NE HI Vo pieamihetney ov aati tie eee ee .25 
Se ee Oe CD LeM per) 192 8iceeet oes leks pees PAB) 
oa eon oe se e MU Tay s DS AN reeiepeee aS eRe 6o es 25 
Sais 6 OS hy INE NOD Oe Sesh Wipe Sains es Sal eee 25 
FE) SPAS Ee way, ASKey owen ol) cYey eo DESAY) eee 50 
Fe) oa ennwlenay, GS Oh ces ee ees 25 
BPD Sr, Mle 93 0 ieee a Pe ee eee 25 
“en 2O el eos) ESC PLeIMIber 19S 0) pose eee ee eee .25 
S30) Le January, LO Gile Soe Bot see Ss ee eee 225 
GF 8h FS WE, 1G Bilge eee eee 25 
S21123 NE esi HOt SED LOMDSr ao tO Blk pao ae ees ee eee eee 25 
So Bils ie aebauie bey VOR D182 oe eee is fone Pi) 
SO Bl 5 Nile 1G SDI ae Be eon CL ee 25 
Seo ode Bek SCD LEMUDCT ey lO Ciye seats ah oe 25 
= Sac), so) Le January: 1 Bespin, cee NR RL re 25 
He BYR Se 7a IIL NG O38 hee Slee ee 25 
MOD Om IO CDLeMDEr AiO SS hes tie soe ore eee 25 


The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues and will appre- 
ciate the donation of all numbers by members who have no further use for back 
issues. Address all communications concerning the above to: 

DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK, Southern California Academy of Sciences, 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif. 


132 


REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the 
Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof 
to the editor. They may be ordered through the editor at the following 
rates, from the McBride Printing Co., 261 So. Los Angeles St., Los 
Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. 


PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS 


|\4pp. | 8pp. 12pp 16pp 20pp. 24pp.  28pp. | 32pp. 


50 copies $3.75 $ 5.75 $ 8.50 $10.25 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00 
lO) 4.50 7.50| 10.75) 12.75) 15.00| 17.25} 20.25) 21.50 


SORT as 5.25 9.25 13.00 15.25 18.25 21.00 24.50 26.00 
20, Oe 6.00 11.00 15.25 17.75 21.50 2475 28.75) 30.50 
250 =“ 6.75 12.75 17.50 20.25 24.75) 28.50, 33.00 35.00 
a) 7.50 14.50 19.75 22.75 28.00 32.25) 37.25 39.50 


Covers: 50 for $2.00. Additional covers, 14%¢ each. 


FRINTING 


HAS BEEN OUR BUSINESS 


SINCE 1880 


SERVICE and QUALITY, com- 
bined with FAIR PRICES, has 
made this business a success for 
over fifty years. 


McBride Printing Ge 
261-263 So. Los Angeles St. Los Angeles 


Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences 


VOL. XXXII, 1933 


INDEX OF SUBJECTS 


Ancient Houses of Modern 
VIS SRaT GC Ope eee uals eee ce Sa 79 
Basilarchia obsoleta, Life 
HSCs O fe sees at 
weidemyrii ne- 
vadae, Life hist. 


“c 


Opp nee ee errs 113 

Ceraurus infrequens —...-..... 15 
Cybeloides calliteles —............ pe ale! 
Encrinurus hastula —..-...-.--.... 12 
= octonarius —-........... 13 


Graeperia altera, Life hist. of... 82 
Hylephila phylaeus, Life hist. of 81 
Incisalia iroides, Life hist. of... 77 


ISOLENUSESPURIUS ene ee eee 20 
Litoprosopis coachellae, 

TESTES: Lav USS Rao tay ea ala a ilale( 
Lloydia obsoletus ......--.-.-....------.- 11 
Melitaea fulvia, Life hist. of -...102 

‘ theona bollii, Life 
WSO fies ee ee 99 

Neo-Babylonian documents, 
Items of interest from —_-..... 41 


New Lycaenid from So. Calif. .. 23 
Opuntia bigelovii Hoffmannii_..121 


Ordovician Faunas, Notes on, 
One IV ONICS See ee he eee 1 


NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL 
GARDEN 

Orthis decipiens’. = ae ALT 

Parsons, George Whitwell, 
hal; IMMsyooVoaian, a Ee ee 38 
Philotes enoptes dammersi —_- 24 
Plebejus neurona, Life hist. of 79 
Plectambonites angulatus _...... 18 
Plectorthis mazourkaensis —_._. ) 


sé 


patulus 
Proceedings of the Academy _..127 
Rare Fishes found in Cali- 


fornia Coastal Waters ___.... Bases, 
Remopleurides occidens ............ 18 
Satyrium fuliginosa 114 
Schrader, Wilhelm, In 

Me TIT OTs aria nea ie eee 39 


Southwestern Cacti, Notes on_121 
Strymon avalona, Life hist. of..107 
oy californica, Life 


INDEX OF AUTHORS 


Comstock, Dr. John A. .............. 
Sree px PANS Bay Cee Us pelle 
82, 99, 105, 107, 110, 113, 114, 117 

Dammers, Comm. Charles M. 
sae ZEOO: MO Sl Oa LOD Of alalO 


IOSD C12 He Ee esse ceeee cece 121 
Hennes Chriss... Sie aE og eS 
ET EV OWA Cig ce see eee 22, 128 


T'S te 0 fate eee ee eee 114 
s saepium, Life 
UTS CSM Ltrs ee 105 
Tholerea reversalis, Life 
NAS Eko bye eke eee cneeron es 35 
Thorybes mexicana, Life 
LSE HOt eee sees ose ean en eee 110 
Wright, William S., In 
INWNyonVoy erks wool ace Bi Seen 29 
Knopf, Dr. Carl Sumner ............ 41 
Phieser bh rede By die ee Les | 
PIER COM Wile tiG Mi neeekerne ee 121 
SSN UL LTT ORV VAG) eee erates ee 39 
Sperry, Grace H., and 
ACO ow alin) (Nese ee Se eee 99, 102 
Wioodwar dr Aut hin ieee eee 79 


New species and forms indicated in bold face type. 


— 


a 
(ty 
| 


a 


Fa} 


feet LE PEN OF THE 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 


eiaiucbinnezinsi 


Vol. XXXII January - April, 1934 Part 1 


CONTENTS 


NEW OYSTERS AND A NEW PECTEN FROM THE 
TERTIARY OF CALIFORNIA—Leo George Hertlein - = = = 


FOSSIL MOLLUSKS FROM THE VERTEBRATE-BEARING AS- 
PHALT DEPOSITS AT CARPENTERIA, CALIFORNIA— 
Tors Grant andc A’) Ma Sirdng” ==) be. Sie ea wm Uae 


NOTES ON THE INSECT INHABITANTS OF WOOD RAT 
HOUSES IN CALIFORNIA—A, C. Davis = - = = = = = « 


ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF CALIFORNIA 
LEPIDOPTERA—John A. Comstock and Charles M. Dammers = 


STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA— 
John A. Comstock -« =< = = = es «= = s = =» = = s = @ @ 


THE CAPTURE AND STINGING OF THE PREY OF 
SPHEX XANTHOPTERUS—Charles H. Hicks - - = = = «© = 


A REVISION OF THE HEUCHERA RUBESCENS GROUP (SAXI- 
FRAGACEAE) FOR THE UNITED STATES—Margaret G, Stewart 42 


A REVISIONAL STUDY OF THE SPECIES ERIGERON 
FOLIOSUS NUTT—Gladys Compton - = =. wii tes 


Issued Feb. 28, 1984 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


= 
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 
Mire HARRY. Ke2SARGENT 23s 6 ia eae eee President 
Dr: FORD Ae CARPENTER 02 Ee ee lst Vice-President 
Mr cl HEODGRE PAVE: 2 3.2o5 ce pase ge Serer 2nd Vice-President 
Mr. HOWARD Ro PRPs soa cee tes eitecs ochestann oes come Secretary 
Mr Harry K. SARGENT 30 ee ee Treasurer 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. THEODORE PAYNE 
Dr. WILLIAM A. BRYAN Mr. Harry K. SARGENT 
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. WiLtiAmM A. SPALDING 
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt 
Dr. Cart S. KNopF Mr. Howarp R. HILt 
= @ 
ADVISORY BOARD 
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. BuRLEw 
Dr. MELVILLE DOZIER Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN 
Dr. D. L. TASKER 
a 
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING 
Chairman : Secretary 


BOTANICAL SECTION 
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary 


FINANCE COMMITTEE 
Mr. WILLIAM A, SPALDING 


PROGRAM COMMITTEE 


Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. Cart S. Knorr 


Mr. Howarp R. Hitut 
= 


COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION 
Mr. Witiiam A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock 


OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY 


Los ANGELES Museum, ExposiTIOon Park, 
Los ANGELES, CAL. 


iGRARY 
NEW YORK 
BOTANICAL 

GARDEN 


NEW OYSTERS AND A NEW PECTEN FROM 
THE TERTIARY OF CALIFORNIA 


LrEo GEORGE HERTLEIN 


Ostrea ashleyi Hertlein, new species 


late, hewnes:2-and 35 Plate’ Z, figure: | 


Lower valve narrowly oblong, wider at base; exteriorly or- 
namented by numerous fluted ribs; area of attachment near beak 
unornamented. Interior of margin not folded; muscle scar fairly 
large; ligament groove long and fairly wide. Upper valve long 
and narrow; on the interior beneath the beak a long narrow ele- 
vated area is present which fits into the groove of the lower valve. 
Height of shell (beak to base, incomplete), 216 mm.; width of 
shell (at base) 108 mm. 


Holotype: Lower valve, No. 6065 (C. A. S. type coll.) from 
Loc. 933 (C. A. S.) Kern County, California; Chas. Morrice 
collector. emblor,.Miocene [— Loc. 981 (CG. A. S:) near the 
Centenmmotmsee o2 1.28 S., R29 Ey M.D. -M..) FM. Anderson 
collector. Temblor, Middle Miocene]. Paratype: upper valve 
INome0/Z2N(E2A.S: type coll:), from Loc. 1073, (€. A. S.), from 
forks of large gulch which runs from the north through the mid- 
dlexormtne eZ of Sec! 28. 1.28 S.° R.29 E., M: D.. M., Kern 
County, California; about one kilometer above falls on central 
hill slope; G. D. Hanna collector; Temblor, Miocene. A _ para- 
type of this species has been deposited at the San Diego Society 
of Natural History, San Diego, California. 


Mhis species is abundant at Loc. 1073 (C. A.S.). Mr. A. R. 
May of Bakersfield, California, has studied the field relationship 
at this locality, and kindly furnished the following information :* 


“Locality No. 1073 occurs on the east bank of the creek about 
twenty feet above the creek bed, at an elevation of approximately 
710 feet. The Round Mountain Silt-Olcese Sand (“Middle Temb- 
lor Sands”) contact occurs on the hill side to the east of the lo- 
cality at an elevation of 925 feet. The dip of the beds is about 
5 degrees to the south and the oyster bed consequently is between 
200 and 210 feet below the top of the Olcese Sand.” 


This long narrow oyster with pronounced ribs ornamenting 
the lower valve, which bears a long ligament groove, internally, 
is quite distinct from any other species from western North 


*Written communication to Dr. G. D. Hanna, dated November 8, 1933 
Letter in files of the California Academy of Sciences. 


1 


Fic. 


Fic. 


Fic. 


PLATE 1 


1. Pecten (Pseudamusium) lillisi Hertlein, new species. Paratype: left valve, No. 
6063 (C. A. S. type coll.) from Loe. 1874 (C. A. S.) diatomite from S. E. eorner 
of See. 35, T. 6 S., R. 7 E., M. D. M., Stanislaus County, California, north side of 
Crow Creek road. Bedded material in quarry, dip nearly flat. G. D. Hanna and 
J. A. Taff, collectors; Kreyenhagen formation, upper Eocene or lower Oligocene. 
Height of figured specimen (incomplete) approximately 20.5 mm., length (incom- 
plete) approximately 16.5 mm. 


2. Ostrea ashleyi Hertlein, new species. Holotype: lower valve, No. 6065 (C. A. 
S. type coll.) from Loc. 933 (C. A. S.) Kern County, California ; Temblor, Mio- 
cene. Chas. Morrice collector. [== Loe. 981 (C. A. S.) near center of See. 32, T. 
28 S., R. 29 E., M. D. M. F. M. Anderson collector ; Temblor, Miocene. | 


3. Ostrea ashleyi Hertlein, new species. Exterior of same specimen as figure 2. 


2 


America. These features of the lower valve as well as the long 
narrow upper valve with the internally raised area below the 
beak, easily distinguish the species from other lower Miocene 
forms such as O. loeli Hertlein,t O. wiedeyi Hertlein,? and O. 
howelli Wiedey.* 


In some cases this species has apparently been referred to 
O. bourgeotsii Remond.* Réemond’s type was not illustrated at the 
time of description and it is possibly lost. Gabb’ published a 
figure of an oyster which he referred to O. bourgeois but he did 
not definitely state whether or not the figure represents Remond’s 
type specimen, which came from Kirker’s Pass in Contra Costa 
County, California. Clark® has figured as O. bourgeoisii, an 
oyster stated to be of common occurrence in the upper } Miocene, 
but the exact locality from which the figured specimen came 1S 
not definitely stated. O. bourgeoisii appears in his checklist, but 
under the list of localities accompanying the same, the indication 
as to locality is omitted. The form figured by Clark is quite dis- 
tinct from O. ashleyi which occurs in the Temblor. 


Specimens of oysters in the collections of the California Acad- 
emy of Sciences, which can apparently be referred to O. bour- 
geoisi, occur in the beds which have been referred to the San Pablo 
formation in Contra Costa County and at other localities in the 
Mount Diablo region. Some of the localities are here mentioned. 
ocwe7ot0n(C A “Sane W: 4 Sec. 27,.8.3°S.,R.3-E., M. D. 
M. About five miles east of Livermore, Alameda County, Cali- 
hoOimiaemeleoe 257116 (C. AS!) See 5, 1:3) N.,.R.3 Ey M: D.M., 
two miles southeast of Greenville, Contra Costa County, Cali- 
fomma aoc. 27620°(C. A. S.) Oyster Shell Hill, N. W- corner 
OueSeewen alo S., RS EF. MoD. M: Alameda:-County, California ; 
Basal San Pablo. Loc. 27631 (C. A. S.) N. E. side of hill 1318, 

BaitAzcot N. WY, See 15, T.2°S.; R.2 E;, Alameda County, 
California. 


1 Jour. Paleo. vol. 2, no. 2, 1928, p. 147, pl. 28, figs. 1, 10. 
2) 


2 Jour. Paleo. vol. 2, no. 2, 1928, p. 144, pl. 22, figs. 2 and 3. 
’'Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. 5, 1928, p. 135, pl. 15, figs 1 and 2 
*Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 3, 1863, p. 18. ‘‘Vicinity of Kirker’s Pass, 


from a late Tertiary bed.” 


* Geol. Survey Calif., Palaeo. vol. 2, 1866, p. 33, pl. 11, figs. 57, 57a. In 
the text the locality is given as ‘‘Near Kirker’s Pass, Contra Costa County; 
from the Pliocene.” 


® Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. vol. 8, no. 22, 1915, p. 447, Pl. 48. 


Ww 


Fic. 


Fic. 


Fic. 


PLATE 2 


1. Ostrea ashleyi Hertlein, new species. Paratype, upper valve, No. 6072 (C. A. 
S. type coll.) from Loe. 1073 (C. A. S.) from forks of large gulch which runs 
from the north through the middle of the east % Sec. 28, T. 28 S., R. 29 E., Kern 
County, California. About 4% kilometer above falls on central hill slope; G. D. 
Hanna and J. A. Taff collectors; Temblor, Miocene. Central ligament ridge ele- 
vated about 10 mm. above the plane of the hinge. 3 


2. Pecten (Pseudamusium) lillisi Hertlein, new species. Holotype, impression 
of right valve, No. 6062 (C. A. S. type coll.), from the same locality as the speci- 
men illustrated on Plate 1, figure 1. 


3. Pecten (Pseudamusium) lillisi Hertlein, new species. Enlarged view of the 
anterior portion of the specimen in figure 2. 


Ostrea titan eucorrugata, new name. 


Ostrea titan corrugata Nomland, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. 
GealvolMOxnos 18) 1917. 7p. 306, pl low te, ls pl: 17, fig. 
1; “near middle of southern boundary of N. E. % Sec. 10, 
TAQ'S, R.15'E, M. D. B. & M., about fifty feet above base 
of formation.” Santa Margarita formation, upper Miocene. 


Not Ostrea corrugata Brocchi, Conch. Fossil. Subapennina, vol. 
2, 1814, p. 670, pl. 16, figs. 14 and 15; “fossile nel Piacen- 


tino.” 


Not Ostrea corrugata Hutton, Catalog. Tert. Moll. & Echin. New 
Zealand, 1873, p. 35; “Shakespeare Cliff.” 


Nomland has indicated that this form is “Distinguishable 
from the typical Ostrea titan Conrad which is also found in the 
Santa Margarita formation by the prominent folds on surface 
and the greater convexity of lower valve.” 


Hanna‘ has already pointed out that the name corrugata 
is preoccupied in the genus Ostrea by O. corrugata Brocchi. The 
California form named corrugata by Nomland is believed by some 
workers to have a stratigraphical significance, and is therefore 
renamed. 


Hutton has also used the name O. corrugata for a New Zea- 
land fossil shell, which has been renamed Ostrea huttoni by Lamy.* 


Pecten (Pseudamusium) lillisi Hertlein, new species 
Plate 1, figure 1; plate 2, figures 2 and 3 


Shell small, of general form of Pecten pedroanus Trask; 
right valve, the anterior ear well defined, set off from the rest of 
the shell by a well defined groove, a well developed byssal notch 
is present; anterior ear ornamented by six or seven riblets, which 
are crossed by imbricating lines of growth; posterior ear unorna- 
mented except by fine lines of growth; the anterior portion of the 
valve ornamented by about ten fine spinose riblets; the posterior 
portion of the valve unornamented except by fine lines of growth; 
entire surface of valve covered by fine submicroscopic camp- 
tonectes striations which cross the radiating riblets. Measurements 
of holotype, altitude 14.1 mm.; length (approximately) 13 mm.; 
length of hinge line 9.2 mm. 


7 Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, vol. 13, no. 10, 1924, p. 174. 


8’ Jour. de Conchyl. vol. 73, no. 3, 1929, p. 166. 


ol 


Left valve (paratype), the anterior ear is ornamented by 
about six to eight fine radial ribs; the surface of the valve is 
ornamented by fine radiating riblets; entire surface covered by 
camptonectes striations similar to the right valve. 


Holotype: No. 6062 and paratypes, Nos. 6063 and 6064 
(€. A. S. type coll) irom Loc: 1874,(G) A. S:)) diatomites Kireyen= 
hagen\ shale; fromms, corer of See: Jo) Op See eee ee De 
M., Stanislaus County, California; on the north side of Crow 
Creek road. Bedded material exposed in quarry, dip nearly flat. 
G. D. Hanna and J. A. Taff collectors. Kreyenhagen formation ; 
upper Eocene or lower Oligocene. The holotype and paratypes 
are excellent impressions in the white diatomaceous shale. 


Pecten lillisi may be distinguished from P. pedroanus Trask 
and other fossil and Recent species of small pectens on the west 
coast of North America, by the small number of delicate spinose 
ribs which ornament the anterior portion of the right valve, and 
by the fine submicroscopic camptonectes striations which cover 
the surface of the shell. The less numerous ribs on the right valve 
distinguish the new species from Pecten (Pseudamusium) pana- 
mensis Dall.2 Compared to Pecten (Pseudamusium) reticulus 
Dall, the new species differs in the shape of the ears and in 
the greater number of radiating riblets on the left valve; also 
the anterior portion of the right valve possesses more radiating 
riblets than the species described by Dall. No mention is made 
by Dall in the description, regarding the presence of any camp- 
tonectes striations on P. reticulus. Pecten (Pseudamusium) tha- 
lassinus Dall,"' described but apparently unfigured, is said to be 
ornamented similar to P. reticulus but with the sculpture less pro- 
nounced. The strong spines on the ribs of the right valve, strongly. 
sculptured ears, and camptonectes striations of P. lillisi serve to 
distinguish it from Dall’s species. 


®* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. 43, no. 6, 1908, p. 404, pl. 6, figs. 8 and 10. 
“Gulf of Panama, in 322 fathoms, mud, bottom temperature 56° F.”.... 
“ranging from near Acapulco, Mexico, to the Galapagos Islands, in 141 to 
885 fathoms, soft bottom, temperature 37°.2 to 53°.5 F.” 


Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. 12, no. 6, 1886, p. 221, pl. 5, figs. 8 and 10. 
“Obtained in 82-123 fms. at Barbados.’’ 


* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. 12, no. 6, 1886, p. 221. ‘‘80 to 317 fms. off 
Martha’s Vineyard,” and ‘‘off Havana in 450 fms.’’ 


FOSSIL MOLLUSKS FROM THE VERTEBRATE- 
BEARING ASPHALT DEPOSITS AT 
CARPINTERIA, CALIFORNIA 


3y U. S. Grant anp A. M. StRonc 


INTRODUCTION 


In 1927 an asphalt deposit on the Lucien Higgins Ranch at 
Carpinteria, Santa Barbara County, California, was discovered to 
contain numerous remains of vertebrate animals. The importance 
of this discovery was recognized by the late Mr. Ralph Hoffman 
and Mr. Norton Stuart of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural 
History, who invited Dr. Ralph Chaney and Dr. Chester Stock 
to investigate the deposit. This resulted in the collection of a 
large number of remains of birds, mammals and plants, some re- 
ports on which have already appeared.' 

Somewhat later Mr. David Banks Rogers? of the Santa Bar- 
bara Museum of Natural History made a collection of marine in- 
vertebrates from the lower three or four inches of sand imme- 
diately below the asphalt impregnated vertebrate beds and lying 
on the inclined truncated Miocene Monterey shales. Through the 
kindness of Mr. Rogers we were permitted to study the Mollusca 
which form the basis of the faunal list included herewith. 


Previous WorK 


In a preliminary report* Messrs. Chaney and Mason stated 
that the fossil flora indicated a forest assemblage dominated by 
coniferous trees with a heavy undergrowth of shrubs and herbs. 
All the readily recognized plants were of species identical or sim- 
ilar to species now living in California but only where the rainfall 
was greater than that now prevailing at Carpinteria. They con- 
cluded the age of the plants must be Pleistocene. Loye Muller, 


1 Hoffman, Ralph: ‘The finding of Pleistocene Material in an Asphalt Pit at 
Carpinteria, California,’ Science, N. S., Vol. 66, no. 1702, p. 155, Aug. 12, 1927. 

Stock, Chester: ‘‘Pleistocene Fauna and Flora,’ op. cit., pp. 155-156. 

Miller, Loye: ‘Bird Remains,” op. cit., p. 156. 

Chaney, Ralph W. and Mason, Herbert L.: ‘‘Fossil Plants,’ op. cit., pp. 156-157. 

Miller, Loye: ‘‘Pleistocene Birds from the Carpinteria Asphalt of California,’’ 
Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., Vol. 20, no. 10, pp. 361-374, 4 text figs., 
Aug. 4, 1931. 

Miller, Alden H.: ‘‘The Fossil Passerine Birds from the Pleistocene of Car- 
pinteria, California,’’ Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., Vol. 21, no. 7, pp. 
169-194, pls. 12-14, Feb. 26, 1932. 

Wilson, Robert W.: ‘Pleistocene Rodent Fauna from the Carpinteria Asphalt 
Deposits,’’ Abstract. Bull. Geol. Soc. America, Vol. 44, pt. 1, pp. 219-220, Feb. 
28, 1933. 

Chaney, Ralph W. and Mason, Herbert L.: A Pleistocene Flora from the As- 
phalt Deposits at Carpinteria, California. Carnegie Inst. Publ. No. 415, pp. 45-79, 
pls. 1-9, March, 1933. 


* According to Mr. Rogers the invertebrates came from a pit 300 feet north 
of the embankment at the beach, 230 feet south of the south boundary of the 
Southern Pacific R. R. right of way, and 850 feet west of the east line of the 
Higgins Estate. The present authors were not able to inspect the site. 


3 Chaney, Ralph W. and Mason, Herbert L., op. cit., 1927, p. 157. 


‘ 


who studied the avian remains (except the Passerines), believed* 
that some of the fossil birds sugested a sylvan coastal region cooler 
and more nearly a Transition life zone than either the Pleistocene 
vertebrate deposit at McKittrick in the San Joaquin Valley or the 
Rancho La Brea deposit in the city of Los Angeles. Alden H. 
Miller, who studied the fossil passerine avifauna, concluded? that 
the assemblage “could be duplicated today in the region of Mon- 
terey with the exception of Corvus caurinus, breeding robins, and 
the possible extinct types.” The rodent material, as studied by 
Wilson,® suggested that the deposit was accumulated at the edge 
of the forest during late Pleistocene time. 


In the final report on the fossil plants by Chaney and Mason‘ 
it was concluded that the climate at Carpinteria during the time 
of accumulation of the flora was “cooler and slightly more humid 
than it 1s today, and was more like that on the coast 200 miles to 
the northwest where the summers are moist and cool.” These 
authors arrived at a similar conclusion® in regard to the climate 
during preservation of the fossil flora discovered a few years ago 
on Santa Cruz Island, one of the Santa Barbara Channel group 
lying about 30 miles off the shore of southern Santa Barbara 
County. In both cases forest conditions such as now prevail on 
the Monterey Peninsula about two hundred miles north of Car- 
pinteria extended south into southern California. This extension 
southward of northern conditions during the Pleistocene in Cali- 
fornia is well established by the abundant Quaternary molluscan 
fossil remains in Los Angeles County. It is unfortunate that the 
nolluscan fauna associated with the Carpinteria plants and verte- 
brates is almost too small to give a very positive independent check 
on the climatic conditions indicated by the other organisms, but 
the species identified from the collections made by Mr. Rogers, 
taken all together, suggest a marine temperature slightly cooler 
than that now prevailing on the shores of southern Santa Barbara 
County. 


THE MoLtuscAan FOSSILS 


Since the occurrence of fossil marine invertebrates in associa- 
tion with land plants and vertebrates is of rare occurrence it seems 
desirable to place on record all information, however meagre, based 
on all the organisms represented. The following list includes all 
the marine Mollusca from the Carpinteria asphalt deposit which 
we were able to identify in the collections submitted to us by Mr. 
David B. Rogers. 


Op icit. 1927. LOS 

5 Op. cit., p. 185. 

NOS Chas 105 LPAI 

“Op. cit., 1932. See pp. 75, 76-77, 78-79. 


8 Chaney and Mason, Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ. No. 415, no. 1, 1930. The 
Santa Cruz Island Pleistocene flora suggests slightly cooler and more humid con- 
ditions than that of Carpinteria. 


8 


PELECYPODA 


Ostrea cf. lurida Carpenter. 

Hinnites multirugosus (Gale). 

Pecten (Aequipecten) latiauratus Conrad. 
Pecten (Aequipecten) delosi Arnold. 
Mytilus sp. 3 young valves. 

Glans carpenteri (Lamy ).° 

Lucina (Lucinisca) nuttallii Conrad. 
Venerupis (Protothaca) staminea (Conrad). 
Tellina bodegensis Hinds. 

Macoma nasuta (Conrad). 

Cumingia lamellosa Sowerby. 
Schizothaerus nuttallii (Conrad). 


SCAPHOPODA 


Dentalium neohexagonum Sharp and Pilsbry. 


(GASTROPODA 


Conus californicus Hinds. 

Monthiopsis incisa (Carpenter). 

Mangelia (Bela) variegata Carpenter. 
Mangelia (Bela) hecetae Dall and Bartsch. 
Clathurella affinis Dall. 

Olivella biplicata (Sowerby ). 

HA yalina (Cystiscus) jewetti (Carpenter ). 
Nassarius (Schizopyga) perpinguis (Hinds). 
Nassarius (Schizopyga) mendicus (Gould). 
Nassarius (Schizopyga) mendicus, var. cooperi (Forbes). 
Nassarius (Schizopyga) fossatus (Gould). 
Mitrella carinata (Hinds). 

Mitrella carinata, var. gausapata (Gould). 
Amphissa reticulata Dall. 

Tritonalia interfossa (Carpenter ). 

Tritonalia lurida ( Middendorff ). 

Acanthina spirata (Blainville). 

Bittium (Semibittium) quadrifilatum Carpenter. 
Turritella cooperi Carpenter. 

Tachyrhynchus ? reticulatus (Mighels). 
Lacuna unifasciata Carpenter. 

Hipponix antiquatus (Linnaeus). 

Crepidula adunca Sowerby. 

Crepidula nummaria Gould. 

Crepidula sp. 

Polimces (Euspira) lewisii (Gould). 

Acmaea sp. 


® Described as Lazaria subquadrata Carpenter, 1864, and long known as Car- 
dita subquadrata (Carpenter). Not Cardita subquadrata Conrad, 1848. Renamed 
Cardita (Carditamera) carpenteri Lamy, Journ. de Conchyl., Vol. 66, p. 264, 1921. 
Glans minuscula Grant and Gale, 1931, is an exact synonym. 


9 


Tricolia sp. 

Calliostoma canaliculatum (Martyn). 

Calliostoma costatum (Martyn). 

Megatebennus bimaculata (Dall). 

Epitonium (Nitidiscala) indianorum (Carpenter ). 
Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) stearnsi Dall and Bartsch. 
Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) new species. 

Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) ct. ralphi Dall and Bartsch. 
Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) antestriata Dall and Bartsch. 
Odostomia cf. columbiana Dall and Bartsch. 
Odostomia cf. donilla Dall and Bartsch. 

Odostomia ct. jewettii Dall and Bartsch. 


AMPHINEURA 


Ischnochiton magdalenensis (Hinds). 
Mopalia sinuata (Carpenter ). 
Mopalia ciliata (Sowerby). 
Tonicella lineata (Wood). 
Placiphorella velata Carpenter. 


EcoLoGcy 


As stated in a preliminary paper’? the ecologic requirements 
of these molluscan species suggest that they probaly lived in a 
semi-sheltered cove or open embayment embracing rocky tide pools 
and lagoonal conditions in close proximity. Such a varied habitat 
can be found at many places along the present California coast- 
line where small canyons meet the sea along rocky coasts. 


Of the 57 forms represented in the above list, 46 are definitely 
determined species, including the 5 Amphineura. All are still liv- 
ing'' and most of them include Santa Barbara County in their 
known Recent ranges. At first sight the fauna appears to repre- 
sent a typical southern California assemblage but the Tachyrhyn- 
chus (questionably identified as reticulatus) might be the northern 
species and two chitons, Mopalia sinuata (Carpenter) and Toni- 
cella lineata (Wood), are primarily northern in their range though 
the latter has been recorded as far south as San Diego. Though 
the fauna is small it precludes the possibility of warmer marine 
conditions than the present for it does not include the well known 
living southern forms such as Laevicardium elatum Sowerby, L. 
procerum Sowerby, Mulinia modesta Dall, Tellina rubescens Han- 
ley, Chione gnidia Broderip and Sowerby, Crassispira amathea 
Dall, Eupleura muriciformis (Broderip), Macron aethiops kellettu 
(A. Adams), Centrifuga leeana (Dall), and Purpura monoceros 
(Sowerby) which are present in the warm water late Pleistocene 


1 Grant, U. S. and Strong, A. M.: ‘‘Fossil Mollusca from the base of the 
vertebrate-bearing asphalt pits at Carpinteria, California,’ a paper read at the 
meeting of The Paleontological Society, Pacific Coast Branch, held at Los Angeles, 
California, April 8, 1933. 


1 Pecten (Aequipecten) delosi Arnold, originally described as a fossil, is now 
known to be living in southern California waters. 


10 


Palos Verdes formation of Los Angeles County. Thus, the Car- 
pinteria fossil mollusks suggest marine conditions probably slightly 
cooler than the present. 


GEOLOGIC AGE 


In regard to the age of the deposit, the lack of extinct species 
would place it in the late Pleistocene, later than the Palos Verdes 
formation which has some extinct species!” and which has been 
correlated’* with the Sangammon interglacial stage of the Pleisto- 
cene. But the small number of definitely determined species makes 
this conclusion somewhat questionable for there may be extinct 
species in the deposit which have not been preserved, or at least 
have not been collected. On other grounds, however, a late Pleis- 
tocene age appears to be a safe conclusion for out of 25 species 
of plants only one is extinct and the vertebrates are also sug- 
gestive of the late Pleistocene. In view of the apparent recency 
of all the organisms, and their climatic significance, the Carpinteria 
asphalt deposit may be tentatively dated toward the latter part of 
the late Wisconsin glacial stage of the Pleistocene when the low- 
est temperature had been passed and conditions were becoming 
somewhat ameliorated. 


CORRELATION 


The closest equivalent of this fauna appears to occur in the 
fossiliferous fine sandstone which is exposed in the low terrace 
southwest of Goleta, ten or fifteen miles west of Carpinteria. A 
preliminary list of the mollusks from the Pleistocene southwest of 
Goleta was published by I. S. Oldroyd and U. S. Grant ( Nautilus, 
Vol. 44, pp. 91-94, 1931). Much larger collections obtained later 
add a number of species to the fauna. Fifty-six per cent of the 
Carpinteria molluscan fauna also occur in the Goleta terrace de- 
posits on the Campbell Ranch, the differences being probaly due 
to ecology rather than the passage of time. Less than one-third 
of the Carpinteria fauna ocurs in the Timms Point formation at 
San Pedro, and the San Pedro formation and the Palos Verdes 
formation each have very significant faunal differences. Chaney 
and Mason have named the Carpinteria deposits the Carpinteria 
formation,'* a late Pleistocene horizon which very likely will be 
recognized at several other localities along the southern California 
coast wherever the present cycle of marine erosion has not com- 
pletely destroyed the lower marine terraces produced during pre- 
vious cycles. 


Department of Geology, 
University of California, 
Los Angeles, California. 


12 Such as Cantharus fortis Carpenter, Cancellaria Tritonidea Gabb. 
18 See Grant and Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, p. 75, 1931. 
JO :Cits, 91933, per 48: 


11 


NOTES ON THE INSECT INHABITANTS OF WOOD 
RAT HOUSES IN CALIFORNIA 


By A.@) Davis 


The insect fauna of the nests of various animals is a subject 
that has not to date received the attention of which it is worthy. 
Explorations of the living quarters of animals and birds may not 
only bring to light a certain number of undescribed species of 
insects, but will net a great amount of information upon the habits 
of insects already described, but about which little is known. The 
insects, chiefly Coleoptera, inhabiting the nests of ants and ter- 
mites as guests of one kind or another have received the most at- 
tention. In England a good deal of work has been done upon the 
insect fauna of mole’s nests by Beare and Evans (2), Joy (13) 
and others, and in continental Europe, Bickhardt (3) has enum- 
erated the insects known to have been found in the nests of other 
animals. In North America a little work has also been done, 
although the surface has not been more than scratched. Hub- 
bard’s paper upon “The Insect Guests of the Florida Land Tor- 
toise’ (12) is a classic of its kind. Beamer (1) has published a 
paper upon the occurrence of a chrysomelid beetle, Griburius 
montezumae Suffr., in the nests of turkey vultures, Knaus (14) 
in a short paper summarizes the various places in which Coleop- 
tera may be expected to be found as guests of other animals, and 
there are a number of other notes upon the subject, mainly very 
short or incidental to description. Among these the papers of 
Brown (4, 5, 6, 7) deserve mention, being in part the result of 
investigation of the burrows of the prairie dog, Cynomys ludovi- 
cianus ludovicianus (Ord.) in Oklahoma by Mr. Brown and of 
the burrows of the pocket gopher (Thomomys talpoides talpoides 
Rich.) in Canada by F. H. Strickland and S. Criddle. 


I first became interested in the insect fauna of the wood rat 
houses about 1925, when R. E. Barrett, now of Saticoy, Calif., 
was collecting Coleoptera from them as the subject of a thesis. 
Mr. J. O. Martin, of the California Academy of Sciences, had 
perviously done a great amount of work upon the nests. Neither 
collector ever published his findings, and both have very kindly 
given me permission to incorporate their data with my own in the 
present paper. 


Wood rats of the genus Neotoma form a large group of char- 
acteristic mammals not closely related to the Old World rats of 
the genus Rattus, and with entirely different habits. Generally 
they are harmless and interesting inhabitants of uncultivated lands 
and only occasionally do any serious damage to man’s property 
and are then easily controlled. Some of the species are about the 
size of the common brown rat (Rattus norvegicus), some larger 
and some smaller. They have large ears, bright eyes, and a rather 
pleasing expression of intelligence. They are cleanly in habits 


12 


although their old houses and nests are often filled with food 
refuse and trash from many years of accumulation, and this refuse 
and the extensive deposits of excrement attract and harbor many 
forms of insect life.* 


In California there are more than a dozen species and sub- 
species of wood rats belonging to several distinct groups with dif- 
ferent habits and habitats, but all are builders. Some build large 
stick houses on the ground or in trees, others out in the deserts 
among cactus and thorn bushes, and others among rocks or in 
caves and old buildings. Their houses of many years’ accumula- 
tion are sometimes bulky affairs of sticks and trash 5 or 6 feet 
high, or in the deserts low mounds of cactus and thorns, or in 
tree tops great bunches of sticks and leaves among the branches, 
or among rocks mere heaps of sticks and stones to cover the door- 
ways back into their nest cavities. 


The nests are generally cup-shaped beds of fine soft bark or 
plant fibers in well-protected cavities or chambers inside or under 
the main houses, and generally there are considerable food stores 
near the nests or in special cavities provided for the purpose. 


The houses of the wood rat, Neotoma fuscipes macrotis 
(Thomas), locally known as the brush rat or trade rat, are to be 
found along the bottom and slopes of almost any brushy canyon 
in California. They are built of loose twigs and sticks, and are 
usually somewhat conical in shape, varying from a few handfuls 
of twigs to huge structures 6 feet or more high and as many feet 
in diameter at the base. Usually they are built around some bush 
or small tree, but occasionally they are in the open. I have opened 
several that were built upon large rocks, deep fissures in which 
gave a final retreat for the rats. One house examined was merely 
a nest chamber in a crevice in a large rock. Frequently the rats 
will build a house high up in a tree, but this often serves merely 
as a retreat in time of danger. 


The rats incorporate into their houses anything that strikes 
their fancy, and there seem to be very few things that may not 
be made use of. I have seen splintered sections of shovel-handles, 
surveyor’s stakes, broken bottles, bits of glass, pieces of cactus, 
tin cans, nails, bailing-wire, automobile bolts, pieces of inner tub- 
ing, and a host of other articles. Anything that is small enough 
for the rat to carry (and they can drag off surprisingly large 
articles) and that is not nailed down will serve some rat at some 
time as building material. In opening the houses it pays to go 
carefully if painful cuts and scratches are to be avoided. 


The pile of sticks and other material is traversed by galleries 
running in different directions and opening at different levels, and 
there is often an underground exit also. The nest chamber proper, 


*This paragraph and the two which immediately follow it were kindly fur- 
nished by the U. S. Bureau of Biological Survey. 


13 


containing the bed of the rat, is generally found somewhere near 
the lower center of the heap. The nest or bed is constructed of 
finely shredded dry grass and roots, the inner bark of trees, and 
sometimes a few feathers or a length or two of cotton string. It 
is about 6 inches in diameter, and has an entrance at one side. 


The rats seem to prefer to deposit their faeces in a definite 
part of the house, but this varies in location. In some houses it 
is just at the entrance to one of the galleries and in others it may 
be just outside the bed, in the nest chamber. In the older houses 
or in those in which there are several rats the nest chambers may 
become too foul, and a new nest chamber and bed are constructed, 
usually at a higher level. In some houses the accumulation of 
faeces forms a mass several inches deep. 


In some part of the house, usually adjacent to the nest cham- 
ber, there is a store of such food as may be in season. This may 
be berries, acorns, sumac seeds, small terminal twigs of various 
plants, etc., the store containing as much as 7 or 8 quarts at times. 


Excellent accounts of the nests, habits, and food of these 
rats have been given by English (8), Gander (9), Grinnell and 
Storer (10, pp. 116-122), Grinnell, Dixon, and Linsdale (11, pp. 
DIDS-o21)) and abarks (Cl): 


The insect inhabitants of the nests may be grouped into four 
major divisions: 


1. Seasonal inhabitants, including those that use the nests as 
retreats for hibernation or aestivation, such as many 


of the Tenebrionidae found there, and the Coccinel- 
lidae. 


iS) 


Those brought into the nests with the building material or 
with food, such as the Ptinidae, which undoubtedly 
emerge from the sticks composing the houses. 


3. Incidental, feeding upon other insects, faecal material, or 
fungus, and not peculiar to the nests. 


4. Peculiar to the nests, feeding upon the material of the 
nests or houses, parasitic upon the rats, or parasitic or 
predacious upon other insects in the nests or houses. 


Between 1925 and 1931 the writer has opened in the neigh- 
borhood of 500 nests, and at least as many were opened by Martin 
and Barrett. Most of these were examined in the rainy season, 
from October or November to April or May. There 1s little to 
be found in the houses in the dry season, and other collecting de- 
mands the attention of the entomolcgist. ; 


In opening one of these houses the space about it was first 
cleared of brush if possible. Since many houses are built in among 
multiple trunks of large shrubs this could not always be done. 
The house was then pulled apart with a long-tined rake until the 


14 


nest and dung chambers were nearly or quite exposed. These and 
the material surrounding them were carefully lifted out with a 
trowel and the hands, and sifted, as was the humus, soil, and rot- 
ten vegetation at the ground level. At first the entire house was 
pulled apart stick by stick and shaken over a sheet, after the method 
of J. O. Martin, but this was found to be too tedious and lengthy 
in view of the scarcity of insects in the outer layers. 


The screen used for sifting was given me by A. Fenyés, 
of Pasadena, Calif., and consisted of two rings of heavy wire with 
handles. The lower ring is covered with coarse screen. The two 
rings are connected by a canvas cylinder about 15 inches long, 
and a continuation of this cylinder hangs down about 34 inches 
from the bottom ring. This is tied at the bottom, forming a sack 
into which the sifted material falls. This material may be—as 
much of it was—placed upon a screen in the field and examined 
in bright light. However, many of the smaller insects will not 
move and so escape detection. A better method is to dump the 
sifted material into paper sacks and take it home where it may be 
examined at leisure. For later collecting a device for extracting 
the insects, made upon the principle of the Berlese funnel, was 
used, and proved very successful. This apparatus was also de- 
vised and given me by Dr. Fényes. 


Owing to the difficulty of having material in so many differ- 
ent groups determined by specialists, many of the insects taken 
in the nests were not identified. 


THYSANURA 


A species of “fish moth” was taken by Mr. Martin at Berk- 
eley, and several specimens of what may be two species were 
taken by the writer from several houses in Orange County. 


CoLLEMBOLA 


No special effort was made to collect these minute insects, 
but numerous specimens of at least two species were seen in the 
nests. 


CORTHOPTERA 


Parcoblatta americana Scudder. Several nymphs were taken 
from houses in Orange County. 


Ceuthophilus sp. Mr. Martin found fragments in nests at 
Berkeley. Several specimens were taken in the lower galleries of 
houses in Orange County and at Pasadena and Griffith Park, Los 
Angeles County. 


The two foregoing species were identified by A. N. Caudell. 
CORRODENTIA 
Psocidae were numerous in the nests. 


15 


ANOPLURA 


Gander (9) reports that many of the rats are infested with 
lice. Of the seven or eight that I had an opportunity to examine 
none were infested. 


HEMIPTERA 


Eurygaster alternatus Say. Specimens were taken by Mr. 
Martin at Berkeley. It is probable that these were merely hiber- 
nating here. 


Corigus spp. Two species of this genus were taken by Mr. 
Martin at Berkeley, in nearly all the nests. They are common on 
flowers, and had probably used the nests merely as a place of 
hibernation, as does Dicyphus vestitus Uhl., which was also found 
by Mr. Martin at Berkeley. 


Plinthisus martini Van Duzee. Two specimens were taken at 
Berkeley by Mr. Martin. He regards it as a true inquiline. 


Eremocoris inquilinus Van Duzee was taken by Mr. Martin 
at Berkeley and by E. P. Van Duzee near San Diego. This 
species seems to be. peculiar to the wood rat nests and is probably 
a parasite of the rats, although it may be predatory upon other 
insects in the nests. 


Triatoma protracta ( Uhl.) is common in all stages in nearly 
all nests throughout the region, and seems a normal inhabitant. 
There is little doubt that it is regularly parasitic upon the rats. 
It has been shown to carry a disease of the rats caused by the 
protozoan Trypanosoma triatomae 


Rashahus thoracicus Stal. Two specimens were seen in two 
different nests in Orange County. The insect is common in south- 
ern California, and these two were probably hiding during the day. 


Apiomerus crassipes (Fabr.). This bug is not uncommon in 
the houses. Several were seen at Berkeley and at various points 
in southern California. They were probably using the houses as 
hibernation quarters. These bugs are capable of inflicting a very 
severe jab, as are Triatoma and Rasahus. 1 have not been bitten 
by the latter two, but can answer for A piomerus. 


DERMAPTERA 


Several earwigs were seen in the nests from time to time, but 
none were collected. 


COLEOPTERA 


This order has probably more representatives in the fauna of 
the wood rat houses than all the others combined. A few of them 
are peculiar to the houses and are found nowhere else, but most 
of them are normally found in other places and are here only be- 
cause they find suitable food or shelter during hibernation or 
metamorphosis. 


16 


CARABIDAE 
Bembidion sp. Taken by Mr. Martin at Berkeley. 


Pterostichus californicus (Dej.). Not uncommon in the 
houses, especially in the outer and lower portions, at Berkeley 
(Barrett), Pasadena, and in Orange County. 


Pterostichus congestus Mén. Pasadena, quite common ( Bar- 
rett). One specimen, Silverado Canyon, Orange County. 


HypROPHILIDAE 
Megasternum posticatum Mann. Not uncommon at Berkeley 
on January 27, 1927. R. E. Barrett, in his notes, records it as 
most common in January. J. O. Martin notes it as “fairly com- 
mon here as elsewhere in decaying vegetable matter.” Taken in 
the well rotted dung of the lower chambers. 


SILPHIDAE 
One unidentified specimen belonging to this family was taken 
by Mr. Martin at Berkeley. I saw fragments of what appeared 
to be a Choleva or Ptomaphagus in sifted refuse from a house 
in Santiago Canyon, Orange County. 


ORTHOPERIDAE (CORYLOPHIDAE ) 

Eutrilia brunnea Csy. One specimen taken at Berkeley in 
November by Mr. Barrett. Mr. Martin also took this species. 
He records it as “found in decaying wood where fungus is grow- 
ing,” which would account for its presence in the wood rat houses. 


STAPHYLINIDAE 
Micropeplus laticollis Makl. This species was taken at Berk- 
eley by Mr. Martin. Twelve examples were taken from three 
nests within a few rods of each other. Found in heaps of faeces. 


Protemus sp. Taken by Mr. Martin at Berkeley. 


Phyllodrepa megarthroides (Fauv.) was taken by Mr. Martin 
at Berkeley. 

Aleocharinae. A number of species have been taken at various 
times and places by all collectors. None of these have been de- 
termined. 


Paramedon consanguineum Csy. Taken at Berkeley by Mr. 
Martin, who records it and the following species as being nearly 
always present in the nests. 


Philonthus migritulus (Grav.) Taken by Mr. Martin and the 
writer at Berkeley, in the dung chambers of various houses. This 
species is found elsewhere, not being peculiar to wood rat houses. 

Quedius erythrogaster Mann. This beetle in all stages is a 
common and characteristic inhabitant of the houses in all locali- 
ties, and is seldom taken elsewhere. It is found especially in the 
well-rotted dung of the lower chambers. 


17 


Quedius limbifer Horn was taken with the preceding species 
at Pasadena by Mr. Barrett. 


Hesperolinus parcus (Lec.). Taken at Berkeley by Mr. 
Martin. 


Hesperolinus sp. A number of specimens were taken in San- 
tiago Canyon, Orange County, from the well-rotted dung of the 
lower chambers. This species may prove to be undescribed. 


Conosoma castaneum Horn. Taken at Berkeley by Mr. Mar- 
tin and at Pasadena by Mr. Barrett, in January. It occurs in the 
well-rotted dung of the lower chambers. 


Mycetoporus neotomae Fall. Several specimens were taken 
in Santiago Canyon, Orange County, in March, in the lower cham- 
bers. This species seems to be rather rare, and is probably pe- 
culiar to the nests. 


Mycetoporus splendidus (Grav.). Taken by Mr. Martin at 
Berkeley. 


Myllaena sp. Taken at Berkeley by Mr. Martin. 


Tachyporus californicus Horn was taken by Messrs. Martin 
and Barrett at Berkeley, and by the writer at Berkeley and in 
Santiago Canyon, Orange County. This species is not at all com- 
mon, but a few specimens are usually taken in the course of a 
season's collecting. 

Atheta sp. Two undetermined species of this genus were 


fairly common in the decomposed dung of the lower chambers 
of the houses in Santiago Canyon, Orange County, in February. 


Atheta occidentalis Bnhr. 
Atheta fenyesi Csy. 
Baryodma uvidula Csy. 


These three species were taken in the houses at Berkeley by 
Mr. Martin. In addition to the above, seven undetermined species 
of Staphylinidae were taken by Mr. Martin. I also have several, 
and among these are probably some that are not included in the 
above list. 
PTILIIDAE 


Acratrichis horni Matth. This very minute beetle is no overly 
common at Berkeley. Barrett, in his notes, says ‘occurs sparingly 
in many nests during the months of February and March.” I once 
took five specimens from a single nest, but many nests contain 
none. 


HISTERIDAE 
Hister foedatus Lec. Occurs sparingly at Berkeley in Janu- 
ary and February. One specimen was taken in Santiago Canyon, 
Orange County, in the rotten dung of the lower chambers. 


Gnathoncus communis Mars. Taken by Mr. Martin at 
Berkeley. 
18 


Gnathoncus interceptus (Lec.). Quite common in well rotted 
dung in the lower chambers during spring at Berkeley (Barrett). 
Two or three specimens were taken in Santiago Canyon, Orange 
County, in February. 


DERMESTIDAE 


Byturus grisescens Jayne. Two specimens taken from nests 
in Orange County in February. These were probably brought in 
with food, since the beetle occurs commonly upon the live oak at 
this season. 


Attagenus clongatulus Csy. Several specimens tentatively 
placed here were taken in Santiago Canyon, Orange County, in 
February and March of 1930 and 1931. One specimen emerged 
from a pupa found in the siftings of a nest chamber. This beetle 
is apparently a regular inhabitant of the wood rat nests, although 
it may not be confined to them. 


Cryptorhopalum sp. One specimen taken at Pasadena by Mr. 
3arrett was in such poor condition that identification was not 
possible. 


The larva of two species of Dermestidae were taken at Berk- 
eley by Mr. Martin, but attempts to rear them were not successful. 
The larvae of at least three species were not at all uncommon in 
many nests in Orange County, but no attempt was made to rear 
them. 


CRYPTOPHAGIDAE 


Cryptophagus sp. Taken in small numbers from the lower 
chambers of nests in Santiago Canyon, Orange County. Also 
taken by Mr. Martin at Berkeley. He records that this and the 
following species were found commonly in every nest. They 
probably feed upon the fungus, which is very thick in the decay- 
ing vegetable material of the lower levels. 


Atomaria sp. Berkeley (Martin), Orange County; several 
specimens from masses of dung. 


Anchicera nanula Csy. Taken at Berkeley in September by 
Mr. Barrett. 
MyCETOPHAGIDAE 


Litargus balteatus Lec. Taken by Mr. Barrett at Berkeley 
in the early fall. Of this species he says “it seems to disappear 
after the first few rains,’ as do also Lathridius armatulus Fall 
and Coninomus nodifer Westw. 


COLYDIIDAE 


Megataphrus tenuicornis Csy. One specimen taken by Mr. 
Martin at Berkeley. 


19 


LATHRIDIIDAE 


Metophthalmus rudis Fall. One specimen was taken from a 
nest chamber in Santiago Canyon, Orange County. 


Metophthalmus trux Fall. One specimen was taken at Berk- 
eley by Mr. Martin. 


Lathridius armatulus Fall. Taken at Berkeley by Mr. Bar- 
rett, as was the following species. 
Coninomus nodifer Westw. 


Enicmus suspectus Fall. Two specimens were taken from a 
nest in Santiago Canyon, Orange County. 


Enicmus crenatus Lec. Taken at Berkeley by Mr. Martin. 


Melanophthalma villosa Zimm, Taken at Berkeley by Mr. 
Martin, who notes it as being rare. 


Melanophthalma distinguenda Com. Same data as the pre- 
ceding species. 


Melanophthalma similiata Gyll. Rare at Berkeley (Martin). 


Melanophthalma americana Mann. Two specimens were 
taken from a nest in Santiago Canyon, Orange County. 


Fuchsina occulta Fall. Taken by Mr. Martin in Muir Woods, 
Marin County. This species occurs in rotten vegetation in other 
situations. It has been taken by Fuchs by sifting the debris about 
the bases of redwoods. 


None of this family are peculiar to the wood rat houses, but 
feed upon fungus and decaying vegetable matter, and find condi- 
tions in the houses suitable to them. 


COCCINELLIDAE 


Scymnus pallens Lec. A single specimen of this species was 
taken from a house in Santiago Canyon, Orange County. It was 
either brought into the house with food, or was in hibernation 
there, probably the former. 


ALLECULIDAE 
Isomira sp. Three specimens were reared from pupae found 
in the dung of the lower chambers of two houses. 
TENEBRIONIDAE 


Nyctoporis carinata Lec. Several specimens were taken in 
Santiago Canyon, Orange County, during February and March. 
It occurs in numbers in nests about Pasadena in January (Bar- 
Tet)’. 


Eleodes quadricollis Esch. One specimen taken by Mr. Mar- 
tin at Berkeley. 


Eleodes parvicollis Esch. This species is fairly common at 
Berkeley, being found in nearly all of the houses. 


20 


Comontis subpubescens Lec. One specimen was taken by Mr. 
Martin at Berkeley. 


Cibdelis blaschkei Mann. Common in all houses in all locali- 
ties. Newly emerged specimens were found at Berkeley by Mr. 
Martin, indicating that this species breeds in the houses. It is 
not peculiar to the houses, however, being found in other places. 
In Orange County many tenebrionid larvae were found in the 
houses, some of them of very large size. 


MELANRYIDAE 


Microscapha californica Barrett. This species was taken in 
small numbers from nests at Pasadena in January, by Mr. Barrett. 
He notes it as quite common in the interior of the nests, but hard 
to capture because of its strong saltatorial powers. <A trip was 
made in January of 1929 to the immediate type locality as de- 
scribed to me by Mr. Barrett, but it was unsuccessful. To all 
appearances the rats had been poisoned or otherwise killed during 
piersummer ot 1928. All of the larger houses. had been long 
abandoned and the smaller ones were too new to contain many 
insects, having apparently been constructed by recent arrivals to 
the territory. The rats are sometimes poisoned, as they are re- 
garded as a nuisance and a possible carrier of bubonic plague, and 
their houses as a fire hazard. 


PTINIDAE 


Ptinus agnatus Fall. One female specimen was taken in San- 
tiago Canyon, Orange County, in February. This beetle may have 
sought refuge in the house, or may have emerged from one of 
the dry twigs of which the house was composed. 


SCARABAEIDAE 


Aphodius neotomae Fall. This beetle is peculiar to the wood 
rat houses, never having been taken elsewhere. It is widely dis- 
tributed, having been taken in Marin County and at Berkeley by 
Mr. Martin, at Berkeley and Pasadena by Mr. Barrett, and at 
Berkeley, Pasadena, in Orange County, and near Campo, San 
Diego County, by the writer. It is present in nearly all of the 
houses, the larvae being fairly numerous in October and Novem- 
ber. The adults are most numerous in January and February. 


Aphodius sparsus Lec. This species is also confined to the 
wood rat houses. It is somewhat more common than A. neotomae, 
and just as widely distributed. The larvae and adults of both 
these species are found in the moist, rotten dung of the lower 
chambers of the houses. 


Aphodius sparsus Lec. var. sheldoni Barrett. Taken in small 
numbers along with the typical form in nearly all localities in 
southern California. Described from Carpinteria, Calif. 


21 


Aphodius davisi Fall. Several specimens were taken from 
the dung in the lower chambers of one or two houses in Santiago 
Canyon, Orange County, on February 2, 1930. A number of 
other specimens were taken by several collectors at later dates. 
It is most common in April and May. ‘The species is apparently 
very local, and is probably confined to the houses of Neotoma. 


Aphodius vandykei Barrett. A number of specimens were 
taken in the mountains of Ventura County by Mr. Barrett. It is 
probable that this species also is confined to the houses of the wood 
rat. 


Aphodius tuberosus Barrett. Taken by Mr. Barrett in Rose 
Valley of Sespe Canyon, Ventura County. 


CURCULIONIDAE 


Dorytomus luridus (Mann.). One specimen was taken in 
Santiago Canyon, Orange County. Its presence was in all proba- 
bility accidental. 


Micromastus gracilis (Boh.). Berkeley. Two specimens were 
taken by Mr. Barrett and myself. Mr. Martin notes that “freshly 
emerged or immature specimens indicate that it breeds in the nests.” 


Of the Coleoptera taken by the writer, a few were determined 
by Dr. E. C. Van Dyke, but the greater number were identified 
by H. C. Fall. 


LEPIDOPTERA 


One small moth was taken by Mr. Martin at Berkeley, but 
was not identified. Numerous larvae were found in many nests 
in all localities, especially in and about the beds, and presumably 
feeding upon the dry grass and roots. Attempts to rear these 
were unsuccessful. 


Gander (9) records that “wooly-bear” caterpillars were com- 
mon in the nests in late spring and summer. At that time of year 
they are also common under any rubbish on the ground, where 
they hide to pupate. 


DIPTERA 


Gander (9) says that “about fifty per cent of the specimens 
[of rats] taken in the spring and early summer were carrying 
one or more of the large grubs or warbles of a species of fly, 
probably of the genus Cuterebra. Many of the autumn specimens 
were hosts to a small, white dipterous larva resembling that of 
the common fly, but with two or more short projections on the 
posterior end.” 


Anthomyza sp. Reared in small numbers from the refuse 
sifted from the dung chambers of houses in Santiago Canyon, 
Orange County. 


bo 
Li) 


| 
| 
| 
. 
| 


Pseudatrichia unicolor Coq. Reared in numbers from the 
same lot of refuse as the preceding. 


Trivoscelis frontalis Fall. A small number of specimens were 
reared from siftings from Santiago Canyon, Orange County. 


Parodinia sp. eared in small numbers from the same lot 
of siftings as the preceding species. 

These flies were determined by F. R. Cole. In addition to 
the above species, two undetermined species of Geomyzidae and 
one of Agromyzidae were similarly reared, and are now in the 
possession of Mr. F. R. Cole. 


SIPHONAPTERA 


Ceratophyllus sp. One species of the genus is very common 
at Berkeley, in and about the nest chambers. The other is smaller, 
and is very numerous in all nests in southern California. It is the 
presence of these fleas that represents the only real danger in 
opening wood rat nests. As is the case with the California ground 
squirrel, these rats are known to be capable of contracting bubonic 
plague, and their fleas in transmitting it, and the disease is an ever- 
present threat in California. However, the fleas do not seem to 
bite persons readily. I have been bitten only three or four times 
in opening hundreds of nests, the flea population of which ran 
from a hundred or so to over a thousand individuals per house. 


Hystrichopsylla dippiet Roths. This giant flea is not uncom- 
mon in the nests at Berkeley. Females may reach a length of 
nearly one-fourth inch, and are so heavy that they are able to 
jump only two or three inches. I have never seen this flea in 
the southern part of the state. 


HyMENOPTERA 


Tridomyrmex analis Ern. André. This ant is common in the 
nests. Two other ants are occasionally met with. On several 
occasions I have seen ants engaged in carrying off dipterous and 
coleopterous larvae from the wood rat houses. 

Three species of small parasitic wasps were taken by Mr. 
Martin at Berkeley, one of which he notes as wingless and per- 
haps peculiar to the wood rat houses. I have taken three species 
of these little wasps from houses in Orange County and about 
Pasadena. These are Anectata californica Ashm., Acropiesta sp. 
(determined by C. F. W. Muesebeck) and Phygadeuon sp. (de- 
termined by R. A. Cushman). Whether any of these are the same 
as those taken by Mr. Martin I do not know. They are probably 
parasitic upon the larvae of Diptera or Coleoptera in the houses. 


Of groups other than the Insecta no special effort was made 
to collect. The following notes may, however, be of interest: 

Arachnida—Numerous specimens of spiders were seen in the 
houses. No attempt was made to collect these. A small mite is 


9° 
23 


very numerous in most nests, especially in the beds, in most lo- 
calities. Harvest spiders are often seen. Pseudoscorpions are 
very common. One species was taken by Mr. Martin at Berkeley, 
and what seem to be two species occur commonly in nests in 
Orange County. They are most common from October to April, 
each nest then containing several hundred. They are probably 
scavengers. 


Diplopoda—One very large species of milliped is not uncom- 
mon in the rat houses about Berkeley. This species reaches a 
length of about 6 inches. In southern California a kind about 3 
inches long is sometimes seen, and one about an inch in length is 
common. 


Chilopoda—Centipedes of various kinds are not at all rare 
in the hcuses. No specimens of Scolopendra heros were seen, 
but I always rather expected to be nipped by one sooner or later. 


ea RA ORs Ce) 


1. Beamer, R. H. 1926. Notes on Griburius mantezuma (Suffrian ) 
(Coleoptera—Chrysomelidae). Pan-Pac. Ent. 2:209-210. 


2. Beare, T. H. and Evans, W. 1909. Coleoptera from Moles’ Nests 
in the South-east of Scotland. Ann. Scottish Nat. Hist. No. 70, pp. 86-91. 

3. Bickhardt, H. 1907. Kafer in Nestern. Entom. Blatter 3:80- 
86, 97-102. 


4. Brown, W. J. 1927. A revision of the Species of Aphodius of 
Horn’s Series I-b (Coleoptera—Scarabaeidae). Canad. Ent. 59:162-167. 


r 


be 1928. The Subgenus Platyderides in North America (Cole- 
optera—Scarabaeidae). Canad. Ent. 60:35-40. 


6. —— 1928. Two New Species of Coleoptera. Canad. Ent. 60:89-90 


7 1929. Studies in the Scarabaeidae (II and III). Canad. © 


Ent. 61:204-214. 
8. English, P. F. 1923. The Dusky Footed Wood Rat (Neotoma 
fuscipes). Journ. Mammalogy, 4:1-9, illus. 


9. Gander, F. F. 1929. Experiences with Wood Rats, Neotoma 
fuscipes macrotis. Journ. Mammalogy, 10:52-58. 


10. Grinnel, J., and Storer, T. I. 1924. Animal Life in the Yosemite. 
Univ. of Calif. Press, Berkeley, Calif., 752 pp., illus. 

11. Grinnell, J., Dixon, J., and Linsdale, J. M. 1930. Vertebrate 
Natural History of a Section of Northern California through the Lassen 
Peak Region. Univ. of Calif. Press, Berkeley, Calif., 594 pp., illus. 

12. Hubbard, H. G. 1894. The Insect Guests of the Florida Land 
Tortoise. Insect Life, 6:302-315, 3 figs. 

13. Joy, N. H. 1906. Celeoptera Occurring in the Nests of Mam- 
mals and Birds. Ent. Monthly Magazine, 42:198-202, 237-243. 


14. Knaus, W. 1928. Coleoptera as Guests of Other Insects and 


Animals. Ent. News, 39:5-7. 


15. Parks. H. E. 1922. The Genus Neotoma in the Santa Cruz 
Mountains. Journ. Mammalogy, 3:241:253. 


ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES 
OF CALIFORNIAN LEPIDOPTERA 


By Joun A. Comstock AND CHARLES M. DAMMERS 


One of our widely distributed Coppers, Heodes gorgon Bdv., 
has thus far eluded all of our western entomologists in their ef- 
forts to record its early stages. Mr. and Mrs. Sperry observed 
the species ovipositing on May 21, 1932, and sent us measure- 
ments and descriptions. Later, on May 26, 1932, the junior au- 
thor obtained numerous examples near Perris, Riverside County, 
California, and subsequently gravid females were captured which 
laid readily in captivity. No success was obtained, however, in 
hatching, and the earlier instars of the larva are therefore still 
awaiting description. 


The eggs are laid singly, or occasionally in pairs or threes, 
at the forks of the flowering stems of Eriogonum elongatum Benth. 
The time of hatching 1s probably determined by the rains and 


consequent condition of the plants. Mature larvae were collected 
Maye9s 11933: 


Ecc. Echinoid, flattened at the base, with a deep micropyle 
at the top. The surface is thrown into numerous longitudinal 
folds averaging about 22 in number. These are connected by 
lower horizontal partitions. The cells enclosed by these walls are 
deep, and the junctures of the walls with the main vertical ribs 
are protruded as irregular tubercles. 


Size, .48 mm. high by .84 mm. in diameter. The color is at 
first a delicate greenish, but later the ridges assume a glistening 
white, and the general color of the egg is a creamy white. Plate 
3 illustrates the egg. 


PLATE 3 


Egg of Heodes gorgon, 
magnified x 28. 


Photo by Menke 


bo 
Ol 


Mature LarvA. 18 mm. long. The shape is of the usual 
slug type with retractile head. Color of body, a pale turquoise 
green, largely obscured by a covering of dense long white hairs. 
This gives the larva a protective coloration harmonizing with the 
leaves of the foodplant. Spiracles, pale buff. Infrastigmatal 
fold (overlap) nearly white. Abdomen concolorous with body. 
Legs, colorless. Prolegs, pale green with light brown claspers. 
Head, pale buff, with brown mouth parts. See Plate 4. 


Pupation takes place late in May, on the foodplant, the chrys- 
alis being supported by a delicate silk girdle. 


PLATE 4 


Mature larva of Heodes gorgon, enlarged x 3% 


Drawing by C. M. Dammers 


Pupa. Length, 12 to 13 mm. Greatest width through ab- 
domen, 4.75 to 5 mm. Color pale blue-green, with a slight yel- 
lowish shading on the body. The head, thorax and all abdominal 
segments are thickly studded with minute fungoid or trumpet- 
shaped white protrusions. Spiracles, buff. There is an indistinct 
mid-dorsal dark line, caused by the obsolescence of the fungoid 
protrusions, and there are also four longitudinal rows of circular 
patches, caused by the same absence of the white protrusions. The 
thorax and wing cases are covered with patches of whitish powdery 
scale. These, on the wing cases, are so arranged as to indistinctly 
define the venation. Cremasteric hooks, minute, and light brown. 
The chrysalis is illustrated on Plate 5. 


The imagos emerged from June 12th on. 


Our thanks are due to Mr. Theodore Childs of Riverside for 
first calling our attention to the foodplant of the species. 


26 


PLATE 5 


Pupa of Heodes gorgon, enlarged x 4. 
a. Dorsal aspect. 06. Lateral aspect. c. Ventral aspect. 


Photo by Menke 


PHILOTES BATTOIDES BERNARDINO B. & McD. 


Described from eggs laid in captivity, and from larvae in all 
instars collected at Lee Mibaice. Riverside Co., Calif., July 9; 1933, 
on the flowers of Eriogonum fasciculatum Benth. 


Eec. Of the usual echinoid shape and character. Color, blu- 
ish white. The eggs are laid singly on the flowers of Eriogonum, 
and the larvae feed exclusively on the blossoms. 


Larva, first instar. Color of body, yellowish white; head 
black. A few iong colorless hairs arise from each segment. These 
are recurved posteriorly. 


Successive instars. Slug-shaped. The color is variable rang- 
ing from a yellowish green to a pale blue-green. There is a 
slightly darker mid-dorsal narrow band. Overlap, white. Legs 
colorless, with brown tips. Prolegs concolorous with body. Head, 
black. Spiracles, soiled white. Abdomen concolorous with body. 


The entire hody is sparingly covered with minute pale brown 
punctae; also there is a complete covering of short white hairs, 
except on the head. 


A few of the larvae assumed the color pattern of the mature 
caterpillar when in their third instar, but the majority were marked 
as above described until their penultimate instar. 


bo 
~l 


MATURE LARVA. Length extended, 11 nim. 


There is a great variation in color and pattern, ranging from 
a uniform pale blue-green, through green with chocolate mark- 
ings, lemon yellow with chocolate, pale soiled yellow, to a uniform 
pink. The form here described is that with pale green body color 
and rich chocolate pattern. 


Body color, green. There is a broken mid-dorsal band of 
chocolate, and laterally a broad diagonal chocolate band, formed in 
spear-shaped patches on each segment, as shown in Plate 6. 


PLATE 6 


Larva of Philotes battoides bernardino. 


Upper figure, intermediate instar. Lower figure, mature larva x 7. 


Drawing by C. M. Dammers 


Overlap, white, edged above and below with chocolate. At 
the junction of all legs with the body there is a broad, chocolate 
patch. Abdomen, pale greenish white. 


Spiracles, soiled white. Legs, colorless, with brown tips. 
Prolegs, greenish white, the claspers brown. 
Head, jet black, and retractile. 


The entire larva, except the head, is covered with a fine 
silvery white pile. Three larval stages are illustrated on Plate 6. 


Pupation took place late in July, apparently without any silken 
attachment, in the dessicating blossoms of the Eriogonum. 


28 


Pura. Length, 5.to 7-mm. Color, pale chestnut, with a 
slight suggestion of green on the wing cases. 


Stigmata, dark chocolate. There are no hairs or appendages 
on any portion of the pupa. See Plate 7. 


The larvae are parasitized by a minute Ichneumonid. 


This species is single brooded, the imagos emerging from 
late May to July. 


PLATE 7 


Pupa of Philotes battoides bernardino. 
a. Lateral view, enlarged x 7. 
Drawing by C. M. Dammers 


b. Ventral view x 6. c. Dorsal view x 6. 
Photo by Menke 


CHLOROCHLAMYS CHLOROLEUCARIA Guen. 


The larva and pupa of this species were briefly described in 
1879 by Hulst,' and in somewhat greater detail by L. W. Godell” 
in 1880. 


1Geo. D. Hulst. Bull. Brooklyn Entom. Soc. Vol. 2, p. 78. 
2L. W. Goodell. Canad. Entom. Vol. 12, p. 235. 


bo 
We) 


No illustrations of the mature larva and pupa have been pub- 
lished to our knowledge, and the accompanying cuts, Plates 8 
and 9, will therefore be of some aid to entomologists. 


The foodplant on which our examples were taken was Eriogo- 
num fasciculatum Benth., which constitutes a new record. The 
species has previously been recorded on Helianthus, Aster, Eupa- 


torium and Achillea. 


PLATE 8 


Larva of Chlorochlamys chloro- 
leucaria, final instar, enlarged. 


Drawing by C. M. Dammers 


PLATE 9 


Pupa of Chlorochlamys chloroleucaria, 
lateral aspect, enlarged. 


Drawing by C. M. Dammers 


HESPERUMIA SULPHURARIA Pack. 


A single larva of this species was collected at Pine Knot 
in the San Bernardino Mts. on June 10, 1933, feeding on an un- 
known bush. It was raised to maturity on rose. 


Additional examples were secured on June 17th of the same 
year, feeding on Ceanothus cuneatus Nutt., in Bouquet Canyon. 
The larva is of the usual geometrid type, and is camouflaged to 
resemble the twigs of Ceanothus. 


MaTurE LARVA. Length, 32 mm. The ground color ranges 
through gray and mauve to a greenish yellow. It 1s striped longi- 
tudinally with irregular fine lines of dark mauve to brownish 
black, and the pattern is broken with numerous spots and dashes. 
These markings are well brought out in the accompanying cut, 
Plate 10. There are a number of minute brownish black tu- 
bercles scattered over the surface, each of which is topped with 
a light brown to black hair. A few barnacle-like tubercles are dis- 
posed as shown in the drawing. A pair of these on the fifth seg- 
ment are connected by a dark mauve band over the dorsum. The 
lower half of the ninth segment is heavily mottled with mauve and 
white. 


PLATE 10 


Larva of Hesperumia sulphuraria, final 
instar, enlarged x 2%. 


Drawing by C. M. Dammers 


The infrastigmatal fold is indistinct, and of a gray or green- 
ish yellow color. Spiracles, orange-brown, black rimmed. Ab- 
domen concolorous with body. 


Legs, orange-red to brown. Prolegs dark mauve, the front 
pair blotched with white. Head, pale mauve, heavily spotted with 
dark greenish mauve. Spinnarets, light mauve. Mouth parts, 
dark brown. Ocelli, brown. A few short colorless hairs are scat- 
tered over the head. Other markings not specifically mentioned 
are clearly shown in the drawing. 


One example pupated in the bottom of the breeding cage with- 
out any evidence of a cocoon. Others used a loosely woven silk 
covering. The specimen from Pine Knot pupated July 7th, and 
the imago emerged July 24th. 


Pura. Length, 12 to 14mm. The color is a uniform chest- 
nut, and the surface is minutely pitted and irrorated. On some 
examples there is a slight shading of green over the wing cases. 
A few short colorless hairs arise from the thorax and head. Cre- 
masteric hooks, four in number, one pair being very short. The 
pupa is illustrated on Plate 11, making further description un- 
necessary. 


PLATE 11 


Pupa of Hesperumia sulphuraria, enlarged x 5. 


Photo by Menke 


SICYA SNOVIARIA Hlst. 


This species was reared from a single larva collected at 
Riverside, Calif., July 5, 1933, on mistletoe. 


MaTuRE LARVA, length, 16 mm. 


Body color, apple green, heavily overlaid with crinkled white 
lines and spots which are edged with greyish red. There is an 
indistinct narrow mauve mid-dorsal band. Segmental joints, yel- 
lowish. A lemon-yellow patch occurs mid-dorsally on the tail 
segment. Spiracles, yellow, with black rims. The infrastigmatal 
fold is white, but 1s nearly obscured by the pattern. It 1s more 
clearly distinguishable in the region of the prolegs. Abdomen, 
concolorous with body. Legs, apple green with colorless points. 
Prolegs yellowish green, speckled with brown. 


Head, apple green, and bearing a few short colorless hairs. 
Mouth parts, brown. Ocelli, black on a white patch. 


co 
bo 


On each side of each body segment there are three pairs of 
colorless hairs of medium length, arranged diagonally. Plate 12 
illustrates the larva. 


Pupation took place July 19, 1933, on the foodplant. A light 
silken cocoon is formed in a covering of leaves. 


PLATE. 12 


Larva of Sicya snoviaria, 
enlarged x 7 


Drawing by C. M. Dammers 


Rupa Wensth, 13° mm. 


Color, pale green, with a silvery lustre, making it a difficult 
object to illustrate in water color. The segmental joints are 
blotched with circular white patches. Spiracles, brown. A few 
brown hairs occur on the head and thorax. The form is correctly 
shown on Plate 13. Emergence of the imago occurred July 31, 


1933" 


PLATE 13 


Pupa of Sicya snoviaria, enlarged x 4%. 


Drawing by C. M. Dammers 


Through the courtesy of Mr. Ernest L. Bell in submitting 
an analysis of the distinguishing features of Thorybes mexicana 
H. S. and Thor ybes diversus Bell we are able to definitely state 
that our published life eee on T. mexicana (Bulletin So. Calif. 
Acad. of Sciences, Vol. 32, p. 110, 1933) should refer to T. di- 


Versus. 


Co 


It is safe to conclude that 7. mexicana should be removed 
from our California lists. Its range is far south of our borders. 
Possibly it may occur as a straggler from Mexico, along the south- 
ern edge of Arizona. 


APODEMIA MORMO DESERTI B. & McD. 


Eggs of this subspecies were collected March 11, 1933, on 
the Palms to Pines highway, Riverside County, Calif. They were 
laid on Eriogonum inflatum Torr. & Frem. 

The egg, larva and pupa are indistinguishable from those of 
A. mormo virgulti Behr. 


STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA 


(Continued) 


By JoHn A. Comstock 
Associate Director, Los Angeles Museum 


ARGYNNIS MACARIA Edw. 


The larva and pupa of this species were described and illus- 
trated in 1931' but at that time no notes were given on the egg. 

Females were induced to lay in captivity this past summer, 
and the following notes will help to complete our knowledge of 
the life history of this species. 


Hee. Size, 1 mm. tall by .75 mm. wide. Color, straw to 
brownish pink. 


The form is sub-conoidal, but is more robust than with most 
fritillaries. There are approximately 30 longitudinal ridges, and 
the usual series of small transverse partitions connecting these. 


Plate 14 accurately pictures this egg. 


PLATE 14 


Egg of Argyanis macaria, 
enlarged x 30. 


4Bulletin So. Calif. Acad. of Sciences, Vol. 30, part 2, pp. 40-41. 
34 


MELITAEA CHARA Edw. 


The metamorphosis of this butterfly was recorded in 1929* 
but at that time a drawing of the mature larva was not available. 

We are publishing on Plate 15 the final instar of this larva, 
which will serve to complete our record of this metamorphosis. 


PLATE 15 


Mature larva of Melitaea chara, enlarged. 
Drawing by J. A. Comstock 


PHILTRAEA ELEGANTARIA Hy. Edw. 


The types of this moth were taken at Tucson, Arizona. The 
species is not common, particularly in California. It is, however, 
rather widely distributed, ranging as far east as Tennessee. 


On June 17, 1933 while beating Ceanothus bushes in Bouquet 
Canyon for larva, a single chrysalis was secured, which, on June 
23, gave forth an imago. This proved to be a female, and for- 
tunately produced a few eggs while on the setting block. These 
were, of course, infertile, and it was therefore impossible to record 
the larva. 


EGG. Size, .75 mm. tall x .5 mm. thick. Color, opaque light 
green. In form it is sub-ovoid, with a rounded base and strongly 
cupped top. The surface is smooth, except for the micropylar 
end, which is finely granular. See Plate 16. 


PLATE 16 


Egg of Philtraea elegantaria, 
enlarged x 36 


Drawing by J. A. Comstock 


* Bulletin So. Calif. Acad. of Sciences, Vol. 28, part 3, pp. 50-52. 


or 
oo 


Pura. Length, 13 mm. Greatest width through 3rd ab- 
dominal segment, 3.2 mm. Color, lemon-yellow, with numerous 
black markings, disposed as shown in the illustration. Antennal 
cases black. 


The accompanying cut, Plate 17, renders a further description 
unnecessary. 


a. b. GC 


PLATE 17 
Pupa of Philtraea elegantaria, enlarged x 4%. 
a. Ventral aspect. ob. Lateral aspect. c. Dorsal aspect. 


Photo by Menke 


SABULODES CERVINARIA PACK. 


Larvae of this species were secured on June 10, 1933 while 
beating oak (Quercus) on the Ridge Route near Lebec, Calif. 


Mature Larva. Length, 32mm. Ground color, gray, heav- 
ily irrorated with dark brownish black broken lines. 


The form is of the usual cylindrical geometrid type, with 
two pairs of prominent prolegs. 


The head is flattened, and is a light gray, with minute brown 
spots. It is sparingly covered with minute colorless pile. On 


36 


the cheek, just above the ocelli there is a horizontal whitish band, 
edged above with a wider blackish band and the latter edged 
superiorly with a narrow light band. Ocelli, brown. There are 
two quadrate black spots on the cheeks, one to each side. 


The first segment is restricted; the second 1s wide, and has 
on its shoulder a black spot which extends forward onto the first 
segment.” 


On the posterior edge of the 7th and 8th segments there are 
paired protrusions, one on each side of the median line. These 
are tipped with brownish black. 


Legs, proleg and ana! proleg gray, with blackish spots and 
broken lines. 


Stigmata, light brown, with narrow black rims. 


Other markings and characteristic protrusions not specifically 
mentioned are clearly shown in the accompanying cut, Plate 18. 


PLATE 18 


Larva of Sabulodes cervinaria, enlarged x 2%, 


Photo by Menke 


Pupa. Length, 15.2 mm. Greatest width, 4.5 mm. through 
3rd abdominal segment. 


Color, wood-brown, the abdominal segments red-brown. There 


is a peculiar keel-shaped protrusion over the crest of the head 
in the median line. 


A median longitudinal row of black spots occurs on the dor- 
sum, starting on the 2nd abdominal segment. Only a single spot 
occurs on each segment in this line. 


oe) 
-1 


A few minute black punctae occur over the body at various 
points, as shown in our illustration, Plate 19. The last caudal 
segment and cremaster are black. Together they form a helmet- 
like termination from the crest of which protrudes a number of 
fine cremasteric hooks. 


Stigmata, black and prominent. 
There are no hairs or vibrissae on any portion of the chrysalis. 


Pupation occurred on the floor of the breeding jar, with a 
meagre amount of loosely woven silk. 


The imago emerged Sept. 27, 1933. 


PLATE 19 


Pupa of Sabulodes cervinaria, enlarged x 3%. 


Photo by Menke 


38 


THE CAPTURE AND STINGING OF THE PREY 
OF SPHEX XANTHOPTERUS (CAM.) 


By CuHartes H. Hicks, University of Colorado 


The capture and subsequent stinging of the prey by a wasp 
constitutes one of the most interesting series of its activities. This 
interest may be greatly accentuated by the apparent difficulty of 
finding the wasp at the opportune time. Usually, it would seem, 
the capture involves the huntress in no small degree of difficulty 
and toil. It requires patience and perseverance on the part of 
the observer to witness it but success well repays the time and 
effort spent. 


The digger wasp, Sphex xanthopterus (Cam.),* has been 
found common along the Los Angeles River, at and near Los 
Angeles, California. This wasp, in contrast to many other species 
belonging to the genus which select nesting sites in dry soil, ap- 
pears to prefer the lower, damp sands of the river banks and bed 
as a place in which to dig its nest. It was at such a spot near 
the First National Studios at Burbank that the wasp was seen 
to capture her prey in September 1928. The very warm days 
of September and of October, often among the hottest of the 
year at Los Angeles, are very suitable to the nesting activities of 
this insect. We shall now follow her on one of her many hunt- 
ing expeditions. 


The wasp was found (9:20 A. M. on September 16) search- 
ing over a rather limited area, walking erratically about in ac- 
cordance with her custom and giving an occasional flip with her 
wings. She seemed to lift them rather rapidly and somewhat 
periodically, but not so high as Podalonia violaceipennis nor so 
actively as some Spider wasps. She was easily observed, ap- 
parently being very intent upon her work. Thus by remaining 
as nearly motionless as possible, her every move could be detected 
as she thoroughly investigated the territory, even searching on 
and about my shoes. It could be seen, at this close range, that 
she frequently tapped the surface of the sands with her antennae 
in her hunt for prey. 


At intervals of about seven minutes, she rested for a few 
seconds flat on the surface and quietly, almost motionless, except 
for a feeble waving of her antennae. Once while thus inactive, 
a male alighted upon her. There was heard almost immediately 
a loud buzzing, the male flew away while the female resumed her 
work as though not having been disconcerted in the least by the 
incident. She soon came upon three pellets of excrement, ap- 
parently those from a lepidopterous larva. She tapped each many 
times with her antennae, and somewhat excitedly, as though she 
might have “smelled’’ a moth larva. 


* Kindly determined by Professor H. T. Fernald. 


39 


During a period lasting twenty-six minutes, S. vanthopterus 
confined her hunting mainly to the open and where now and 
then a single plant could be found. At the end of this time, she 
arrived at some low growing, sweet clover plants (probably Meli- 
lotus indica All.). Here she began to search, especially on the 
ground beneath the stems, although she sometimes climbed over 
them. A few times she gave particular attention to specific areas 
where the sandy soil appeared recently to have been disturbed. 
She even grasped old stems and dead leaves, removing them or 
looking beneath them. At these times she appeared excited, work- 
ing much more rapidly than at others. Not locating a larva, or 
finding herself in error, she would continue a steady, monotonous 
search elsewhere. 


After this barren stay among the sweet clover plants, the 
wasp again moved out into the open, into the region where she 
was first observed and in which she had spent so much time. 
Here, after fifteen feet of travel, she suddenly located a larva at 
the edge of a very inconspicuous plant, a stunted Epilobium sp., 
now dry and brown and nearly dead. 


She threw herself upon the larva, grasping it back of the 
head with a dorsal hold. Then quickly curving her abdomen be- 
neath her, she stung it on the first abdominal segment on the 
ventral side. She next proceeded anteriorly, carefully feeling 
with the tip of her abdomen and stinging it successively three 
times more, each on the ventral side between a pair of true legs. 
The order then, of this first series of stings was: first abdom- 
inal; third thoracic; second thoracic; and first thoracic segment. 
After the fourth sting the prey was released, the wasp walked 
a few inches away and carefully brushed her body with her legs. 
The larva, meanwhile, was not able to move away since it had been 
rendered helpless by the stinging. 


The wasp remained away engaged in this activity for a few 
seconds and upon returning to the prey, pinched it with her man- 
dibles from head to tail, apparently testing its reactions. In pinch- 
ing the larva, the wasp took neither a ventral nor a dorsal hold 
but grasped it as it lay on its side. It responded by twitching 
its body feebly, whereupon the wasp grasped it at the back, just 
posterior to the center of its body. Moving the sting along the 
ventral side of her victim until she reached the segment just 
behind the head, she carefully inserted her sting between the first 
pair of true legs. After leaving it within for a few seconds she 
removed her weapon, released the unfortunate creature, and 
walked away to brush herself again. This time, however, her 
activity was much shorter than it had been before. 


Returning, she grasped the prey in her jaws, in the usual 
or normal manner followed by many species, belonging to the 
genus Sphex and Podalonia, in stinging their prey; that is, back 
of the head on the dorsal side of the body. She proceeded to 
sting it three times more, posteriorly to and including the first 


40 


abdominal segment, which had been the first of all in this instance 
to be stung. The last or eighth sting found a helpless and limp 
larva which hardly moved at all when released by the wasp to 
again brush herself. 


In a final return to the prey, after a brief rest, she grasped 
it in the normal position for carrying it away. But instead of 
moving it, she began to malaxate it. She squeezed it or pinched 
it lightly a number of times just back of the head and began 
lapping with her mouth parts the fluid which collected at the 
mouth of the prey. During the latter part of this feeding, when 
she did not pinch its “throat” but merely fed on the juices, she 
remained very quietly with her abdomen in line with her thorax 
and head, and with her wings flat against the dorsal region of 
her body 


Then aiter rapidly pinching the segments, she picked up the 
larva quickly and rather carelessly, ceva it two inches away 
and released it. She then and there deserted the prey, apparently 
having no further use for it. She walked a few inches away, 
flew ten or twelve feet farther in a number of short flights, then 
entirely out of sight in the direction of some large white, sweet 
clover plants. She had forsaken the larva, where it remained 
openly on the ground, and that after no circling about in the 
manner of a locality study, upon leaving. The abandoned prey 
was watched constantly for over an hour, during which time 
the wasp did not return; in fact, she was not seen during this 
period. Late in the day the larva still remained where it had 
been left by the wasp. It was then secured for further study and 
taken to the laboratory. 


Other captures have been witnessed. One involved the sting- 
ing of the prey fifteen observed times and with a probability of 
three or four additional. This large number is ey un- 
usual and seemed to have been caused by an exciting element 
in the environment; in this instance, a small lizard which almost 
succeeded in wresting the prey from the wasp. There is, how- 
ever, a variation in the number of times a given prey may be 
stung, the number depending, in part at least, upon the nature 
of the individual wasp and upon the resistance and reactions of 
the prey. Occasionally, a wasp malaxates a stung larva. Like- 
wise one may be rejected and not be stored for ‘the young, but 
usually the captive is taken to a nest and serves the sole food 
for the subsequent growth and development of the waspling. The 
adult female often captures the larvae of Zale lunata (Drury) 
or its varieties*, but she may use moth larvae of other species 
found in her nesting territory. 


* An account of the prey and the nesting habits of the wasp may be 
found in the Canadian Entomologist. vol. LXIV. pp. 193-198. 1932. 


41 


A REVISION OF THE HEUCHERA RUBESCENS 
GROUP (SAXIFRAGACEAE) FOR THE 
UNITED STATES 


By MarGaret G. STEWART 


The southwestern species of the genus Heuchera placed by 
Rydberg (No. Amer. Flora 22:99. 1905) in his “Rubescentes” 
have been the source of much difficulty to botanists. My atten- 
tion was directed to the study of this group by Dr. Philip A. 
Munz of Pomona College, under whose direction this paper has 
been prepared and to whom | express my appreciation. I wish 
also to thank the officers in charge of the following herbaria for 
kindly lending me the material which has been used in the prepa- 
ration of this paper. The abbreviations indicated below are used 
in citing material. 


Dudley Herbarium of Stanford University ...... G) 


Herbarium of F. W. Peirson of Pasadena ........( FP) 
News Mork Botanical Gandemg es.) =o eee (NY) 
Pomona Collere tierbariumt\ 2) = pees (PB) 
United States National Herbarium ...... E POEs (US) 


My gratitude is due also to Dr. Aven Nelson of the Univer- 
sity of Wyoming for the loan of the type of H. Clute1, to Mrs. 
Elizabeth Crow Norland of the University of California for bib- 
liographical work, and to C. A. Weatherby of Gray Herbarium 
for information concerning the type of var. nana. 


Since it has been impossible to delimit clearly the various 
entities which this paper proposes to recognize, intergradation 
being found between almost all these entities, it has seemed best 
to include them all as varieties of one polymorphic species. None 
of them can be separated from typical H. rubescens with at all 
the same distinctness as can H. sanguinea, H. micrantha, etc., 
which have long been recognized as separate species. 


Of the various characters which have been used in an attempt 
to separate entities that have been proposed and those that are 
here recognized, only a few have been found of any use. Such 
are petal width and shape, shape of hypanthium, base of leaf- 
blades, and pubescence on petioles and hypanthium. Such charac- 
ters as size and general shape and pubescence of the leaf-blades, 
length of petioles, and type of inflorescence have proved useless. 
The distribution of this group is quite wide, extending from Ore- 
gon to Lower California, Utah, Texas, and northern Mexico. 
For the most part the varieties here recognized have quite dis- 
tinct and limited geographical distribution, the most notable ex- 
ception being var. glandulosa, which ranges from the Sierra Ne- 
vada of California to Lower California, Texas and Chihuahua. 


42 


DESCRIPTION: OF SPECIES 

Heuchera rubescens Torr., in Stansb. Expl. Utah, 388. 1852. 

Acaulescent perennials with stout, scaly rootstocks; plants 
rather small, less than 4 dm. high, the stem of the scape usually 
glabrous or rarely puberulent; inflorescence paniculate, secund ; 
leaves mostly basal, cordate, reniform, or truncate, the lobes shal- 
low and bristle-tipped, the petioles glabrous to hirsute, 1 to 10 cm. 
long, the blades 1-3 (5) cm. wide; hypanthium campanulate or 
cylindric, including the sepals 3-8 mm. long, pilose, puberulent or 
glandular; calyx reddish or purplish, the lobes greenish-tipped ; 
petals linear-oblanceolate, oblanceolate or spatulate ; stamens equal 
to or exceeding the calyx lobes. 


TENG AO }e WOENIRC Me ABIL ES) 
Petals narrow, not more than 0.5 mm. wide. 
Hypanthium campanulate, 3-5 mm. long, including the sepals. 
Petioles glabrous. 
WeaviesacOndateiy sek may 2s eee ini lo Ae, var ty pica. 
eaves; truncate or cuneate 2... 2. Oe eve Vat Cun Cala: 
Petioles hairy. 


Reaves cordate: 20 Me ee hte 3 
ICA VIES Stitt Galen eaeern ne cree ees 4. 


H. r. var. glandulosa 
Hf. r. var. oregonensis 
Hypanthium cylindric, 5-6 mm. long, including the sepals. 

D: inw. var. versicolor. 
Petals broad, from 0.5-1.5 mm. wide. 
Hypanthium pilose as well as puberulent. 


Petals 4 times as long as wide. San Gabriel Mts......... 
ic A aR ec eS ade 6. H. r. var. elegans. 


Petals 6 times as long as wide. San Bernardino and 


Sammaciator Wits -aer ls Ae 7 = ELM Ye Nan. Ie Grashi 
Hypanthium with almost no longer hairs, glandular-puberulent 
only. 


Hypanthium cylindric; stamens 3.5-4 mm. long. San Ga- 
briel and San Bernardino Mts.....8. H. r. var. Abramsit. 
Hypanthium campanulate ; stamens 3 mm. long. Tehachapi 
VIG Sep Ress rr Rue Ney me) yee OL EE var. "edes piLosa. 


TREATMENT OF VARIETIES 
V 1. H. rubescens Torr. var. typica n. nom. 
Hf. rubescens Torr., in Stansb. Expl. Utah, 388. 1852. 

Petioles glabrous; leaf-blades reniform or cordate; hypan- 
thium campanulate, including the sepals about 5 mm. long, glan- 
dular-puberulent and pilose above; petals 4 mm. long, 8 to 12 

times as long as wide; stamens 4.5 mm. long. 
Type locality, Summit of mountain, Stansbury’s Island, Utah. 
Ranging throughout Utah into northern New Mexico and Arizona 
and into eastern Nevada. Material examined: UTAH: without 


43 


] 


locality, Parry 12 (NY, US); Stansbury’s Island, Stansbury Ex- 
ped. in 1550, type (NY) ; Marysvale, Jones 5901 (P, US); Bea- 
ver City, Palmer 149 (NY, US); Moab, Jones in 1891 (P), 
Mts. north of Bullion Creek, Rydberg spa Carlton 7063 (NY); 
Hills near Whistle Jict., Stokes in 1900 (NY, S, US); Wakhsateh 
Mts., Watson 366 ( NY 8 Iesnonioy ae TL26) (UNNEVEa Sy) e 
CityaC@reek eae Jones 1457, (NY, P, US); Pine: Valleyseealke 


Purpus 6211 (P, US)—NeEvapa: Ruby Mts., Heller 
11101 oe Humboldt Mts., Watson 366 (US); Glencoe, Jones 
in 1891 (P); Star Peak, Jones in 1901 (P).—\W—W—ARIZONA: 


Buckskin Mts., Jones 6052h (P); Mt. Agassiz, Rusby in 1883 
(NY, P, US); San Francisco Mts., Knowlton 100 (US). 

New Mexico: Brazos Canyon, Rio Arriba Co., Standley and 
Bollman 10649 (US); Ute Park, Colfax Co:, Standley 13720 
CUS): 

In general, typica is distinguished by its smooth petioles and 
its range. Occasionally material from far outside the normal 
range cannot be distinguished from fypica, but has glabrous 
petioles, for example: Congdon in 1897, from Mariposa Co., 
Calif. (S); a Brandegee specimen from Yosemite (S); Jones in 
1900, trom Summit, Sierra Nevada. ‘Calif. (US): and Rusby 
245/, trom the Bill Williams Mts., Ariz. (US). 


Yo 2; i subescens Lor. var. cuneata (lowell), mycomais: 
A. cuneata Howell, Fl. N. W. Am., 203. 1898. Hi rubes- 
cens vat. oregonensis Wheelock, Bull. Torrey Club 17: 


LOZ SOO in spade 


Petioles glabrous; leaf-blades truncate or cuneate; hypan- 
thium campanulate, including the sepals 4-5 mm. long, glandu- 
lar-puberulent and somewhat pilose above; petals 3.5-4 mm. long, 
about 7 times as long as wide; stamens 3, rarely 4 mm. long. 


Type locality, Harney Valley, Steins Mt., eastern Oregon. 
Growing only in Stein’s Mts., eastern Oregon. Material examined : 
Stein’s Mt., Howell in 1885 (NY), Leiberg 2400 (NY, P), 
Cusick? 1200; CUS) \) 1995" (Sr 


Wheelock gives three stations for his var. oregonensis (Steins 
Mt., Harney Valley, and Siskiyou Mts.), but cites only one speci- 
men, namely Howell 689 from Siskiyou Mts., Oregon. Since it 
is the only specimen cited, it would seem logical to take Howell 
689 as the type of oregonensis. I have not seen this type, but 
coming from southwestern Oregon, it is almost certain to be 
Pringlei which differs from the plants of eastern Oregon chiefly 
in the presence of hairs on the petioles, a character not mentioned 
by Wheelock. Since this uncertainty is attached to the name 
oregonensis it seems best to use, as a varietal name, cuneata of 
Howell which was proposed for plants from Harney Valley, 
eastern Oregon. Howell gives no definite type for his cuneata, 
but states that it comes from “dry cliffs, Harney Valley eastern 
Oregon.” The only Howell collection I have seen is from Stein’s 


44 


Mountain, May 28, 1885, of which there are four sheets at New 
York Botanical Garden, one of these has had “no. 811” written 
on it. 


Cuncata differs from typica in the base of its leaf-blades, 
and material from northern Nevada is quite intermediate between 
the two. A specimen from Star Peak, Jones in 1901 (P) and 
one from -Ruby Mts., Heller 11101 (S) seem to be intergrades 
of this sort. 


Y 3. H. rubescens Torr. var. glandulosa Kellogg, Proc. Calif. 
Neads ser. ll, S245. 1873, 
Hf. rubescens Torr. var., Gray, Pl. Wright. 2:64. 1853. 
H, lithophila Heller, Muhlenbergia 1:105. 1904. H. pachy- 
poda Greene, Leaflets Bot. Observ. 1:111. 1905. H. nana 
Revd: IN. Am. Bl 22-111. 1905. A. Sitgreavesw. Rydb., 
l. c. H. pulchella Wooton and Standley, Contrib. U. S. 
Nat. Herb. 16:130. 1913. H. Clute: Nels., Am. Bot. 28: 
22, 1922. H. rubescens var. nana Wheelock, Bull. Torr. 


Club 17:197. 1890. 


Petioles hairy; leaf-blades reniform or cordate; hypan- 
thium campanulate, including the sepals 3.5-5 mm. long, glandu- 
lar-puberulent, abundantly or sparingly pilose; petals 5 mm. long, 
about 10 times as long as wide; stamens 5 mm. long. 


dive locality, Stanford 'Peak, C. P. R. R:, at an altitude of 
10,000 ft., California. Ranging from the Sierra Nevada and 
White Mts. of California to northern Lower California and east 
to Texas and Chihuahua. Material examined: CALIFORNIA: 
Near Summit Station (Donner Pass), Heller 7028, type collec- 
tion of H. lithophila (P, S, US); Summit, Kellogg in 1870 (S), 
Jones in 1902 (P) ; Soda Springs, Jones 2510 (P, S, US) ; White 
Mts., Duran 559 (NY, P); Vernal Falls, Abrams 4594 (NY, 
S)); Mallen Leat Trail, Abrams 4523 (P, S); Lone Pine, Jones 
in 1897, type collection of pachypoda (P, US); Langley’s Camp, 
Mt. Whitney, Hall and Babcock 5549 (S); Mt. Silliman, Palmer, 
Coville, and Funston 2093 (US); Near Mineral King, Coville 
and Funston 1488 (S,-US); Idlewild, Miller in 1921 (US); 


Cuyamaca Mts., Abrams 3951 (P, S) —————_Nevapa: Charles- 
ton Mtn., Hitchcock in 1927 (P), Goodman and Hitchcock 1690 
(S, NY), Heller 11025 (S, US)—Arizona: Without 


locality, McDougal 135 (NY, US); Bill Williams Mtn., Rusby 
in 1909 (NY); Mt. Graham, Peebles, Harrison and Kearney 
4447 (US); “Rim Rock,’ Tonto Basin, Mearns 138 (NY); 
Near the Summit, Hidden Spring, Navajo Mt., Clute SO, type of 
Clute: (University of Wyoming). —Nerw Mexico: With- 
out locality, Wright 1097 (NY), Wright in 1851 (NY); Camp 
19, im 1851, type of H. Sitgreavsu Rydb. (NY); Santa Rita, 
Bigelow 406a (NY); Mogollon Mts., Metcalfe 512 (NY, US); 
Sandia Mountains, Wooton in 1910, type of H. pulchella, (US). 
—Texas: Chisos Mts. near summit, Havard 39 (US), 


45 


s. w. of Boot Spring, Moore and Steyermark 3185 (NY), Sum- 
mit Lost Mine Peak, Ferris and Duncan 2863 (NY, S); Davis 
Mts., Livermore Peak, Ferris and Duncan 2546 (NY, S), Mt. 
Livermore, Palmer 34369 (NY ).—MExico: Vallecitos, 
(Lower Calif.), Goldman 1234 (US); Chihuahua, near Colonia 
Garcia, Townsend and Barber 189 (US), Nelson 6145 (US). 


An examination of Gray’s discussion (Pl. Wright. 2:64. 
1853) shows that he did not there publish a var. nana, but his 
use of the word “‘nana’’ was as a descriptive term and not as a 
name. The type used for the word nana is the same as for the 
rest of descriptive phrase “nana; scapo subspithamaeo; floribus 
parvulis” and is different from that used for “H. rubescens.” 
Furthermore “H. rubescens, Torr.” is followed by a semicolon; 
then begins “var. nana, etc.” Mr. C. A. Weatherby of the Gray - 
Herbarium has kindly looked into the matter and agrees with 
me that Gray did not intend to name the variety which he dis- 
cussed. Moreover, Mr. Weatherby found no sheet at the Gray 
Herbarium labelled “var. nana” by Dr. Gray. It is evident, there- 
fore, that the use of the name “nana” is based on a muiusappre- 
hension. A search through the literature between the years 1853, 
the date of Gray’s Pl. Wright., and 1873 that of the publication 
of Kellogg’s var. glandulosa has failed to reveal the use of the 
name nana for the variety. 


Specimens from the San Francisco Mts. show intergradation 
with var. typica in a tendency towards glabrous petioles. Such 
sheets are, San Francisco Mt., Wolf 3118 (S), Cannon and 
Lloyd in 1904 (NY), Humphrey’s Peak, McDougal 410a (US, 
NYS). 


y 4. H.rubescens Torr. var. oregonensis Wheelock, Bull. Tor- 
rey Club 17:197. 1890. . 

H. Pringlet Rydb., N. A. Fl. 22:111. 1905. H. rubescens 
var. Pringlei (Rydb.) Jeps., Man. FI. Pls. Calif., 463, 1925. 


Petioles sparingly hairy; leaf-blades truncate or cuneate; 
hypanthium short, campanulate, including the sepals 3-4 mm. long, 
glandular-puberulent and short hairy, especially above; petals 
3-3.25 mm. long, about 6 times as long as wide; stamens 3-4 mm. 
long. 


Type locality, Siskiyou Mts., Oregon. Known from Siskiyou 
and Trinity Counties, California, along the western slope of the 
Sierra Nevada to Tulare and Fresno Counties, and from the 
San Bernardino Mts. Material examined: Without locality, 
Brewer 1860-67 (US); Siskiyou Co., Mt. Eddy, Heller in 1914 
(NY, S), Castle Lake, fragment of type of Pringle: (NY); 
Yosemite Valley, Abrams 4602 (NY, S), Bolander 4935 (US) ; 
Eagle Peak, Hall 9195 (US); Vernal Falls, Abrams 4594 (P, 
S); Ledge Trail, Chandler and Babcock 315 (NY, 2 S,Ws)s 
Long Lake, Plumas Co., Bacigalupit 1687 (S, P); Rock Creek 


46 


Lake Basin, Peirson 9462 (FP); South Lake, Bishop Creek, 
Peirson 8518 (FP); South Fk. of San Joaquin River, Hall and 
Chandler 622 (US); Bear Valley, Parish 1820 (S); Bluff Lake, 
Johnston in 1924 (FP, P). 


Oregonensis is at most an uncertain entity not clearly distinct 
from nana and occurring with the latter in the western Sierra 
Nevada: Its chief character seems to be the truncate or cuneate 
leaf-base. Some collections are quite intermediate, such as Hall 
and Babcock 5308 from Volcano Creek, Upper Kern River (S) 
and Brewer 1759 from head of Tuolumne River (US). 


Some material from Vernal Fall, Abrams 4602 (S), 4594 
(S, P, US) is unusually glabrous. 


Y 5. H. rubescens Torr. var. versicolor (Greene) n. comb. 
H. versicolor Greene, Leaflets Botan. Obs. 1:112. 1905. 
H. leptomeria Greene, 1. c. 


Petioles sparingly hirsute; leaf-blades cordate or reniform; 
hypanthium cylindric, including the sepals 5-6 mm. long, glandu- 
lar-puberulent and pilose, especially above; petals 3.5-4 mm. long, 
about 8 or 10 times as long as wide; stamens 4-5 mm. long. 


Type locality, moist shady bluffs, Hillsboro Peak, Black Range, 
New Mexico. Ranging from the Rincon and Huachuca Mts. of 
southern Arizona through the Mogollon and Black Ranges of 
southern New Mexico to the Guadalupe Mts. of western Texas. 
Material examined: New Mexico: Hillsboro Pk., Greene 
1203, type collection (NY, P, US); Organ Mts., Wooton in 
1895 (NY), m 1893, type of H. leptomeria (US), 553 (US), 
Vasey in 1881 (NY )————Arizona: White Mts., Bonita 
Creek, Goodding 1234 (US); Huachuca Mts., Goodding 180 
(NY); Chiricahua Mts., Barefoot fire station, Eggleston 10824 
(US), 10789 (US), Rustler’s Park, Goodman and Hitchcock 
1180 (NY, S), Monument Pk., Blumer 1458 (S, US); Rincon 
Mts., Nealley 106 (US), Manning Camp, Blumer 3400 (S). 
———Texas: Guadalupe Mts., McKittrick Canyon, Moore 
and Steyermark 3584 (NY). 


Rydberg separated H. versicolor and H. leptomeria on the 
basis of the hypanthium, the latter species having it deeply tur- 
binate, the former campanulate, turbinate only at the base. I 
cannot maintain such a separation on this basis or that of petal 
width, which seemed at first to warrant a division. Then too, the 
geographical distribution makes the fusion of these two entirely 
possible. H. versicolor and H. leptomeria were both described 
by Greene in 1905, so page priority was used in referring the 
two to H. rubescens var. versicolor. 

Versicolor is very near to nana and differs from it chiefly 
in the more elongate hypanthium. But some material from the 
region in which versicolor grows is quite difficult to place def- 
nitely: White Mts., Ariz., Goodding 638 (NY), 1160 (NY), 
Bliss 22° (US)),. 

47 


6. H. rubescens Torr. var. elegans (Abrams) Jeps., Man. 
Mle Piste Caltree463% 1925: 
H, elegans Abrams, Bull. S. Calif. Acad. 1:67: £902. 


Petioles hairy; leaf-blades rounded-reniform or cordate; 
hypanthium cylindric, in age urceolate, including the sepals 6-8 
mm. long, pilose; petals 6 mm. long, about 4 times as long as 
wide; stamens 3.5 mm. long. 

Type locality, Martin's Camp, Mt. Wilson, L. A. County, 
Calif. Growing in the San Gabriel Mountains of So. Calif. 
mostly between 4500 and 8500 ft. Material examined: Acton, 
Elmer 36857 (NY, P, S, US); Mt. Wilson, Martin’s Camp, 
Abrams 2582 (NY, S, US); Strawberry Peak, Peirson 4639 
(PP, BP); So: Fk. Rock Creek, Person 7975 (FE) Mirailzowe: 
Grant 570. (PB, S) ;. Kellys Cabin, Johnston 1501 (27S) =aNorth 
Baldy Mt., Abrams and McGregor 600 (NY, S, US); Baldy 
Lookout, Johnston 1733 (P, S); Lytle Creek, Johnston 1456 
(NY, P); Ontario Peak, Mung 6090 (P); Cascade Canton, John- 
ston in 1928 (P) ; Cucamonga Pk., Johnston 1559 (P, S); Middle 
Fk. Bear Creek, Johnston 5296 (P). 


The type was not available for study, but numerous collec- 
tions from the type locality make it perfectly certain what the 
true H. rubescens var. elegans is. The unusually broad _ petals 
and subcylindric hypanthium characterize this variety. This va- 
riety 1s quite definitely restricted to the San Gabriel Mts., but 
is approached in the width of petals by such plants as Jaeger 
1040 (P) and Hall 702 (US) from the San Jacinto Mts., al- 


though these specimens seem best referred to var. Parishi. 


7. H. rubescens Torr. var. Parishii (Rydb.) Jeps., Man. 
Els Piss Calit:, 463, 1925: 
i. Panshy IRydb.; IN. Am: Fl) 22 109% 1905 emi 
suian Ry db. le ic 


Petioles hairy; leaf-blades cordate; hypanthium quite cy- 
lindric, including the sepals 5-6 mm. long, glandular-puberulent 
and somewhat pilose above; petals 3.5-4.5 mm. long, about 6 times 
as long as wide; stamens 4-5 mm. long. 


Type locality, Mill Creek, San Bernardino Mts., Calif. Grow- 
ing mostly between 6000 and 11,000 ft., in the San Bernardino 
and San Jacinto Mts. Material examined: SAN BERNARDINO 
Mts: Bear Creek at 6600 ft., Ewan 2757 (P); North Fork of 
Bear Creek, Johnston 2853 (P); Mill Creek, Parish 2512, type 
(NY); Snow Canyon, Parish 8528 (S), 5062, type coll. of jur- 
suta (NW, )S)): Hainsacker, Flat. Hall 1359. (NY) :"So: Borkvon 
Santa Ana R., Wilder 259 (P); Big Meadows, Munz and John- 
ston 8548 (P)————San Jacinto Mts: Tahquitz Creek, 
Jaeger 4/2 (US); San Jacinto Mt., Hoffmann in 1929 (P); San 
Jacinto Peak, Munz 6044 (P). 


Rydberg’s separation of H. hirsuta from H. Parishii was on 
the basis of more acute teeth on the leaves and greater hairi- 


48 


ness on the dorsal surface. It may be mentioned that the type 
localities for both his species are in the same canyon and at about 
the same altitude. An examination of both types as well as 
other specimens from the immediate region of the type locality 
fails to reveal any constant differences. The greater hairiness of 
the one may well be ecological. 


Two specimens, East Fork of Lost Creek, Munz and Johns- 
ton 8595 (P), 8602 (P), seem to intergrade between var. Parishii 
and var. Abramsi, having the glandular-puberulence of the hypan- 
thium of Abramsii, but the longer flower and more hairy petioles 
of Parishii. 


8) Hl. rubescens Vorr. var. Abramsii (Rydb.). n. comb. 


H, Abramsu Rydb., N. Am. Fl. 22:109. 1905. 


Petioles sparingly glandular-puberulent; leaf-blades reni- 
form or cordate; hypanthium cylindric, including the sepals about 
4 mm. long, glandular-puberulent; petals 4-5 mm. long, about 
4-5 times as long as wide; stamens about 3-3.5 mm. long. 


Type locality, Mt. San Antonio, San Bernardino County, 
Calif. Growing mostly between 8500 and 11,000 ft., in the San 
Bernardino Mts. and eastern end of the San Gabriel Mts. Ma- 
terial examined: San BeERNaRDINO Mts: Mt. San Gorgonio 
(Grayback), Abrams and McGregor 753 (NY, S), Munz 6205 
(P) ; Sugarloaf Mt., Munz 10774 (P) ; Dollar Lake, Munz 12652 
(P).————-SaAn GapriEL Mrs. (San Antonio Mrs.) : Baldy, 
Johnston 1728 (P, S); Mt. San Antonio, Saunders in 1915 (S), 
Abrams 1924, type coll. (NY, S), Munz 6113 (P); Mt. Islip, 
Ewan 2663 (P). 


A specimen from the Coldwater Fork of Lytle Creek, Jolins- 
ton 1395 (P) seems to be an intergrade between Abramsii and 
elegans. It has the larger broadly spatulate petals of elegans, 
but the glandular hypanthium of Abramsii. 


“9. H. rubescens Torr. var. caespitosa (Eastw.) n. comb. 
Hf. caespitosa Eastw., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. II, 6:426. 
1896. 


Petioles sparingly hirsute; leaf-blades cordate ; hypanthium 
short, campanulate, including the sepals 4-5 mm. long, glandular- 
puberulent, scarcely pilose above; petals 4 mm. long, about 4 times 
as long as wide; stamens 3.5-4 mm. long. 


Type locality, San Emidio Canon, Kern County, Calif. Known 
only from Tehachapi Mountains. Material examined: San Emi- 
dio Canon, Jasper in 1895, isotype (US); Tehachapi Peak, Dud- 
ley 318 (S); Bisse’s Station, Dudley 318a (S). 


Pomona College, 
Claremont, Calif. 


49 


A REVISIONAL STUDY OF THE SPECIES 
ERIGERON FOLIOSUS NUTT. 


By GLapys COMPTON 


This paper presents an attempt to work out the varieties which 
may be recognized in Erigeron foliosus Nutt., a species which 
shows remarkable variation with great intergradation between its 
varieties, but for the most part distinct from other species. It 
does intergrade with E. Breweri Gray, especially in those forms 
where the corymbs become reduced. In general the specific diag- 
nostic characters used by Jepson ( Man. FI. Pls. Calif., 1051. 1925) 
are quite satisfactory. 


In making this study there has been available material from 
the following herbaria: University of California (C), Pomona 
College (P), Rancho Santa Ana (Sa), and United States National 
Herbarium (U. S.). The letters indicated above after the her- 
barium names are those used in citing specimens. I am greatly 
indebted to Dr. Herbert L. Mason of the University of California, 
Dr. C. B. Wolf of the Rancho Santa Ana Herbarium, and Dr. 
William R. Maxon of the United States National Herbarium for 
their kindness in lending material for study. 


Erigeron foliosus Nutt., Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., ser. 2, 7: 309, 
1841. 


Stems simple below, corymbosely branched in inflorescence, 
erect, arising from a branching root-crown, equably leafy with 
leaves somewhat reduced above; leaves sessile, more or less stri- 
gose-hispidulous, filiform to oblanceolate; heads corymbosely ar- 
ranged, hemispherical; involucral bracts in 3 series; rays about 30 
to 40; achenes usually pubescent. 


KeEy TO VARIETIES 


Achenes glabrous; stems 3-4 mm. thick; leaves linear, stiff-canes- 
cent. San Luis Obispo and northern Santa Barbara Cos. 
Goa et cr eee ne es eee Sie eine edt Lene Renae eA 6. var. Blochmanae 


Achenes pubescent. 


Stems flexuous, slender, retrorse-hispidulous; leaves linear to 
spatulate, 1-2 cm. long, 1-5 mm. wide; corymb very open. 
Owens Valley, Calitand adjacent Nevadas 2 = ae 
8 6 eae ae ag ene es onl eee Gent Pe i 5. var. porphyreticus 

Stems straight, the hairs not retrorse. 


Leaves oblong to cblanceolate, with stiff hairs distinctly wid- 
ened at the base; stems hispidulous. 


Plant green, more or less hispid-pubescent but not canescent. 
Widespread through California. —_............ 1. var. typicus 


50 


Plant canescent with extremely stiff, coarse, almost lanceo- 
late hairs. Southwestern and western Mohave Desert. 


Leaves linear, or if broader with hairs not noticeably widened 
at base; stems usually subglabrous. 


Stems slender, usually 1-2 mm. thick; leaves plane, the 
hairs not noticeably widened at base. San Luis Obispo 
Gore Galil: to Ones ase ei 4. var. Hartwegi 


Stems 3-5 mm. thick; leaves inrolled, the hairs widened 
at base. L. Calif. to San Francisco. ....3. var. stenophyllus 


Umer Erigeron foliosus Nutt. var. typicus n. nom. E. foliosus 
Nttirmlirans: Am. Philos, Soc: ser. 2,.7:309. 1841. 


Stems 3-6 or more dm. tall, 3-5 mm. thick; leaves linear-ob- 
long to oblanceolate, 2-4 cm. long, 2-4 or more mm. wide, reduced 
above; herbage rough-hispid ; pubescence usually general over in- 
volucre, stem and leaves. 


Type locality, Santa Barbara, California. Ranging through 
cismontane California into Lower California. Material studied,— 
CALIFORNIA: Van Duzen R., Tracy 1241 (C); Mad R., Chest- 
nut and Drew in 1888 (US); Little Chico, Bruce 1990 (P) ; Ione, 
Braunton 1019 (US); Duncan’s Mills, Jones in 1852 (P); Marin 
Co., State Survey 2387 (C); San Francisco, Jones in 1883 (P); 
Mt. Diablo, Abrams 7501 (P); Saratoga, Davy 329 (C); Yo- 
semite Valley, King in 1907 (C), Keck 179 (P); North Fork of 
Kings R., Hall and Chandler 557 (C); Sequoia Nat. Park, Munz 
1526 (P); Paso Robles, Blochman in 1893 (C); Santa Barbara, 
Abrams 4111 (P); Painted Cave Ranch, Eastwood 7/1 (C); Santa 
Rosa Islands, Brandegee in 1888 (C); Santa Catalina Island, 
iivaskin 1595- (US); Head ot Sheep Creek, San Gabriel Mts., 
Munz 4561 (P); Head of Evey Canyon, Johnston in 1924 (P); 
San Antonio Canyon, Baker 3658 (C, P); Mountain Home Can- 
Von Sanybernardino Mits., Hall 7/502. (C, PB); Santa Ana R., 
Mung 6332 (C, P); Baldwin Lake, Munz 10744 (P) ; Mill Creek, 
Munz 7586 (P); San Bernardino, Parish 3673 (C) ; Bloomington, 
OmsiimlZo/7 1G, Pie Grithth Park, Braunton 539 (C, US); 
Idyllwild, Wright in 1929 (P); Chalk Hill, Hall 2055 (C); East- 
ern base San Jacinto Mts., Hall 1889 (P); near Cuyamaca Lake, 
Abrams 3956 (P); Descanso, Wolf in 1931 (Sa); Campo Hills, 
Abrams 3730 (P.) ; Doane Valley, Munz 8303 (P). Lower Catt- 
FORNIA, Guadalupe, Brandegee in 1893 (C). 

2. Erigeron foliosus var. Covillei (Greene) n. comb. E. Co- 
ville, Greene, Erythea 3:20. 1895. 

Similar to var. typicus but more grey with a very dense 
pubescence of coarse, hispid, almost lanceolate hairs. 


y ~ she 66) (ae A ? ” snes i . <4°¢ 

/ , we ~ ’ . a De, or c . 

Type locality, “Crystal Spring,’’ Coso Mts., Inyo Co., Calif 
Ranging in western Mohave Desert. Material studied, Catt- 


51 


FORNIA: Victorville, Johnston in 1920 (P); Hesperia, Spencer 
400 (P); Phelan, Peirson in 1922 (P), Munz 6855 (P); Dead- 
man’s Point, Parish 10777 (C, P); Keyes Ranch, Little San 
Bernardino Mts., Mung and Johnston 529la (P). 


None of the cismontane material of typicus is quite so stiff- 
and greyish-hispid as the plants from the Victorville region. The 
specimen cited from Keyes Ranch, Munz and Johnston 5291a, 
has unusually narrow leaves. 


: 3. Erigeron foliosus var. stenophyllus (Nutt.) Gray, Bot. 
Calne a3 307 S76: 


E. stenophyllus Nutt. Pl. Gamb., 21. 1848. 

E. foliosus var. tenuissimus Gray, Syn. Fl. 1, pt. 2:215. 1884. 
E. tenuissimus Greene, Pitt. 3:25. 1896. 

E. Nuttalln eller, Bull. Dorr: Bot. Club 25 :628: “1898: 

Ee Sercnellniiepss snl. Wie Mid: -Ealit. 5682 190IF 

By jimaguis Greene Bully So, Cality Acad lh :39 0 loz 


Habit of E. foliosus var. typicus but with stems subglabrous ; 
leaves linear to filiform, 1-3 mm. wide, often contorted, with large 
lanceolate, appressed hairs along margins. 


Type locality given by Nuttall as “In California, (Monte- 
rey?)”, but probably Santa Barbara or San Diego. Ranging 
from San Luis Obispo Co. south to L. Calif. Material studied— 
CALIFORNIA : eae 25 miles N: E. of, San’ Euiss@bispo; 
Palmer 176% ( Walker Basin, Grinnell 383 (US); Fort 
Tejon, de Vasey ne (US); Santa Cruz Island, Smuggler’s Cove, 
Abrams and Wiggins 181 (C); Santa Barbara, Jones Ao (12) 8 
Frazier Mt., Baldwin 101 (C); Santa Susana Pass, Howell 1024 _ 
(Sa); Lancaster, Elmer 3737 (P); Pine Mt., San Gabriel Mts., 
Johnston 1682 (C, P); Blue Ridge, Swartout Valley, Munz 778 
(C, P); Mt. Wilson, Grinnell 898 (C) ; Little Green Valley, San 
Bernardino Mts., Hall 29 (C) ; Cushenberry Canyon, Mung 10937 
CED Santa Meme Chen Barber in 1897 (C); Little Santa 
Anita Canyon, Abrams 2644 (P); Trabuco Canyon, Hall 1379 
(C); Temecula Canyon, Munz 7133 CCR) Sani )iacito: oe 
cer, 2214 (R) = near Poppet nae one and Johnston S&40 (P) ; 
Van de Venter’s, Hall in 1899 (C); Jacumba, Abrams 3657 oe. 
Pala grade, Munz 10374 (P); ee Canyon, Abrams 393 7 
(P); Fallbrook, Munz and Harwood 3892 (P); Laguna Mts., 
Randall in 1915 (P) ; Vallecito Canyon, Munz 9722 (P). Lower 
CALIFORNIA : aur Ranch, Orcutt 1000 (C); San Rafael, 
Orcutt in 1884 (C). 


In his “Compositae of Southern California’ (U. Calif. Pub. 
30t. 3:91. 1907), Hall maintained tenuissimus as a variety dis- 
tinct from stenophyllus on the basis of shorter leaves and smaller 
heads, but I have been unable to maintain such distinction. 


52 


Va 4. Erigeron foliosus var. Hartwegu (Greene) Jepson, Man. 
iieebise Calif: 1056, 1925: 


E. Hartwegi Greene, Erythea 3:21. 1895. 
E. confinis Howell, Erythea 3:25. 1895. 
E. foliosus var. confinis (Howell) Jeps. 1. c. 


E: Blasdalei Greene, Erythea 3:124. 1895. 


Stems slender, usually 1-2 mm. thick, 1-2 (5) dm. high, sub- 
glabrous; leaves linear, usually ascending, 0.5-1.5 mm. wide, 
sparsely or quite pubescent with slender, generally appressed, 
evenly distributed, and not very stiff hairs; heads frequently 
solitary. 


Type locality “foothills of the Sierra Nevada.” Ranging 
from southern Oregon to Monterey and Merced Cos. Calif. Ma- 
terial studied—OreEGoN: Gold Beach, Henderson in 1929 (C) ; 
Mt. Jefferson, Nelson 2868 (C) ; Siskiyou Mts., Cusick 2916 (C), 
Howell 1507, type collection of confinis (C). CALIFORNIA: 
Granite Peak, Baker 241a (C); Russian Creek, Butler 949 (C); 
Hoopa Valley, Davy and Blasdale 5713 (C); Klamath R.. Chan- 
dler 1427 (C), Goddard 176 (C); Francis Range, Humboldt Co., 
Davy and Blasdale 5886 (C); Bear R., Placer Co., Hall 10154 
(C); American R., Bolander 4536 (US); Ione, Amador Co., 
Braunton 1319 (C); McCormic’s Bridge, Calaveras Co., Blasdale 
mito) (C); Milton, Davy 1320 (C) , Davy 1319 (C); So. Fork, 
Merced R., Hall 8847 (C); San Carpojo, Monterey Co., Condit 
in 1912 (C), Unangst 901 (C). 


This variety, as here constituted, is exceedingly variable, but 
is characterized by its fine pubescence as compared with that of 
typicus. It intergrades with typicus in leaf-shape and general 
habit, for example: Grasshopper Ridge, Canoe Creek, Hum- 
boldt Co., Tracy 4756 (C); near Lincoln, Placer Co., Heller 
12749 (C); New York Falls, Amador Co., Hansen 1425 (C). 
Unangst 901, above cited, approaches stenophyllus. 


In general, plants irom the coast ranges are lower than those 
from the foothills of the Sierra Nevada, and it seemed for a 
while as if two varieties, confinis and Hartwegii, should be main- 
tained, but such plants as Chandler 1427, Goddard 176, Condit 
m 1912, and Davy and Blasdale 5886 break the distinction al- 
together. 


VP +5, Erigeron foliosus var. porphyreticus (Jones) n. comb. 
E. porphyreticus Jones, Contr. West. Bot. 8:33. 1898. 


Stems slender, 1.5-2.5 mm. thick, 2-3 dm. tall, leafy, branched, 
flexuous ; leaves linear to spatulate, 1-2 cm. long, 1-5 mm. wide; 
stems densely pubescent with short, stiff, retrorse hairs; heads in 


open corymb, often on rather long branches. 


53 


Type locality, Hawthorne, Nevada. Ranging through Owens 
Valley, Calif. and adjacent Nevada. Material studied—Nevapa: 
Hawthorne, Jones in 1897, type coll. (P, US). Carirornia: 
Benton Station, Jones in 1927 (P); Lone Pine, Jones in 1897 
(P) ; Soda Springs, Upper Kern R., Hall and Babcock 5328 (C). 


This variety has heretofore usually been treated as a species 
(cf. Jepson, Man. FI. Pls. Calif., 1056. 1925), but apparently 
intergrades freely with E. folios Two collections from Ne- 
vada: Reno, Hillman in 1894 (P) and Franktown, Hillman in 
1893 (P), have leaf-shape and spreading hairs much like ses 
Coville and Funston 1604 from No. Fork of Kern R., Calif. (US) 
has the leaves of stenophyllus and the hairs on the stem are not 
retrorse. 


: 6. Erigeron foliosus var. Blochmanae (Greene) Hall, Univ. 
Calit-ePub. | Bet13: 91907. 
E. Blochmanae Greene, Pitt. 3:25. 1896. 


Stems stout, 3-4 mm. thick, 3.5-5 dm. tall; leaves linear, 2-4 
cm. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide, more or less contorted, stiff-canescent ; 
heads in dense corymbs; achenes nearly or quite glabrous. 


Type locality “Sandy beaches, northern part of Santa Bar- 
bara Co.”, ranging in sand dunes along coast of San Luis Obispo 
and northern Santa Barbara Cos. Material studied —CaLtFornNia: 
Coast Hills, San Luis Obispo Co., Summers 416 (C); Oceano, 
Condit in 1910 (C); Santa Maria, Eastwood 7/84 (C); Surf, 
W elf 2306 (Sa). 


This is quite a distinct variety of limited range. 


Pomona Colege, 
Claremont, California. 


A CORRECTION 


In the September-December, 1933, issue of the BULLETIN on 
page 122 occurs a typographical error. 


In the bottom line, referring to Opuntia acanthocarpa, the 
word “‘distinction” occurs. This should be deleted and the word 
“distribution” substituted for it. 


54 


BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 
ACADEMY of SCIENCES 


Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California. 
Subscription—$2.00 per year 


Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy. 
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00) 


Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, 


Los Angeles, Cal., U.S. A. 


Publications of the 


Southern California Academy of Sciences 


The Academy has published to date the following: 


PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. 
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. 


All issues of the above are now out of print. 


Bulletin of the 
Southern California Academy of Sciences 


Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued 
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— 
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo- 
ber) in 1920. 


The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, 
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. 


The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, 
September. 


The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. 


The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem- 
ber-October; No. 6, November-December. 


From 1925 to 1933, including volumes XXIV to XXXII, three num- 
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- 
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. 


55 


All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with 
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary 
of the Academy at the appended prices: 


Vol. 3, No. 7. October ID 0 Ae a ale AS pcan $ .25 
4 4..° 5. May, AG OG eae a 2 Ee 25 
ss Oy Oe dhl, NIMS OW (ieee Meare Cali ho Nea SE a) 
Or oe chu by, GTO, ee Ee See ae eee .75 
“12, “ 1. January, POMBE CU ake ace) ALS eke eles 50 
BS Alay Ps aug, TSG G) ss tfndae Sassi 83 Soe eae 50 
eSNG) Sale aA AY, D2 Seis a ANS 28 Eline i AR 25 
“19, “ 4. October, LOZ OM ios BA |e een Be eee 25 
“21, “ 2. October, HLS 2,2 shies SoS aD Ea Con .25 
23.0 le Januanys MODAN Aahe Sie Seliger eho are .25 
23) ea dee Niarehs 3 A A a err Urey eee eee PAD 
ae MIE G24 a ee See nel tee ae .25 
oe 23ee Ay edu ly. 924 eos ISIS Ge ees 25 
MLO SDs MOCDECIUD ER: 6 TG DA oer cies Tee ee aN eeatiees .25 
SOE Ces ies REE IN CONE ON OXES Benny EE i ee 25 
“24, " i January, OD pital oA a EL Se ee .25 
oe an Anat 2 sean laiye OID Bybee a ee 25 
A neo. Dahon ain eaatleeyey] OWEN OE OK) Geminis] ke P15 aes eo) Mane NR OE ey een 25 
oes ele) ye amuanye NUR PAG) i cas eR ce eee 15 
Sea Omer aelVlasye HD Greece ee OY aa .25 
TRE Dia ek: NOs SSDECTUD ET: 892 Gi pene ae Ne ee ical ese ies eon 29 
pe PA) CT alae ind fee abla eai/e TDA DF ets a eels IL ROU RE Se Ra 25 
SE ADS irae soy ay LET he CU cs eat een 25 
SAG ei Oar 1S CDECTIMD ET cols 9 Ditih pueoac eae OMEN Vie SIE lees 25 
2s ele SaMuary. G2 Rie etal ay dR Nae 25 
SO PNT PASS INCE NA HS 2 Big ieee TNE eee ata .25 
SF Mingo a eieerou hos QD CO MTD Omri: 01 GD ire re nol ees cae a patente .25 
“« 28, “ 1. January, RGD Oi csusesliy Lin ARRAS Aelia .25 
aC caval DG 2,9 apes Me irs eS a a .25 
Gh 28h eso moOeDLeMlbernty 11929 cele aeols tee Sane eae 50 
i 29, sno le January, OS Oye ake ee re NG Sage 25 
S20 eine me aa Any ( TUG 3 (et est iss Sree are Se cea .25 
ma a9 noo SeDLeMber. 0. 193 OUP ee ae eee .25 
30,5 2 de January, PO Sits ee ee Rie ae eee man .25 
SOO ie) eaeenadlebye RO Sie ye ee eds ae eS 25 
i) 30s sau september, (lo 3lee es eee ee 25 
“31, “ 1. January, BO OID yee sai tutes Sak Gay set ae eae 25 
Sol eo lancer 2 epeanlVl any. DG a VA Se eerie saree aU A 25 
Cee Olemie oe  SeDLOMUDCT 6 tlOS Zins ins eceeeclen Somes .25 
“ 32, “ 1. January, UO BBs cook oS ace a ie al ee ee 25 
6 eG SE Bo MIE i La aca pee ee see eT 25 
OZ pO MS ODECTIL CIS Mell G 33 ieee eee a eae ee nae een 25 
“ 33. “ 1. January, AN GSAS eae ee Ses SD 25 


The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues and will appre- 
ciate the donation of all numbers by members who have no further use for back 
issues. Address all communications concerning the above to: 


DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK, Southern California Academy of Sciences, 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif. 


56 


BoerlLeyTitiN OF THE 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


—=—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—— 
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 


a 


Vol. XXXII May - August, 1934 Part 2 


CONTENTS 


A NEW HELMINTHOGLYPTA—G. Willett - - - = = = 


PLEISTOCENE MOLLUSKS FROM THE TRES MARIAS 
ISLANDS, CEDROS ISLANDS, AND SAN IGNACIO 
LAGOON, MEXICO—Leo George Hertlein - - - = - 


TWO NEW MICROLEPIDOPTERA FROM 
CALIFORNIA—August Buseck - - = = = = = = = = 


THE METAMORPHOSES OF THREE CALIFORNIA 
DIURNALS—John A. Comstock and Charles M. Dammers = = = 


THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRICKLY PEARS—F, R. Fosberg 
CALIFORNIA EUPHORBIA NOTES—Louis C. Wheeler = = 
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY—Howard R. Hill - = = 


Issued Aug. 31, 1984 


spi as gia ela 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


= 8 
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 
Mr: Farry dAGUGARGENT (te og ae ey President 
DDR.) PORDG AC CARPENTER: <. 02252 oe lst Vice-President 
Mr. Paropore, PAVING 22) oe ea, eee 2nd Vice-President 
Mre-HOWARD IR. ALTER 22 sc ae ee een 
Mr: HARRY Ke SARGENT ii a eee Treasurer 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. THEODORE PAYNE 
Dr. WILLIAM A. Bryan Mr. Harry K. SarGEnt 
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. WiLi1aAm A. SPALDING 
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt 
Dr. Cart S. KNopF Mr. Howarp R. HILit 
a 
ADVISORY BOARD : 
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. BurLteEw 
Dr. MELVILLE DoZIER Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN 
Dr. D. L. TASKER 
a 
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. WIitiAM A. SPALDING 
Chairman Secretary 


BOTANICAL SECTION 
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary 


FINANCE COMMITTEE 
Mr. Witii1amM A, SPALDING 


PROGRAM COMMITTEE 


Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. Cart S. Knorr 
Mr. Howarp R. HILt 


= 8 
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION 
Mr. WiiiiaM A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. Joun A. Comstock 
; = 8 
OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY 


Los ANGELES Museum, ExposiTION Park, 
Los ANGELES, CAL. 


LIBRARY 

NEW YORK 

BOTANICAL 
GARDEN 


A NEW HELMINTHOGLYPTA FROM THE EAST 
SLOPE OF THE SIERRA NEVADA, CALIFORNIA 


By G. WILLETT 
Pi20) Kissea; db and'c: 


Conchologists of California have frequently commented on 
the fact that no helicoid snail has been known to occur along the 
desert slope of the southern Sierra Nevada. Therefore it was 
with much interest that the writer learned that, during the past 
winter, Mr. Morris E. Caruthers had received a specimen of 
Helminthoglypta from that region. This shell, an adult in good 
condition, though lacking most of the epidermis, was picked up 
by Mrs. Vernon L. Carr, of Inyokern, at an altitude of about 
7,000 feet in Morris Canyon, a branch of Indian Wells Canyon, 
Kern County, California, during the early part of the past winter. 


On March 25, 1934, Mr. Caruthers and the writer drove to 
the locality where Mrs. Carr had found the specimen, and camped. 
A diligent search of the mountain side, which was quite steep, 
and well covered with oak and pinon trees, was made during the 
afternoon and again the following morning. A very few frag- 
ments, too small to be of value, were brought to light, and Mr. 
Caruthers was fortunate enough to find one living specimen, about 
two-thirds grown and in perfect condition. It was adherent to 
a small stick in a tangle of debris in a gully on the mountain side. 
This specimen, together with the one found by Mrs. Carr, clearly 
show this snail to be very different from any species known to 
the writer, and it is, therefore, here named and described. The 
dead shell, being fully adult, is used as the type and from it the 
measurements are taken. The description of color, sculpture, etc. 
are from the paratype, No. 6562 collection of Morris E. Caruthers. 


Helminthoglypta carutherst, sp. nov. Description: — Shell 
large, flattened, openly umbilicated, the inner lip slightly reflected 
over the umbilicus. Aperture broadly extended, considerably 
wider than high; lip thin, narrowly reflected, somewhat deflected 
between the shoulder and the suture; columellar margin dilated. 
Color yellowish brown with narrow chestnut-brown band at the 
shoulder (about 1’ millimeters wide). Spiral sculpture absent ; 
growth wrinkles rather prominent, though uneven and _ closely 
spaced. Entire surface covered with fine papillations which are 
somewhat worn off on the earlier whorls. Color of animal, drab; 
spotted, dashed and scrawled with chocolate-brown. 


57 


Type: No. 1039 collection Los Angeles Museum, collected 
by Mrs. Vernon L. Carr at about 7,000 feet altitude in Morris 
Canyon, Kern Co., California. Measurements of type in milli- 
meters: Greater diameter, 27.5; altitude, 13.4; width of aperture, 
14.2; altitude of aperture, 12. 


Remarks: This species is evidently of the desert group of 
Helminthoglyptas, of which H. fisheri (Bartsch) and H. mohav- 
eana Berry are examples. In general features it is, perhaps, 
closest to the last named, but differs from it in much larger size, 
more depressed form, flaring aperture, deflected lip, and duller 
surface. 

The writer takes pleasure in naming this species for Mr. 
Morris E. Caruthers, through whose energy much has been learned 
regarding the distribution of many of our west American shells. — 


Los Angeles Museum, Los Angeles, California, 
April 27, 1934. 


PLATE 20 


Helminthoglypta caruthersi Willett. Natural size. 


PLEISTOCENE MOLLUSKS FROM THE TRES MARIAS 
ISLANDS, CEDROS ISLAND, AND SAN IGNACIO 
LAGOON, MEXICO 


Leo GEORGE HERTLEIN 


This paper is the result of the study of collections of Pleis- 
tocene fossils from Maria Madre and Maria Magdalena Islands, 
of the Tres Marias group, and Cedros Island and San Ignacio 
Lagoon, Lower California. The greater part of the fauna listed 
was collected by Mr. Henry Hemphill, Mr. W. H. Ochsner, Dr. 
G. D. Hanna and Mr. E. K. Jordan. The notes on the sedimen- 
tary deposits and their fossil content, extends our knowledge of 
the distribution and character of the Pleistocene along the west 
coast of North America. The writer wishes to express his ap- 
preciation for assistance in the determination of certain of the 
species by Mr. A. M. Strong and Dr. G. D. Hanna. The photo- 
graphs of the new species illustrated herein were made by Dr. 
Hanna. Papers by Mr. E. K. Jordan dealing with similar de- 
posits at San Quintin, Magdalena Bay and at San Ignacio La- 
goon, have already been published. 


Along the west coast of Lower California, raised beaches 
and terraces are rather common. Wittich* has pointed out that 
he has recognized marine beach deposits in Lower California 
which occur over 1000 meters above sea level. These were re- 
ported to contain shells of mollusks of recent appearance, which 
were considered to be subfossil. 


Marita Mapre IsLtaAnpbD 


Fossiliferous beds on Maria Madre Island were mentioned 
by Grayson* and Nelson’ and beds definitely referred to the Ple- 
istocene were mentioned by Hanna", and E. K. Jordan and Hert- 
lein’. The fauna listed in this paper from Maria Madre and 
Maria Magdalena Islands, was collected by Dr. G. D. Hanna and 


1 Jordan, E. K., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, vol. 15, no. 7, 1926, pp. 241-255. 
1 textfigure and 1 plate. 

2 Jordan, E. K., Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sci. vol. 23, pt. 5, September-October 
(issued October 25), 1924, pp. 145-146. 

3 Wittich, E., Contribucion a la Geologica de la Region meridional de la Baja 
California. Bol. Soe. Geol. Mexicana, vol. 6, pt. 1, 1909, p. XIII and pp. 9-12. 
—Strandlinien an der Stidktiste von Niederkalifornien, Globus, Bd. 97, 1910, p. 379. 
Uber Meeresschwankungen an der Kiiste von Kalifornien, Zeitschr. Deutsch. Geol. 
Gesellsch. Monatsber, 1912, pp. 505-512.—La emersion moderna de la costa occi- 
dental de la Baja California, Soe. cient. Antonio Alzate, (Mexico), Mem., vol. 35, 
nos. 3-4, 1920, pp. 121-144, 10 pls., 1 fig.—See also G. Eisen, Proc. Calif. Acad. 
Sci. ser. 2, vol. 5, 1895, p. 754.—Darton, N. H., Geologic reconntissance in Baja 
California, Journ. Geol. vol. 29, no. 8, November-December, 1921, pp. 720-748, 22 figs. 
—Hanna, G. D., Nat. Geogr. Mag. vol. 44, no. 1, 1923, p. 99. 

4 Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. 14, 1871, pp. 261-303. 

° North American Fauna, no. 14, U. S. Dept. Agric. (Natural History of the 
Tres Marias Islands), 1899, pp. 1-97. 

° Pan-Amer. Geol. vol. 48, no. 1, 
AN vols 55-no:, 1, 1926; spy 15: 

* Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, vol. 15, no. 4, 1926, p. 210. 


1927, pp. 20-21.—Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 


E. K. Jordan, during the Expedition of the California Academy 
of Sciences to the Revillagigedo Islands in 1925. 
The collection made at the Salt Works on the east side of 


the island, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.), came from beds made up) oi 
shell fragments and may be considered to be a coquina. The beds 
are only a few meters in thickness and are exposed for some dis- 
tance along the coast. 

The species represented are similar to those of the Upper 
Pleistocene at Magdalena Bay.* In their recent habitat nearly all 
the species are found at the Tres Marias Islands,’? but a few are 
found only in the Gulf of California and to the south. These 
beds on Maria Madre can be assigned to the Upper Pleistocene. 

The shells from Loc. 1838 (C. A. S.), at the light house by - 
the village, are from a raised beach and their recent appearance 
suggests that they are subfossil. 

A few specimens were collected from Loc. 1839 (C. A. S.), 
from the north end of the island. These are apparently from a 
raised beach and can be assigned to the late Pleistocene. 


Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.) Maria Madre Island, Mexico, at Salt 
works on east side of the island, about 215 meters inland. G. D. 
Hanna and E. K. Jordan collectors, 1925. Pleistocene. 


Loc. 1838 (C. A. S.) Maria Madre Island, Mexico. At light 
house at the village. General pink Pleistocene. G. D. Hanna and 
FE. K. Jordan, collectors, 1925. Raised Beach. Subfossil. 


Loc. 1839 (C. A. S.) Maria Madre Island, Mexico. Pleis- 
tocene at North East end of Island. Raised Beach. G. D. Hanna 
and E. K. Jordan, collectors, 1925. Pleistocene. 


List oF SPECIES FROM THE PLEISTOCENE OF 
Marta Mapre IsLtaAnp 


Antigona rigida Dillwyn, Loc. 1839 (C. A. S.). 
Apolymetis alta Conrad, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 

Arca multicostata Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Cardium biangulatum Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Cardium consors Broderip & Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Cardium elenense Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Cardiumusp., Woe 1834 (C. AUS.) 

Chione mariae d’Orbigny, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Chione succincta Valenciennes, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Chione undatella Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Codakia distinguendo Tryon, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Divaricella eburnea Reeve, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 


SIn Mr. Jordan’s paper in 1924 two faunal lists are given which refer to an Upper 
and a Lower Quaternary fauna from Magdalena Bay. Insufficient information re- 
garding the collections upon which he based his conelusions regarding two horizons, 
raised an element of doubt regarding the exact localities. After a visit to Magda- 
lena Bay in 1925, Mr. Jordan stated verbally to the writer that only one horizon 
is present at Magdalena Bay and that it may be referred to the Upper Pleistocene. 
A report by Mr. Jordan on the collections from this locality is now awaiting 
publication. 

°9See A. M. Strong and G. D. Hanna, Marine mollusea of the Tres Marias 
Islands, Mexico, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, vol. 19, no. 8, 1930, pp. 13-22. 


60 


Glycymeris multicostata Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Macrocallista orcutti Dall, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 


Macrocallista squalida Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Pecten circularis Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Pecten latiauratus Conrad, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Pecten subnodosus Sowerby, Loc. 1838 (C. A. S.). 
Phacoides lamprus Dall, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Pitar concinna Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 


Placunanomia cumingit Broderip, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 


Pteria (Pinctada) mazatlanica Hanley, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 


Venericardia flammea Michelin, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Cadulus tolmiet Dall, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 

Dentalium fischeri Stearns, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Dentalium quadrangulare Hanley, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Acmaea rosacea Carpenter, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Acteocina angustior Baker & Hanna, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S 
Anachis coronata Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Architectonica granulata Lamarck, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Callistoma cf. tricolor Gabb, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Clava gemmata Hinds, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 

Clavus (Cymatosyrinx) aeolia Dall, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Conus Iucidus Mawe, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 

Conus tornatus Broderip, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Crucibulum imbricatum Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Epitonium cf. brunneopictum Dall. Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Eunaticina heim E. K. Jordan, n. sp., Loc. 1834 (C. A. S 
Fasciolaria princeps Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Hemitoma (Emarginula) sp., Loc. 1834 C. A. S.). 
Whotarck.carinata Carpenter, Loc. 1834 ¢C. A. S.). 
Melanella cf. monicensis Bartsch, Loc. 1834 (C. A. 
Modulus cerodes A. Adams, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Nassarius versicolor Adams, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Natica broderipiana Recluz, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Oliva splendidula Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Oleausps Loc. 1834 (CA. -S:)., 

Olivella gracilis Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Olivella cf. pedroana Conrad, Loc. 1834 (C. A. Sak 
Polimices uber Valenciennes, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Pyrene cf. strombiformis Lamarck, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Strombina pulcherrima Sowerby, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.) 
Strombus granulatus Gray, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Turbo fluctuosus Wood, Loc. 1838 ae Beas) 
Turbo saxosus Wood, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Turbo squamiger Reeve, Loc. ane (ES wewS 
Vitrea indentata Say, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Wiorm tubes: Loc! 1834 (GVA. -S*). 

Balanus concavus pacificus Pilsbry, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 
Shark tooth, Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.). 


61 


YN 


Sgt Eo SSE Re RE 


RS EE 


Sr 


spec Se EA 


Marta MacGpaLena ISLAND 


Pleistocene sediment on Maria Magdalena Island was re- 
ported by G. D. Hanna‘ as forming a thin veneer over the older 
rocks near the shore line along the middle of the north side. The 
beds and enclosed fauna are similar to those from the Salt works 
on the east side of Maria Madre Island. An Upper Pleistocene 
age can be assigned to these beds. 


Loc. 1836 (C. A. S.). Maria Magdalena Island, Tres Marias 
Group, Mexico, Along beach cliffs about the middle of the north 
shore of Maria Magdalena Island. G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan 
collectors, 1925. Pleistocene. 


List oF SPECIES FROM THE PLEISTOCENE OF 
Marta MaGpALENA ISLAND 
Sponge. 
Coral. 
Echinoid spine. 
Anomalocardia subimbricata Sowerby. 
Arca multicostata Sowerby. 
Arca mutabilis Sowerby. 
Arca gradata Broderip & Sowerby. 
Arca solida Sowerby. 
Cardium biangulatum Sowerby. 
Cardium consors Sowerby. 
Cardium obovale Sowerby. 
Cardium senticosum Sowerby. 
Chama squamuligera Pilsbry & Lowe. 
Chione succincta Valenciennes. 
Codakia mexicana Dall. 
Glans laticostata Sowerby." 
Glycymeris multicostata Sowerby. 
Glycymeris tessellata Sowerby. 
Macrocallista squalida Sowerby. 
Nuculana impar Pilsbry & Lowe. 
Nuculana taphria Dall. 
Pecten circularis Sowerby. 
Petricola robusta Sowerby. 
Phacoides cancellaris Philippi. 
Plicatula spondylopsis Rochebrune. 
Spondylus crassisquama Lamarck (young specimens). 


1 Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, vol. 15, no. 1, 1926, pp. 72-73.—Pan-Amer. 
Geol. vol. 48, no. 1, 1927, p. 23. 


17t may be mentioned here that the species commonly listed as Cardita sub- 
quadrata Carpenter (Lazaria subquadrata Carpenter, Rept. Brit. Assoe. Ady. Sci. 
for 1863 [Issued 1864], pp. 536, 627, 642. The type locality is Santa Barbara, 
California, according to I. S. Oldroyd, Stanford Univ. Publ. Univ. Ser. Geol. Sci. 
vol. 1, 1924, p. 111) was renamed Cardita carpenteri by Lamy (Jour. de Conchyl. 
vol. 66, no. 3, 1922, p. 264 ‘‘Californie.’’?) due to an earlier use of the name by 
Conrad (Cardita subquadrata Conrad, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1847, 
p. 298, Mississippi. Eocene). Glans minuscula Grant & Gale (Mem. San Diego 
Soe. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, 1931, p. 277, pl. 13, figs. 10a, 10b. ‘“‘Upper Pleistocene 
terrace near Seacliff, Ventura Co.’’) thus becomes a synonym of G. carpenteri 
Lamy. 


62 


Acmaca 7atrata Carpenter (young specimen ). 
Acteocina ’angustior Baker & Hanna. 
Aletes squamigerus Carpenter. 

Alvania herrerae Baker, Hanna & Strong. 
Anachis incerta Stearns. 

Anachis pygmaea Sowerby. 

Anachis 2vexillum Reeve. 

Cancellaria sp. 

Clava gemmata Hinds. 

Conus (young) cf. mahogani Reeve. 
Conus cf. tornatus Broderip (young). 
Crepidula aculeata Gmelin. 

Crepidula cf. lingulata Gould. 

Crepidula nummaria Gould var.? fimbriata Reeve. 
Crepidula cf. onyx Sowerby. 
Crucibulum imbricatum Sowerby. 
Crucibulum spinosum Sowerby. 

Cypraeca cf. arabicula Lamarck. 

Cytharella carissima Pilsbry & Lowe. 
Cytharella quadriseriata Dall. 

Diadora inaequalis Sowerby. 

Diadora murina Dall. 

Diadora panamensis Sowerby. 

Engina ferruginea Reeve. 

Fissurella virescens Sowerby. 

Fissurella sp. 

Harpa crenata Swainson. 

Hipponix antiquatus Linnaeus. 

Hipponix barbatus Sowerby. 

Hippomx grayanus Menke. 

Hipponix tumens Carpenter. 

Liotia ?rammata Dall. 

Marginella cf. M. californica Tomlin. 
Marginella phrygia Sowerby. 

Mitra cf. attenuata Reeve. 

Nassarius versicolor C. B. Adams. 

Natica sp. (young) aff. N. catenata Philippi. 
Nerita bernhardi Recluz. 

Odostomia gallegosi Hertlein, new species. 
Olivella cf. gracilis Broderip & Sowerby. 
Oliva testacea Lamarck (young ). 
Oxystyla princeps Broderip. 

Phasianella (Tricolia) mazatlanica Strong. 
Philbertia aethra Dall. 

Rissoina stricta Menke. 

Rissoina townsendi Bartsch. 

Seila assimillata C. B. Adams. 

Siphonaria maura var. acquilirata Carpenter. 


63 


Strombina ?pulcherrima Sowerby. 
Tegula globula Carpenter. 
Teinostoma cecinella Dall. 
Terebra sp. 

Triphora cf. stearnsi Bartsch. 
Turbo fluctuosum Wood. 
Turritella nodulosa King. 
Vermicularia eburnea Reeve. 


San IGnaAcio LAGoon, LOWER CALIFORNIA 


Mr. E. kK. Jordan’s'* paper on Quaternary Molluscan faunas 
from Lower California, included a list of species and brief dis- 
cussions of Pleistocene mollusks from San Ignacio Lagoon, Lower 
California. He considered this fauna to be of an Upper Pleisto- 
cene age and with this opinion the writer is in accord. 


The present faunal list from San Ignacio Lagoon represents 
the species in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, 
collected at that locality by Mr. Henry Hemphill, supplemented 
by the H. Hemphill collection at Leland Stanford Junior Univer- 
sity and the one made by C. R. Swarts and T. J. Cullen (Loe. 
38 L. S. J. U.), which was listed by E. K. Jordan. The species 
in the list followed by (S) are those in the collections of the 
Leland Stanford Junior University but not represented in the 
collections of the California Academy of Sciences. With much 
larger collections available for comparison, Mr. Jordan later indi- 
cated some corrections in the identifications of certain species which 
are listed in his paper in 1924. The corrections are indicated in 
the present list. 


List oF SPECIES FROM THE PLEISTOCENE OF SAN IGNACIO 
Lacoon, LowER CALIFORNIA 
Encope micropora A. Agassiz. 
Anomia peruviana d’Orbigny. 
Apolymetis excavatus Sowerby. 
Arca tuberculosa Sowerby. 
Cardium elenense Sowerby (as C. substriatum Conrad, by Jordan, 
1924). 
Cardium procerum Sowerby (S). 
Chione gnidia Broderip & Sowerby. 
Chione succincta Valenciennes. 
Chione undatella Sowerby. 
Corbula luteola Carpenter (S). 
Diplodonta sericata Reeve. 
Donax californica Conrad. 
Glans affinis Broderip. 
Glycymeris giganteus Reeve (S). 
Labiosa undulata Gould. 


12 Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sei. vol. 23, pt. 5, Sept.-Oect. 1924. Issued Oct. 
25, 1924, pp. 151-152. 


64 


Macoma nasuta Conrad (S.) (as M. inquinata Deshayes by Jor- 
dan, 1924). 

Macoma yoldiformis Carpenter (S). 

Macrocallista squalida Sowerby. 

Mactra californica Conrad (S). 

Nuculana elenense Sowerby. 

Ostrea palmula Carpenter. 

Pecten circularis Sowerby (S). 

Phacoides approximatus Dall. 

Phacoides lingualis Carpenter. 

Phacoides nuttalli Conrad. 

Semele decisa Conrad. 

Tagelus californicus Conrad. 

Tellina buttoni Dall (S) (as T. modesta Carpenter by Jordan, 
1924). 

Tellina meropsis Dall. 

Tellina reclusa Dall. 

Tellina rubescens Hanley. 

Dentalium inversum Deshayes (S.) (as D. pretiosum Sowerby 
by Jordan, 1924). 

Dentalium sectum Deshayes (S). 

Dentalium semtipolitum Broderip & Sowerby (S). 

Aletes squamigerus Carpenter. 

Amphissa columbiana Dall. 

Anachis coronata Sowerby. 

Bulla punctulata A. Adams. 

Calliostoma eximium Reeve. 

Calliostoma palmeri Dall. 

Cancellaria buccinoides Sowerby. 

Cantharus elegans Gray. 

Cerithidea californica Haldemann. 

Cerithium stercus-muscarum Valenciennes (also as C. ocellatum 
3ruguiere, by Jordan, 1924). 

Crepidula adunca Sowerby. 

Crepidula excavata Sowerby. 

Crepidula onyx Sowerby. 

Crucibulum imbricatum Sowerby. 

Cructbulum cf. spinosum Sowerby. 

Cytharella sp. 

Diadora murina Dall. 

Eupleura muriciformis Broderip. 

Fusinus dupetitthouarsi Wiener (S). 

Gly phostoma aff. G. adana Dall. 

Lucapinella callomarginata Carpenter. 

Macron kellettii A. Adams. 

Melanella ct. oldroydi Barsch. 

Mitrella carinata Hinds. 

Modulus disculus Philippi. 

Murex erinaceoides Valenciennes. 


65 


SecA SS a a 


Nassarius cf. cerritensis Arnold. 

Nassarius tegula Reeve. 

Neritina usurpatrix Crosse & Fischer. 

Oliva angulata Lamarck. 

Oliva spicata Bolten. 

Olivella dama Mawe (S). 

Olivella gracilis Broderip & Sowerby (S) (as O. mconspicua 
C. B. Adams by Jordan, 1924). 

Olivella baetica var. mexicana T. S. Oldroyd. 

Olivella pedroana Conrad (S). 

Petaloconchus complicatus Dall. 

Phyllonotus bicolor Valenciennes (S). 

Phyllonotus radix Lamarck (S). 

Polinices reclusianus Deshayes. 

Pseudomelatoma penicillata Carpenter. 

Purpura nuttalli Conrad. 

Pyramidella mexicana Dall & Bartsch. 

Pyrene strombiformis Lamarck. 

Solenosteira anomala Reeve. 

Strombina gibberula Sowerby (as Nitidella ocellata Gmelin, by 
Jordan, 1924). 

Strombus gracilior Sowerby (S). 

Tegula aureotincta Forbes. 

Terebra variegata Gray. 

Thais biserialis Blainville. 

Tritonalia poulsoni Carpenter. 

Turbo fluctuosus Wood. 

Turbonilla buttoni Dall & Bartsch. 

Turricula maculosa Sowerby (as T. burragei Bartsch by Jordan, 
1924). 

Turritella marmorata Kiener. 

Turritella tigrina Kiener!® (S). 


Crpros ISLAND 


The mollusks from Cedros Island here listed occur on raised 
beaches from 15 to 30 meters above sea level and appear to be of 
a late Pleistocene age. These shells were collected by Mr. W. H. 
Ochsner in 1905 during the expedition of the California Academy 
of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands, and by Dr. Hanna in 1922, 
during the expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to 
Guadalupe Island. : 


Loc. 801 (CAL S:). South Bay of Cedros Island] Weer 
Ochsner collector, 1905-1906. 


Loc; 931 (C.Az S:). West side of Cedros: Island) Raised 
Beach. G. D. Hanna collector, 1922. 


Loc. 2323 (G; A. Si) Raised: Beach at. South> Bays Gedios 


Island. G. D. Hanna collector, 1922. 


13. The species listed as T. goniostoma Valenciennes by Jordan, 1924, from the 
Quaternary of Scammon Lagoon, can be referred to T. tigrina Kiener or T. leucos- 
toma Valenciennes. 

66 


List OF SPECIES FROM THE PLEISTOCENE OF CEDROS 
IsLAND (RAISED BEACHES). 


Phacoides californicus Conrad, Locs. 801; 931 (C. A. S.). 

Tivela crassatelloides Conrad, Loc. 801 (C. A. S.). 

Acanthina lugubris Sowerby, Loc. 2323 (C. A. S.). 

Conus californicus Hinds, Loc. 931 (C. A. S.). 
? 


Fissurella volcano Reeve, Locs. 801; 931; 2323 (C. A. S.) 
Hahotis cracheroaw iWeach, Loc. 2323 (C. A. S_). 
Hipponix antiquatus Linnaeus, Loc. 931 (C. A. S.). 
Wom gigantea Gray, Locs. 801; 2323 (C. A. S:). 
Megathura crenulata Sowerby, Locs. 931; 2323 (C. A. S.) 


Norrisia norrist Sowerby, Loc. 801 (C. A. S.). 

Polinices reclusianus Deshayes."* 

iecoula aureotincta Forbes, Locs. 801; 931; 2323. (C. A. 5S.). 
Leguia gallma Forbes, Loc. 2323 (C. A. S.). 

Thais bisertialis Blainville, Loc. 2323 (C. A. S.). 

Trivia califormca Gray, Loc. 931 (C. A. S.). 


Notes AND DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES 


Odostomia gallegosi Hertlein, new species. 
Plate 21, figure 3 


Shell small, pupiform, rather thick, surface smooth and 
polished; nuclear whorls almost completely immersed in the first 
of the following whorls; postnuclear whorls 7, the early ones 
rounded, rapidly enlarging, the last 3 flattened, somewhat cylin- 
drical, narrowly tabulated at the summit, somewhat contracted at 
the sutures, without visible sculpture; periphery rounded, marked 
by a narrow sulcus; base short, rounded; aperture oval, the pos- 
terior angle acute, falling a little below the sulcus which is ex- 
posed in the sutures on the later whorls; columbella short, curved, 
provided with a strong fold at its insertion, body of the shell with 
a thin callus. The type measures; length 4.5 mm., diameter, 
1.8 mm. 


Holotype No. 6059 (Calif. Acad. Sci. type coll.) from Loc. 
1836 (C. A. S.) along the beach cliffs on about the middle of the 
north shore of Maria Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Group, 
Mexico. G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan Collectors. Pleistocene. 


Mr. A. M. Strong has pointed out to the author that this 
species is quite distinct from any Odostomia described from west- 
ern North America. The absence of all sculpture with the excep- 
tion of the peripheral sulcus removes it from all the subgenera 


known from the west American fauna. In the key to the sub- 
genera in the genus Odostomia by Dall & Bartsch’ it would fall 


4 This species was reported fossil on Cedros Island by Stearns (Proc. U. S. 
Nat. Mus. vol. 17, 1894, p. 196 ‘‘fossil on Cerros Island’’, Albatross coll.). 
U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 68, 1919, p. 15. ‘“‘Type, Turbo nivosa Montagu.” 


(Montagu, Test. Britannica, vol. 2, 1803, p. 326. ‘‘Found in the sand on the south 
coast of Devon, very rare.’’——Forbes & Hanley, Hist. British Moll., vol. 3, 1853, 
p. 287, pl. 96, fig. 7.— Jeffreys, British Conch., vol. 4, 1867, p. 116.). 


67 


aE ee 


meres a rece sk 


ETO 


in the subgenus Jordaniella,'® and furnishes the first record of 
this subgenus from western North America. 


Eunaticina heimi E. K. Jordan, new species" 
Plate 21, figure 4 


Shell small, thin, naticoid, spire short with about 3 to 4 in- 
flated whorls; surface sculpture by numerous fine spiral incised 
lines. These are crossed by fine lines of growth; umbilicate; 
aperture ovate; margins of inner and outer lip plain. Altitude 
9.6 mm.; width of body whorl 7 mm. 


Holotype No. 5557 (Calif. Acad. Sci. Type Coll.) from Loe. 
754 (C. A. S.) Magdalena Bay, Lower California. G. D. Hanna 
and E. K. Jordan collectors; Pleistocene. 


The slender form and ovate aperture easily distinguish this 
species from Eunaticina oldroydii Dall1*  Eunaticina heimi is 
found living at Hood Island of the Galapagos Group. The species 
also occurs in the Pleistocene of Magdalena Bay, Lower California, 
and in the Pleistocene of Maria Madre Island, Mexico. 


Macron kellettii A. Adams 


Pseudoliva kellettii A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1853, 
p. 185. “Hab.—?’—Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. 3, 1885, 
Pseudoliva, p. 75, pi. 116, fig. 12. “Hab.—?’—Carpenter, 
Rept. British Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1863 [Issued 1864], p. 554. 
“(—Macron (Zemira) Kellettii, Mus. Cum.: = Pusio trochlea, 
Gray, MS. in Brit. Mus. Cerros Is., Ayres].” 


Macron kellettu. A. Adams, Tryon, Manual Conch. vol. 3, 1881, 
p. 214; pl 82, fie 2477. San Diego, Call;'Gult ot Calitonuiare 


Macron aethiops (Reeve), var. kellettii (A. Adams), Grant & 
Gale, Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. 1, 1931, p. 650, 
pl. 28, fig. 8. Earlier records cited. 


Macron kellettii 1s present in the Pleistocene at San Ignacio 
Lagoon, Lower California. It has been reported from the Ple- 
istocene of southern California, and recent from San Diego, Cali- 
fornia, to the Gulf of California. 


Due to uncertainty regarding the status of M. kellettii it is 
retained as a distinct species in the present paper. 


16 Jordaniella Chaster, n. gen., Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 5, no. 1, 
1898, p. 20 [name], p. 21 [under J. nivosa Montagu] ‘‘The Turbo nivosus of 
Montagu and the Odostomia truncatula of Jeffreys belong to a very distinet group 
for which I suggest the name Jordaniella.”’ 

7 Mr. E. K. Jordan has given a description of this species in a manuscript 
dealing with the Pleistocene of Magdalena Bay, Lower California. Mr. Jordan’s 
description is given here to avoid the use of a nomen nudum in the list of species 
from the Pleistocene of Maria Madre Island. 

18 Nautilus, vol. 11, no. 8, 1897, p. 85. ‘‘deep water off Catalina Is., Cala.” 
Dall, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 112, 1921, p. 165, pl. 14, figs. 1 and 3. 


68 


The name Purpura trochlea Gray’ 1s earlier than Pseudoliva 
kellettii A. Adams. Mr. E. A. Smith who studied the types of 
these two species, and of Buccinum aethiops Reeve, in the British 
Museum, has placed Macron kellettti in the synonymy of M. 
trochlea Gray. According to Smith, the type of MW. trochlea 1s 
intermediate with respect to the grooving, between M. aethiops 
and M. kellettii. (See Jour. Conch. vol. 10, no. 12, 1903, p. 351). 


Macron orcutti Dall (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 31, 
1918, pp. 5-8. “Magdalena Bay, L. Cal.. C. R. Orcutt.’’) is said 
to be distinct from VW. aethiops. According to Dall, the species is 
finely, sharply, and uniformly, spirally striated. 


Calliostoma palmeri Dall 
Plate 21, figures 1 and 2 


Calliostoma palmeri Dall, Amer. Jour. Conch., vol. 7, 1872, p. 

125, pl. 15, fig. 15. “Guaymas, ten specimens, Dr. E. Palmer.” 
Strong, anna: and Hiertlemn, Proc) Calit. Acad Scr; 
Sait VO 2, 10.10) 1933, pl. 5) fies. land: 2) “San Felipe 
at the head of the Gulf of California. 


The specimens referred to this species are young and some- 
what weathered, but they are similar to Recent specimens of Callio- 
stoma palmert Dall. C. bonita Strong, Hanna and Hertlein,°° has 
a different number of spiral threads, which are smooth instead of 
granular, and the Recent shells are more highly colored. The 
granular spiral threads as well as the low spire and slightly exca- 
vated umbilical region distinguish Dall’s species from C. eximium 
Reeve** and C. tricolor Gabb.?? 


Plesiotype No. 6047 (C. A. S. type Coll.) from San Ignacio 
Lagoon, Lower California. H. Hemphill collector. Pleistocene. 


Modolus disculus Philippi. 


Trochus disculus Philippi, Zeitschr. fttr Malakozool. April, 1846, 
p. 51. “Mazatlan.” —— Philippi in Kuster, Conch.-Cab. Bd. 
2, Abt. 3, 1846-1851, Taf. 36, fig. 14. 


Modulus disculus Philippi, Tryon, Manual Conch. vol. 9, 1887, 
p: 261, pl. 48, figs. 93, 94. “Acapulco, Mazatlan.” (PI. 48, 
fig. 5 as M. dorsuosus Gould). Stearns: ProcssU2 35: 


% Purpura trochlea Gray in Griffith’s Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, vol. 12, 1834, 
pl. 32, fig. 14 [No description, or locality]. 

Pollia trochlea Gray, Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, 1839, p. 111. [Description 
ziven, but no locality]. 

Pollia trochlea Gray, Tryon, Manual Conch. vol. 3, 1881, p. 277. 
trochlea.”’ 

Macron trochlea Gray, E. A. Smith, Jour. Conch. vol. 10, no. 12, 1903, p. 351. 

20 Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 21, no. 10, 1938, p. 121, pl. 5, figs. 5 and 6 
“dredged in Acapulco Bay, Mexico.”’ 

21 Calliostoma eximium Reeve. See Pilsbry, Manual Conch. vol. 11, 1889, p. 366, 
pl. 65, figs. 84, 85, 86. ‘‘Mazatlan; Cape St. Lucas; fossil in post tertiary at San 
Ignacio Lagoon.’’ 

22 Calliostoma tricolor Gabb, Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci. vol. 8, 1865, p. 186. 
“Hab. San Pedro, five alive on the sand shoal; and Half Moon Bay, beach ; also 
San Diego. Dr. Cooper. Also fossil in the Post Pliocene, San Pedro.’ —Pilsbry, 
Manual Conch. vol. 11, 1889, p. 370, pl. 67, fig. 52. ‘‘Santa Cruz to San Diego. 


69 


“9 


? = Purpura 


————————————EeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEEEEEEEEeEeEeEeEeeeeEeEeEeEeEeEeEEeEeEeEeEeEeEeeeee 


| 


Nat. Mus. vol. 17, 1894, p. 192. “Tres Marias.” Also Ma- 
zatlan, Acapulco, Panama. ——— Petit de la Saussaye, Jour. 
de Conchy]l. vol. 4, 1853, p. 136. “Mazatlan (Philip. ).” 
Pilsbry & Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. 84, 
1932 p.0123-, 5 Lal Paz aboway island: 


Modulus dorsuosus Gould, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist. vol. 6, 1852, 
Pose, ph IAs heew2 a) sHound at Acapulco 


Modulus disculus Philippi occurs in the Pleistocene of San 
Ignacio Lagoon, Lower California. The high spire and the much 
less developed radial ribs easily distinguish this species from WV. 
cerodes A. Adams** which occurs in the Pleistocene of Maria 
Madre Island and of Magdalena Bay, as well as living in the 
Gulf of California. M. disculus has a known range from Mazat- 
lan, Mexico to Taboga Island, Panama. The species listed as 
M. disculus from Mozambique** by Petit de la Saussaye appar- 
ently represents another species. 


Neritina usurpatrix Crosse & Fischer. 


Neritina picta Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1835, p. 201. 
“Hab. ad Panaman.” Sowerby, Conch. Illustr., Septem- 
ber 29, 1836, Neritina, p. 3, pl. 86, fig. 1. “Panama. 
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. 2, 1855, p. 530, pl. 116, figs. 267, 
268, 269. Panama; on a mud-bank, partially over- 


flowed with fresh water. Cuming.’ —— Reeve. Conch. 
Teon. vol. 9; 1855, Nerina, pl. 23, hes) Olas OM: 
[Same record as the preceding reference.] —— Troschel, 


Das Gebiss der Schnecken; vol. 2, 1878, pi 176, plielos ties 
Oe [alhis sreference- not seen.,| E. Von Martens, in 
Martini-Chemnitz Conchyl.-Cab. Ed 2, Bd. 2, Abt. 10, 1879, 


p. 191, pl. 19, figs. 22-25. [Reference not seen.] —— Tryon, 
Manual Conch. Ser. 2, vol. 10, 1888, p. 41, pl. 13, figs. 52-55. 
“Gulf of California to Panama.” -—W— Stearns, Proc. U. S. 


Nat. Mus. vol. 17, 1894, p. 200. Coast of Lower California, 
Gulf of California, and south to Panama and beyond. 
Von Martens, Biologia Centrali-Americana, 1900, p. 589, pl. 
28, figs. 8, 10, 13. Cites earlier records from Guaymas, 
Mexico, to Payta Peru. 


Nerita (Neritina) picta Sowerby, Anton, Verzeich. der Conchyl. 
1839879. 29) ANo docality given Recluz,) Jounsade 
Conchyl vol le NS50 7p. 152: 


Vitta picta Sowerby, Morch, Catalog. Conchyl. Yoldi, 1852, p. 
67. “Panama, 


Neritina (Vitta) picta Sowerby, Morch, Malakozool. Blatter, 
DS die/e SO vipauli/0: 


°3 See Tryon, Manual Conch. vol. 9, 1887, p. 261, pl. 49, figs. 96 and 97. 
*4 Petit de la Saussaye, Jour. de Conchyl. vol. 4, 1853, p. 135. “‘le détroit de 
Mosambique.’’ <A list of species of Modulus was given by Saussaye. 


70 


Neritella picta Sowerby, Binney, Land and Fresh Water Shells 
One North America, Pt 3, 1865, p: 105, fig. 211. (Suiuth- 
sonian Misc. Coll. No. 144.) Cited from Mazatlan as well 
as farther south. 


Neritina usurpatrix Crosse & Fischer, Jour. de Conchyl. vol. 40, 
no. 3, 1892, p. 293. A new name for Neritina picta Sowerby, 
not Neritina picta Ferussac (G. P. Deshayes in A. E. Ferus- 
Saculaist. Gener. et Part. Moll. Livr. 20, 1823. [On wrap- 
per of Livr. 20, according to Sherborn, Index Anim.], figs. 
4-7). Crosse & Fischer, Miss. Sci. au Mexique, et 
dans L’Amérique Centrale, Pt. 7, Moll. vol. 2, 1900, p. 486, 
pl. 58, figs. 7, 7a, 7b, 7c, 7d. Mazatlan, Mexico to Guaya- 
quil, Ecuador. [Guayaquil record by Wolfe}. 


Nerita picta Sowerby, Pilsbry & Lowe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Philadelphia, vol. 84, 1932, p. 127. “Mazatlan; La Paz; 
Guaymas: Gulf of Fonseca: Puntarenas; Salina Cruz.” 
Specimens referred to this species are present in the Hemp- 

hill collection from the Pleistocene of San Ignacio Lagoon, Lower 

California. The shells retain traces of the striped and zig-zag 

color markings, which are so noticeable on the living specimens. 


The species has been reported from the Gulf of California to 
Guayaquil, Ecuador. 


Crosse & Fischer pointed out that Férussac had used the 


name Neritina picta and therefore they renamed Sowerby’s spe- 
cies Neritina usurpatrix. 


Vitrea indentata Say. 


Helix indentata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 2, 
S220 .. 3/2. Binney, Terrestial Air-Breathing Mol- 
lusks of the United States, vol. 2, 1851, p. 242, pl. 29, fig. 2. 
“Tnhabits the northern, north-eastern, middle, and western 
states, and is probably a wide-spread species.” 


Vitrea indentata Say, Dall, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ser. 4, vol. 
15, no. 15, 1926, p. 483. Maria Madre and Maria Magdalena 
Islands. Recent. Also Recent from Canada to Texas and 
southward to the Federal district of Mexico. 


R{etinella| (Glyphyalinia) indentata indentata (Say), H.B.Baker, 
Proc wNcad., Nat. Sei Philadelphia, vol. 82," 1930; p. 209: 
“Type locality: Harrigate and New Jersey,’ and eastern 
states. 

This interesting species is present in the Pleistocene col- 
lection from Maria Madre Island. It also occurs Recent on 
this Island where it has been recorded by Dall. The species is 
quite widely distributed in North America, where it has been 
reported from the eastern and middle western states and from 
Canada to the Federal district of Mexico. 


71 


PrAnEe ai 


Fig. 1. Calliostoma palmeri Dall; plesiotype No. 6047 (C. A. S. 
type coll.), from San Ignacio Lagoon, Lower California; Henry Hemp- 
hill collector; Pleistocene. 


Fig. 2. Calliostoma palmeri Dall. Basal view of specimen shown 
in figure 1. 


Fig. 3. Odostomia gallegosi Hertlein, new species; holotype No. 
6059 (C. A. S. type coll.); altitude 4.5 mm., diameter 1.8 mm.; from 
Loc. 1836 (C. A. S.), along the beach cliffs about the middle of the 
north shore of Maria Magdalena Island, Tres Marias Group, Mexico. 
G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan collectors; Pleistocene. 


Fig. 4. Hunaticina heimi E. K. Jordan, new species; holotype No. 
5557 (C. A. S. type coll.). Altitude 9.6 mm.; width of body whorl 
7 mm.; from Loc. 754 (C. A. S.) Magdalena Bay, Lower California; 
G. D. Hanna and EH. K. Jordan collectors; Pleistocene. This species is 
present at Loc. 1834 (C. A. S.), Maria Madre Island, Mexico; Pleisto- 
cene. ; 


Fig. 5. Ostrea palmula Carpenter; upper valve, plesiotype No. 
6060 (C. A. S. type coll.) from San Ignacio Lagoon, Lower California. 
Henry Hemphill collector; Pleistocene. The specimens from this lo- 
cality possess some characters in common with O. angelica Roche- 
brune, and might perhaps, be considered as falling within the vari- 
ants of that species. 


Fig. 6. Glycymeris multicostata Sowerby; plesiotype No. 6066 
(C. A. S. type coll.) from Loc. 1834 (C. A. 5S.) about 215 meters inland 
at the Salt Works, on the east side of Maria Madre Island, Tres 
Marias Group, Mexico; G. D. Hanna and E. K. Jordan collectors; 
Pleistocene. 


Fig. 7. Ostrea palmula Carpenter; lower valve; plesiotype No. 
6061 (C. A. S. type coll.) from San Ignacio Lagoon, Lower California; 
Henry Hemphill collector; Pleistocene. 


Fig. 8. Ostrea palmula Carpenter; view of the interior of the 
specimen illustrated in Figure 5. 


Fig. 9. Plicatula spondylopsis Rochebrune; plesiotype No. 6068 
(C. A. 8. type coll.), from same locality as specimen shown in figure 3. _ 
This is an enlarged view of the interior of the specimen shown. in 
figure 12. 


Fig. 10. Ostrea palmula Carpenter; lower valve; plesiotype No. 
6061-A (C. A. S. type coll.), from same locality as specimen illustrated 
in figure 5. 


Fig. 11. Chama squamuligera Pilsbry & Lowe; plesiotype No. 
6067 (C. A. S. type coll.), from same locality as specimen shown in 
figure 3. 


Fig. 12. Plicatula spondylopsis Rochebrune; plesiotype No. 6068 
(C. A. S. type ecoll.), altitude of figured specimen 12.5 mm., width 
13.1 mm.; from the same locality as the specimen shown in figure 3. 


Fig. 13. Turritella marmorata Kiener; plesiotype No. 5924 (C. A. 
S. type coll.), from San Ignacio Lagoon, Lower California; Henry 
Hemphill collector; Pleistocene. Specimen imperfect due to weath- 
ering. : 

Fig. 14. Cardium obovale Sowerby; plesiotype No. 6069 (C. A. S. 
type coll.), from same locality as specimen shown in figure 3. 

All illustrations are approximately natural size except where 
dimensions are given. Photographs of the specimens were made by 
G. D. Hanna, A. Christofferson and W. M. Grant. 


72 


PLATE 21 


TWO NEW MICROLEPIDOPTERA FROM 
CALIFORNIA 


By AuGust Busck 
Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture 


The United States National Museum is indebted to Com- 
mander C. M. Dammers of Riverside, California, who for several 
years has sent to it large collections of Microlepidoptera, many 
carefully reared with notes on foodplants. These Micros were 
collected incidental to Commander Dammers’ work with other 
California Lepidoptera, which has added so much to the knowl- 
edge of the early stages, through his enthusiastic collecting and 
his successful mating and breeding of the insects in captivity. 


Several new species have been received in these sendings, be- 
sides good series of many described species much needed in the 
National Collection. Because of the excellent descriptive work 
on California Microlepidoptera by H. H. Keifer of the California 
Department of Agriculture, who deposits type material of all 
his new species in the National Museum, where they are safe 
and freely accessible to future students, it seems desirable to 
leave this descriptive work largely to him. Hence | have se- 
lected to describe at present only the following two reared species, 
which are of special interest and for which Commander Dam- 
mers should receive first credit. 


ARISTOTELIA RHOISELLA, new species 


Second joint of labial palpi light pink, with base and an ill- 
defined annulation near tip black; terminal joint longer than sec- 
ond, light ochreous, with two broad ill-defined black annulations. 
Tongue long, scaled, ochreous. Antennae black with a white 
annulation on each joint. Face light ochreous, touched with pink. 
Head and thorax light pinkish fuscous, mixed with ochreous. 
Fore wings with typical pattern of the roseosuffusella group; 
costal two-thirds pinkish white, sprinkled with black; dorsal third 
light ochreous, touched with pink, especially along terminal edge; 
near base an outwardly oblique costal streak, reaching to the 
dorsal ochreous third; at basal third a similar outwardly oblique 
costal streak, reaching to the dorsal area and curving upwards 
attenuated towards a large ill-defined black costal spot at apical 
third; after this spot the white ground color on costa is nearly 
unmixed with black scales and strongly touched with pink. This 
light costal area is represented on the otherwise dark fuscous un- 
derside by a light ochreous costal spot; at the end of the cell is a 
round ochreous spot extending from the dorsal ochreous area 
into the costal area; this spot is preceded and followed by black 
scales, which form an interrupted longitudinal streak; cilia yel- 
lowish fuscous, touched with pink on base; underside dark fus- 
cous, in the male with the scales blacktipped on all ill-defined 


74 


and not conspicuous basal area. Hind wings light silvery fus- 
cous with yellowish cilia. Abdomen light fuscous above; under- 
side of body ochreous white. Legs blackish fuscous with rose-col- 
ored annulations on tibia; spurs light ochreous; tarsal joints black 
with narrow ochreous annulations. 


Male genitalia (pl. 22, figs. 1 and la) typical of the genus ; uncus 
stout, bluntly pointed; gnathos as long as uncus, gently curved, 
bluntly pointed; harpes divided*, with upper arm long, slender, 
slightly broadened and rounded at tip, lower branch short, de- 
flected, blunt; vinculum broad, with anterior extension rounded; 
aedoeagus short, bulky at base, with narrow, convoluted apex; 
female genitalia (pl. 22, fig. 2) with simple, not protruding 
ostium; ductus bursae rather long and not curved upon itself, 
as commonly is the case in the genus; bursa oval with small 
triforked signum. 


Alar expanse 12-13 mm. 

Habitat—Coachella Valley, California (C. M. Dammers). 
Food plant—Rhus. 

Type—No. 50503, U. S. National Museum. 


The species is important in helping clear up a query of 
seventy years’ standing. As pointed out by the writer in the 
Revision of North American Gelechiidae (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 
vol. 25, p. 796, 1903) the name roseosuffusella Clemens was 
until then and has been since applied to the common Trifolium- 
feeding species. But Clemens eee stated that roseosuf- 
fusella feeds on the fruit of sumach (Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. III, 
p. 508, 1864) and there has consequently been an uncertainty 
about the identity of the species; every year the writer has gath- 
ered fruit panicles of Rhus in various localities in an effort to 
rear an Aristotelia which would conform with Clemens’ descrip- 
tion, but without avail. When the present species, reared from 
Rhus, was received from Commander Dammers the old question 
seemed to be solved. Clemens never gave any locality for his 
new species, but it is known that while most of these undoubt- 
edly originated from his own collecting in Pennsylvania, he did 
receive several specimens for description from other parts of 
the United States, including California, through the Smithsonian 
Institution, 


However, to settle the matter permission was asked to make 
genitalia slide of Clemens’ ty pe in the Philadelphia Academy of 
Netra Science and this permission was liberally granted by the 
Curator, Dr. James A. G. Rehn. 


* The harpes in the genus Avristotelia are divided, as is the rule in the family 
Gelechiidae ; Forbes’ figures of several species of the genus (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soe., 
vol. 40, pl. 20, 1932), while helpful, are not sufficiently accurate to enable safe 
differentiation of the many closely similar species of this genus, and the lower arms 
of the harpes are either omitted or represented as part of the vineculum. 

( 


5 


These genitalia (pl. 22, figs. 3 and 4+) prove beyond dispute 
that the name roseosuffusella Clemens must be retained for our 
common Trifolium-feeding species and that Clemens’ statement 
of foodplant, which was made four and a half years after he 
described the insect, was an error, possibly occasioned by his 
obtaining a specimen of the present species reared from Rhus 
and not differentiating between these two similarly colored species. 


The species of the roseosuffusella and rubidella groups of 
Aristotelia are with few exceptions difficult to determine from 
coloration alone and no additional species should be described 
except when the foodplant is known. 


The genitalia of both sexes, however, though also very uni- 
form in general pattern, present good definite characters. The 
writer has genitalia slides of both sexes of all available American 
species of the genus and good figures have been made from 
them, which enable ready specific recognition. 


PLUTELLA DAMMERSI, new species 


Labial palpi light yellow; second joint sparsely sprinkled 
with black on outer side; terminal joint as long as tuft on sec- 
ond, slightly thickened with scales in front. Maxillary palpi 
short, porrected, yellow. Tongue long, spiraled. Antennae 34, 
strongly thickened with scales on basal half and with well devel- 
oped flap on basal joint; light yellow, terminal joint black, pre- 
ceded by two white joints, then two black joints, again preceded 
by two white joints, before which three black joints and a fourth 
particularly black. Face and head whitish ochreous. Thorax 
darker ochreous. Fore wings concolorous with thorax, in most 
specimens before me entirely unmarked; in some with a few 
scattered deep black scales along dorsal and terminal edge; cilia 
concolorous. Hind wings dark shiny fuscous with lighter fus- 
cous cilia. Abdomen dark fuscous above. Underside of body 
light silvery ochreous. Legs white sprinkled with black scales. 
Venation typical of the genus; fore wing with 12 veins all sep- 
arate; 7 to termen. Hind wings with 8 veins, 3 and 4 closely 
approximate, 5 and 6 approximate; 7 parallel to 6. 


Male genitalia (pl. 22, figs. 6 and 6a) typical of the genus, 
but specifically very distinct; uncus and gnathos absent; the long 
soft anal tube supported by a long Oendes ventral plate: socil 
short, triangular, projecting ; harpes elongate oval with costal 
edge and sacculus slightly chitinized; sacculus ending in a strong 
free spine underneath which is a small tuft of flattened spines; 
an abrupt sinuation on cucullus, just above the strong terminal 
spine on sacculus; vinculus small with short blunt anterior pro- 
longation; aedoeagus slender, slightly curved, with slightly swol- 
len base. Eighth segment in the male ending in two free lobes, 
enclosing the genitalia and with two long expansible hair tufts, 
at rest withdrawn in deep pockets. 


76 


Female genitalia (pl. 22, fig. 5) with short pointed oviposi- 
tor lobes, ostium simple; ductus reas abruptly bent near ostium, 
short, simple; bursa small, without signum. 


Alar expanse 14-17 mm. 


Habitat—Whitewater and Rattlesnake Canyon, Mojave Des- 
ert, California (C. M. Dammers). 


Food plant—Isomeris arborea. 
No. 50253, U. S. National Museum. 
The open net-work, pure white cocoon is typical of the genus. 


Named in honor of the industrious collector, Commander 
C. M. Dammers, who has kindly presented to the National Col- 
lection the type series of this species and many other reared 
and beautifully set Lepidoptera. 


The species is at once recognized by the strikingly-colored 
and thickened antennae. In color it approaches the paler Plu- 
tella armoraciae Busck, (P. monochlora Meyrick), injurious to 
horse-radish in Colorado. 


The foodplant record of Plutella dammersi is interesting ; 
most of the species of this genus are confined to the Cruciferae; 
there are only two previous records of Plutella feeding on other 
plants and both of these on the related family Capparidaceae, to 
which the monotypic California genus /someris belongs. J. C. 
Bridwell found the larvae and reared the moths of two species 
of Hawaiian Plutella, P. albovenosa Walsingham and P. cap- 
paridis Swezey, feeding on the endemic Hawaiian capers, Cap- 
paris sandwichiana (Proc. Hawaii Ent. Soc., vol. 4, pp. 316 and 
383, 1919), 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 22 
Fig. 1. Avristotelia rhoisella Busck, male genitalia. 
Fig. la. Aristotelia rhoisella Busck, aedoeagus, same scale as Fig. 1. 
Fig. 2. Avristotelia rhoisella Busck, female genitalia. 
3. Aristotelia roseosuffusella Clemens, male genitalia. 


Fig. 3a. Aristotelia roseosuffusella Clemens, aedoeagus, same scale as 
Tle) aye 


Fig. 4. Aristotelia roseosuffusella Clemens, female genitalia. 
Fig. 5. Plutella dammersi Busck, female genitalia. 
Fig. 6. Plutella dammersi Busck, male genitalia. 


Fig. 6a. Plutella dammersi Busck, aedoeagus, same scale as Fig. 6. 


PLATE 22 


78 


THE METAMORPHOSES OF THREE CALIFORNIA 
DIURNALS 


By JoHn A. ComstocK AND CHARLES M. DAMMERS 


STRYMON AURETORUM SPADIX Hy. Edw. 


This butterfly has, until recently, been considered one of our 
rare species. Rarity, however, seems largely a question of time 
and place. If one finds the real metropolis of a species, at a time 
when climatic and thermal conditions are at their best, that species 
will appear in abundance. 


This was demonstrated in July of 1933, when the junior 
author found an immense colony of S. spadix on the wing, in the 
oak belt, at the top of Cajon Pass in the San Bernardino Moun- 
tains. 

A search in this region led to the discovery of the eggs, and 
later additional numbers were secured from a captive female. On 
April 25th of this year larvae were collected in the same terri- 
tory. This made possible the following somewhat incomplete life 
history. 

Eec. Echinoid, the body color mauve, covered with long 
green spicules. Micropyle, large, and deeply depressed. When 
fresh, the entire egg is a brilliant green. 


The female deposits her eggs singly, on the stems of oak. 
Undoubtedly these overwinter, and the young larvae emerge in 
the spring. The egg is illustrated on Plate 23. 


PLATE 23 
Ege of Strymon auretorum spadix 
highly magnified. 


Drawing by Comstock 


Mature Larva. Length, extended, 16 mm. Slug shaped. 
The color varies from an apple green to pale orange. 


The green form may be described as follows: 


30dy, apple green, covered with soiled white punctae from 
which arise short orange-chestnut hairs. The infra-stigmatal fold 
is soiled white, and in some examples its lower edge is laved with 
pale magenta. 


79 


Spiracles, soiled white, with brown rims. Legs, pale green 
with colorless tips. Prolegs, pale green with pink claspers. 

Abdomen slightly paler than the dorsum, and covered with 
colorless hairs. 

A well defined cervical shield is present. This is pale mauve, 
and is covered with chestnut hairs, as shown on Plate 24. 


PLATE 24 
Cervical shield of larva of Strymon auretorum 
spadix highly magnified. 
Drawing by Dammers 


Head, dark brown. 

This dark form of the larva is illustrated on Plate 25, fig. A. 

The pale orange form varies from the above in the following 
particulars : 


C 
PLATE 25 
Larva and pupa of Strymon auretorum spadix. 
a. Mature larva x 4. b. Pupa, lateral aspect x 4. 


c. Pupa, dorsal aspect x 4. 
Drawing by Dammers 


80 


Body color, pale orange. Infra-stigmatal fold lemon-white. 
Abdomen, somewhat lighter than the dorsum. All legs and pro- 
legs, colorless. 


In examples reared in the laboratory pupation took place 
from April 30th on, the chrysalis being formed on the foodplant, 
supported by a silk girdle. 


Pups, Length, 11 mm: 


The color of the average specimen is a pinkish buff, but 
some examples have this color on the body only, the remainder 
being a soiled white. 


On the head and first two abdominal segments in the median 
dorsal line there is a narrow dark brown line, as shown on figure 
C of Plate 25. On the next segment posterior thereto is a tri- 
angular spot of the same color. Dorso-laterally on the body oc- 
curs a longitudinal row of round spots of the same color, one to a 
segment. 


The head, thorax and wing cases are sparingly sprinkled with 
dark brown spots of varying sizes. 


Spiracles, soiled white. 


The head, thorax and body are covered with short pale buff 
hairs. 


Imagos emerged from May 14th on. 


MEGATHYMUS STEPHENS! Skinner. 


One of the rarest diurnals of California is Megathymus 
stephensi, a species which was discovered by and named for the 
pioneer naturalist of San Diego, Frank Stephens. 


It had long been our hope to work out the metamorphosis of 
this species, but not until 1932 were our efforts rewarded with 
success. Mr. W. G. Wright of San Bernardino, confusing the 
species with Megathymus neumoegem, states that the larvae “feed 
upon the pith inside the stems of Yucca deserti,” which is evidence 
that he had not seen the caterpillar, and had probably mistaken 
the burrows of a beetle for those of the Yucca borer. 


Our studies of the habits of the imago, and its restricted 
range, corresponding to that of Agave deserti, led us to conclude 
that it was an Agave feeder. On Oct. 8th, 1932, a trip was made 
to the vicinity of Mason Valley (La Puerta), San Diego County. 
A large number of Agaves were examined, and sections were made 
of entire plants, including the central stalk, root, and fruit. No 
evidences of tunneling by Megathymus were found, but the bur- 
rows of the black beetle, Scyphophorus \uccae Horn., were abun- 
dant in the seed stalks. 


81 


Finally larvae were discovered in the fleshy leaves, securely 
hidden in excavated chambers. These chambers were invariably 
located in the lower fourth of the leaf, and averaged in measure- 
ment about 70 mm. long. The upper expanded portion of the 
chamber averaged 20 to 30 mm. wide and the lower portion 
measured about 10 mm. These measurements were made on 
chambers containing mature larvae or pupae. 


The leaves which were infested showed no damage at the 
tips, and were always situated near the outer circumferance of 
the plant. 


PLATE 26 
Mature larva of Megathymus stephensi 
at rest in its chamber. 
Photo by Menke 


The burrows communicate with the exterior on the upper 
(inner) surface of the leaf, by means of a minute opening, which 
is difficult to locate as it is nearly obscured by the opposing leat 
above. The presence of larvae can be detected by the frass thrown 
out through this small aperture. 


A cross section of a larval chamber, with a fully grown 
caterpillar within it, is shown on Plate 26. 


When the larva is ready to pupate it enlarges the opening 
and weaves a covering of silk in such a manner as to insure the 
removal of this door intact, with sufficient space for the imago 
to emerge. The silk is not split on emergence, hence there are no 
rough edges to interfere with egress. Instead, the pressure of 
the imago springs open the door, as though it were neatly hinged. 
Plate 27 pictures this open doorway after the imago has escaped. 
Thus it is noted that an engineering instinct must guide the larva 
at the time it spins this doorway, which allows for a circle of 


PLATE 27 
Doorway in Agave leaf, through which the imago of Wegathymus 


stephensi has emerged from its pupal chamber. 
Photo by Menke 


7) 
83 


weakness sufficient in diameter to enable the imago to escape,—yet 
stout enough to protect the pupa and keep out inquisitive visitors. 

Pupation occurs from about August to early October, and the 
imagos emerge shortly thereafter. 

The act of oviposition has not been observed, and eggs have 
never been found on any portion of the Agave plant. Females 
have been seen resting under the plant, and a captive female 
perched on the side of a breeding cage in which two Agaves were 
enclosed laid several eggs by snapping or flipping them off singly, 
turning her tail from side to side as each egg was expelled. These 
eggs rolled to the floor of the cage. They bore no adhesive cov- 
ering. 

From this it is surmised that the eggs are not fastened to 
the plant, but are expelled or “flipped” into the Agaves, and rest 
on the ground or at the bases of the plants, from which locus the 
young caterpillars crawl up the leaves and burrow in. Further 
observations should be made in the field, to determine this point. 
The young caterpillars mature slowly, reaching full growth the 
following year. Hence there is but one brood in a season. 

The eggs secured from our single captive female were fer- 
tile, and developed larvae which, for some unknown reason, were 
unable to escape the shell. We therefore cannot, at this time, 
record the young larvae, but hope later on to fill in this gap in our 
knowledge of the metamorphosis. The following description is 
consequently somewhat incomplete. 


EGG. Hemispherical. Base, flat, and slightly cupped in the 
center. Sides rounded. Color, blue-green when first laid. After 
the second day it becomes blotched with red. Size, 1.75 mm. in 
diameter, by 1.25 mm. high. A large shallow micropyle is con- 
spicuous at the apex. The texture appears to be smooth and shiny, 
but under high magnification the entire surface, including the 
micropyle, 1s seen to be finely granular. See Plate 28. 


PLATE 28 
Ege of Megathymus stephensi 
magnified x 25. 
Drawing by Comstock 


MATURE LARVA. Extended length 40 mm. in the single 
example that was measured. This specimen had a transverse 
diameter of 7.5 mm. at the 6th segment. 

30dy, fleshy, thickest at 6th segment, tapering sharply towards 
the head, and less acutely caudally. Color, soiled ivory, with a 
suggestion of blue-green showing through. The latter is particu- 
larly marked from the 8th to the 10th segment. There is also a 


84 


concentration of this greenish color in the mid-dorsal line from 
the 8th to the 10th segments, suggesting an incomplete mid-dorsal 
band. 


There is a prominent black scutellum developed on the first 
segment, measuring about 3.5 mm. in length x .3 mm. wide. 


The caudal segment is somewhat rugose, and is pale brown 
shading to olive-brown on its anterior half. 


Abdomen concolorous with body. Legs, pale brown. 
Prolegs concolorous with body, the claspers black. 
Spiracles oval, large, conspicuous, and blackish brown. 


Head, pale brown, sparingly covered with short yellowish- 
brown hairs. The surface is finely granular. The segmental lines 
separating lobes and clypeus are slightly lighter in color than the 
contiguous parts. 


Ocelli, minute, dark brown. Mouth parts, dark brown, par- 
ticularly the mandibles which shade into blackish-brown. The 
head is small in comparison with the body, measuring about 3 mm. 
from crest to mouth, and about 2.65 mm. from side to side. 


The entire body of the caterpillar is covered with minute 
brownish pile, discernible only with a lens. A pair of these hairs 
on the dorsum of each segment are much elongated, and a num- 
ber of hairs are particularly well developed and thickened over the 
caudal segment. See Plate 29. 


PLATE 29 


Mature larva of Megathymus stephensi enlarged x 1%. 
Photo by Menke 


As the larva reaches maturity it produces, in some unknown 
manner, a soapy or flaky white material, composed of small white 
platelets, resembling pads of silk, with which it lines the interior 
of the burrow, and also covers itself. At this period it rests in 
the lower portion of the burrow with its head toward the opening. 
Pupation occurs at this site. The larvae are heavily parasitized 
by Apanteles megathymi. 


oO 
OV 


Pura. (Male) length 30 mm. 


Stout, cylindrical, the thorax relatively short and only slightly 
protruded. Wing cases reaching to the middle of the fifth abdom- 
inal segment. Segmental junctures clearly defined. Ocelli prom- 
inent. 


Color, greenish yellow, sparingly speckled with indistinct 
mauve. Segmental lines, pale chestnut. Spiracles pale chestnut, 
as is also the cremaster. 


Thorax and wing cases, soiled amber, with a slight tinge of 
green on the prominent portion of the thorax. 

Head, including ocelli, and antennal sheaths, amber. 

There is an irregular dull green mid-dorsal line. 


On magnification the head, thorax and body are seen to bear 
short pale brown pile. The white flaky material above described 
also covers the surface of the chrysalis. 


The pupa is accurately pictured on Plate 30. 


a. b. @: 
PLATE 30 
Pupa of Megathymus stephensi enlarged x 2. 
a. Ventral surface. b. Lateral surface. c. Dorsal surface. 


Photo by Menke 


One interesting point that needs further study is in connec- 
tion with the feeding habits of this larva. When the chamber 
is cross sectioned it is seen to be lined throughout with a brown 
fibrous material suggestive of masticated pith. On the inner sur- 
face of this lining is a delicate covering of silk. Evidently the 
larva removes some of this lining each time that it feeds, and re- 
places it immediately after feeding. Thus it insures against se- 
cretion or exudation by the plant of a viscid gum, wid is pro- 
duced as a repair process, and the prescence of Gynicnt in a burrow 
would soon render it untenable. 


86 


MEGATHYMUS YUCCAE NAVAJO Skinner. 


This giant skipper has been taken sparingly for many years 
in the California deserts. Captures were usually recorded in the 
Joshua Tree belt, and it was surmised that this yucca was its pre- 
ferred food-plant. Search was repeatedly made by entomologists 
for a number of years, in an effort to locate the larvae, but results 
were negative 


It was due to a chance observation of Charles Dammers, Jr., 
that the secret was revealed. He noted a female hovering over a 
young shoot of the Joshua Tree, and watched it until the egg 
was laid. 


This fantistic Yucca, Y. brevifolia Engelm., is propagated 
principally by means of shoots which spring from the long cylin- 
drical roots thrown out from the parent tree. In favorable years 
or locations, these shoots may sprout in considerable numbers. 
The leaves of these young shoots are semi-succulent, whereas the 
older leaves of the parent tree, and shoots of more than two years 
growth are too hard to allow of penetration by the young larva 


The young shoots are therefore chosen by the female as the 
site of oviposition. Occasionally a shoot is produced at the base 
of the tree, and such growth also furnishes sufficiently tender 
leaves to attract the ovipositing female. 


Eggs have also been found on the tender leaves of Yucca mo- 
havensis Sarg. and in the Charleston Mts., Nevada, a third species 
somewhat resembling Yucca glauca (not positively identified ) 
yielded the larvae. 


In normal years the imagos are on the wing in March and 
April. The females are occasionally observed in the Joshua 
groves, flipping along close to the ground. The males seem to 
prefer dry washes, where they frequently alight on the sand in the 
centre of the wash to sun themselves. If disturbed they fly up- 
ward with great rapidity, but may later return to the same spot. 


Occasional seedlings of the Joshua are found, though they are 
surprisingly scarce in comparison with the shoots. These seed- 
lings are seldom infested, as their roots are not sufficiently large 
to ‘accommodate the burrowing larva. 


Eggs are laid singly, and in the majority of cases there is 
only one to a plant. However, plants have been observed carry- 
ing as many as five. Only one larva can be accommodated on 
a single shoot. 


The eggs hatch in about 18 days, and the young larva burrows 
into the base of a leaf and usually consumes the heart of this 
before working into the root. Thereafter it works in the root, 
continually enlarging and extending its burrow. The top of the 
plant soon dies, andl as the larva continues to grow it builds an 


w 


‘ 


upward extension of its burrow into an elongate elliptical cham- 
ber, composed of silk, on the outer surface of which is incorpo- 
rated some of the frass. This gives the chamber a brown en- 
crusted appearance. The caterpillar is careful not to soil this 
chamber, or any portion of its burrow. During the act of excre- 
tion it first moves upward into the chamber, cuts an opening, and, 


PLATE 31 


Young larva of 
Megathymus yuccae 
navajo much 
enlarged. 


PLATE 32 


The burrow of larva of Megathymus yuccae navajo in young shoot 
and a portion of the root of the Joshua tree. About % natural size. 
Phote by Menke 


8§ 


if there are spicules of the plant within reach, cuts these off. It 
then returns to its burrow, turns around, and backs up to the 
opening. After depositing the frass, it returns to the burrow, 
turns around, and comes up head first, to close the opening with 
silk. 

The larva ceases feeding about the middle of September, and 
begins to. cover itself and the inner surface of its burrow with a 
flaky white substance. The purpose of this, and the method of 
its production, are unknown. It may perhaps serve partly as a 
waterproofing, and as a medium allowing free movement of the 
pupa throughout the burrow. 


This flaky substance, when moved between closed finger and 
thumb, has a soapy or slippery feeling, whereas the surface of 
the silk-lined burrow is of a nature that might offer resistance to 
movement. The waterproofing properties are surmised from the 
fact that the larva of Megathymus stephensi produces the same 
flaky substance. In the latter case there is no long burrow to be 
transversed. Instead, there is a succulent pith in which the bur- 
row is formed. It is noted that this burrow is always dry and 
free from mould, whereas the surrounding pith of the agave is 
heavily impregnated with moisture. 

The mature larva of M. yuccae navajo over-winters in its 
burrow, and pupation does not occur until January or February. 
A number of larvae were collected in late February, but practically 
all of them were parasitized and did not reach the pupal stage. 


The pupa usually rests in the elliptical chamber at the upper 
end of its burrow. If disturbed it backs downward with great 
rapidity, but later returns to the chamber. This movement may be 
observed repeatedly with the same individual. 


The larval burrow usually traverses the root of the shoot down 
to its juncture with the main root. Frequently it will enter the 
main root. The average length of the burrow is about 12 inches, 
but in slender roots it may extend for a much greater distance. 


Infestation occurred on Yuccas at the lowest altitude in which 
they grow, up to the snow line. The butterfly seems to prefer 
groves that are situated in foothill canyons. Infestation is least 
abundant on the open flat deserts. 

This Megathymus is apparently able to adapt itself to widely 
varying environments. In Prof. Riley’s description* of the 
parent species, yuccae, it is reported as burrowing two feet under- 
ground, in the roots of Yucca alifolia and Y. gloriosa. The ellip- 
tical chamber is described as being formed partly of the leaves, 
united with silk. One specimen reared in our laboratory, when 
placed on Agave deserti Engelm., worked for some time between 
the surfaces of opposing leaves, but was not able to reach the 
heart of the plant, and finally died. Probably it was unable to 
combat the heavy gum which this Agave exudes. 


* Eighth Annual Report of the State Entomologist of Missouri, p. 169. 


89 


Professor Riley did not note that the “white glistening soapy 
powder” appeared only when the larva was fully matured. 


Many of the fully grown larvae were transferred to tubes 
made of blotting paper. They lined these with silk, covered the 
upper opening and changed to chrysalids therein without any ap- 
parent objection to them: new domicile. 


Of fifty eggs collected in March, 1932, only three were raised 
to maturity. These were reared in a laboratory under abnormal 
conditions, in which the temperature was relatively uniform 
throughout the winter, and no moisture was furnished to the 
plants. They emerged Feb. 10, 1933. All were dwarfed. A sec- 
ond lot, bred under conditions more nearly simulating their native 
environment resulted in a larger hatch of more normal imagos. 
Best results were obtained by collecting full grown larvae in Jan- 
uary and February, just prior to their pupation. 


These latter emerged between March 14th and April 27th. 
The species is heavily parasitized by Apanteles megathymi 
and by a Tachinid. 


The following observations on the life cycle may help to sup- 
plement Professor Riley’s excellent account. 


Ecc. Conoidal, with a depressed micropyle at the top. Base, 
flattened. Size, 3 mm. broad at the base, by 1.5 mm. high. Color, 
when first laid, bright blue-green or turquoise, changing to pinkish 
ivory, and finally to a pale brown. All of the examples observed 
by us showed a more acute cone with less curve or bulge on the 
sides than is depicted in Riley’s illustration. Our photograph, 
Plate 33, was taken at an angle so as to show the micropyle, and 
does not bring out this feature of the acutely sloping sides. 


PLATE 33 
Egg of Megathymus yuccae navajo 
magnified x &. 
Photo by Menke 


Larva, first instar. Length, extended, 8 mm. (Riley gives 6 
mm.). Color, reddish, maroon, the abdomen slightly lighter. There 
is a black collar across the first segment. Legs, concolorous with 
body. Spiracles orange. 


Head, black, with a sparse covering of short black hairs. The 
six longitudinal rows of hairs on the body are correctly described 
by Riley. but on our examples they were dark brown and not black. 


A larva in the second, or possibly the third instar is shown 
on Plate 31. 


90 


Larva of 35 mm. in one of the intermediate instars may be 
described as follows. 


Body, creamy buff, sparingly covered with short colorless 
hairs. A broad black scutellum crosses the top of the first seg- 
ment. On the 5th segment, mid-dorsally in the center of the seg- 
ment, there is a black spot. A similar spot occurs on the 6th seg- 
ment at its juncture with the 7th. On the 10th segment at its 


juncture with the 11th there is a narrow black bar across the back. 


These latter three black markings were not observed on all ex- 
amples. 


The rear half of the caudal segment is dark chestnut. Spira- 
cles, pale brown, encircled by darker brown. Abdomen concolor- 
ous with body, as are also the legs and prolegs. The hooks on 
the latter are dark brown. 


Head, dark chestnut, sparingly covered with short colorless 
hairs. Ocelli, colorless, on dark bases. 


Spinneret, white. Mouth parts, solied white. 


Marure Larva, length 45 to 57 mm. 


The ground color is lighter, and is described by Riley as 
“edematous white.” In other respects there is little change from 
the intermediate instar above described. 


Many of the points noted by Riley do not need repetition 
here. His figure of the mature larva is somewhat more elongated 
than noted by us. Plate 34 shows an actual photograph of the 
larva in its last instar. 


PLATE 34 


Mature larva of Megathymus yuccae navajo enlarged about x 2 


Photo by Menke 


| 


Pura (male). Length, 38 mm. The form, and _ special 
characteristics are accurately described by Prof. Riley, but he 
makes no mention of the pale brown spiracles, surrounded by 
short stout chestnut vibrissae. Our examples showed a gray 
coloration on the head, throat and wing cases, which Riley describes 
as brown-black. Plate 35 accurately pictures the pupa. 


We are also showing, on Plate 32, a burrow formed in a young 
shoot of Yucca brevifolia, cut in cross section. The main root 
in this example was close to the surface, and the larva had exca- 
vated for some distance through it. 


PLATE 35 


Pupa of Megathymus yuccae navajo 
enlarged approximately x 2. 


Drawing by Dammers 


THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRICKLY-PEARS 


3y F. R. FosBERG 


After observing and attempting to solve the complexities in- 
volved in the classification of the Platyopuntias in Southern Cali- 
fornia for the past six years I have come to the conclusion that 
the methods of taxonomic treatment used in ordinary plant groups 
will not give satisfactory results. 


This is due in a large measure to two things. One is a purely 
human, psychological trait, that of attaching undue importance 
to characters that concern unusual or striking parts of a plant 
such as the armament and the enlarged stems of the cacti. The 
other concerns the cacti themselves. In ordinary plants, hybrids 
soon die out because of a very high or even complete sterility of 
the offspring and also because they are swamped in the enormous 
numbers of the parent species. In most cases hybrids do not 
even form in the first place. In cacti, and in the Platyopuntias 
especially, seed formation is not the only method of propagation. 
Any joint or part of the plant that happens to break off and fall 
to the ground or be carried to some other locality immediately 
takes root. A plant, hybrid or otherwise, may thus live in itself 
and in its vegetative offspring for a long time, and may spread 
for a long distance without ever producing a fertile seed. The 
resulting abundance of hybrids and descendants of hybrids makes 
the separation of groups of individuals with approximately the 
same combinations or morphologic and genetic characters prac- 
tically impossible. 


There is also much evidence, chiefly derived from the be- 
havior of single plants and their cuttings under cultivation, that 
the group is to some extent in a condition of genetic instability. 
To this may be added the fact that herbarium specimens are 
extremely difficult to make, and when made are usually not very 
satisfactory. Compared with other groups there are extremely 
few specimens extant. 


Much field study has suggested that the ancestral forms rep- 
resented by any particular complex of hybrids may be determined 
by a study of many individuals with an analysis of the groups of 
characters represented and a comparison with those represented 
in other complexes in neighboring localities. In this way enti- 
ties may be determined which have a definite geographical and 
altitudinal distribution and which usually may be found in more 
or less pure condition in some localities. At least plants may be 
found which externally in all obvious morphological characters 
represent these entities. 


Names have been given to many of these entities when found 
in a more or less pure state, and to some not so pure. Subse- 
quently these names have been widely and variously applied, and 


93 


it would be far better if all could be scrapped and new ones 
proposed. This, however, is not in accord with the principles of 
nomenclatorial stability and cannot be done. Therefore the names 
will have to be applied, as nearly as can be determined, to the 
forms for which they were originally intended. 


More study of plants from other districts may tend to con- 
firm the placing of Opuntia littoralis in a different group from 
the other prickly pears, substantiating the opinion of Britton and 
Rose, but I have not as yet found such evidence. The plants 
seem to hybridize with O. occidentalis with as much facility as 
do the other members of the series Phaeacanthae of Britton and 
Rose, to which ©. occidentalis belongs. There seems no mor- 
phologic difference of sufficient importance to justify a separa- 
tion. Mr. S. B. Parish, in Jepson’s Manual of the Flowering 
Plants of California even reduces O. littoralis to a variety of O. 
occidentalis. It was described as a variety of O. Engelmanni, 
which is also of the Phaeacanthae. Its true status can only be 
determined by a compiete study of both groups concerned. Mean- 
while I shall, for the purposes of this paper, consider O, littoralis 
as belonging to the same group as the rest of the predominantly 
cismontane forms. 


Opuntia basilaris, characterized by its almost spineless charac- 
ter, purplish blue color and bright magenta blossoms with thin 
tissue-like petals, O. ursina and O. erinacea with their long, hair- 
like spines are not generally considered prickly-pears and are not 
easily confused with the others and so far as I know never hy- 
bridize with them. Opuntia Treleasei seems to be merely a form 
of ©. basilaris with a few spines in the areoles. It is never 
found in any locality where it might be confused with any of 
the others. Opuntia rhodantha is in an entirely different group 
and its range is far to the north. Its affinities seem to be with 
the great basin species. Opuntia chlorotica has a fleshy fruit 
and in some ways resembles the prickly-pears, but at Buckman 
Springs, San Diego County, and at the north base of the San 

3ernardino Mountains, the only places where I have seen it in 
company with members of the group under consideration, there 
was no evidence whatever of hybridization, and the plants are 
very easily distinguished. ©. chlorotica has a pale, glaucous 
epidermis, slender, bright yellow, acicular, deflexed spines and 
a very erect habit. The only plant with which it might even 
possibly be confused would be ©. littoralis in its erect forms, 
but these grow only near the ocean, while O. chlorotica is a plant 
of the mountain ranges in or near the deserts. 


In the immediate vicinity of the coast from a short distance 
north of Santa Barbara to somewhere in Baja California, Opuntia 
littoralis is very easily distinguished, in more or less pure form, 
by its bright, translucent yellow spines. These are markedly 
subulate, narrowing rapidly at the apex, and usually decidedly 


94 


curved. The epidermis is bright green, while that of Opuntia 
occidentalis is glaucous. ©. occidentalis seems to be the only 
other entity present in the immediate vicinity of the coast and 
it is considerably mixed with O. littoralis. It has straight, acicular 
spines with a dark brown base and a white, bonelike distal por- 
tion. Sometimes the brown color extends almost through the 
entire length. Mixtures almost certainly including O. occidentalis 
were observed by me on Santa Catalina Island, but the great 
preponderance there were O. littoralis. On Santa Cruz and Santa 
Rosa Islands only ©. littoralis was observed. The material on 
the Coronados seems predominantly O. littoralis, but brownish 
spines on some plants suggested an admixture of O. occidentalis. 
The illustration of O. occidentalis on page 147 in volume | of 
Britton and Rose’s Cactaceae (fig. 186) “from a plant collected 
on Santa Catalina Island, California, by Mr. S. B. Parish” is 
unmistakably O. littoralis. The spine form and general appear- 
ance are absolutely that of the latter species. 


In the interior valleys O. littoralis is not present, but there 
©. occidentalis is mixed with two other things, Opuntia Vaseyi 
and the form called by Britton and Rose Opuntia Covillei. O. 
Vaseyi is most abundant along the foot of the San Gabriel and 
San Bernardino ranges of mountains, but extends down many of 
the important washes to places such as Santa Ana Canyon and 
El Monte. The other plant, which Mr. Parish has referred to 
©. occidentalis and which | take to be the extreme western repre- 
sentative of O. phaeacantha, has a larger range, over most of 
the interior canyons and valleys in the cismontane upper Sonoran 
zone. The great majority of plants found in the regions where 
these forms occur together are a confusing mass of varying hy- 
brids or descendants of hybrids whose composition may only be 
approximated by a careful analysis of the evident characters which 
can be referred to one or another of the three possible parents. 
A short, thick fruit, not more than twice as long as thick and 
not contracted at the base to any extent is a characer belonging 
to O. Vaseyi. Short whitish spines, less than two cm. long are 
also characteristic of this species, as is also a prostrate habit with 
erect branches. The joints of O. occidentalis are oblong, usually 
rather narrow, while those of the other two forms are obovate 
to almost orbicular. Very long red-brown spines, three to six 
cm. are characteristic of the phaeacantha group. They are usually 
twisted one half turn near the middle, round above the twist 
and somewhat flattened below it. In the variety Covillei the long- 
est spines are practically all porrect. The flowers of O. Vaseyi 
are a pronounced salmon pink while those of the others are yellow 
sometimes tinged with or turning a light pinkish. Thus a plant 
such as is common around Claremont, with a prostrate habit, 
erect branches, obovate joints, 3 dm. long, short downward pointed 
spines of a red-brown color, yellow flowers and elongate fruits 
could be said to have all three forms in its ancestry. 


95 


In the higher ground from 1200 to 2200 meters, especially 
on the desert slopes of the mountains is another variety of O. 
phaeacantha, apparently undescribed, for which | will suggest 
the name Piercei, the description following later in this paper. 
I have observed this plant at San Felipe Canyon and Warner’s 
Ranch in San Diego County, Baldwin Lake, Cactus Flats and 
Horsethief Flats in ine San Bernardino Mts. and at Camp Baldy, 
San Antonio Canyon in the San Gabriel Mts. I have seen speci- 
mens which seem to be of this identity brought in to the Los 
Angeles Museum by Mr. Fisher, some growing and some pre- 
sonmed collected in Mint Canyon, San Gabriel Mts. without 
definite locality stated. Mr. Baxter has referred this plant to 
Opuntia mojavensis in his article in the Journal of the Cactus 
and Succulent Society, V. 3,.p. 101, December 1931, giving its 
distribution as the canyons of the desert side of the San Gabriel 
Range. ©. mojavensis is, however, quite a different plant. O. 
phaeacantha var. Piercei is a plant of almost prostrate growth, 
with joints from obovate to orbicular or rhombic, usually less than 
fifteen cm. long, with spines very long, erect on the edges of the 
joints and reflexed on the sides, red-brown but at high altitudes 
becoming whitish. This plant has usually been referred to O. 
covillei. Below the range of the variety Piercei, in the actual 
desert in the lower parts of canyons from Arrastre Creek on the 
north slope of the San Bernardino Mts. around the edge of the 
deserts to at least as far as San Felipe Valley, is a plant which 
Dr. Griffiths has described and named Opuntia megacarpa. It 
seems referable to O. Engelmannii, although the fruit is some- 
what different from that species. It is at least varietally distinct 
on the basis of the fruit, which instead of being short and obovate 
is rather long, up to eight cm. and cylindro-ellipsoidal, with a 
much deeper umbilicus. Its spines are very stout, white, with 
a brown base, flattened and up to three cm. long, at times even 
more. They are widely spreading, but not truly reflexed. The 
plants are ascending to almost prostrate and the joints are some- 
times as much as thirty cm. long, and very light green. At Horse- 
thief Flats on Arrastre Creek and in San Felipe Valley, the 
two places where I have observed the ranges of this plant and 
of O. phaeacantha var. Piercei coming together, there innumerable 
variations and different combinations of the characters of the 
two forms. This is one of the strongest evidences for the exist- 
ence of hybridizing complexes of species in this group. Where 
only one form is present there seems to be comparatively little 
variation. 


Opuntia mojavensis Engelm. is, so far as I can find out, 
known only from three collections, the type collection from “the 
Mojave Desert west of the Colorado,” the only one known to 

3ritton and Rose and previous authors, a collection from near 
3onanza King Mine, Providence Mts., by Dr. P. A. Munz, May 
21-24, 1920, and a plant collected by Mr. Wright M. Pierce on 
the Searchlight Road in California close to the Nevada boundary. 


96 


This latter plant is growing very healthily in Mr. Pierce’s garden, 
fruiting abundantly last year. It is quite obviously another va- 
riety of O. phaeacantha. It differs in its more angular spines 
with little tendency toward being deflexed, yellowish brown in 
the upper parts. It also differs from the other varieties in Cali- 
fornia in its much larger joints. They are orbicular to elliptical 
and up to thirty cm. long. 


The entities in this group have been disposed of as seems 
most logical in the present state of my knowledge of the group. 
This is by no means final. In fact, no pretense is made that this 
is anything but a temporary disposition to make usable the en- 
tities that I have been able to distinguish and which, [| think, 
fairly well cover the group in Southern California. 


For a year or two, perhaps more, I will be unable to con- 
tinue my studies of this group, and I think that a preliminary 
treatment of the California representatives will enable students to 
make at least tentative identificaions of the plants in their locali- 
ties. It may also give a suggestion of a method of study for 
students of similar groups in other localities. I hope in the near 
future to be able to continue these studies and to extend their 
scope to include a much wider range and to other groups of 
Opuntias. 


The following is a key to the fleshy fruited Platyopuntias 
of Southern California. The first three, which belong to dif- 
ferent groups, are included in the key to avoid possible confusion, 
but are not described or treated in any way in the text following. 


Very large plants, 1.5 to 4 m. tall with large joints, 20 to 
50 cm. long, usually erect and arboreous, not very spiny, 
introduced. 


Spines brownish, fruit 8-11 cm. long, yellow to red, um- 
bilicus broad and shallow .... O. megacantha Salm-Dyck 


Spines whitish, fruit 5-8 cm. long, purple, umbilicus deeply 
CLEP GES SCC ener ee ners hea Len gece O. ficus-indica Mill. 


Plants up to 1.5 m. tall, joints usually under 35 cm. long, 
native. 


Spines clear yellow. 


Plants glaucous; spines straight, slender, acicular; re- 
flexed; plants of rocky canyons in or near the deserts 
ES etre Mesh. tia... O. chlorotica Engelm. & Bigel. 
Plants green; spines curved, thick, subulate, not reflexed, 


somewhat spreading, coastal... 4a22 5 ee eee 


CERI Wes BEL eat Le ale nett Be O. littoralis (Engelm.) Ckrl. 


Spines not yellow. 


Plants not very spiny; spines white to somewhat brown- 
ish; Ovary not more than twice as long as wide, flow- 
ers a. bright, salmon: 2205 eee ie 0 ee 


Bate ie te AN SE O. Vasey: (Coulter) Britt. & Rose 


Plants very spiny; spines brown or red-brown, at least 
at base, or if white, stout; flowers yellowish. 


Spines twisted; red-brown at base; fruit small, about 
4-7 cm. long. 


Joints 20-30 cm. long, orbicular to elliptical; spines 
porrect to somewhat spreading, decidedly an- 
gled, reddish yellow to yellow distally; plants 
of eastern Mojave Desert ........ O. phaeacantha 
Engelm. var. mojavensis (Engelm.) Fosberg 


Joints 10-20 cm. long, obovate to orbicular or rhom- 
bic; spines porrect or reflexed, somewhat angled 
basally, red-brown throughout or white distally. 


Plants usually erect, bushy ; spines porrect to some- 
what spreading; plants of cismontane South- 
ern Calitonmiay See e sae O. phaeacantha 
Engelm. var. Covillet (Britt. & Rose) Fosberg 


Plants very low to prostrate ; spines porrect around 
edges of joints, usually reflexed on sides; 
plants of mountains bordering deserts, usu- 
ally onthe desert slopes. ees 
O. phaeacantha Engelm. var. Pierceit Fosberg 


Spines not twisted, dark brown or light brown at base 
or white throughout, fruit large, 7-12 cm. long. 


Spines heavy, flattened, white throughout or brown- 
ish at base; plant low or prostrate; fruit mostly 
large; plants of canyons emptying into the des- 
Cts eee de ees De eer O. Engelmannu 
Salm-Dyck, var. megacar pa (Griffiths) Fosberg 


Spines slender, somewhat flattened, dark brown at 
base, distal third white; plant decumbent to as- — 
cending, bushy; fruit medium to large; plants 
of cismontane Southern California, usually in 
the sage-brush belt, occasionally in chaparral 
Ear er ee O. occidentalis Engelm. & Bigelow 


The foregoing key and the following descriptions, it must be 


borne in mind, are not at all intended to enable one to identify, 
to species and variety, any fleshy fruited Platyopuntia found in 
Southern California, but only those which in all or most superfi- 
cial characters resemble one of the presumed ancestral forms 


98 


which enter into the makeup of this group. Those plants which 
show characters of more than one ancestral form may with this 
treatment be analyzed and their approximate ancestry determined. 


Opuntia littoralis (Engelm.) Cockerell, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. 
Ae, 1905: 


O. Engelmanni littoralis Engelm. in Brew. & Wats. Bot. Calif. 


1:248, 1876. 
O. Lindheimeri lattoralis Goult: ‘Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3 :422. 
1896. 


Plants large, decumbent to ascending or erect, forming large 
clumps up to 1.5 m. tall; joints elliptical (in one form orbicular) ; 
epidermis bright green, old joints at the base of the plant gray- 
brown and so thick as to appear almost cylindrical, joints 20- 35 
cm. long; spines clear yellow, thick, subulate, usually curved, por- 
rect spreading 3 unequal, usually less than 2.5 cm. long; ovary up 
to 7 cm. jong, thick in upper part, narrowed below, somewhat 
spiny; flowers yellow, up to 10 cm. across; fruit pyriform to 
globose. 


Along the coast of California and on the islands off the 
coast, from Santa Barbara County to somewhat south of Todos 
Santos Bay, Baja California. The form in the San Pedro Hills, 
Los Angeles County, is erect, very large, with orbicular joints, 
short spines and globose fruit. Fosberg No. 8614, collected just 
south of the Palos Verdes Estates, San Pedro Hills, is a rather 
young joint of this. Further study may reveal this to be a good 
variety. 


Opuntia occidentalis Engelm. & Bigelow, Proc. Amer. Acad. 
SEE S06. 


O. Engelmannii occidentalis Engelm. in Brew. & Wats. Bot. Calif. 


1 :248, 1876. 
O. Lindheimeri occidentalis Coult. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3 :421, 
1896. 


Plants large, decumbent to ascending, forming large clumps 
up to 1 m. or a little more tall; joints oblong to meee oblong, 
10-35 cm. long, glaucous, old joints at times becoming brownish; 
spines dark brown in the basal half or two-thirds, white distally, 
slender, acicular but somewhat thickened at base, the longest 2-3 
cm. long, porrect, the two other principal ones almost as long 
and spreading downward, all straight; ovary narrowed and elon- 
gate at base, three or more times as long as wide at widest part, 
somewhat spiny; flowers yellow, up to 10 cm. across, fruit nar- 
rowly pyriform to ellipsoid with elongate base, red-purple. 


Throughout the sagebrush belt of Southern California from 
Ventura County south, probably extending some distance into 
Baja California, occasional in the lower chaparral belt, frequent- 


99 


ing steep hillsides, alluvial fans and washes. A rather normal 
specimen of this is Fosberg No. 8613 from the chaparral belt in 
Laurel Canyon in the Hollywood Hills, Los Angeles County. Fos- 
berg No. 8612 is a form with unusually small joints, long spines 
and weak, prostrate habit from the San Pedro Hills near Palos 
Verdes Estates, Los Angeles County. 


Mr. George Goodman of the Missouri Botanical Garden has 
very kindly examined for me the type specimen of O. occidentalis, 
collected near Los Angeles, Calif. by J. M. Bigelow on March 
19, 1854. He has sent me a sketch, a general description and 
copies of the label and of Engelmann’s notes and drawings which 
accompany the type sheet. From this information I have pre- 
pared a short diagnosis of the important characters of the type 
specimen. 


Plant about 1 m. tall, erect; joints obovate to elliptical (acute 
at both ends) (type joint elliptical), 30 cm. long, 20 cm. wide; 
3-5 spines in an areole, mostly deflexed, the lare gest over 3 cm. 
long, flattened but not angled, white with a eon base and a 
ellowach tip, straight, somewhat subulate, twisted % to 34 turn; 
fruit ellipsoid-truncate, 5 cm. long, 3 cm. wide, umbilicus broad 
and rather flat; seed 5-6 mm. broad, rather thick, with a crenu- 
late-wavy callus 1-1.5 mm. high but rather thin, 1 the thickness 
of the body of the seed. The type specimen is composed of a 
joint with one fruit. The spines have now aged, for the most 
part, to a very light brown. 


This description does not agree, in some particulars, with 
the concept of this species set forth above. The possibility pre- 
sents itself that the type is a hybrid, and in fact it is scarcely 
likely that Bigelow would have accidentally selected one pure 
plant out of thousands of hybrids that must have been present. 
The twisted spines and erect habit suggest O. phaeacantha var. 
Covillei, the obovate joints suggest either the var. Covillei or O. 
Vaseyi, while the deflexed spines suggest the latter. Mixtures 
of these two with ©. occidentalis are common enough in the 
region around Los Angeles, where the type was collected. The 
form of the fruit also suggests O. Vaseyi. 


OPUNTIA ENGELMANNII SALM-DyYCK, VAR. MEGACARPA (GRIF- 
FITHS) FOSBERG N. COMB. 


O. megacarpa Griffiths, Ann. Rept. Missouri Bot. Gard. 20:91, 
1909. 


Plants prostrate to somewhat ascending, up to .5 m. tall, joints 
large, 20-35 cm. long, thick, glaucous; spines white, sometimes 
with brownish base, up to 4 cm. long, strongly flattened, one 
longer, two or three medium length, somewhat reflexed and 
spreading, heavy and strong; glochids conspicuous, yellow or 
brown, 1 cm. long; ovary at times somewhat elongate at base, 


100 


rather narrow, sometimes slightly spiny; flowers yellow inside, 
somewhat bronzed on the outside, 7 cm. across; fruit cylindro- 
ellipsoid, purplish, up to 12 cm. long, umbilicus U_ shaped. 

The type locality of this plant is at Banning. I have col- 
lected it at Mission Creek (8607) and at Horsethief Flats (8608), 
the former in Riverside County at the east base of the San Ber- 
nardino Mts. at the edge of the desert, the latter at the north base 
of the same range in San Bernardino County. I have observed 
it in San Felipe Valley, eastern San Diego County. Mr. Wright 
M. Pierce has a plant from this locality growing in his garden. 
I do not consider the seeds especially large for this group, as 
emphasized by Mr. Griffiths. I have found that the seeds vary 
greatly in size in all the species of this group, even within the 
same variety. 


This variety, in its fruit characters seems to break down 
the distinction between O. Engelmannii and O. occidentalis. Vege- 
tatively it seems much more like the former. Britton and Rose 
considered it identical with O. Covillei, to which it has little 
resemblance. 


“Opuntia Vaseyi (Coulter) Britt, & Rose, Smiths. Misc. Coll. 
50::532, 1908. 


O. mesacantha Vaseyi Coulter, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3:431, 
1896. 


Main stems prostrate, secondary branches erect, forming 
large clusters, sometimes over 5 dm. tall, joints obovate, up to 
25 cm. long, light green, somewhat glaucous or purplish; spines 
one or two, sometimes absent, up to 2 cm. long, usually shorter, 
whitish, acicular to somewhat subulate, deflexed; ovary short and 
thick, not elongate at base, not more than twice as long as thick, 
up to 5 cm. long, spineless; flowers deep salmon colored, about 
7 cm. across; fruit ellipsoid, 4-6 cm. long, red-purple. 


Abundant in the washes, canyons, foothills and alluvial fans 
at the foot of the cismontane slope of the San Gabriel Mts. Less 
common at the foot of the San Bernardino Mts. Reported as 
abundant in the hills near Riverside and in Santa Ana Canyon. 
Present in the hills around Pomona. The confusion with regard 
to the type locality of this plant is discussed by Britton & Rose 
in detail (Cactaceae V. I, p. 146). I have seen a photograph of 
the type and it certainly seems to be this plant. The drawing 
reproduced by Britton & Rose (Cactaceae V. I, p. 146, fig. 185) 
does not represent the normal appearance of O. Vaseyi, but 
seems to be one of the peculiar elongate forms produced by plants 
growing in the shade. Fosberg No. 8615 collected near Clare- 
mont is a normal joint of this species in fruit. 


101 


OPUNTIA PHAEACANTHA ENGELM. VAR. COVILLEI (BriTT. & 
Rose) FOSBERG N. COMB. 


O. Covillei Britton & Rose, Smiths. Misc. Coll. 50:532, 1908. 


Plants erect and bushy, solitary or sometimes forming 
clumps, up to 1 m. tall; joints obovate to almost orbicular, light 
green, sometimes slightly glaucous, old areoles appearing black, 
joints up to 20 cm. long; spines bright red-brown, up to 6 cm. 
long, principal one porrect, shorter secondary ones somewhat 
spreading, principal spine usually twisted near middle, somewhat 
angled in basal half, acicular; ovary slender, somewhat elongate 
at base, slightly or not at all spiny; flowers yellow, 7-8 cm. across; 
fruit slender, about 5 cm. long, red, umbilicus somewhat de- 
pressed. 


This plant is common in the washes and alluvial fans at the 
base of the San Gabriel-San Bernardino Mts. and extends through 
most of the interior valleys in the coastal sage belt. It can be 
found abundantly in a more or less pure condition near San Ber- 
nardino, the type locality, and especially near San Fernando. 
Fosberg No. 8609 from San Fernando is a good representative 
joint. 


OPUNTIA PHAEACANTHA ENGELM. VAR. PIERCEI FOSBERG N. VAR. 


Plants prostrate, in small clumps, sometimes “crawling” by 
growing at one end and dying back at the other; joints obovate 
to orbicular, or somewhat rhombic, light green to purplish, up to 
20 cm. long; spines single or nearly so, up to 8 cm. long, dark 
red-brown to whitish, porrect on the edges of the joints, usually 
decidedly reflexed on the sides, acicular, usually twisted near the 
middle, somewhat angled in the basal half; ovary slender, de- 
cidedly narrow toward base, nearly or quite spineless; flower pale 
yellow, up to 6 cm. across; fruit slender, red, up to 5 cm. long, 
umbilicus shallowly V_ shaped. 


Caules prostrati; articuli obovati vel orbiculati vel rhombi- 
formi, quotcumque 20 cm. longi; spinae plerumque solae, quot- 
cumque 8 cm. longae, castaneae subnigrae vel albae, aciculiformes, 
tortae; ovaria angusta, plerumque sine spinis; florae subflavae, 
quotcumque 6 cm. in diametro; fructi angusti pyriformi, quot- 
cumque 5 cm. longi. 


I take great pleasure in dedicating this variety to Mr. Wright 
M. Pierce who has had it under observation for some time and 
who first called my attention to it. The type specimen is Fosberg 
No. 8637 from Gold Mountain, San Bernardino Mts., San Ber- 
nardino County, Calif., above Baldwin Lake, altitude 2,100 m. 


102 


approximately. Cotypes are Fosberg No. 8639 from near War- 
ner’s Hot Springs, eastern San Diego County, and Fosberg No. 
8610 from Camp Baldy, San Gabriel Mts. near the boundary 
between Los Angeles and San Bernardino counties. I have also 
seen a specimen in the Herbarium of the Los Angeles Museum 
collected by Mr. Fisher from Mint Canyon, San Gabriel Mts., 
that seems to be this variety. I observed material of var. Pierce 
on Arrastre Creek, below Cactus Flats, near slope of the San 
Bernardino Mts. This had very noticeably orbicular joints and 
very long spines. Mr. Baxter, in his article referred to above, 
discusses this plant as O. mojavensis from the canyons on the 
north slope of the San Gabriel Mts. Thus its range seems to be 
from just above the desert up to over 2,000 m. in the mountains 
bordering the deserts of Southern California. The few specimens 
in herbaria may usually be found under O. Covillei. 


V OPUNTIA PHAEACANTHA ENGELM. VAR. MOJAVENSIS (ENGELM. 
& BIGEL.) FOSBERG N. COMB. 


Opuntia mojavensis Engelm. & Bigelow, Proc. Amer. Acad. III: 
293, 1350: 


Main branches, evidently prostrate, secondary ones erect, 
forming small, compact, bushy clumps up to .5 m. tall; joints 
orbicular to elliptical, bright yellowish green, 20-30 cm. long; 
spines red-brown at base, yellow or yellowish-brown distally, prin- 
cipal one porrect, up to 6 cm. long, usually twisted near the mid- 
dle, decidedly angled, sometimes somewhat curved, secondary ones 
spreading, shorter; ovary spineless, slender, narrow near _ base, 
flowers pale yellow, up to 6 cm. across; fruit slender, narrowed 
at base, (drawing shows sterile fruit of type specimen almost 
cylindrical—Pac. R. R. Rept. Whipple Exp. V; Pl. 22, figs. 6-8), 


5 cm. long, red, umbilicus shallowly V shaped. 


Type locality rather uncertain. In the treatment of this 
species in Engelmann’s “Synopsis” (Proc. Amer. Acad. IIT: 
293) the type locality is given as “On the Mojave, west of the 
Colorado.” In the treatment in the report of Whipple’s Expe- 
dition (V:40, 1856) published at almost the same time by the 
same authors it is given as “Mohave Creek.’ However, the plant 
does not seem to occur on the Mojave. In Dr. Bigelow’s general 
discussion of the botany of the expedition (1. c. p. 14) he refers 
to the whole region from the tops of what are now known as the 
Providence Mts. to Cajon Pass as Mojave Creek. Here he men- 
tions what seems to be this plant in the region between the Colo- 
rado and the Mojave rivers. He does not mention it in discus- 
sing the Mojave proper. After reading carefully all the remarks 
in this report which seem to have a bearing on the problem I am 
inclined to consider the Providence Mts. as the place where the 
tvpe was collected. 


103 


This plant is known, evidently, from only two collections 
subsequent to the type collection, one by Dr. P. A. Munz from 
near Bonanza King Mine, Providence Mts., May 21-24, 1920, the 
other by Mr. Wright M. Pierce from near the Searchlight Road 
on the California side of the California-Nevada boundary. The 
latter specimen is growing in Mr. Pierce’s garden in Claremont, 
a cutting also in the garden of Mrs. Ysabel Wright in Santa 
Barbara. 


University of Hawaii, 


Honolulu, Jan. 6, 1933. 


104 


CALIFORNIA EUPHORBIA NOTES 
By Louis C. WHEELER 


The Euphorbia species occurring in California need nomen- 
clatorial corrections. A partial synonomy, without combinations 
in the segregate genera, is given. A new species, species new to 
California, and range extensions of species known to occur in 
the state are recorded. These notes are excerpts from an ex- 
tended study of the section Anisophyllum. The synonyms given 
are, in most cases, based on a critical study of the type or isotype 
concerned. 

Material has been available for study from the following 
herbaria: Pomona College (P); Field Museum (F); Dudley 
Herbarium of Stanford University (D); University of California 
at Los Angeles (UCLA); University of California at Berkeley 
(C); Los Angeles County Museum (L); Rancho Santa Ana 
Botanic Garden (RS); Herbarium of Frank W. Peirson ( Peir) ; 
Herbarium of Louis C. Wheeler (W). The abbreviations given 
are those used in citing specimens. 


SECTION TITHYMALUS 


Euphorbia helioscopia L. This weed which is frequent in 
Eastern United States has been reported as far south as Elk, 
Mendocino Co., California by Howell, Madrono 2:20, 1931. It 
is well established in the truck gardening section south of El 
Monte, Los Angeles Co., Calif.: SE. El Monte, Wheeler in 1933 
(W, P); Portrero Chico 5 miles SW. El Monte, Wheeler 1936, 
IMmeLIS oO. kr, UCLA; Peir). 


SECTION ANISOPHYLLUM 


Euphorbia arizonica Engelm. in Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound., 
186. 1858. E. versicolor Greene, Bot. Gaz. 6:184. 1881. E. purii- 
simana Millsp., Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. II 2:225. 1889. FE. portu- 
lana Wats., Proc. Am: Acad. 24:73. 1889. E. collina T._S. 
Brandegee, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 4:184. 1911. 


This species is unreported from California. There have 
been two collections: Riverside Co.: Andreas Canyon, Palm 
Springs Region, Peirson 4256 in 1922 (Peir). San Diego Co.: 
Palm Canyon, Borrego Valley, Templeton 1632 in 1932 (P, L). 


Euphorbia capitellata Engelm. in Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound., 
188, 1859. E. pycnanthema Engelm. ibid. E. chamberlinii John- 
ston, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. IV 12:1066, 1924. 

This species is abundant in southern Arizona but there is 
only one collection which I have seen from California which is 
referable to this species and there is some uncertainty as to 

105 


whether this collection is really from California: “San Jacinto 
Mts. Alt. 6000-8000 ft. Estelle Strasburg. Legit.: M. F. Spen- 
cer [in] 1923 [#] 428” (F). No state or county was given. 
There seems to be no such mountain range in Arizona. <A’ per- 
sonal visit to Mrs. Strasburg, who evidently was supposed to 
have been the actual collector, revealed that she frequented the 
San Jacinto Mts., Riverside Co., Calif., at about the date given. 
She did not recognize the plant but there is nothing striking in 
its appearance to impress it on the memory and she is rather ad- 
vanced in age anyway. Also the date could not be checked as 
she had recently destroyed her diaries. The shadow of doubt 
concerning the source of the specimen must remain. 


Euphorbia cinerascens Engelm. in Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. | 
ISO. LS59: 


This species (which I intend to reduce to a variety of another 
species elsewhere) was reported by Parish in MacDougal, Carn. 
Inst. Wash. Pub. 193:110, 1914, from Figtree John Spring, River- 
side Co., Calif., Jepson 6074 in May 1914 (J). It is hoped that 
itm ise we: polycarpa Benth. var. hirtella Boiss. E. cinerascens 
Engelm. ranges from southwestern Texas south through Coahuila 
to Taumalipas and San Luis Potosi. 


Euphorbia eremica Jepson, Man. Fl. Pl. Calif., 600, 1925. 
This unique species seems to be known only from the type: 
Coachella Valley (Conchilla Desert), at ca. 200 ft. alt., River- 
side Co., Calif., Jepson 6074 in May 1914 (J). It is hoped that 
further collections will be made. 


Euphorbia fendleri T. & G. Pacific Rail. Rep. 2 pt. 2:175, 
1855. Chamaesyce gooddingti Millsp. Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 2: 
406. 1916. 


Only three collections of this species have been made in 
Calif.: “Desert Wells, Southeastern California” Purpus 5687 
in 1897 in part (C). Judging by the fact that the other part of 
this number is F. ocellata D. & H. var. arenicola (Parish) Jepson 
it must have come from the region of the Sink of the Mohave 
River in eastern Mohave Desert as this variety is confined, in 
California, to this region. ... Clark Mt., eastern Mohave Desert, 
San Bernardino Co., Jaeger 22 June, 1930 (P). Westgard Pass, 
White Mts., Inyo Co., Duran 547, 27 June, 1930 (P, C, D, RS): 
This last was reported by Howell, Leafl. West. Bot. 1:54, 1933. 


Euphorbia micromera Boissier, DC. Prod. 152 :44. 1862. 
E. pseudoserpyllifolia Millsp. Pittonia 2:87. 1890. E. podagrica 
Johnston, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 7:440, 1922. 

In the herbaria at least half of the specimens referred to this 
species are Euphorbia polycarpa with narrow appendages. About 
half of the E. micromera is referred to E. polycarpa. The char- 

106 


acters which distinguish E. micromera from the other entire- 
leaved species of this section in California are: Involucre short 
campanulate, contracted above, lobes entire; glands discoid or 
nearly so; appendages always wanting; sinus little depressed ; 
staminate flowers 5-6; seeds quadrangular, smooth or with faint 
wrinkles. 


I have seen the following collections from California: Inyo 
Co.: Owens Lake, Purpus 3046 (C). Riverside Co.: San Gor- 
gonio Pass at Cabezon, Howell 6657 (F, CA); Cathedral City, 
Howell 6651 (CA, type of E. pseudoserpyllifolia Millsp. forma 
villosa Howell); Figtree John Spring, Parish 8245 (F, D); 
Salton Bench Mark, Wheeler 369 (W, P, Peir); Desert Center, 
Wonesez1o19. (UCLA, C, CA, P in-part)-, Imperial Co.: Old 
beach near Holtville, Parish 8087 (C, D); 10 miles SE. Holt- 
ville, Munz & Hitchcock 12126 (P); Imperial, Wales in 1904 
(C); Heber, Abrams 4097 (P); between Brawley and Salton 
Sea, Parish 8301 (G, D, F “SW. Brawley” on this label) ; Colo- 
rado River bottoms at Fort Yuma, Parish 8307 (D, F). 


“Euphorbia ocellata D. & H. var Rattanii (Wats.) Wheeler 

Macomb 2.) Nattans NWats.,. Proc. Am, Acad. 20:372: 1885: 
This differs from typical E. ocellata only in being beset through- 
out, except on the gynoped (pistillate pedicel) and style tips, 
with short stout spreading hairs, and the glands are sometimes 
with narrow white appendages. I have not seen the type from 
Colusa Go: I have seen: Newville, Glenn Co:, Heller 11535 
(C, D, F, G). This variety seems to be rare and confined to 
the two counties named. 


Euphorbia Parishii Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2:56. 1887. 
Ee patellifera j. 1. Howell, Leafl. West. Bot. 1:53. 1933: The 
distinctive characters of this species were well pointed out by 
Greene in the original publication except that there are 40-50 
staminate flowers per involucre. I have seen the following speci- 
mens : 


California: Inyo Co.: Furnace Creek, Death Valley, L. S. 
Rose 33421 (CA); Funeral Mts., Death Valley, Jones in 1907 
(D, P); Stove Pipe Wells, Death Valley, Munz & Hitchcock 
11032 (P); Surprise Wash, Parish 10216 (C, F) ; Surprise Can- 
yon, Parish 10217 (C); Emigrant Springs, Parish 10190 (C); 
Panamint Valley, Parish 10191 (C, F); Greenwater Flat, Parish 
10138 (C); Emigrant Canyon, Ferris, Scott & Bacigalupi 3998 
(D). Kern Co.: Red Rock Canyon, Knapp in 1888 (C). San 
Bernardino Co.: Mohave Desert: Baxter, Parish 9883 (C); 
Ludlow, Jones in 1926 (P); Daggett, K. Brandegee in 1904 
(C) ; Warm Springs, Parish (D) isotype of E. Parishii Greene). 
Riverside Co.: Colorado Desert: Mecca, Parish 8113 (D); Cot- 
tonwood Springs, Parish 10829 (D). San Diego Co.: Palm 

107 


Wash, western Colorado Desert, Howell 3485 (F, isotype of 
E. patellifera Howell). 


This species is usually included in that catch-all FE. poly- 
carpa in herbaria. 


Euphorbia pediculifera Engelm.in Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound., 
186. 1859. E. involuta Millsp., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. I] 2:227. 
1889. E. conjuncta Millsp., ibid. E. vermiformis Jones, Con. 
West. Bot. 16:23. 1930. 


This is rare in California. There are only three collections: 
Imperial Co.: Carrizo (Cariso) Mt., 7. S. Brandegee in 1905 
(C, cited by Jepson, Man. Fl. Pl. Calif., 600. 1925.): Midway 
Well, Peirson 9/96 (Peir, W); 20 miles NE. Ogilby, Munz G . 
Hutchcocr 12159 %ER): 


Euphorbia petrina Wats., Proc. Am. gtcad. 24:75. 1889. 
Euphorbia polycarpa Benth. var. petrina (Wats.) Johnston, Proc. 
Cal Acad) Ser TV -12):1072. 1924. Phisspecies 1s -commmedsato 
the lower half of Lower California, southern Sonora, and Sinaloa. 
None of the California plants are referable to it. It is distin- 
guished from E£. polycarpa by having 5 rather than 12-25 stam- 
inate flowers per involucre, and by the more reduced bracteoles. 


Euphorbia Preslii Guss. 


This seems not to have been reported from Southern Cali- 
fornia. I have seen one collection: Santa Ana, Orange Co.: 
Helen D. Geiss in Apr. 1902 (D, P). As it has not reappeared 
it has evidently not become established. 


Euphorbia serpens H. B. Kk. 

The report of this species from California by Parish in 
MacDougal, Carn. Inst. Wash. Pub. 193:110. 1914, was based 
on a misdetermination by Millspaugh. I have examined the speci- 
men on which the report was based: Durmid, Imperial Co., 
Parish S066 (D); and it is E. albomarginata T. & G. I have 
seen also another specimen of EF. albomarginata determined by 
Millspaugh as £. serpens: Grand Canyon of the Colorado, Coco- 
nino Co., Arizona, Millspaugh 149 (F). It appears that he was 
unable to distinguish between FE. albomarginata in forms with 
narrow appendages, and EF. serpens. The two are readily dis- 
tinguishable by the fact that the former has 12-25 staminate flow- 
ers while the latter has only 5-6 staminate flowers per involucre. 
There are also other differences most of which are not absolute. 


Euphorbia setiloba Engelm. in Torr., Pacific Rail. Rep. 
5:364. 1857. £. floccosiuscula Jones, Con. West. Bot. 15:145. 
1929 


This is unreported from Mohave Desert. 
108 


Specimens: Co.? “on Mohave Desert,” Curran in 1884 (D). 
Inyo Co.: Shepherds Canyon, Argus Mts., Jones in 1597 (P, 
D, F). San Bernardino Co.: 3 miles N. Cave Spring, Mohave 
Desert, Peirson 8/05 ( Peir). 


’ Euphorbia Abramsiana \Vheeler, new species. 


Chamaesyce saltonensis Millsp., in Carnegie Inst. Wash. pub. 


193 :110. 1913, as nomen nudum. 
Section Anisophyllum. Subsection Chamaesyce. 


Planta prostrata, annua; caulibus tenuibus, puberulentis ; 
foliis oppositis, subglabratis; laminis 2-7 mm. longis, oblongis 
aut elliptico-oblongis, inaequilateralibus, cum apice obtuso, mar- 
gine integro aut pauce serrato in foliis majoribus; petiolis brevi- 
bus; stipulis ca. 0.5 mm. longis, distinctis, in 2-multa loba_ parti- 
tis, parce pubescentibus ; pedunculis brevibus; involucris in axilis 
solitariis sed in ramis brevibus lateralibusque congestis, turbi- 
natis, 0.6-0.7 mm. latis; lobis proximis glandulas superantibus, 
in 3-4 segmenta tenua et glabra partitis; glandula quinta glan- 
dulas aequante; sinu angustissimo; glandulis transverso-oblongis, 
0.05-0.1 mm. longis; appendiculis glandulas fere latioribus, in- 
tegris aut bilobatis; bracteolis appendiculum filiforme et 0.2-0.3 
mm. longum ferentibus, involucrum infra adnatis; andropedibus 
3-5 in involucro, 0.5 mm. longis; gynopedibus exsertis sed non 
reflexis; stylis bifidis, glabris, clavatis, 0.3 mm. longis; capsulis 
glabris, globosis ca. 1.3 mm. longis, acute 3-angulatis ; seminibus 
ca. 1.2 mm. longis, acute quadrangularibus, radiale oblongo- 
ovatis, base truncatis, cum 5-6 rugis irregularibus transversisque, 
albis. 


Prostrate annual; stems to 20 cm. long, finely pubescent, 
slender (mostly not over 1 mm. diam.), internodes to 1.5 cm. 
long below, gradually shortening upward; leaves opposite, shortly 
puberulent to glabrous, blades 2-7 mm. long, oblong to elliptic- 
oblong, inaequilateral, apex obtuse, margin often strongly revo- 
lute at least on drying, with a few teeth on some of the larger 
leaves at the apex and the long side of the base, petioles ca. 1 
mm. long; stipules distinct, less than 0.5 mm. long, the upper 
usually 2-3 parted, the lower several parted, with a few hairs; 
peduncles to 1 mm. long, glabrous; involucres ca. 0.6-0.7 mm. 
diam., solitary in the axils but mostly congested in groups of 5 
to 10 on very short leafy lateral branches, glabrous within and 
without, turbinate, tapering to the peduncle ; proximal lobes (those 
next to the sinus) greatly exceeding the glands, each deeply 
parted into 3 or 4 slender glabrous divisions, the other lobes 
exceeding the glands, mostly parted into 2 slender glabrous seg- 
ments, all the lobes with a few hairs within at the base; 5th 

109 


gland equaling the glands, filiform, glabrous, sinus almost want- 
ing, not depressed making the 5th gland appear somewhat as one 
of the divisions of the lobes; glands transversely oblong, pinkish 
to ochroleucous, 0.05-0.1 mm. long; appendages mostly wider 
than the glands, white, glabrous, entire or slightly two-lobed; 
bracteoles reduced to one appendage opposite each gland, adnate 
to the involucre below, free portion 0.2-0.3 mm. long, slenderly 
filiform, of one or two segments, with a few short hairs; andro- 
peds (staminate pedicels) 3 to 5 per involucre, glabrous, ca. 0.5 
mm. long; gynoped (pistillate pedicel) glabrous, exserted but 
not reflexed; ovary glabrous, styles bifid, glabrous, clavate, ca. 
0.3 mm. long, rotately spreading but the tips slightly ascending ; 
capsule glabrous, spheroid, ca. 1.3 mm. long, sharply 3-angled; 
seeds sharply quadrangular, ca. 1.2 mm. long, ca. 0.5 mm. radi- 
ally and tangentially, oblong-ovate radially, base truncate, front 
facets slightly concave, back facets plane, all with 5 to 6 irreg- 
ular transverse wrinkles slightly including the angles, coat white, 
microreticulate. 


Distinguished from EF. prostrata Ait. primarily by the very 
long (in relation to the glands) and much parted involucral lobes, 
the very narrow sinus, and the minute glands. Distinguished 
by the narrow sinus from £. maculata in which the sinus is U- 
shaped and considerably depressed, the wrinkled seeds and _ the 
greatly reduced bracteoles. 


type Eoc.- Heber; Imperial (San Dieso) Co. Calutomiar 


Dist.: Southeast Colorado Desert, California, southern Ari- 
zona, and northern Sonora. 


Specimens examined: California: Imperial) Co. a bleber 
Abrams 4097 (D, type, sheet No. 33555); Streets of Brawley, 
Parish 8305 (G); Old beach east of Calexico, Parish 8302 (G) ; 
near Calexico, Abrams 3995 (D); 4 miles N. Calexico, Abrams 
in 1902 (D). Arizona: Co.? Wilmot, Thornber 341, in part 
(Di Sonora: Carbos Jones: 220008 CR). 


Some of the sheets distributed under Abrams 4097 are 
FE. micromera Boissier. 


110 


KEY TO THE PRINCIPAL SERRATE-LEAVED ANNUAL 
SPECIES OF CALIFORNIA 
Stamens ca. 5 


A. Proximal lobes greatly exceeding the glands and parted 
MMLOMO=helineaT «SEP IMEMbS) seein eee E, Abramsiana 


B. Proximal lobes not greatly exceeding the glands and 
mostly entire. 

1. Plant usually more or less hairy; sinus depressed one- 

third of way to base of involucre, hairy ; seeds smooth 

Or sshichtlys wiinkled=ss22)- ate. E. maculata 


Nd 


Plant glabrous; sinus not depressed, glabrous. 


a. Seeds with transverse wrinkles including the 
hived Catch antes py aa a ae Seat ar ... E. glyptosperma 


b. Seeds smooth or slightly wrinkled .E£. serpyllifolia 


Stamens ca. 10 


A. Plant glabrous; sinus not depressed, glabrous 
ac eR pO ee E. serpyllifolia 


B. Plant usually more or less hairy; sinus slightly de- 
MESSE Cees aii s,s aee Oulu Ne eetd se Se ieee E.. hirtula 


It appears that what commonly passes for E. serpyllifolia 
may be separable into distinct entities on the basis of stamen num- 
bers primarily. EF. occidentalis Drew appears to be closely re- 
lated to E. hirtula., 


LaVerne, Calif. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY 
October, 1933 - September, 1934 
REGULAR MEETINGS 


The regular meetings of the Academy are held the second 
Saturday evening of each month. at. 7:30\ P: M.,, im the, Lecture 
Room of the Los Angeles Library. 


OcToser 14, 1933: 


The first meeting of the fall was held in the Lecture Room 
of the Public Library. 

President-elect Harry K. Sargent gave a most interesting 
lecture on “Measuring the Universe.’’ The audience, which taxed 
the capacity of the room, listened intently to the “story of the 
heavens,” explained by Mr. Sargent in a way that could be under- 
stood by the average fayman. The illustrations thrown on the 
screen were well chosen and pictured the many wonderful things 
in the sky which can be seen through a telescope. 

1g at 


NovEMBER 11, 1933: 


The “Personality of Birds” was the subject of Mr. Frederic 
S. Webster’s lecture on the evening of November 11, at the reg- 
ular meeting of the Academy. Mr. Webster, formerly of the 
staff of the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg, told of his experiences 
with birds of the Atlantic Coast and pointed out their human 
traits. The lecture was illustrated with colored views made by 
the speaker. The meeting was attended by a large and enthusi- 
astic audience. Many of those present expressed their desire 
to have Mr. Webster speak again before the Academy. 


DECEMBER 9, 1933: 


The deserts of the Southwest, especially the Mojave and 
Death Valley, were vividly pictured by W. Scott Lewis on the 
evening of December 9. His subject—“Land of the Great Si- 
lence’’—was treated in a most interesting way and his beautiful 
colored slides were greatly enjoyed by an audience which filled 
the lecture room. The views showing mirages on the desert were 
especially fine. 


January 13, 1934: 

The story of the early inhabitants of Chaco Canyon, New 
Mexico, was shown on the screen by Dr. Edgar L. Hewett, Pro- 
fessor of Archeology of the University of Southern California, 
at the first meeting of the new year. Dr. Hewett described the 
construction of many primitive dwellings uncovered by recent 
excavations in the region and told of the work of the School of 
American Research, Santa Fe, N. M., of which he is Director. 
The large audience enjoyed hearing from one who is regarded 
as an outstanding authority on the Indian life of the Southwest. 
The title of the lecture was “Excavations in Chaco Canyon, N. M. 
by the School of American Research, Santa Fe, N. M.” 


FEBRUARY 10, 1934: 


The flora of the high Sierras was described at the Feb- 
ruary meeting by Dr. Frank J. Smiley, Professor of Botany at 
Occidental College. In his lecture, “Alpine Gardens of the High 
Sierras,” Dr. Smiley gave a most interesting account of his 
field observations of Alpine trees, plants and flowers. The lec- 
ture was illustrated with a series of beautiful slides made from 
photos taken by the speaker. 


Marc# 10, 1934: 


The lecture room of the Los Angeles Library was not large 
enough to accommodate all who wished to hear Dr. William F. 
Bade speak on “Digging Through the Centuries in Palestine.” 
Dr. Bade, Director of the Palestine Institute, Pacific School of 
Religion, Berkeley, California, told of his archeological discov- 


112 


eries at the ancient site of Mizpah in Palestine. The lecture was 
illustrated with excellent colored slides, made by native artists. 
Members and guests expressed the opinion that the meeting was 
one of the most interesting they had attended in a long time. 


Preceding the lecture, the Board of Directors and the Ad- 
visory Board honored Dr. Bade with an informal dinner at the 
Clark Hotel. 


Apri 14, 1934: 

“African Big Game” was the subject of Mr. Joseph P. Howe 
of Pasadena at the regular meeting, on the evening of April 14. 
The large audience was treated to five most interesting reels of 
big game hunting in East Africa, taken by Mr. Howe on a recent 
hunting expedition. The pictures showed the many different 
species of large African mammals in their native habitat and 
also gave an insight into the everyday life of the African natives. 


WitAwal2 1934: 

The lecture at this meeting, the last one before the summer 
vacation, was delivered by Dr. W. H. Burt of the Museum of 
Vertebrate Zoology, California Institute of Technology, Pasa- 
dena. The subject was “Radiate Adaptation in Mammals.” Dr. 
Burt discussed the main groups of mammals and their geograph- 
ical distribution, illustrating his remarks with well-chosen lantern 
slides. 


Boarp MEETING 


The Board of Directors met on January 17, at the call of 
President Sargent. Business was transacted relative to invest- 
ments of the Academy and the authorization of expenditures. 


ANNUAL MEETING 


The Annual Meeting of the Academy was held on Monday 
evening, May 7, at the Clark Hotel. After dinner, there was 
a short business session at which time the President, Mr. Sargent, 
Dr. Bryan and Mr. Spaulding made brief talks dealing with the 
work of the organization. The Secretary gave his report and 
the President announced the re-election of the Board of Directors. 


Later in the evening, the members listened to a most inter- 
esting lecture by Mr. B. R. Baumgardt on “Spain and the Al- 
hambra,” which dealt with the contribution of the Moors to 
civilization. The lecture was illustrated with beautiful lantern 
slides. 


Howarp R. Hit. Secretary 


BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 
ACADEMY of SCIENCES 


Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California. 
Subscription—$2.00 per year 


Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy 
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00) 


Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, 


Los Angeles, Cal., U. S. A. 


Publications of the 
Southern California Academy of Sciences 


The Academy has published to date the following: 


PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. 
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. 


All issues of the above are now out of print. 
a 


Bulletin of the 
Southern California Academy of Sciences 


Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued 
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— 
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo- 


ber) in 1920. 


The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, 
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. 


The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, 
September. 


The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. 


The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem- 
ber-October; No. 6, November-December. 


From 1925 to 1933, including volumes XXIV to XXXII, three num- 
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- 
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume 


114 


All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with 
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary 
of the Academy at the appended prices: 


Vol. 3, No. 7. October HLS () Ai aa eee cing ee ee Nee eh $ .25 
= Ae eho Maye 1D 0 Dien een see een ee ee 25 
“ (O51 Se Le Sanlhye 119 Offettaes seein Se 25 
ee Owe oe2- July. iILS pyaar oboe wilt ce 75 
peel ae ls January, aU EB eer eee enero) 50 
Sele te 2 Sule SG G Se eee or ieee eee ark ieee 50 
eee 1 anianve 192, Op aia Siecle ae satya ee leas 25 
pees On or 4. (October, A192 0 eh oaie SrRie Snes mes ee 25 
mols ees 2. (October: NG 22) ee cinerea ie ee ee 25 
ss Sete ola anwary. TOD Ais se evens Glee ee ONE ene .25 
feetowe. 22) oMarch: 9 DANE Nie Oe keen. eneET 25 
OB DR SEE ERY NG DATS d e tncat J Ree 25 
pee o oe A Se uliys 9 DAG nse Lees Osean Aree Bares 25 
Mec ose > be SSeptembernn (1924. a er 25 
eo ites Gs, NOMEINDCL — G2 4s ee cee a 2D 
aA ls oe aNUaLyE GUS OAS sae A ME Oe seen SPOS ye ee .20 
Gece aes ! 2: May, TS PA aici oh eee aay Se ana 25 
weer Fee. VS CD COMDECI ae ellO2 Dict cee ae tole sas eee 25 
memcoy ie, January, IG PAR ee Ss ea ns een eet bes pe 15 
webs 2. May, TG 2 Gaga chia eee Overs cee ee 25 
ae eee Ss SEN LEMP CI as 192 6, eset eee ee ee 25 
BaeeOn us. le January, OOD f(r soe oe RN sara een Bs 25 
Maree Gs es 2s April, AOD (ee reeset hated, Sule ese 25 
Ore Se ESC DLEMDELY LOD e cet ees ee ee oo) 
peepee ol January, S19 2 She ars see see ae senators. ace 225 
meeoiamee!) 25, aye LO 2 SU vets terete. Wek oa ares are a2 
eee eee rot SCDLEMDCT E192 Sire noe sn See ee es .25 
ero. eon te ley = January, M119.2,0 Reesor ee ee i) Rae ne a 25 
Ste Ose ose MAY: G1 9 reese ae Uae Nor Tet Mea ate 25 
NE Shea OULD C DLC DEL el OA Oh pts ns ee e/a eee 50 
eo eer tt Januaty, 1 ICSC} |) gen nee nee res Ce oe a 25 
ease 2s Nay: A'S (0 ialcine erence eas ta. Soe chee a Nene PAD 
eee oan DC DLEIMDeIne <1 950r siorr yoo Nee ena a 25 
seo Oeeens sta Jalianry. LLY a3 Meat sao aed ee Ee oo .25 
peo Os bee 2 ay A153) LY eee as Oe dhe ete 25 
eens Ooi oo SCDCCIMDEI a ho adi: eran See aa .25 
Oyen le ANU aT yp O32 ieee eee ee see 25 
eel sce 2.) May. TG S27 ok cere sete wr add See a eee tee 25 
MEO em aos OCD LOMMD Ory 1 93 ies ete eee Mes see uP Reese 25 
eo inte le oMuanrye 9 3 3 pated ates ane eee 25 
mio oes os.) Vay, NG 33 teenie ts ak! Ar OT ees 25 
MOSS ors OA OECD CCTIDEI gs SLO S aes ee: aet rta ey ae 25 
eo we a) 1s a anuUanye 1 YY Be De Ga a a a a 25 
PS BB ete ay MIEN. TUS BY 8 seas CoS eee re Sen eee 25 


The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues and will appre- 
ciate the donation of all numbers by members who have no further use for back 
issues. Address all communications concerning the above to: 


DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK, Southern California Academy of Sciences, 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif. 
115 


See PrN. OF. “THE 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 


CONTENTS 


Page 

THE OCCURRENCE OF LINGUATULIDS IN PYTHONS— 
Vesey ervey OEATIE) mt) betes cm thm phil Ss a iotew ae gh lem) as Oe ely we ae del DAY 
A REVISION OF THE GENUS PLEOCOMA—A C. Davis - - - - 123 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE BOUNDARY HILL RESEARCH RE- 
SERVE, YOSEMITE NATIONAL PARK, CALIF.—John S. Garth 131 


NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF THREE BUTTERFLIES 
AND FIVE MOTHS FROM CALIFORNIA— 


John A, Comstock and Charles M. Dammers - - - - = = = = 137 
A REVISION OF THE PHACELIA CALIFORNICA GROUP 

FOR NORTH AMERICA—Frederick W. Dundas - - - = - - 152 
A REVISIONAL STUDY OF THE PHACELIA HISPIDA 


GROUP—John W. Voss - - = = = = = = = = = = = = = 169 


Issued Jan. 15, 1935 


Southern California 
Academy of Sciences 


a 8 
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 
Min: “EArRy: Ko SARGENT 22000 eee President 
Dr: Porp A. CARPENTER@. <= 2 ee lst Vice-President 
Mr EPHEODORE (PAV NE 228282 Soc ee ae 2nd Vice-President 
Mr. HowarD an HiIiLigos ose et to es eee Secretary 
MrtHarrv le SARGENT 2.0.6 222 oe ee ae Treasurer 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. THEODORE PAYNE 
Dr. WILLIAM A. BRYAN _ Mr. Harry K. SArcent 
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING 
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. R. H. Swirt 
Dr. Cart S. KNopF Mr. Howarp R. HItrt 
B 8s 
ADVISORY BOARD 
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Mr. Frep E. BurLEw 
Dr. MELVILLE DoZIER Dr. CHARLES VANBERGEN 
Dr. D. L. TASKER 
a 


ASTRONOMICAL SECTION 
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Mr. Witt1AM A. SPALDING 
Chairman Secretary 


BOTANICAL SECTION 
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE, Secretary 


FINANCE COMMITTEE 
Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING 


PROGRAM COMMITTEE 


Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. Cart S. Knopr 
Mr. Howarp R. Hiti 


a 8 
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION 


Mr. WILLIAM A. SPALDING, Chairman Dr. JoHn A. Comstock 


OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY 
Los ANGELES Museum, ExposiTIon Park, 
Los ANGELES, CAL. 


r 
Fe 
bs 
8 
: 
a 

; 

3 
% 
a 
: 
3 


THE OCCURRENCE OF LINGUATULIDS 
IN PYTHONS 


By Howarp R. Hitt 


Zoologist, Los Angeles Museum 


Among the internal parasites of vertebrates, there is prob- 
ably no group more interesting than the Linguatulidae, a family 
of degenerate arachnids closely related to the ticks and mites. Be- 
cause of their rarity, they are seldom seen in zoological collections 
and although more than fifty species have been described, the life 
history of only a few is completely known. These parasites are of 
some pathological importance for their accidental presence in man 
sometimes gives rise to serious disorders. 

Linguatulids are wormlike in form with cylindrical, elongate 
bodies which are bluntly rounded at either end. They present a 
ringed or annulated appearance due to circular raised folds or 
pleats which are present around the body from the head region 
to the posterior extremity. The mouth 1s situated on the ventral 
side of the head between two pairs of hooks which are used for 
attachment to the tissues of the host. These four hooks are the 
most characteristic feature of their external anatomy. 


The members of this family reach their greatest development 
in reptiles where they occur chiefly in or near the lungs, and there 
become mature. Their life history normally requires two hosts, 
a primary reptilian host and a secondary or intermediate host, 
usually a mammal or fish, which harbors the larval stage. Rep- 
tiles become parasitized whenever they prey upon a mammal or 
fish infected with the young or larval stage. 


The pythons of Africa and Asia are the hosts of two species 
which have a moniliform or beaded appearance and a compara- 
tively small number of body rings. The mature form of Armil- 
lifer armillatus occurs in the African pythons, Python sebae, the 
rock python and P. regius, the royal python. The larval stage of 
this linguatulid is found in numerous small mammals such as the 
hedgehog, mongoose, monkey, ground squirrel and pouched rat. 
An additional number of larger mammals, generally herbivores, 
and man, sometimes serve as accidental secondary hosts. When- 
ever this happens, the parasitic life cycle is never completed and 
the nymphal forms sooner or later perish and disintegrate within 
their host. 


_ The adult form of Armillifer moniliformis is found in the 
Oriental pythons, Python molurus, the Indian python and P. 
reticulatus, the netted python, while the nymphs of this species 


TLALg/ 


eee ee 


PLATE 36 


Armillifer moniliformis. Female. x 1.3. Ventral view. 


have been reported from the Indian otter, civet cat, lemur, Malac- 
can flat-headed cat, Indian leopard, tiger and man. Three cases 
of human infection have been noted in three widely separated 
regions, China, Sumatra and the Philippines. 


Through the courtesy of Dr. Chas. A. Kofoid of the Uni- 
versity of California; Dr. Marcos Tubangui of the Philippine 
Bureau of Science; Dr. Herbert Johnstone of the Hooper Med- 
ical Foundation, and Dr. Chas. V. Noback of the New York 
Zoological Society, the writer has had the opportunity of exam- 
ining forty specimens of Armillifer moniliformis from the lungs 
of Oriental pythons. A comparative study of the material has 
resulted in the observation of certain facts pertaining to the ex- 
ternal structure of the species, which have not hitherto been re- 
corded. 


The number of abdominal annulations shows slight variation 
and agrees, for the most part, with the figures given by Hett, 
Sambon and v. Heymons. Nine of the fifteen males had twenty- 
nine body rings (including the posterior terminal cone). One 
specimen had thirty-four rings which exceeds by two the greatest 
number of rings previously reported in any male. Nine of the 
twenty-five females had thirty-one rings which appeared to be 
the average number for the sex. 


The variety name “heymonsi” proposed by Sambon for ling- 
uatulids from the netted python was based on the assumption 
that they were smaller, had more rings and a longer terminal seg- 
ment than the typical form. The material at hand included eight 
female specimens from the Indian python which did not differ in 
number of rings from individuals of the same sex from the netted 


118 


python. In some instances, there was a relative difference in the 
length of the terminal-cone while in others there was not. These 
observations are at variance with the conclusions of Sambon and 
would indicate that a further comparative study of additional 
material is necessary before the variety “heymonsi” be accepted. 
The fully grown male Armillifer moniliformis is from one- 
fourth to one-third the size of the mature female. Because of its 
small size and rarity, the male has never been thoroughly described. 


PLATE 37 


Armillifer moniliformis. Female, x 21.5. Ventral view of anterior 
region showing hooks, circular mouth, ventro-lateral swellings: 
first pair of ventral secondary papillae on first annulation, below 
outer hooks; second pair of ventral papillae on second annulation, 
below inner hooks. 


PLATE 38 


Armillifer moniliformis. Male, x. 1.8. 


Although it is similar in general appearance to the female, it 
presents a form of sexual dimorphism which has escaped the 
eyes of most observers. Each abdominal ring or segment in the 
anterior region of the body is provided on the ventro-lateral bor- 
der with a pair of digitate processes, one on either side, which are 
directed ventrally and slightly backwards. In addition, there are 
four other pairs on the cephalothorax. Each process consists of 
a delicate, triangular outgrowth of the cuticle and terminates in 
a round, sucker-like disk. These structures probably function as 
claspers and aid the parasite in its movements or help it to ad- 
here to the surface of some organ within the body cavity of the 
host. Both Sambon and vy. Heymons noted these peculiar pro-- 
cesses but regarded them as sharply-pointed denticles while Miss 
Hett observed their finger-like shape but did not mention the 
sucker pads at their distal ends. 


The first and second pair of digitate processes are situated 
just above the outer hooks along the anterior border of the cephalo- 
thorax. The third and fourth pair project at equal distances on 
the ventro-lateral edge, at either side of the head and in line with 
the two rows which represent the abdominal pairs. The latter 
are more greatly developed forward and decrease in size pos- 
teriorly until they gradually disappear beyond the sixteenth seg- 
ment. 


In female specimens, the first five or six anterior segments 
are sometimes slightly swollen at the posterior edge of the seg- 
ments at either side of the ventro-lateral border. The swellings 
are not as prominent as papillae and may perhaps represent the 
vestiges of the male digitate processes as they occupy the same 
relative position. 


120 


The position of the female genital opening on a mid-ventral 
swelling of the posterior terminal cone or tail segment varied 
somewhat in different individuals. Its usual position was about 
two-thirds the distance from the tip of the cone to the beginning 
of the next segment. It was observed however that the new body 
rings were formed by a division of the terminal cone so that in 
individuals which had just added a new segment, the genital open- 
ing was situated close to the juncture of the terminal cone and 
the newly formed segment. 

The first annulation or segment anterior to the terminal cone 
differed from the other bead-like segments of the posterior half of 


PLATE 39 


Armillifer moniliformis. Male, x 21.5. Ventral view of anterior region 
showing hooks, mouth between inner hooks, mid-ventral genital 
opening on first annulation and the two lateral rows of digitate 
processes. 


the abdomen in being flat on the ventral side. Occasionally, the 
same condition was also found in the second ring anterior to the 
terminal cone. 


Slight differences inthe size and shape of other external fea- 
tures were observed but these could be explained by differences 
in age and the condition of preservation of various individuals. 
The writer is continuing the study of this and other linguatulid 
species and would appreciate additional material or any informa- 
tion bearing on the life history of this little-known group. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Hett, Mary L. On the Family Linguatulidae. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 
1924, Pt. 1:107-159. 


v. Heymons, R. Beitrag zur Systematik u. Morphologie der Zungen- 
wurmer (Pentastomida). Zool. Anz. 1922, 55:154-167. 


Sambon, L. W. A Synopsis of the Family Linguatulidae. Jour. Trop. 
Med. Hyg. 1922, 25:391-428. 


A REVISION OF THE GENUS PLEOCOMA’ 


By A. C. Davis 
U. 8. Dept. of Agriculture, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine 


The genus Pleocoma is one of the most interesting and at the 
same time one of the most imperfectly known genera of the Scar- 
abaeidae. Most of the papers in which it is discussed have been 
long out of print, and are so rare that it is very difficult or im- 
possible to obtain them in the original. The purpose of this 
present paper is to bring together and summarize what is known 
of the life history and habits of Pleocoma, to discuss its syste- 
matic position in the Scarabaeidae, and to revise the genus.” 


The genus Pleocoma was first described by Le Conte (1/7)? 
in 1856, the type species being P. fimbriata Lec. The descrip- 
tion was drawn from a badly damaged specimen “found in Cali- 
fornia by Dr. A. H. Heerman” and is as follows: 


“Clypeus (labrum?) prolongatus, antice angustatus acute 
rotundatus, pone apicem cornu transverso erecto furcato armatus ; 
caput ante oculos acute extrorsum angulatum, vertice inter oculos 
cornu brevi erecto armatum; oculi magni vix emarginati. An- 
tennae, 1l-articulatae, articulo 2ndo sequentibus crassiore; 310 
paulo elongato, 4 et 5to aequalibus, 6to paulo dilatato; 7mo adhuc 
duplo latiore, 8-11 lamellatis, valde elongatis aequalibus. Mandi- 
bulae, maxillaeque haud visae, palpi tenues. Thorax latus antror- 
sum angustatus parum convexus, disco antice declive subdeplanto. 
Klytra parum convexa postice late rotundata. Prosternum haud 
prominulum. Tibiae anticae elongatae 7-dentatae, dentibus sup- 
ernis tribus minutis, 4- mediocre, 5-7 magnis; posteriores elon- 
gatae parum incrassatae, extrorsum ultra medium emarginatae et 
ad medium unidentatae, ad apicem oblique truncatae, ciliatae, 
angulo externo parum producto; tarsi (intermedii) tenues, tibia 
longiores, articulis 1-4 aequalibus, 5to praecedente duplo longiore, 
unguibus simplicibus, paranychia angusta bisetosa. Corpus subtus, 
os pedes elytraque ad marginem longe fulvopilosa.” 


During the following twenty-five years or so more specimens 
of the genus were taken and a better idea of its morphology was 
gained. Horn had a number of specimens at his disposal, and 


1 Order Coleoptera, family Scarabaeidae. 


* The writer is indebted to H. C. Fall of Tyngsboro, Mass., for eriticism and 
assistance, and to E. P. Van Duzee of the California Academy of Sciences; P. J. 
Darlington, Jr., of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.; E. A. 
Chapin of the Division of Identification and Classification of Insects, U. S. Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, Bureau of Entomology; L. J. Muchmore of the Los Angeles 
Museum, and E. T. Cresson, Jr,, of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 
for facilities extended in the examination of the specimens of Pleocoma in their 
respective institutions. 


°Ttalie numbers in parentheses refer to Literature Cited at the end of this paper. 


123 


material for dissection as well. In his review of the genus, pub- 
lished in 1888 (9%), he characterized it as follows: 


“Form broadly oval and convex, dorsum slightly depressed, 
body beneath and legs clothed with moderately long reddish-yellow 
hair, in one species black, upper surface without hair, the margins 
fimbriate. Under wings well developed. 


“Head relatively small, rather deeply inserted, eyes large, 
globular, and prominent; vertex with a short erect horn obtuse 
or slightly emarginate at tip; genae prolonged each side partly 
dividing the eye and forming a more or less acute free angle. 


“Clypeus reflexed, forming a rather broad horn more or less 
emarginate and broader at apex. 


“Antennae eleven-jointed, the first joint stout and conical, 
second globular but as thick; club long in the male, composed of 
a variable number of lamellae from four to seven, the first lam- 
ellar joint always glabrous, the others opaque, with a sensitive 
surface. 


“Labrum broadly oval, placed either perpendicularly to the 
axis of the body or slightly obliquely, connate with the clypeus, 
but with the suture well marked. 


“Mandibles visible only by dissection, placed close together 
against the roof of the mouth, doubtless immovable, when viewed 
laterally, of triangular form, the base resting against the roof of 
the mouth, the perpendicular against the inner side of the cypeus, 
outer side ciliate with long hairs. 


“Maxillae small, the inner lobe in the form of a plate sur- 
rounding the outer lobe, the latter a little longer, terminated by 
an obtusely conical process; surface ciliate within by moderately 
long hairs. 

“Maxillary palpi relatively long; first joint short; second 
longest; third half as long, conical; fourth fusiform, nearly as 
long as the first. 


“Mentum oval, longer than wide, apex arcuate, base emar- 
ginate, supported by a broad peduncle of the submentum, the free 
face roughly punctured, with long hairs. 


“Ligula free, arising from behind the apex of the mentum, 
corneous, form short and transverse, slightly emarginate. 


“Labial palpi as long or even longer than the mentum and 
ligula, arising from the apex of the ligula, three-jointed, the last 
joint as long as the two preceding and more slender. 


“Prothorax transverse, the sides broadly arcuate. 
“Scutellum transversely oval. 


“Elytra longer than wide conjointly, the apices obtuse; disc 
with a sutural costa, three oblique discal costae, limited usually 
faintly, by geminate striae, a feeble submarginal costa. 


124 


“Anterior coxae large, conical and prominent, with a large 
trochantin. 


“Middle coxae large, very narrowly separated. 


“Posterior coxae transverse as usual, rather short, contiguous 
at middle, but not prominent. 


“Metasternal episterna narrow, the epimeron distinct. 


“Abdomen with six segments, all freely movable, the first 
concealed by the coxae and broadly membranous at middle, seg- 
ments nearly equal in length. By dissection an anal segment 1s 
observed, which is always closely retracted. Dorsal portion of 
abdomen consists of eight semi-membranous segments. 


“Abdominal spiracles, seven on each side, are situated in the 
connecting membrane which unites the dorsal and ventral plates. 


“Anterior tibiae with three large teeth occupying the apical 
half of the outer edge; four or five smaller teeth above. 


“Middle tibiae broader at apex, the apical margin undulated 
or subdigitate, a strong transverse carina at middle of outer edge. 


“Posterior tibiae similar in form, the apex, however, less 
undulated. 


“Tarsi slender, as long as the tibiae, the first four joints 
slightly decreasing in length, last joint as long as the three pre- 
ceding. Onychium distinct, trisetose at apex. 


“Claws slender, and moderately long. 


“Tibial spurs moderately long, middle and posterior tibiae 
each with two.” 


It may be added that there is a tendency for the frons to be 
hairy, that the posterior margin of the pronotum is sinuate, and 
that the midline of the pronotum is impressed, the impression 
being interrupted at about the posterior two-fifths. 


Examination of more specimens of a greater number of 
species than were available to Horn shows that the second joint 
of the antenna is rarely if ever as thick as the first; the teeth of 
the anterior tibiae are variable in size and number, some speci- 
mens having them well developed and others having little or no 
trace of them; the tarsi are subequal to or slightly shorter than 
the tibiae (subequal if the tibiae are measured from the top of 
the tibio-femoral joint to the apex of the terminal tooth) in 
most cases, distinctly shorter in others; and there are eight ab- 
dominal spiracles. 


The above description applies to the male, but such is the 
sexual dimorphism in this genus that it by no means applies as 
well to the female. The female is larger, more robust and con- 
vex, the under wings small and useless. Regardless of the color 
of the male, all the females that I have seen are some shade of 
brown, and the hairs of the body are shorter and lighter in color 


125 


than those of the male. The head is smaller in proportion, the 
clypeus less reflexed and not or very slightly emarginate. The 
eyes are flattened, not prominent, and sometimes hardly visible 
from above. The horn on the vertex is short and stout, the ocular 
canthi (genae) more rounded and heavier than those of the male, 
the antennae shorter, stouter, and the club small by comparison. 
The mouthparts are about the same as those of the male but all 
stouter and more massive. The pronotum is more coarsely and 
densely sculptured, and the legs more robust, shorter in propor- 
tion, the tarsi about one-third as long as the tibiae. The abdomen 
is convex below and very heavy. . 


The mouthparts of both sexes are aborted. Being unable to 
eat, the males probably live for only a few days, but the females 
have such large masses of fat stored in their bodies that they are 
able to live for quite a long time. I have kept them alive for 
more than three weeks, at the end of which time they were ap- 
parently as lively and healthy as ever. Owing to their large fat 
content female specimens become very greasy when pinned in 
boxes. 


SYSTEMATIC POSITION 


Le Conte’s first specimen of Pleocoma was sufficiently whole 
to make a recognizable description possible, but it was too badly 
damaged to show definitely its systematic position, and as the 
specimen was unique, no dissection was attempted at that time. 
Le Conte was in doubt whether to place Pleocoma in the Dynastini 
or the Geotrupini, but he rather leaned toward the latter group, 
a leaning that became more pronounced as more material came 
to hand. Motschulsky, who had seen five specimens in the mu- 
seum at St. Petersburg, and with whom Le Conte corresponded, 
regarded the genus as allied to Ceratophyus Fisher, a division of 
Geotrupes. Schaufuss (23, p. 59) concurred in this opinion, but 
noted a similarity to Antichira Esch. Gerstaeker (7 and 76) took 
issue with Le Conte on this question, publishing an article in 
which he criticised Le Conte’s placing of the genus, and stated 
that, since Pleocoma was pleurostict (having the spiracles of the 
abdomen on the dorsal portions of the ventral segments) he would 
place it near the Melolonthidae, or at least in a group remote 
from the Geotrupini. Le Conte was ably defended by Horn, 
who, in two papers (8, 9) published the results of his investiga- 
tions, which confirmed the position of Pleocoma as given by Le 
Conte, near the Geotrupini, Pleocoma being laparostict (having 
the spiracles situated upon the membrane connecting the dorsal 
and ventral sclerites). He also stated that he was convinced that 
the larva described by Osten-Sacken (16) was truly that of Pleo- 
coma, a fact which Gerstaeker had called into question. The posi- 
tion of the genus in the Scarabaeidae has been the subject of 
some dispute since that time, and it cannot be said to be settled, 
although the consensus of opinion at this time seems to be that 


126 


it should follow the Geotrupini, and it has been so placed by Leng 
(ID), 3 AVA 

Since the description of Acoma Casey the issue has been 
further clouded by the inclusion of this genus in the Pleocominae. 
I cannot find any authority for thus placing it, and judge that 
it was done from an investigation of the mouthparts alone. I[ 
have seen slides prepared by E. A. Chapin of the Bureau of Ento- 
mology which clearly demonstrate that Acoma is_pleurostict, 
while Pleocoma is possibly the most laparostict of the laparo- 
stictines, even the eighth spiracle being functional and situated 
upon the intertergal membrane. Wherever the Pleocominae may 
eventually be placed, Acoma will undoubtedly have to be restored 
to its position near Podolasia, where it was placed by Casey (1) 
in his diagnosis of the genus. 


Lire History AND HaBits 


The habits of Pleocoma have been discussed by Rivers (19, 
21, 22), Ricksecker (17, 15), and others, for the most part in 
short papers published years ago, in which some of the informa- 
tion is erroneous, as, for example, the statement by Le Conte and 
Horn (14, p. 244), quoting data in a letter from Schaufuss- 
Bluthner, that the beetles are “frequently washed out of the bur- 
rows of the common Spermophile of California, by the heavy 
rains of the latter part of winter.” The life history is imper- 
fectly known. 


The larva of Pleocoma was described by Osten-Sacken (16) 
in 1874. The larval stage certainly occupies two, possibly three 
or more, years. In 1915 I took a very small larva, not more than 
three-fourths inch long, which I believe is that of Pleocoma badia 
Fall. This larva must have been hatched from eggs laid by the 
brood of 1914, as adults were out and flying when it was taken 
and the eggs of 1915 were not yet laid. In the same year H. C. 
Fall, now of Tyngsboro, Mass., took a fully grown larva. I had 
the privilege of examining this specimen, which agrees closely 
with the description given by Osten-Sacken. That this larva is 
truly that of Pleocoma is certain, since the characters of the head 
capsule agree with those of cast-off larval skins found in holes 
from which adult Pleocoma was taken. The small larva agreed 
fairly well with the description in most respects. If this small 
larva is really that of Pleocoma, and had reached a length of 
only three-fourths inch in one year, it would probably have re- 
quired two years more to have reached the size of Fall’s speci- 
men. The latter, in turn, was fully grown, but probably could 
not have pupated in time to emerge in that year, as adults were 
emerging at the time it was collected. This indicates that the life 
cycle may occupy as many as four years. 


The larval food is not known, but I have taken no specimens 
of P. behrensii Lec. except in the vicinity of a shrub the name of 


127 


which I do not know, and I have never taken P. australis Fall 
and P. badia Fall far from canyon live oak (Quercus chrysolepis 
Liebm.), which leads me to believe that these species feed upon 
the roots of living plants. Ricksecker (17) notes the predomi- 
nance of manzanita (Arctostaphylos sp.) where P. fimbriata Lec. 
was found. 


Upon reaching its full size the larva approaches the surface 
of the ground, constructs a cell from three or four inches to a 
foot or more beneath it, and pupates. The pupa of Pleocoma 
has never been described. The only pupa in good condition that 
I have ever seen was that of a female P. behrensii Lec. which 
had been taken at a depth of about eight inches in the middle of 
a trail in Strawberry Canyon, Berkeley, Calif. This pupa was 
dug out while adults were emerging from burrows within a few 
inches of it. It shows little color, and the beetle probably would 
not have emerged until the following fall. A number of pupae 
that had been attacked and killed by fungi were found, indicat- 
ing that the pupa lies for some time in the cell. Probably the 
pupal stage normally terminates late in the fall and the beetles 
remain quiet in their holes until the first heavy rain. All the speci- 
mens I have ever collected, including some that were dug up 
before they had opened their tunnels to the surface, have been 
fully colored and hardened. 


After the first soaking rain of the wet season the greater part 
of the brood emerges within a few hours, the males coming out of 
their holes and flying about and the females opening their bur- 
rows to the surface. The males may fly every evening for several 
days, digging into the ground or hiding beneath rubbish in the 
daytime. I believe that the beetle in the pupal cell does not be- 
come active until the moisture from the rain actually reaches it. 
I have seen no holes from which adults had emerged, or which — 
still contained adults, that were not damp, some of them even 
being filled with thin mud. This partly accounts for “holdovers,” 
and a consequent brood every year, of a beetle that has a three- 
year or four-year life cycle, as some individuals construct their 
holes in overhanging banks where a moderate rain will not reach 
them, and of these a certain percentage may survive to emerge 
the following year if the rains are heavy. That Pleocoma can so 
“hold over’’ for some time is indicated by the experience of Rivers 
(21), who notes that a female specimen (P. behrensii, probably) 
was dug out of an adobe bank on February 19, 1890, four months 
after the second period of heavy rain on October 20 to 22, 1889, 
when the adults were emerging normally. It is possible that this 
individual might have survived six months longer, emerging the ~ 
following October, as she certainly was too late to have emerged 
in the rainy season of 1889-90. 


Nearly all of the Pleocoma burrows that I have seen, 600 
to 800 at a guess, have been smooth and round, of about the 
diameter of the adult beetle, and have had very hard walls. At 


128 


the lower end each terminates abruptly in a slightly larger cavity, 
the pupal chamber. In burrows from which the adult has emerged 
there is usually very little loose dirt and the walls show no signs 
of recent digging. The larva apparently digs the pupal chamber 
and tunnel, packing and smoothing it, leaving only about an inch 
of the outer end to be excavated by the emerging adult. If the 
adult had to tunnel all the way out, the burrow would be filled with 
dirt. The digging ability of both adults and larvae is exceptional. 
I have seen holes from which adults had emerged in banks of de- 
composed granite so hard that digging in it with a sharp trowel 
was difficult. Several times I have seen females that had fallen 
from their burrows in steep banks, digging straight down into 
frozen ground that had been packed hard by automobile traffic 
before freezing. 


Upon emerging, the males leave the burrows. Rivers (19) 
notes that they may fly on sunny days, but I believe that they 
normally fly only in the evening or on very dark, cloudy days, 
whether it is raining or not. I have had the good fortune to wit- 
ness flights of P. behrensuw and P. badia, and the two differ greatly 
in their behavior. The flight of P. behrensti males is direct and 
very swift, and if one misses the first sweep at them with the net 
they are off at once so swiftly that they soon disappear over the 
tree tops. The males of P. badia, on the other hand, have a slow, 
heavy, blundering flight, keeping close to the ground as a rule, 
even when alarmed, and bumping into trees and bushes as they 
go. Once seen they may be caught with ease. Ricksecker (17) 
says that the males of P. fimbriata also have a heavy, blundering 
flight. 


The females do not normally leave their tunnels, but merely 
open them to the surface. When they fall from their tunnels in 
steep banks they dig new holes immediately. The flying males are 
probably attracted to the females by scent. I have seen as many 
as nine males of P. badia scrambling about the open burrow of 
a female, each attempting to push the others away so that he could 
enter. Rivers (22) describes an instance of the male P. behrensii 
finding the female, apparently by scent. A female will mate with 
more than one male in the laboratory, although I am not sure 
that this happens in nature, as, after mating, the female burrows 
down into the ground from the pupal cell, filling in the hole be- 
hind her as she goes. Oviposition must take place deep in the 
ground, but of this nothing is known. I have kept mated females 
in the laboratory for three weeks or more and dissection at the 
end of that time showed that most of them had no matured eggs 
in their ovaries. 


The attraction of males to light, as observed by Oscar Baron, 
is described by Rivers (19), and Kenneth Monroe, of Pasadena, 
Calif., told me of some “large brown bugs” flying into the fire 
during a rain at Pine Flats, near Pasadena. Pleocoma badia is 
not, however, attracted to automobile headlights, as I have failed 


129 


to capture them thus. Many males are attracted to pools of water, 
plunge into them, and drown. A light of low intensity, such as 
a lantern, a fire, or the reflection of light from the surface of 
water, is probably more attractive to them than is a stronger light. 


DISTRIBUTION 


The genus Pleocoma has been found only in Oregon, Cali- 
fornia, Lower California, and possibly Utah. With two, or pos- 
sibly three, exceptions the species are confined to California. The 
distribution of each species will be taken up in detail later. It 1s 
reasonable to suppose that the group is either a northern one, or 
a southern one that became acclimatized a long time ago. It is 
probable that before the last glacial period the insects became 
part of the fauna of what is now California and Oregon, and that, 
as the glaciers came southward, the beetles retreated before them. 
When the ice again retreated northward some of the insects fol- 
lowed it up, and others, going up the mountains to attain their 
optimum conditions, were left stranded in isolated spots and sub- 
sequently differentiated. This theory is partly supported by the 
fact that most of the northern species have a much wider distri- 
bution than those farther south. 


(Continued in the January-April, 1935, issue of the ‘“Bulletin’’) 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE BOUNDARY HILL RESEARCH 
RESERVE, YOSEMITE NATIONAL PARK, CALIF. 


By Joun S. GARTH 
University of Southern California 


The Boundary Hill Research Reserve is an area approxi- 
mately twenty-five square miles in extent which has been set aside 
by the administration of the Yosemite National Park for the study 
of wild life in the primitive state. The reserve takes its name 
from Boundary Hill, the only prominence designated on the top- 
ographical maps of the U. S. Geological Survey as included within 
its limits. On the south it is bounded by the north rim of Yosem- 
ite Valley, on the east by Yosemite Creek, on the north by the 
Tioga Road, and on the west by Cascade Creek. It was the priv- 
ilege of Mr. Fred Ziesenhenne and myself, as members of the 
Yosemite School of Field Natural History, to spend five days, 
July 14 to 18, 1933, inclusive, collecting butterflies as our contri- 
bution to a general survey conducted by the twenty members of 
the class under the direction of Mr. Joseph Dixon, Field Natural- 
ist, National Park Service. 


While it is realized that relatively little may be accomplished 
in five days by two collectors, no matter how energetic, it is the 
belief of the writer that the evidence obtained is worthy of re- 
cording as a basis for a later and more detailed study. Arriving 
as we did at the height of the season we were able to take over 
forty species of diurnal Lepidoptera, including several not here- 
tofore recorded for the Yosemite region, as well as larvae and 
pupae of several more. 


The entire first day was consumed in reaching the temporary 
camp on the Tioga Road half a mile west of the Hetch-Hetchy 
trail, allowing ample time for observation and collecting. From 
the summit of Yosemite Falls, elevation 6,525 feet, the trail leads 
along the west bank of Yosemite Creek so that butterflies taken 
on either side were within the reserve area. The best catch was 
Parnassius smintheus behrii, the Rocky Mountain Parnassian 
which has invaded California via the Great Basin and which oc- 
curs again on Mt. Shasta. They were flying on a rugged and 
exposed talus slope half way between the summit of the falls and 
the fork of the trail to the Yosemite Creek Ranger Station. The 
only trees on the slide were sporadic Western Juniper, Juniperus 
occidentalis, The abundant flowering Stonecrop, Sedum obtusa- 
tum, had a particular attraction for the Parnassians, it being the 
larval plant food of the species. They had just begun to fly that 
morning, judging from their freshness and the fact that only two 
of ten specimens were females. 


131 


Other common trailside species occurring in less exposed sit- 
uations were the Meadow Fritillary, Brenthis epithore, the Sierra 
Checker-Spot, Euphydryas sierra, the Northern Checker-Spot, 
Melitaea palla, and the rare Nivalis Copper, Lycaena nivalis, for 
which collectors are accustomed to hike to Glacier Point. 


On the second and third days of the outing ascents were 
made of Research Ridge,* which rises 9,202 feet and which 1s 
topped by a few acres of Hudsonian Zone, the rest of the reserve 
being Canadian. We looked in vain for truly alpine species such 
as Chionobas twallda, Neominois ridingsu, or Melitaea malcolm, 
all of which are to be found on the ridge behind Mammoth Lakes 
or anywhere along the Sierran crest from Mt. Whitney to Lake 
Tahoe. The designation of the summit of the ridge as Hudsonian 
was based upon the presence of the Mountain Hemlock, Tsuga 
mertensiana, the Hudsonian White Crowned Sparrow, Zonotrichia 
leucophrys, and the Cony, Ochotona schisticeps muiri, rather than 
upon insect indicators. 


The abundant butterfly on the east slope of Research Ridge 
was Hoffmann’s Checker-Spot, Melitaea hoffmanm. So busily 
were they engaged sipping nectar from the Mountain Pennyroyal, 
Monardella odoratissima, that they might be netted by fives and 
sixes. The entire fourth morning was devoted to observation of 
the habits of this species with little collecting attempted. The 
Checker-Spot butterflies are known to feed in the larval stage 
upon members of the figwort family, Scrophulariaceae, of which 
there were two common members on this mountainside, Pentstemon 
and Castilleja, the latter being the food plant of the nearly re- 
lated Melitaea palla. However, hoffmanni showed preference 
for neither. Recalling that one member of the genus at least, 
M. neumoegemn, chooses a composite, Aster tortifolia, which grows 
on the Mojave desert, we examined a small perennial of composite — 
affinities, Chrysopsis brewert. On this plant were found larvae 
in about the third instar which were presumably hoffmanni, but 
failure of the food plant to survive at the lower elevation to which 
it was immediately transplanted prevented our rearing them suc- 
cessfully. 


The Yosemite Blue, Plebeius shasta comstocki, was taken 
half way to the summit flying about the yellow buckwheat, Erio- 
gonum incanum. On the rounded dome which has been cut into 
by a glacial cirque an Astragalus, A. bolanderi, joins the buck- 
wheat ; and wherever this combination occurs the Square-Spotted 
Blue, Philotes battoides, is not uncommon. It is not the true 
square-spot which occurs typically in Sequoia National Park but 
suggests race oregonensis B. & McD. even more strongly than 
those found in the Mammoth Lakes region. We believe that its 
occurrence on the reserve constitutes a new record for Yosemite. 


k 1 Our designation. The ridge is three miles west of the temporary campsite men- 
tioned in paragraph three. 


132 


The Sierran Parnassian, P. clodius baldur, flew throughout 
the reserve at altitudes from 6,525 to over 9,000 feet. Their choice 
for nectar was wallflower, Erisymum asperum, failing this they 
would alight on Monardella. Never were they found mingling 
with the other species, P. smintheus behrii, which dominates the 
open rock slides. In company with baldur and indistinguishable 
from it at a little distance was the California White, Pieris 
sisymbrit. 

As we reached the higher elevations the mountain marbles, 
Euchloe creusa hyantis and E. ausonides coloradensis became in- 
creasingly abundant. Unlike the two species of Parnassians, the 
Euchloe fly over the same territory and may possibly interbreed. 
Most of our specimens are emphatically one or the other; a few 
show unquestionable affinities to both. These doubtful forms have 
been listed arbitrarily as coloradensis, it being the more plentiful 
species. At the very summit of Research Ridge it was possible 
to stand at a little gap between a lodgepole pine, Pinus murrayana 
and a rock pile and net the marbles as they passed. An invisible 
force impelled them to pass this point no matter in which direc- 
tion they were headed. The same tendency has been observed with 
the desert species, Euchloe creusa lotta and Anthocharis cethura, 
on the buttes of the Mojave. 


Several specimens of the elusive Papilio indra were observed 
at the summit of Research Ridge and again flying over the rocky 
territory of Parnassius smintheus behru. It was the good for- 
tune of Mr. Arthur Carthew to net the Short-Tailed Swallowtail 
near the top of the Yosemite Falls, giving us the record for the re- 
serve and a second specimen for the Yosemite Museum. Drawing 
upon our knowledge of P. indra in the Huntington Lake Region? 
and P. indra pergamus in the Sierra Madre Mountains* we as- 
sume that Sanicula nevadensis of the dry hillsides is the accept- 
able plant food in this region. 


Concerning the three plots selected by the class for intensive 
ecologic study we believe that any one of the species mentioned 
with the possible exception of those found on the very top of the 
ridge might conceivably stray within their confines. Actually, 
only one specimen was netted in Quadrat No. 1, Euchloe creusa 
hyantis. Quadrat No. 2 yielded Parnassius clodius baldur. The 
meadow of which Quadrat No. 3 is a part proved a more prolific 
field with the small blues, Plebeius saepiolus and P. aquilc podarce 
predominating. Several Hesperids, Polites sonora, P. sabuleti 
tecumseh, Thorybes nevada, and Urbanus ruralis, played about 
the Horkellia in the late afternoon. Plant foods of other species 
were also present: Sisymbrium for Pieris sisymbrii, and Strep- 
tanthus tortuosus a likely possibility for Euchloe creusa hyantis, 
judging from the fact that Mr. C. M. Dammers has taken larvae 
of the southern race lotta upon Streptanthus inflatus. 


? Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci., XXIX, 3, 1930, p. 117. 
3 Bull. So, Cal. Acad. Sci., XXVII, 3, 1928, pp. 82-86. 


133 


The most remarkable feature of the butterfly population of 
Research Reserve is the marked infiltration of Great Basin and 
Eastern-Sierran species, in particular Parnassius smintheus behru, 
Euchloe ausonides coloradensis, Thorybes nevada, Hesperia ne- 
vada, and Polites sabuleti tecumseh. The writer knows of no 
other locality so far west of the Sierran divide in which these 
species occur. The reserve is then, not only the meeting place 
of two life zones, it is the frontier between two faunas, the Pa- 
cific or cismontane, and the Great Basin or desert-plateau. The 
Tioga Pass, elevation 9,941 feet, twenty miles to the east and one 
of the lowest passes in the Central Sierra, affords a comparatively 
easy entry from the Mono Lake region. The Pacific fauna, as 
the geographical position of the area would indicate, is dominant 
in number of species. However, in the one case in which there 
appears to be actual competition between two races of the oppos- 
ing faunas, that of the Euchloe, the apparently more aggressive 
coloradensis presents the greater number of individuals. This 
fact may be offset by the possibility, deduced from the relative 
freshness of specimens, that hyantis is an earlier flier, reaching 
its peak before coloradensis is fairly started. 


The Parnassians must not be considered as competitors for 
the same ecologic niche, as they occupy different associations. The 
glades of the fir forest are the habitat of P. clodius baldur, only 
the barren eastern slopes carrying the Juniperus-Sedum-Sanicula 
association being frequented by P. smintheus behru. The several 
ridges paralleling Research Ridge and culminating in Mt. Conness, 
Dana, and Lyell of the Sierran divide present increasingly char- 
acteristic Mono Basin populations upon their arid eastern expos- 
ures. Whether these species are permanently established or disap- 
pear with a cycle of unfavorable years is problematical. It is the 
writer’s opinion, after several seasons of observation of condi- 
tions in the Sierra, that the present ascendency of the desert 
fauna is directly correlated with the markedly reduced snowfall 
in recent years and the consequent aridity felt throughout the 
range. This conclusion is in keeping with the principle, worked 
out chiefly by the mammalogists, that while temperature is un- 
doubtedly the most important single factor in delimiting zones, 
it is a change in humidity which erects the most formidable faunal 
barrier. This being the case, a return to normal conditions of 
snowfall would be expected to check the invasion and dilute the 
desert-plateau population in the reserve area, while a cycle of wet 
years might bring about temporary eradication. 


The answers to such problems will be found in the data accu- 
mulated by many surveys similar to this one, conducted regularly 
over a period of years and in a region like the Research Reserve 
in which the native flora and Pe) are protected by wise admin- 
istration from the encroachment of civilization. 


4 Grinnell and Swarth, An Account of the Birds and Mammals of the San Jacinto 
Area of Southern California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., X, 10, p. 217, 1913. 


134 


Bm co bh 


YOSEMITE NATIONAL PARK—JuLy 14-18, 1934 


Jd 
ANISE SWALLOWTAIL—Papilio zelicaon Luc. .......... 6 
INDRA SWALLOWTAIL—Papilio indra Reak. ........... 1 
BaLpUuR PARNASSIAN—Parnassius clodius baldur Edw. 40 
Beur’s PARNASSIAN—Parnassius smintheus 


(OXIDE ed O10 iy easiest coo uctids  ReMC ROR RCH oe CCN PACER ec OTP 8 
CALIFORNIA WHITE—Pieris sisymbrii Bdv. .......... 22 
Epwarp’s MarsteE—Huchloe creusa hyantis Edw. .... 5 
CoLorabdo MaresLe—Huchloe a. coloradensis Hy. Edw. . 20 
JULIA ORANGE Tip—Anthocharis sara julia Edw. ..... 2 


Amnthocharis sara stella Edw. .. 


STELLAR ORANGE TIP 


BorspUVAL’s SuLPHUR—EHurymus eurytheme Bdv. .... 
Mountain VAGABonp—Argynnis montivaga Behr .... 5 
Merapow FritittAry—Brenthis epithore Edw. ....... 28 
SreRRA CHECKER—Huphydryas sierra Wright ........ 1 
NorTHERN CHECKER—Melitaea palla Bdv. ........... 21 
HOFFMANN’S CHECKER—Melitaea hoffmanni Behr ....128 
Mountain Crescent—Phyciodes montana Behr ...... 2 
THE ZEPHYR—Polygonia zephyrus Edw. ............ i 
Vireinta Lapy—Pyrameis virginiensis Dru. ......... il 
ADDED A DY——PYRGCME1S) (COGOUWE Was on. fees cee se © 
West Coast Lapy—Pyrameis carye Hbn. ............ 2 
DHE BUCKEYE—Junonia coena Hbn. ....2..0....12-. 1 
Borspuvaw’s Hair StREAK—Habrodais grunus Bdv. .. 1 
NELSoN’s Hater STREAK—WMitoura nelsoni Bdv. ....... 1 
PERPLEXING Harr STREAK—Callophrys perplexa 

ECCMID OMG as cyte retueyary naire ey en temie eccucrtvaieeeags scuamtoee i 
NIVALIS CoppErR—Lycaena nivalis Bdv. .............. 12 
VarRieD BLuE—Lycaena heteronea Bdv. .............. 2 
Loris BLurE—Plebejus melissa lotis Lint. ............ iL 
Gray BLuE—Plebejus aquilo podarce F. & F. ........ 27 
GREENISH BLuE—Plebejus saepiolus Bdv. ........... 6 
Evius Biur—Plebejus icarioides evius Bdv. ........ 3 
YOSEMITE BLUE—Plebejus shasta comstocki Fox ..... il 
AcmMon Biur—Plebejus acmon West. & Hew. ........ 
SQUARE Spor BLuE—Philotes battoides Behr ......... 22 
Dorrep BLUE—Philotes enoptes Bdv. ................ 1 
Ecuo Brur—Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus echo Edw. .. 3 
Nevapa Dusky Winc—Thorybes nevada Scud. ....... 1 
Two BANDED SkrprpER—Urbanus ruwralis Bdv. ........ 1 
AFRANIUS Dusky Winc—Erynnis persius 

RO IORS AUN FeAl ACB yO asinine Btn ta ep ORO mer MULE eae a RNS 8 2 
Propertius Dusky Winc—Erynnis propertius 

SS CLIGH Gos oS OT Oui p.y. pera easy atg se eons Beaten iaccs emma Wah 4 
NEVADA SkippER—Hesperia nevada Seud. ............ 
SonorA SKIPPER—Polites sonora Scud. .............. 2 
TECUMSEH ‘SKIPPER—Polites sabuleti 

LECUIMUS CRUG LINN eitrect sree tony aration ee eae an ee ee 5 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE BOUNDARY HILL RESEARCH RESERVE, 


he 
(=) 
(ou) 
aon ee bb 


oe 
bo 
or Oo 


56 18 


nS 


b 
BPR Re we we oo be 


a | 
H 
eS bp OR 


te 
noe 
oOo CO bw WwW |=] 


me eB ow bb 


bo 


5 


Total 564 


PLATE 40 


Egg of Strymon sylvinus, superior 
surface, magnified x 37. 


136 


NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF THREE BUT- 
TERFLIES AND FIVE MOTHS FROM CALIFORNIA 


By Joun A. Comstock and CHartes M. DAMMERS 


STRYMON SYLVINUS Bdv. 


Eggs were secured from a captive female collected at River- 
side, Calif., in late June of 1931. In nature they are laid singly 
or in groups of two or three, on the stems of willow, and do not 
hatch until the following spring. 

Eae: Size .8 mm. in diameter by .4 to .45 mm. high. Echi- 
noid, the surface profusely covered with long spicules, except in 
the micropylar area. This gives the egg a velvety appearance. 

There is a tinge of olive green or greenish mauve on the upper 
surface of the egg, but the predominant color is a soiled white. 


The micropyle is strongly depressed and minutely pitted. 
Plate 40 shows the superior surface of the egg. 


LarvA, first instar. 


Color, pale green, sparingly speckled with light brown. There 
are four lines of long white hairs, one hair to each segment. A 
broad pearly-white line occurs on each side of the mid-dorsal area, 
and there is also a similar line along the infra-stigmatal fold. 

All legs are a pale green. The abdomen is somewhat paler 
than the remainder of the body. 


Head, black, and somewhat obscured by the long recurved 
hairs that arch over it from the first segment. 


Second instar. 


Slug shaped. Body ground color, pale green. First segment, 
pale blue-green. There is a lateral band of greenish-white, and a 
similar line traverses the infra-stigmatal fold, from both of which 
arise a row of long white hairs. 


The body is covered with white pile. 


Abdomen, pale blue-green. The cervical shield is a soiled 
white. 


Head, colorless. with brown mouth parts. 


In successive instars, including the last, the body color is pale 
apple green. There is a sub-dorsal thin white band running longi- 
tudinally from the second segment to the tail, which inclines in- 
ward as it approaches the caudal segments. 


All segments except the first have two diagonal bars of white, 
crossing them laterally. Spiracles white. Infrastigmatal fold, 
lemon yellow. Legs, pale green with colorless points. Prolegs 
and anal prolegs, pale green with colorless claspers. The entire 
insect is covered ai Shere white pile. 


137 


« 


Head, colorless, with brown mouth parts. Ocelli, black. 


The cervical shield is blue-green, with a white stripe down its 
center, and brown specks in the outer corners. 


The mature larva when fully extended measues 19 mm. 
It is illustrated on Plate 41. 


Pupation takes place on the foodplant. The chrysalis is sus- 
pended from a silk button, and is supported by a delicate silken 
girdle. 


Pupa: Length 9.6 mm. 


Wing cases, thorax and head, pale olive-green, heavily mar- 
bled and spotted with dark olive-green. The body is pale greenish- 
brown, heavily spotted with brown on the dorsal aspect. There 
is a narrow dark mid-dorsal line on the thorax. 


A broken pale brown band runs sub-dorsally on the thorax 
and body. First spiracle, white, and very conspicuous. 


Head, thorax and body covered with white pile. 
See Plate 41. 


The single imago which was carried through emerged June 
16, 1932, which confirms prior observations that the species is 
single brooded. 


PLATE 41 


Larva and pupa of Strymon sylvinus. 
Larva, lateral view, enlarged x 3.3. 
Two segments of larva, dorsal view, enlarged x 3.3. 
Cervical shield of larva, highly magnified. 


5 QW Pp 


Pupa, lateral view, enlarged x 3.3. 


138 


HEMIARGUS GyYas Edw. 


Eggs of this species were secured on September 21, 1931, on 
alfalfa, from captive females collected at Indian Wells, Coachella 
Valley, Calif. Oviposition has also been observed on Mesquite. 


The eggs were laid singly on the foodplant, and hatched on 
September 24 and 25. 


Eee: Size .5 mm. broad by .25 mm. high. Color, a delicate 
gray-green. The form is echinoid with a cupped upper surface, 
and a deeply depressed micropyle. The surface is covered with 
minute stout papillae or nodules, arranged in more or less regu- 
lar diagonal lines, as is the case with the egg of B. evwvilis. See 


Plate 42. 


PLATE 42 


Egg of Hemiargus gyas, magnified x 60. 
Photo by Menke 


Larva, first instar; body color varying from pale green 
through deep green to light yellow and dark yellow. The usual 
long recurved colorless hairs were present. Legs and _ prolegs 
concolorous with body. Mead, translucent black. Ocelli jet black. 

In succeeding instars the color ranges from green, through 
a combination of green and mauve, to a solid mauve. Head black. 

Mature larva; length, extended, .8 mm. 

The same wide variation in body color persists in the final 
instar. Some are a solid pale green. Others show green, with 
a mauve sub-stigmatal fold. Still others have a mauve mid- 
dorsal band added to the last described combination. The latter 
form is used in our description. 

There is a broad mid-dorsal band, edged laterally with yel- 
low, which is interrupted at the segmental junctures. This mauve 
band is absent on the first and tenth segments. 

Each segment, except the first, is crossed by two darker diag- 
onal bands of green. The infrastigmatal fold (overlap) is yel- 
low, with a mauve band above and below it. 

Spiracles, white. All legs, pale green. Abdomen, pale green. 

Head, black, and retractile. 


139 


PLATE 43 


Larva and pupa of Hemiargus gyas. 
Figures at left, dorsal and lateral aspects of mature larva, enlarged x 7. 
Drawing by Dammers 
Figures at right, pupa, dorsal and ventral aspects, enlarged x 5. 
Photo by Menke 


The entire body is covered with short silvery-white pile. 

The mature larva is illustrated on Plate 43. 

The larva prefer to feed on the tender tips of the young 
shoots of their foodplant. Pupation occurs on the foodplant, 
suspended by a fine silken girdle. Our examples went into pupa- 
tion from October 24 to 26, and the first imago emerged Novem- 
ber 6. 


Pura: Length, 6.5 mm. Color, bright translucent green. 
Some examples show a slight mauve marking. There is a dark 
longitudinal line in the mid-dorsal area. 

The form of the chrysalis is somewhat more elongate than 
is the case with others of the group. 


The larva and pupa are illustrated on Plates 43 and 44. | 


PLATE 44 


Pupa of Hemiargus gyas, lateral 
aspect, enlarged x 51%. 


Drawing by Dammers 


PHOLISORA CATULLUS Fabr. 


Scudder’s description and drawing of the egg of this species? 
varies considerably from examples observed in California. 
Whether this represents an actual difference, or is merely the in- 
terpretation of the artist remains to be determined. 


1 Scudder, S. H., 1889. Butterfl. of N. Eng. Vol. 2, p. 1521, Vol. 3, Pl. 66, Fig. 21. 
140 


Our examples show a lesser number of longitudinal ridges 
on the lower half of the egg, and the roughened upper expanded 
continuations of these are more pronounced and relatively longer. 
The body of the egg is a light shade of chocolate, and the ex- 
panded ridges are pinkish white. These features are accurately 
brought out in Plate 45. 

The larva and pupa have been described in great detail by 
Scudder, and also by W. H. Edwards.” 


. = 

PLATE 45 

Egg of Pholisora catullus, 
ereatly magnified. 


EUPROSERPINUS PHAETON G. & R. 


The larva of this species was evidently known to W. G. 
Wright, and perhaps some of the other early California entimolo- 
gists. Unfortunately they published no records concerning it. 

The imago has always been considered a rarity until the 
writers found its breeding ground in the Gavilan Hills near Riv- 
enside, early in 1931. 

Dr. E. R. Hulbirt of Glendora was the first of our local col- 
lectors to note the foodplant, Oenothera bistorta Nutt., and, as a 
result of his observation, we were able to secure eggs and larvae. 

The first of these were taken by the junior author on March 
23, 1931, which made possible the following observations on the 
metamorphosis. 


Eee: Size .9 mm. wide by 1.2 mm. long. 


Oval, the surface smooth, with no visible micropyle. 

Color, glistening deep green. 

Young larvae of the first and second instars: Body color a 
soiled yellow, covered with whitish dots, and a few black specks. 
Head black. See Plate 46. 


PLATE. 46 
Young larva of Huproserpinus 
phaeton, enlarged. 


Drawing by Dammers 


2 Edwards, W. H., 1885. Can. Ent. Vol. 17, p. 245. 
141 


In subsequent instars the body assumes a green or pink 
shade, with the characteristic markings of the mature larva. 


Larva, last instar: Average length 30 mm. Cylindrical, the 
head relatively large. There is considerable variation in color, 
ranging from a predominance of green, to pink. All of the color 
variants are admirably adapted to the larval environment from 
the standpoint of protective coloration. 


The body bears a mid-dorsal band of green which widens 
out at the segmental junctures, with dark mauve patch in its 
center. 

From this band in the center of each segment extends a yel- 
low Z-shaped band on each side. There is a longitudinal yellow 
lateral band bearing, at each segmental joint, a dark mauve patch 
on its upper edge. The space between the longitudinal yellow 
band and the mid-dorsal green band is light mauve. 


A broad supra-stigmatal band of pale green is present, and 
is bordered superiorly by a broken mauve band, and inferiorly 
by a slightly darker mauve edging. 


Superior to each spiracle is an irregular prominent patch of 
mauve. 


The infra-stigmatal fold is white. 


The short caudal horn arising in the median line from the 
11th segment is light mauve. 


Abdomen pink, studded with white; the segmental junctures 
green. 


PLATE 47 


Larva and pupa of Huproserpinus phaeton. 


a. Lateral view of mature larva, enlarged x 2%. 
b. Two typical segments of larva viewed dorsally. 
c. Pupa, lateral aspect, enlarged x 2%. 


Drawing by Dammers 


Spiracles, orange, encircled with a black rim. 


True legs, pink, with black tips. Prolegs and anal prolegs, 
pink, with light brown claspers. 


Head, pale mauve, covered with a fine white pile. Mouth 
parts and ocelli black. 


The entire body of the larva is thickly studded with raised 
white punctae. The shape and markings of the mature larva are 
accurately pictured in Plate 47. 

The green form of the larva is similar in markings but the 
pink and mauve coloration is everywhere replaced with green. 


Pupa: Length, 18 mm. Color, a uniform pale chestnut. 
The wing cases are semi-translucent; cremaster, long and taper- 
ing. The form is accurately shown on Plate 47, fig. c, and obvi- 
ates the necessity of a lengthy description. Pupation occurs under 
any object on the ground, where the larva forms a depression on 
the top of the soil. The pupa overwinters, and there is only one 
brood a year. 


SIMYRA HENRICI Grt. 


The metamorphosis of this widely distributed species has been 
in part described by a number of writers. Smith and Dyar record 
the last two larval instars, the cocoon and pupa (as Arsilonche 
albovenosa) in the Proceedings U. S. Nat'l. Mus., Vol. 21, p. 176. 


Since no adequate illustrations occur in the literature we are 
showing figures of the larva and pupa on Plates 48, 49 and 50. 


PLATE 48 
Larva of Simyra henrici feeding on willow. 
Photo by Menke 


Larvae were collected on cat-tails and sedges by the senior 
author, at Playa del Rey, Calif., some years ago, and more re- 
cently were furnished the junior author by Master McDermont of 
Riverside. The latter were taken near Westminster, Orange Co., 
Calif., feeding on willow. Grasses and smartweed have also been 
listed as foodplants. 


The imago was determined through the courtesy of Dr. J. 
McDunnough of Ottawa. 


The larvae are lightly parasitized in this region by a Tachinid. 


PLATE 49 


Larva of Simyra henrici, dorsal 
aspect, enlarged x 2. 


Photo by Menke 


144 


PLATE 50 


Larva and pupa of Simyra henrici. 


a. Mature larva, lateral aspect. 
b. Front view of head of larva. 
c. Pupa, lateral aspect. 

All figures enlarged x 1%. 


Drawing by Dammers 


CATABENE ESULA Druce. 


This moth has, of late years, been taken 1n progressively in- 
creasing numbers in the cities and towns of southern California, 
doubtless as a result of the increased planting of Lantana as an 
ornamental hedge in parks and gardens. In a state of nature it 
probably feeds on native members of the V erbenaceae. 

Through the courtesy of Mr. Chris Henne of South Pasa- 
dena we were presented with eggs of this species which made pos- 
sible the following notes on its metamorphosis. 


Ecec: Hemispherical, the base flat: micropyle small and 
slightly depressed. Height about three-fourths of the diameter 
at base. Color, light cream, with a few irregular light brown 
spots which seem to be buried in the substance of the egg. The 
surface is covered by a cross-hatching of ridges, of which there 
are about 25 running vertically, crossed by about 12 in the hori- 
zontal plane. The egg is illustrated in Plate 51. 


PLATE 51 


Egg of Catabene esula, viewed laterally. 
under high magnification. 


Drawing by Comstock 


145 


The eggs were laid by a captive female, on October 27 to 
29, 1934. Of the five examples under observation all were car- 
ried through to pupation. The first pupa was formed November 
25 and the last, November 29. 


Larvae had also been secured on Lantana earlier in the year 
by Mr. Karl Christian, from which imagos were produced Sep- 
tember 16, and a prior laboratory record gives June 21 as the date 
of emergence of a single moth in Riverside. It is evident from 
these dates, and from labels in our collections, that Catabene esula 
is a continuous breeder throughout practically the entire year. 


The newly emerged larvae are cylindrical, with a slightly 
flattened head. Two days after emergence they show a greenish 
brown color, with several poorly defined longitudinal brown lines. 
The head is yellow brown. The first moult was passed Novem- 
ber 6 and 7, after which the body color was gray, and the brown 
stripes more clearly defined. These stripes are arranged in pairs, 
with three pairs on each side of the median dorsal area above the 
infrastigmatal fold. The dorsal pair are dark brown, the dorso- 
lateral pair light brown. 


The third pair are separated by the stigmata, and the one 
above the stigmatal area is lighter than the one below. Some of 
these lines continue forward on to the head of the larva. 


Stigmata, light, with narrow dark rims. 


On the 11th segment there is a slight protrusion in the median 
line, presaging the later dorsal tubercles. 


PLATE 52 


Larva and cocoon of Catabene esula. 


Upper figure, mature larva, enlarged x 13/5. 
Lower figure, cocoon, enlarged x 1 3/5. 


Photo by Menke 


146 


Head concolorous with body, as are also the legs and pro- 
legs. The anterior two pairs of prolegs are almost rudimentary 
and only semi-functional in this, and also in the first instar, while 
the posterior two pair are unusually well developed. 


A number of short black vibrissae occur over the body, aris- 
ing from black papillae. Shorter and light colored hairs are also 
sparsely present over the anterior part of the head. 


Measurement at the termination of this instar, 9.5 mm. 


The second moult occurred on November 9 and 10, with very 
little change in the markings. The ground color assumed a 
slightly more olive cast, and the dorsal hump on the 11th seg- 
ment appeared somewhat larger. From this point to the final 
instar we were unable to record the changes. 


Larva, last instar. Length, extended, 50 mm. Ground color, 
buff. There is a broad mid-dorsal band, of a slightly darker 
shade than the ground color, which bears three irregular thin 
buff lines, traversing its entire length. 


The overlap is also slightly darker than the body. 


The 3rd and 4th segments appear as a single segment. From 
the 11th segment there arises a prominent hump, surmounted by 
two dark pointed processes. 


Stigmata, dark brown. Legs, buff. Prolegs and anal pro- 
legs, dark buff. 


Abdomen, buff. 


Head, buff, with a few white hairs on the anterior portion. 
Mouth parts brown. 


The larva, when not feeding, assumes a fully extended po- 
sition along the stem of the plant, giving it complete camouflage. 
Plate 52 accurately depicts the mature stage. 


Pupation takes place on the food-plant in a cocoon formed 
by the drawing together of several leaves. A typical cocoon is 
shown on Plate 52. In a few cases the larvae pupate on top of 
the ground, incorporating particles of debris and soil in their 
firmly woven cocoon. 


147 


Pupa: Length 16 mm. Greatest width through thorax, 5 
mm. General color, red-brown, with a darker brown on the dor- 
sal aspect. 


The chrysalis is smooth on the ventral and lateral surfaces, 
and markedly rugose on the dorsum. ‘The cremaster is formed 
of four short pyramidal nodules, without hooks. 


Stigmata, darker brown than the surface on which they rest. 
There are no visible hairs or vibrissae on any portion of the pupal 
Suntaces) Sceulmlateras: 


PLATE 53 
Pupa of \Catabene esula, enlarged x 21%4, showing 
lateral, ventral and dorsal aspects. 


Photo by Menke 


LITOCALA SEXSIGNATA Harv. 


Larvae of this species were collected at Lebec, Calif., on 
June 11, 1933, on Quercus. They were at first thought to be of 
two distinct species, since the immature forms were quite dif- 
ferent from the mature. No notes were made of the earlier in- 
stars, but a photograph was made which is shown on Plate .-.... 
When these young larvae assumed their final instar it was deter- 
mined that they were the same species as the larger larva col- 
lected at the same site. The mature larva may be described as 
follows: 


Last Instar: Length, 33 mm. Cylindrical, tapering toward 
the tail. The body color is a light gray, on which is superim- 
posed numerous dots, dashes and lines, of black and brownish 
black. 


There is a broad dark dorsal band, edged outwardly by a zig- 
zag black line. This line is composed of irregularly angular 
dashes, one angle to a segment, the apex pointing laterally at the 


148 


middle of the segment, and the tips meeting with adjacent angles 
closer to the median area. Between these zig-zag lines is a broad 
area covered with black dots and broken lines arranged more or 
less in longitudinal rows. Lateral to these black angulated lines is 
a lighter area, marked and marbled much as 1s the mid-dorsal. 


The lateral and substigmatal region is slightly darker than 
the last described area, and is striped longitudinally by the same 
character of broken lines, dots and dashes. 


There are a number of black punctae scattered over the body 
(some slightly raised) which give rise to colorless hairs. These 
hairs do not show in the figure, Plate 54, on account of their 
transparency. 


Legs, brownish gray; prolegs and anal prolegs concolorous 
with the body. The anterior two pair of prolegs are smaller than 


a 


PLATE 54 
Larva and pupa of Litocala sexrsignata. 
a. Young larva, enlarged. 
Mature larva, enlarged. 
. Pupa, dorsal aspect, enlarged x 3%. 
d. Pupa, ventral aspect, enlarged x 3%. 
Photo by Menke 


149 


the posterior. The anal prolegs are protruded posteriorly, and 
are relatively long and narrow. 


Head gray, with a black reticulated network of spots and 
dashes. 


When disturbed the larva throws itself violently from side 
to side in a series of jerks. Thereafter it frequently “plays pos- 
sum’ in a semi-curved posture, as shown in the illustration. 


Pupation occurred on the floor of the breeding cage. In a 
state of nature they probably go under ground. 


Pura: Length, 15 mm. Color, a uniform red-brown. The 
pupa is stoutest through its anterior half, and tapers rather 
abruptly at the last caudal segments. The surface is finely gran- 
ular, and there are no hairs or protuberances under low power 
observation. 


Spiracles, elongate, concolorous with body. 


Cremasteric hooks four in number, two being long, and two 
very short, as will be noted in the illustration, Plate 54. 


Two imagos emerged February 15, 1934. The species is 
diurnal, and is exceedingly common in certain years throughout 
the oak belts of the southern California mountains. It ranges 
as far east as Colorado. 


TITANIO DAPALIS Grt. 


A quantity of the eggs of this species were secured from a 
captive female collected in the Gavilan Hills near Riverside, Calif. 
They were laid on March 13, 1932. The eggs are deposited singly 
on the leaves and flowers of the foodplant, which is Salvia colum- 
baria Benth. (Chia.). 


Larvae were also collected in the fall of 1931, near Phelan, 
San Bernardino County, feeding on the same plant. 


Eae, ovoid; pale green, almost colorless. 


No notes were made of the larva in its earlier instars, but 
drawings, and the following description of the last instar, will 
serve as a Starting point for later and more complete studies. 


MATURE LARVA. Length, extended, 15 mm. 


Body ground color a translucent pale olive green. There is 
a longitudinal greenish white line on each side of the mid-dorsal 
area, and a similar line occurs above the infra-stigmatal fold. 


Ten raised black punctae are present on each segment, ex- 
cept the first, from each of which arises a single long pale brown 
hair. The black puncta occurring above each spiracle is elon- 
gated horizontally and is slightly crescentic. 


150 


On the thoracic segments, however, these punctae are round. 


The first segment has a band of small raised black points 
across its center, with long pale brown hairs arising from them 
and arching over the head. 


The infra-stigmatal fold is concolorous with body. Legs, 
colorless, spotted with brown. 


Prolegs and anal prolegs, pale green with brown claspers. 


Spiracles, pale green with black rims. Abdomen, greenish 
white. 


Head, pale brown, speckled with darker brown and bearing 
a sparse covering of colorless hairs. 


Mouth parts and ocelli, dark brown. The mature larva is 
illustrated in Plate 55. 


The larva weaves a very secure flattened cocoon on the food- 
plant, in which pupation occurs. The spring brood pupates in 
April. One example remained in its cocoon without casting its 
larval skin until October. 


Pupa: Average length, 8 mm. Color, pale chestnut, with 
the head, thorax and spiracles darker. The accompanying cut, 
Plate 55, fig. c, gives the correct form, rendering further descrip- 
tion unnecessary. 


ey WAL ND fy 
S qe ba. 


PLATE 55 


Larva and pupa of Titanio dapalis. 


a. Mature larva, lateral view, enlarged x 4. 
b. Two typical segments, viewed dorsally. 
c. Pupa, lateral aspect, enlarged x 4. 


Drawing by Dammers 


151 


A REVISION OF THE PHACELIA CALIFORNICA 
GROUP (HYDROPHYLLACEAE) FOR NORTH 
AMERICA 


By FRepERIcK W. Dunpbas 


This study has bee:undertaken at the suggestion of Dr. 
Philip A. Munz, of Pomona College, to whom I am deeply in- 
debted for his kind assistance ane guidance. I wish also to 
thank Dr. W. L. Jepson of the University of California for 
kindly lending several types from his private herbarium and Dr. 
H. A. Gleason of the New York Botanical Garden for the loan 
of several types. I am indebted also to Dr. Ivan M. Johnston of 
Harvard University for helpful advice, to Prof. Morton E. Peck 
of Williamette Univ. for specimens, and to Mrs. Elizabeth Crow 
Norland of the University of California for looking up references. 


During the course of this study material has been available 
from the following herbaria: Gray Herbarium of Harvard Uni- 
versity (G); Rancho Santa Ana Herbarium (SA); Pomona Col- 
lege Herbarium (P); and some from New York Botanical Gar- 
den (NY). I wish to express my appreciation to the curators of 
these herbaria for kindly lending their material. The abbrevia- 
tions expressed in parentheses are used in citing specimens. 


Due to the extreme variability and lack of distinguishing 
characters in this group an attempt was made to find new floral 
characters which would help in separating various entities. To 
that end camera lucida drawings were made of floral parts of 
the various entities that have been proposed. Such work, how- 
ever, failed to reveal morphological characters that have not 
already been used, and external floral and vegetative characters 
have had to be employed. 


It does not seem necessary here to go into a discussion of 
the history of the taxonomy of this group of species, since it 
was quite adequately discussed as late as 1917 by Macbride (Cont. 
Gray Herb, n.s. 49:31). The only very significant treatment 
since then is by Jepson, Man Fl” Piss Calis) Silo: 19255: aahie 
present study results in a classification not markedly different 
from the two above mentioned, but since, in certain cases, it has 
perhaps been possible to secure improvement in using more tan- 
gible distinguishing characters, it seems worthwhile to put this 
on record. 


Key To SPECIES 


Basal leaves grouped in a dense cluster; cauline leaves either 
present or absent. 
Filaments villous. 
Leaves having one to four pairs of lateral leaflets at 
base, very rarely all entire; plants covered with a his- 
pid or hispidulous, never sericeous, pubescence. 
Calyx lobes with a hispid, glistening, greenish-yel- 


low, rarely white pubescence ...... 1. P. heterophylla. 
Calyx lobes with a dull, white, never glistening 
DUDeSCeM Cees ems ees ee ee CUT ONNICas 


Leaves all entire (basal pinnatifid in var. compacta) ; 
plants covered with a closely-appressed, sericeous pu- 
bescence (except var. alpina), often somewhat hirsute 

Pa iioNaeb Desh see A we NS ad een 2 3. P. leucophylla. 
Filaments glabrous; plants reduced, not exceeding 20 cm. 


1, CSS ON GI see a le sca eH 4. P. dasyphylla. 
Basal leaves not grouped in a dense cluster; leaves mostly cau- 
INE st a Sa I a OO os 5. P. pinnata. 


TREATMENT OF SPECIES 

Vv 1. PHACELIA HETEROPHYLLA Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 1:140. 
1814. 

Plants biennial or perennial, 1 to 8 dm. high; stems usually 
erect, one to several from base, slender to very stout, covered 
with a stiff spreading pubescence; leaves 1.5 to 9 cm. long, or- 
bicular to ovate to linear-lanceolate, with one to three pairs. of 
lateral leaflets at the base, rarely entire, the pubescence rather ap- 
pressed-hispidulous, not sericeous; basal leaves usually densely 
rosulate and the leaves of the stem mostly scattered and well- 
developed; inflorescence virgate to spreading; lobes of the calyx 
linear to linear-lanceolate, thickly beset with a hispid, spreading 
or subappressed, glistening, usually greenish - yellow or rarely 
white pubescence; corolla exceeding calyx; stamens long-exserted, 
twice the length of the corolla; filaments villous. 

This species is distinguished from P. californica by the glis- 
tening, yellowish, hispid pubescence on the calyx-lobes, whereas 
this pubescence in P. californica is usually white in color and 
always dull, lacking the glistening or shining appearance. 


KEY TO VARIETIES 


Terminal segment of leaf not rotund nor orbicular-elliptical. 
Plants 1.5 to 8 dm. high; stems usually stout, 1.5 to 10 mm, in 


GLIQUA ATS SE ee ARP aE ni = ree ne ate EAR RE Ona la var. typica. 
Plants much reduced, 0.5 to 2 dm. high; stems slender, 0.75 to 
opine an diameter <2 ee lb var. frigida. 


Terminal segment of leaf rotund or orbicular-elliptical.............. 
“oe RESUME eee aN UM dee es am Re ean Pa le. var. rotundata. 


la. Phacelia heterophylla Pursh, var. typica, n. nom. P. 
heterophylla Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 1:140. 1814; P. magellanica 
(Lam.) Cov., f. heterophylla (Pursh) Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. 
Bot. 4:218. 1912; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. griseophylla 
Brand, 1. c.; P. heterophylla Pursh, var. griseophylla (Brand) 
Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:35. 1917; P. heterophylla 
Pursh, var. grisophylla Jepson, Man. FI. Pls. Calif., 819. 1925; 
P. heterophylla Pursh, var. compacta Jepson, 1. c.; P. hastata 
Dougl. ex Lehmann, Nov. Stirp. Pugill. 2:20. 1830; Hooker, 
Fl. bor. Amer. 2:80. 1838; P. biennis A. Nels., Bull. Torr. Club 
ZO MSZa WSO 


Plants 1.5 to 8 dm. high; stems usually stout, 1.5 to 10 mm. 
in diameter. 


Type locality: “On the banks of the Kooskooskie” (Idaho) 
—Ranging from Montana to New Mexico, California and Wash- 
_ington. Material examined: MONTANA: Phillipsburg, Tit- 
“comb in 1884 (G); Spanish Basin, Rydberg & Bessey 4850 
(G); Bridger Mts.. W. W. Jones in 1902 (G); Alta, Jones in 
1909 (P); Mt. Bridger, Blankinship in 1906 (P); Ravalli, 
Clemens in 1908 (G). IDAHO: Hatwai Creek, Sandberg, 
MacDougal & Heller, 174 (G); Johnson’s Bar, St. John 4490 
(P) ; Lewiston, A. A. & E. Heller in 1896 (P); Red Rock Pass, 
Leonard in 1885 (G); Salmon, Payson 1770 (G); Silver City, 
Macbride 377 (G); Deadwood Creek, Nelson & Macbride 1848 
(G); Pinehurst,, Macbride 1661 (G, P); Picabo, Macbride & 
Payson 3000 (G); Forks of St. Mary’s River, Leiberg 1159 
(G Pye WYOMING: Pole Creek, Nelson 1323, type coll. of 
P. biennis (G), photograph (P). COLORADO: Golden, 
Churchill in 1918 (G), Johnston 391 (G), and Jones 253 (P); 
Gould Creek, Blumer in 1903 (G); Pagosa Springs, Baker 548 
(Ga Es: Empire, Patterson 249 (G); Rist Canyon, Marshall 
1611 (G): Mancos Canyon, Baker, Earle, & Tracy 308 (G, P); 
Lyons, Johnston in 1916 (G); Cimarron, Baker 401 (G, P); 
Rabbit Ear Range, Goodding 1592 (G); Paradox, Walker 231 
(G); Roswell, Biltmore Expedition 3113 (G); Steamboat 
Springs, Baker in 1894 (P). UTAH: Juab, Goodding 1065 
(G); Springdale, Jones 5249 (P); Ellen Henry Mts., Jones 
5684 (P); Wasatch Mts., Garrett 1013 (G); Fort Douglas, 
Clemens in 1908 (G); Silver Lake, Rydberg & Carlton 6636 
(G) ; La Sal Mts., Payson 3940 (G). NEVADA: Carson City, 
Anderson in 1865 (G); Kings Canyon, Baker 1040 (G, P); 
East Humboldt Mts., Jones in 1897 (P). NEW MEXICO: 
James Canyon, Wooton in 1899 (P); Lake Peak, Arséne in 
1926 (P); Tularosa Creek, Wooton in 1899 (G); Cloudcroft, 
Eggleston 14530 (G); White Mts., Wooton 291 (G), Fendler 
642 (G); Winsor’s Ranch, Standley 4140 (G), Wright in 1851 
(G). ARIZONA: Kaibab Forest, Jaeger in 1926 (P); Flag- 
staff, Jones in 1884 (P); Metcalf, Davidson 504 (G); Thomp- 
son Ranch, Goodding 547 (G); Huachuca Mts., Jones m 1903 


154 


Gap CALIHORNIA: Soda Springs, Jones 201 (P); Round 
Meadow Camp, Grant in 1902 (P); Lake Tenaya, Smiley 868 
(G); Sacramento River, Shasta Co., Heller 12445 (G); Lam- 
heres Dome, Smiley 760 CGas Emigrant Gap, Jones 2813 (Gea 
Ragged Peak, Smiley 834 (G); Tuolumne Meadows, Ware 3666 
(Gye Redwood Belt, Humboldt Co., Chandler 1257 (Py: Kaiser 
Crest, Smiley 62/7 (G); Angora Peak, Smiley 301 (G); Camp 
Agassiz, Pendleton and Reed 1297 (P); Marble Mt., Butler 408 
CEs Donner Lake, Heller 6883 (PB); Sierra Co., eae in 
1874 (G). OREGON: without locality, Spalding (G); Keno, 
Peck 9338 (G); Waldo, Josephine Co., Thompson 4604 (G), 
Howell 1584 (G); Agness, Nelson 1499 (G); Cascade Mts., 
Lyall 1859 (G); Steins Mts., Leiberg 2548 (G); Port Orford, 
Peck 8432 (G); Cottage Grove, J. C. Nelson 2643 (Gar ME 
Hood, Jones in 1897 (P); Iron Mt., Eggleston 22176 (G); 
John Day River, Sherman Co., Henderson 5359 (G); Wallowa 
Lake, Thompson 4821 (G); Pilot Butte, E. Nelson 852 CG) 
Dalles, Luvell in 1903 (G); Pendleton, Jones in 1905 (P); La 
Grande, Thompson 4760 (G); Clear Water, Spalding (G). 
WASHINGTON: without locality, Vasey 412 (G); Hay 
Creek, Leiberg 208 (G, P); Pullman, Elmer in 1896 (P); Mt. 
Stuart, Thompson 5851 (G); Mt. Rainier, Thompson 5446 (G) ; 
Waitsburg, Horner 3352 (G); Walla Walla, Jones in 1905 (P). 
BRITISH COLUMBIA: Chilliwack Valley, Macoun 54327 
(G); Cameron River Valley, Vancouver Island, Rosendahl 1996 
(GHP 


In my opinion, the distinction given by Macbride to the 
forms with a spreading inflorescence is unworthy even of varietal 
recognition. It must be remembered that this group is exceed- 
ingly variable, and consequently these specimens which vary from 
the strictly virgate form may be regarded merely as variants due 
perhaps to ecological conditions such as shade or moisture. 


¥ - 1b. PHACELIA HETEROPHYLLA Pursh, var. FRIGIDA (Greene) 
Jepson, Man. Fl. Pls. Calif., 819. 1925.-. P. frigida Greene, Pitt. 
4:39. 1899; P. heterophylla Pursh, f. frigida (Greene) Mac- 
bride, Cont. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:35. 1917; P. magellanica (Lam.) 
Coy., f. frigida (Greene) Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:218. 
1912; P. californica Cham., f. immunda Macbride, Cont. Gray 
Herb., n. s. 53:18. 1918; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. ferru- 
ginea Brand, Pflanzenreich IV. 251:100. 1913. 


Plants much reduced, 0.5 to 2 dm. high; stems rather slender, 
erect or ascending, 0.75 to 1.5 mm. in diameter. 


Type locality: Mt. Shasta, C ‘ 
tral California into Washington and British Columbia. Material 
examined: CALIFORNIA: White Mts., Duran 562 (SA); 
Rae Lake, Fresno Co., Clemens in 1910 (P); Cathedral Peak, 
Smiley 815 (G); Mt. Tallac, Smiley 245 (G), Abrams 4841 (G) ; 
Suzy Lake, Smiley 152 (G); Red Mt., Mendocino Co., Eastwood 


155 


in 1901, type of P. magellanica, F. ferruginea Brand, (Univ. 
Calif. Herb.) ; Mt. Eddy, Heller 12456 (G), Baker 3821 (G, P); 
Del Norte Co., Eastwood 226 (G); Mt. Shasta, Baker 3920 
(G). OREGON: Mt. Hood, Howell 195 (G), Thompson 5009 
(G), Barber 213 (G); Agness, J. C. Nelson 1470, type of P. 
californica Cham., f. immunda Macbride (G). WASHINGTON: 


,Mt. Rainier, Cowles 790 (G). BRITISH COLUMBIA: Mt. 


\ 


Arrowsmith, Vancouver Island, Carter in 1917 (G). 


The only differentiating character for this variety is its re- 
duced form. However, it seems to run quite true in this one 
character and thus to deserve varietal distinction. 


Macbride’s P. californica, {. immunda, described from a sin- 
gle collection is obviously synonymous with this variety. It po- 
sesses the yellowish, glistening calyx-pubescence of P. hetero- 
phylla, and the habit of var. frigida. 


P. dasyphylla Greene var. ophitidis Macbride (Contr. Gray 
Herbarium, n. ser., 59:32. 1919) was also described from a single 
collection. Its chief distinguishing character seems to be its gla- 
brous stamens, and it was upon the basis of this character that 
Macbride made it a variety of P. dasyphylla. Through the kind- 
ness of Professor Peck of Williamette University I have had 
material from southern Oregon, but only the type collection itself 
lacks pubescence on the filaments. The habit and general charac- 
teristics of the plant resemble those of P. heterophylla var. 
frigida much more closely than of P. dasyphylla. Since the gla- 
brous stamens have been found in the type collection only and 
may have occurred as a factor mutation in but a single indivi- 
dual, the entity at present seems at most to be a very minor one, 
and I here propose P. heterophylla Pursh var. frigida Jeps, forma 
ophitidis (Macbr.) n. comb. 


le. Phacelia heterophylla Pursh var. rotundata n. var. 

Stem erect, leafy, densely pilose, 4-5 mm. in diameter ; leaves 
long-petioled, the blades unusually thick, very densely appressed- 
hirsute, lateral veins pinnately arranged and deeply impressed, 
the tips mucronate, leaves usually with one pair of lateral lobes 
at the base, terminal segment 2.5-3 cm. long, orbicular-elliptical ; 
lateral segments similar but much smaller. (Caulis erectus, 
dense pilosus, 4-5 mm. crassus, 1-3 dm. altus; foliis inusitate 
crassis, longe petiolatis, laminis dense appress-hirsutis, mucro- 
natis, cum venibus lateralibus profunde signatis; lobis lateralibus 
2; segmento terminale 2.5-3 cm. longo, rotondo aut orbiculare- 
ellipticale ; segmentis lateralibus similibus sed multe parvis). 


Type; Lake Earl, Del Norte Co., California, J.-Burti Davy 
in June, 1902 (Pomona College Herbarium No. 127635). Al- 
though known from but a single collection, this variety seems 
to represent so distinct an entity that I have been unable to refer 
it to any hitherto recognized entity. It is characterized by the 
thickness and roundness of the leaf-segments, the very dense 


156 


appressed pubescence on the leaves, and the extremly deep im- 
pression of the lateral veins of the upper surface of the leaves. 


L~ 2. PHACELIA CALIFORNICA Cham., Linnaea 4:494. 1829. 


Plants perennial or sometimes biennial, 1.5 to 8.5 dm. high; 
stems one to several from base, usually erect, covered with a stiff 
spreading or partly subappressed pubescence; basal leaves densely 
rosulate, cauline scattered, the blades of both linear-lanceolate 
to elliptic-ovate, acute, 2 to 6 (8) cm. long, with 1 to 4 pairs of 
lateral leaflets at the base, covered with a’ short, matted, fine, 
white pubescence and long, mostly scattered, appressed, stiff 
white hairs; inflorescence spreading to virgate; calyx-lobes nar- 
rowly linear to broadly ovate, covered, especially on the margins 
and mid-rib, with a dense, dull, white, spreading pubescence; cor- 
olla blue, yellow, or white, exceeding the calyx; stamens long- 
exserted, the filaments villous. 


mae 


i Kry TO VARIETIES 
Calyx-lobes elliptic-lanceolate to ovate. 
Calyx-lobes imbricated, broadly lanceolate to ovate, corolla 
wwilaikemtonyellowASh) 222288 ee 2b. ivar calycosa 
Calyx-lobes not imbricated, somewhat narrower. Corolla blue; 
dried plants brownish-green in appearance. San Francisco 


Bay mein Oul Olllagrere ee 2 Sst ete se es eee Es 2a. var. typica. 
Corolla yellow or white; dried plants grayish-green in ap- 
pearance, .Southern California -......... 2c. var. bernardina, 


Calyx-lobes linear or linear-lanceolate. 
Inflorescence strictly virgate. Northern California -........... 
wha a eC 2d. var. virgata. 
Inflorescence not strictly virgate, but more or less spreading. 
Corolla blue or bluish-white, leaves densely white-hairy -..... 
woot oa pe a en a 2e. var. jacintensis. 
Corolla not blue, leaves not white-hairy. 
Basal leaves mostly 3 to 10 mm. wide, cauline leaves 
not much reduced. Southern California....2f. var. patula. 
Basal leaves 8 to 20 mm. wide, cauline leaves few and 
much reduced. Central and Northern California -.... 
; a2 eee Pe ee ee en ae uct te DO evan COENG 
“ 2a. Phacelia californica Cham., var. typica, n. nom. P. cali- 
fornica Cham., Linnaea 4:494. 1829; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., 
f. californica (Cham.) Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:218. 1912; 
P. magellanica, {. Jepsonii Brand, Pflanzenreich IV. 251 :100. 
IQS 
Stems usually solitary from base, stout, 3 to 7 mm. in diam- 
eter, erect, not exceeding 6 dm. in height; leaf blades ovate-lan- 
ceolate to elliptic-ovate, with one or two pairs of lateral leaflets at 
the base, characteristically brownish green in appearance; calyx- 
lobes narrowly elliptic-lanceolate; corolla blue or purplish-blue. 
_ Type locality: not given—Ranging through the San Fran- 
cisco Bay region, California. Material examined: Crystal 
Springs Lake, Elmer 8455 (P), Baker 690 (G, P); San Bruno 


157 


Hills, Heller 8460 (G), Baker 1901 (G, P); Sandhills near San 
Francisco, Baker 2841 (G, P); Lake Merced, Heller 5/01 (G, 
P); Oakland, Jones in 1882 (P); Olema, Harriet A. Walker 
1354 (P); Mt. Tamalpais, Heller 8405 (G); Mission Hills, 
Michener & Biolettti 99 (G); Bodega Point, Eastwood 4841 
(G); Murphy’s, Bigelow in 1854 (G). 


ay 2b. Phacelia californica Cham., var. calycosa (Gray). n. 
Comb. P. circinata (Willd.) Jacq., var. calycosa Gray, Proc. Am. 
Acad. 10:317. 1875, and in Brew. and Wats., Bot. Calif. 1:507. 
1876; P. californica Cham., var. imbricata (Greene) Jepson, 
Fl. Middle Calif., 439. 1901; P. imbricata Greene, var. conden- 
sata, its subvar. Hansenii, var. caudata Brand. Univ. Cal. Publ. 
Bot. 4:220. 1912; P. stimulans Eastw., Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., ser. 
3, 2:291. 1902; P. virgata Greene, var. ampliata Greene, Ery- 
thea 4:55. 1896; P. californica Cham., var. rubacea Jeps., Man. 
Fl. Pls. Calif., 820. 1925; P. corymbosa Jeps:, Mant Risers: 

MN GCalit78205 11925: 


Stems not over 4.5 mm. in diameter; racemes arranged in 
a locse spreading panicle, the inflorescence not at all virgate; 
calyx-lobes broadly lance-ovate to ovate, always more or less def- 
initely imbricated. 

Type locality: “Foothills to Yosemite,” Mariposa Co., Calif. 
—Ranging from Humboldt Co. in northern California to Los 
Angeles Co. in southern California. Material examined: without 
locality, E. Hall (G); Klamath River, Rattan in 1879 (G); 
Upper Clover Creek, M.S. Baker in 1898 (P) ; Dunsmuir, Upper 
Sacramento R., Jepson 6161, type of corymbosa (Herb. Jepson) ; 
Table Mt., Butte Co., Heller 10786 (G); Plains, Butte Co., Mrs. 
Bruce 1978 (P) ; Mountain House, Colusa Co., Ferris 6420 (P); 
Cache Creek, Baker 2950 (G, P); Geysers, Mann (G); Santa 
Rosa Canyon, M. S. Baker in 1895 (P); Marysville Buttes, 
Ferris 6339 (P); Kelseyville, Blankenship in 1924 (SA); Bart- 
lett Springs, Heller 12374 (G); Vacaville, Heller & Brown 5408 
(Gy 2); Napa _ Co; Thurberin 1852. (Ge Mt Stamlelena 
Baker 2601, 2604 (G, P), Jepson in 1897 (G); Mill Valley, 
Suksdorf 491 (G); Vallejo, W. W. Jones 263 (G); Mt. Ham- 
ilton, Elmer 2337, 4597 (P); Deer Ridge Farm, Pendleton 367 
(P); Los Gatos, Heller 7415 (G); Stoney Creek, Hansen 1283, 
type coll. of subvar. Hansenu (P); Peoria Mt., Mrs. William- 
son 9/ (P); Giant Forest, Tulare Co., Howell 723 (SA); Yo- 
semite National Park, Eastwood 165 (G), Foothills to Yosemite, 
A. Gray im 1872, type (G); So. Fork Kaweah, Culbertson 4200 
(G, P); Lompoc, Mung 11448 (P); San Luis Obispo, Jones 
in 1882 (P); Zaca Lake Forest Reserve, Eastwood 510 (G). 
Cholame, Lemmon 4609 (G); Mt. Pifios, Mung 7046 (P); Sey- 
mour Creek, Munz 7053 (P); Santa Paula, Cobb 141 (P); 

ee = Creek, Munz 6775 (P); Mt. Wilson, Abrams 2591 


This variety and var. bernardina are the only ones in the 
158 


group having ovate or lance-ovate sepals. Var. calycosa is readily 
separated from bernardina, however, by the smaller and shorter 
stems and especially by the imbricated calyx-lobes. 


In his original description of 1875, Dr. Gray cited no speci- 
mens, but in the Bot. Calif. 1:507. 1876, he mentioned four: a 
cultivated specimen raised by E. Hall, one from Borax Lake 
collected by Torrey, one from foothills in Mariposa Co., collected 
by himself, and a Kellogg collection from Mission Hills, San 
Francisco. The Kellogg specimen is to be referred to P. pinnata 
var. typica. Of the other three I have not seen the Torrey col- 
lection, but the Hall and Gray ones agree in all essential charac- 
ters. In order to typify calycosa more definitely, I suggest that 
Gray’s own collection be designated as the type. 


~~ 2c. PHACELIA CALIFORNICA Cham., var. BERNARDINA 
GGreene)= Jeps., Man. Fl) Pls, Calif., 820. 1925. P. wirgata 
Greene, var. bernardina Greene, Erythea 4:55. 1896; P. califor- 
nica Cham., f. bernardina (Greene) Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. 
Bot. 4:218. 1912. 


Stems stout, 2.5 to 6 mm. in diameter, usually solitary from 
base, rarely several; calyx-lobes broadly lanceolate to lance-ovate, 
not at all imbricated. 


Type locality: “along the base of the mountains near San 
Berandimevat 1200-1500 it.”, acc. to S. B. Parish (Zoe 5:11. 
1900)—Range: Southern California from Santa Barbara Co. to 
San Diego Co., and southward into Lower California. Material 
examined: Santa Barbara, Mung 10325 (P); Sulphur Mt. Spring, 
Abrams & McGregor 50 (G); Pasadena, Diana Haynes (P); 
Liebre Mts., Dudley & Lamb 4350 (P); Pine Flats, San Gabriel 
Mts., Crow in 1930 (P); Brown’s Flats, Johnston 1443 (G, 
Be: ‘Swartout Valley, Munz 4652 (P); Claremont, Crawford in 
1915 (P); Munz 2256 (P), Illingworth in 1898 (P), Clency in 
1916 (P); Upland, Johnston 1944 (P); San Bernardino, Parish 
4150 (e), Rayish 11225" (P) : Fredalba, Abrams: 2199. CP): 
Rancho Santa Ana, Howell 965 (SA); Johnston 2233 (SA); 
Strawberry Valley, Mt. San Jacinto, Howell 559 (SA); Campo, 
WaolpeZiol (SA); Julian, Abrams 3794 (G, P); Cuyamaca 
Mts., Palmer 246 (G); Laguna Mts., T. S. Brandegee in 1904 
(P); Pine Hills, Mary F. Spencer 473 (Gy 2)? Palomar Mits., 
Mung 8214 (G, P); Palm Valley, Lower California, Orcutt in 
1583 (G). 

2d. PHACELIA CALIFORNICA Cham., var. VIRGATA (Greene) 
jepsa Man! Fl. Pls. Calit., 820, 1925. P. wrgata Greene, Ery- 
thea 4:54. 1896; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. virgata (Greene) 
Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:219. 1912, in part; P. califor- 
mca Cham., f. vinctens Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:37. 
1917; P. monosperma Nels., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 17:95. 1904. 


Stems erect, solitary from base; leaves narrow, not exceeding 
159 


18 mm. wide, lanceolate to linear-oblong; inflorescence virgate ; 
calyx-lobes narrowly linear-lanceolate to linear. 


Type locality: Yreka, Calif—Ranging from interior cen- 
tral California to western southern Oregon, and into adjacent 
Nevada. Material examined: NEVADA: Reno, Jones in 1897 
(P); Carson City, Jones in 1897 (P); Petersons Ranch, Hillman 
in 1894 (P); Verdi, Heller 10604 (G). CALIFORNIA: Don- 
ner Lake, Heller 60853, type of f. vinctens Macbride (G), Heller 
14455 (SA); No. Fork Stanislaus River, Stanford 658 (P); 
Snow Mt. Lake Co., Heller 13225 (G); Mt. Sanhedrin, Heller 
588/ (P); Chat, Jones in 1897 (P); Little Chico, Mrs. Bruce 
1978 (P); Chico Meadows, Heller 11600 (G); Yreka Creek, 
Butler 1386 (P); Yreka, Greene 832, type coll. of P. virgata 
Greene (G), Butler 1280, 1300 (P); Sisson, Heller 12422 (G); 
McCloud, Eastwood 1064 (G); Little Grizzly Creek, Heller & 
Kennedy 8852 (G); U. S. Forest Reserve; Plumas Co., East- 
wood 14434 (P). OREGON: Odell Lake, Furlong, Wilson, 
Greeley, and Alexander in 1901 (P). 


This variety grades into P. heterophylla in the pubescence 
of the calyx as shown in the following collections: Twin Lakes, 
Sequoia National Park, Calif., Howell 713 (SA); between Mud 
Flat and Bennett Spring, Calif., Heller 11550 (G); North Dome, 
Yosemite, Keck 161 (P); Lily Lake, Tahoe, Smiley 323 (G); 
Takilma, Josephine Co., Oregon, Thompson 4659 (G) ; Deschutes 
River, Oregon, J. C. Nelson 500 (G). It is distinguished by the 
character of dull white pubescence on the calyx, whereas the 
heterophylla group has glistening, yellowish, calyx-pubescence. 


“  2e. Phacelia californica Cham., var. jacintensis, n. var. 


Stems slender, not exceeding 2.5 mm. in diameter, two to 
several from base, ascending; leaves densely white-hirsute ; calyx- 
lobes linear-lanceolate, blue or purplish; corolla blue or bluish 
white. (Caules tenues, 1.5-2.5 mm. crassi, non singuli; foliis 
denso albo-hirsutis; lobis calycis linearo-lanceolatis, subazureis ; 
corollis hyacinthinis. ) 


Type: Wahquitz Valley, San Jacinto Mts, Calitseane 
Jaeger 1045, July 1, 1922, Pomona College Herb. No. 13629. 
Other specimens seen: San Jacinto Mts., between Deep Creek 


and Gregg’s Ranch, Jaeger in 1921 (P); Tamarack Valley, Mung 
6402 (P). 

2{. PHACELIA CALIFORNICA Cham., var. PATULA (Brand) 

Jepson, Man. Fl. Pls. Calif., 820. 1925. P. magellanica (Lam.) 

Cov., f. patula Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:219. 1912, as to 


type; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. Ballii Brand, Macbride, 
Cont. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:36. 1917. 


Stems one to several from basal tuft of leaves, slender, not 
exceeding 3 mm. in diameter; leaves mostly narrow, 3 to 10 mm. 
wide, oblanceolate to elliptic-lanceolate, acute; cauline leaves re- 


160 


mote, but not much reduced; inflorescence slightly spreading, not 
virgate; calyx-lobes linear to narrowly linear-lanceolate. 


Type locality: “Stonewall mine, 4600 ft. alt., in the Cuya- 
maca Mts., 4423 Parish.”’ — Ranging in Southern California; 
at altitudes of 4500 to 7500 ft. Material examined: Mt. Pinos, 
Ventura Co., Grinnell in 1904 (P); Topatopa Mts., Abrams & 
McGregor // (G); Prairie Fork, San Gabriel River, Johnston 
2092 (G, P); South Fork Lytle Creek, Johnston 1451 (G, P); 
Pah-Ute Peak, Purpus 5548 (G); Big Bear Valley, San Bernar- 
dino Mts., Munz 5714 (P), Harwood 4360 (P), Howell 352 
(SA), Edwards in 1917 (P); San Jacinto Mt., Mary F. Spencer 
1237 (G, P); Fern Valley, San Jacinto Mts., Munz 6060 (P); 
Santa Rosa Mts., Munz 5923 (P); Stonewall Mine, Cuyamaca 
Mts., Parish 4423, type coll. (G). 


It should be noted that in his publication of f. patula Brand 
cited much Sierran material, which is not here included under 
patula. But he stated that the “specimen originarium” was Parish 
4423, which was collected in San Diego Co. 


¥V 2g. PHACELIA CALIFORNICA Cham., var. egena (Greene), 
n. comb. P. egena Greene, ex Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:218. 
1912; P. californica Cham., f. egena (Greene) Macbride, Cont. 
Gray Hlerb., n. s. 49:37. 1917; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f, 
egena (Greene) Brand, l.c. 


Stems erect, rather slender, rarely exceeding 3 mm. in di- 
ameter ; basal leaves lanceolate to ovate, 8 to 20 mm. wide, cauline 
leaves few and much reduced; racemes arranged in loose panicles, 
the inflorescence not at all virgate; lobes of the calyx linear to 
linear-lanceolate. 


Type locality: So. Fork Kaweah River, California—Rang- 
ing from Tulare Co. north to Oregon. Material examined: 
CALIFORNIA: Kern River Canyon, Abrams 12017 (P); So. 
Fork Kaweah River, Culbertson 4415, Baker distribution, type 
coll. of P. egena Greene (G, P); Mariposa, Congdon 36 (G); 
Yosemite Valley, Abrams 4428 (G, P); Tahoe City, Eastwood 
447 (G); Sunnyside, Tahoe Region, Eastwood 48 (G); Alder 
Springs, Glenn Co., Heller 12796 (G); Marysville Buttes, Heller 
& Brown 5565 (G); Oroville, Heller 11257 (G); Red Clover 
Valley, Plumas Co., Heller & Kennedy 8755 (G); Yreka, Heller 
7993 (G), Butler 1356 (P); Morgan’s Springs, Eastwood 1753 
(G). OREGON: Crater Lake, Abrams 9771 (P). 


3. PHACELIA LEUCOPHYLLA Torr., in Fremont, Report, 93. 
1845. 

Perennial, sometimes biennial herbs; plants 1.5 to 5 dm. tall, 
sericeous with a closely-appressed, usually grayish white pubes- 
cence, also often somewhat hirsute; stems erect, sometimes as- 
cending, one to several from base, usually leafy; leaf-blades ellip- 
tic te broadly oblong-lanceolate or oblanceolate, 2 to 8 cm. long, 


161 


— 


0.5 to 2 cm. wide, mostly acute, entire (except in var. compacta) ; 
basal leaves densely rosulate, mostly long-petioled; cauline leaves 
few to several, not much reduced, the petioles shorter; inflores- 
cence compact in anthesis becoming lax in fruit, racemes com- 
pact ; calyx-lobes elliptic to oblong or linear, densely white-hispid 
and usually also finely canescent; corolla 4 to 8 mm. long, usually 
lilac; style long, twice length of the corolla, cleft to the middle; 


stamens long-exserted, filaments villous. 


Key TO VARIETIES 

Calyx-lobes unusually setose-hispid. Vicinity of Bingen, Wash- 
SWANS C0) (Urania ee es 3b. var. Suksdorfi. 

Calyx-lobes not unusually setose-hispid. 

Leaves all entire. 

Plants 1.5 to 5 dm. tall, appressed-sericeous..................-- 
Eee PM ie yey Vises ANSEL Bike BEN eed 3a. var. typica. 
Plants much reduced, 10 to 25 cm. high, not at all canes- 
cent or sericeous. Montana through Wyoming and 


NoTiheastermyaW tale eee ee 2 es 3c. var. alpina. 
Basal leaves pinnatified. Western Nevada and adjacent Cali- 
GUAILC) OVE es Sua sae orn pee NR Ng Ue A 3d. var. compacta. 


3a. PHACELIA LEUCOPHYLLA Torr., var. typica, n. nom. P. 
leucophylla Torr., in Fremont, Report, 93. 1845; P. magellanica 
(Lam.) Cov., f. leucophylla (Torr.) Brand, Pflanzenreich IV. 
251:98. 1913; f. angustifolia Brand, 1. c.; P. canescens Nutt., 
Journ. Acad. Philad., n. s. 1:159. 1848; P. leptosepala Rydb., Bull. 
Torr. Club 36:676. 1909; P. Burkei Rydb., 1. c. 675; P. hetero- 
phylla Pursh, var. pygmaea Jeps., Man. Fl. Pls. Calif., 819. 1925. 


Plants 1.5 to 5 dm. tall, sericeous; leaf blades entire (rarely 
pinnatifid ) ; calyx-lobes elliptic or oblong to linear, densely white- 
hispid, also finely strigose-canescent. 


Type locality: “Goat Island, upper north fork of the Platte.” 
Ranging from Alberta to Colorado and to Inyo Co., California, 
thence north to British Columbia. Material examined: “Rocky 
Mts. & Blue Mts.” Nuttall, type coll. of P. canescens (G); 
Rocky Mt. Flora, Hall & Harbour 439 (G). ALBERTA: Crow 
Nest Pass, Macoun 23777-(G). MONTANA: Wilsall, Suks- 
dorf 240 (G); Spanish Basin, Rydberg & Bessey 4852, 4853 
(G); Avalanche Lake, Glacier Park, Jones in 1910 (P); Boze- 
man, Hodgman in 1907 (G); Boulder Creek, Scribner 167 (CG) 5 
Bigfork, Jones in 1908 (P); Alta, Jones im 1909 (P); Sedan, 
B. J. Jones in 1901 (G); Deer Lodge Valley, Jones in 1905 
(P); Lima, Jones in 1908 (P); Anaconda, Blankinship in 1906 
(P). IDAHO: Bonanza, Macbride & Payson 3395 (GE) 
Wiessner’s Peak, Leiberg 1357 (G, P); Martin, Macbride & Pay- 
son 3035 (G, P); Bear Creek below Parker Mt., Macbride & 
Payson 3294 (G, P); Boise—Payette Project, Macbride 87/7 
(G, P); King Hill, Nelson & Macbride 1084 (G, P); Trinity, 
Macbride 561 (G); St. Anthony, Merrill & Wilcox 826 (G), 


162 


Quayle 72 (P); Idaho Falls, Merrill & Wilcox 826 (G); New 
Plymouth, Macbride 186 (G); Salmon, Payson 1547 (G); 
Henry’s Lake, 4. & E. Nelson 6801 (G); Smoky Mts., Macbride 
& Payson 3/69 (G); Challis, Macbride & Payson 3347 (G, P); 
Weiser, Jones in 1899 (P); Tamarack, Clark 184 (G); Valley 
of Spokane River, Sandberg 655 (P); Paradise Hills, Abrams in 
1900 (P); Boise, Macbride 256 (G); Silver City, Macbride 428 
(G). WYOMING: Seventeen Mile Well, Goodding 226 (G, 
P); Afton, Payson & Armstrong 3373 (G, P); Gros Ventre 
Range, 4. Nelson 1082 (G); Middle Fork of Powder River, 
Goodding 313 (G, P); Mammoth Hot Springs, A. & EF. Nelson 
5600; Teton Pass, Merrill & Wilcox 985 (G); Garfield Peak, 
E, Nelson 5013 (G); Hawk’s Ranch, Churchill in 1918 (G); 
Leigh’s Lake, Merrill & Wilcox 1048 (G). COLORADO: 
Golden, Jones in 1878 (P); Horsetooth Mt., Cowen 1609 (G); 
Mt. Princeton, Biltmore Herb. 3113 (G); Bridges Pass, Engle- 
mann (G); Cottonwood Gulch, Sheldon 521 (G). UTAH: 
Thistle, Jones 5536 (P); Peterson, Pammel & Blackwood 3891 
(G); Kimballs, Mrs. Clemens in 1908 (G); Granddaddy Lake, 
Mrs. Clemens in 1911 (P); Plymouth, W. W. Jones 467 (G). 
NEVADA: Charleston Mts., Purpus 6110 (P); Blaine P. O., 
Elko Co., Heller 11110 (G); Muncy, Jones in 1891 (P); Reno, 
Be. Hillman (P); Mt. Rose, Heller 10216 (G). CALIFOR- 
NIA: Waucoba Canyon, Coville & Funston 1798 (G); Virginia 
Lakes, R. Hoffmann in 1930 (P); Portola, Payson 905 (G); 
Meeks Bay, Lake Tahoe, Heller 13330 (G); Toad Lake, Alex- 
ander & Kellogg 309 (P); Gazelle, Heller 8080; Mt. Shasta, 
Copeland 3920 (P); Marble Mt., Chandler 1655 (G); Plumas 
Co., Mrs. Ames in 1873 (G); Goose Lake Valley, Mrs. Austin 
547 (P); Yreka, L. E. Smith in 1915 (G); Adams, Eastwood 
2256 (G); Summit above Lake Valley, K. Brandegee in 1908 
(P). OREGON: Forked Horn Butte, Whited Coll. 64 (G); 
Swan Lake Valley, Applegate 366 (G); Drews Valley, Mrs. Aus- 
tin 1523 (P); Hood River Co., Henderson 767 (G); Mt. Hood, 
Jones in 1897 (P); Crescent, Peck 2595 (G); Steins Mts., Lei- 
berg 2532 (G); Clear Water, Spalding (G). WASHINGTON: 
Spokane, Kreager 116 (G); Swank River, Kittitas Co., Sharples 
188, 189, 190 (G); Bretton Springs, Leiberg 383 (G, P); Calis- 
pell Valley, Kreager 445 (G); Angel’s Pass, Thompson 7049 
(G) ; Sprague, Sandberg & Leiberg 171 (G); Entiat, Chelan Co., 
Thompson 6358 (G). BRITISH COLUMBIA: Lardo, Shaw 
695 (G); Palliser to Glenogle, Brown 776 (G). 

This variety intergrades with P. heterophylla in the division 
of the leaves, such intergradation being shown in the following 
collections: Trail Glen, Colo., Clements 54 (G); Boise, Idaho, 
Clark 45 (G, P); Rockland, Wash., Suksdorf 5045 (G); Rattle- 
snake Mts., Wash., Cotton 475 (G). The type of P. hetero- 
phylla Pursh var. pygmaea Jeps. was not available for this study 
and the assignment of this variety to synonymy is entirely upon 
the basis of the description. 


163 


3b. PHACELIA LEUCOPHYLLA Torr. var. SuKsDORFII Mac- 
pride! ContGrayrlerbn ss (49234) a1 97. 


Calyx-lobes narrowly elliptic to sublinear, unusually setose- 
hispid on the margins and sometimes on the midrib, otherwise 
subglabrous. 


Type locality: Bingen, Klickitat Co., Washington. Material 
examined: WASHINGTON: Bingen, Suksdorf 3647, type 
(G); Grand Dalles, Keck 336 (P). OREGON: * Ashington 
Mell in 1903 (G), Thompson 4770 (G); Dalles, Jones in 1897 
(P). 

This variety seems to be rather closely confined to the hot, 
dry region near Bingen, Washington and Arlington, Oregon. 


3c. PHACELTA LEUCOPHYLLA Torr. var. ALPINA’ (Rydb)); 
n. comb. P. alpina Rydb., Mem! N. Y. Bot: Gard: 13245 1900: 
P. leucophylla Torr., {. alpina (Rydb.) Macbride, Cont. Gray 
Herb., n. s. 49:34. 1917; P. heterophylla Pursh, var. alpina 
(Rydb.) A. Nels. in Coulter & Nels. New Man. Rocky Mt. Bot., 
408. 1909; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. alpina (Rydb.) 
Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ, Bot. 4:217, 1912; PR. nervosamixydbe 
Bull. Torr. Club 36 :675. 1909. 


Plant grayish-strigose and hirsute; stems several from the 
base, erect or ascending, 10 to 25 cm. high; leaves grayish-strigose, 
not at all canescent or sericeous, oblong-lanceolate to oblanceo- 
late, entire. 


Type locality: Cedar Mountain, Montana.—Ranging through 
Wyoming and into northeastern Utah. Material examined: 
MONTANA: Cedar Mt., Rydberg & Bessey 4555, type of al- 
pina (NY). WYOMING: Wyoming Range, west of Merna, 
Payson 27/2 (G, a Gros. Ventre Mts., northeast of Bondu- 
rant, Payson 3047 (P); hills east of Afton, Payson & Arm- 
strong 3241 (G, P); Jackson’s Hole, Payson 2286 (G). UTAH: 
Altay Jones 1137 (PP); Juab, Goodding 1065 (P); Deadman Mt., 
Summitt Cor Crema 4703 (G); Bear River, Summitt Co., 
Goodman 1859 (G); Stillwater Fork, Payson 5149 (G); Bing- 
ham, Jones 1407 (P). COLORADO: Silver Plume, Rydberg 
in 1895 (NY). 


This variety is distinguished by the lack of the sericeous 
canescence characteristic of var. typica. The leaves usually have 
a green color as compared to the whitish appearance of those 
of var. typica. As here recognized, alpina is much less inclusive 
than in Macbride’s treatment. 


3d. PHACELIA LEUCOPHYLLA Torr., var. COMPACTA (Greene) 
Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:34. 1917. P. compacta 
Greene, Baker, W. Amer. Plants 18, no. 1142. 1902, as nom 
nudum; P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. compacta (Greene) 
Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:217. 1912; P. heterophylla Pursh, 
var. compacta Jeps., Man. Fl. Pls. Calif., 819. 1925. 


164 


Plants caespitose, sericeous, 4 to 20 cm. tall; basal leaves 
long-petioled, pinnatifid; upper leaves often auriculate; calyx- 
lobes sparsely white-hispid, as well as canescent-strigose. 


Type locality: Spooner, Douglass Co., Nevada. Ranging 
through western Nevada and adjacent California. Material ex- 
amined: NEVADA: Spooner, Baker 1142, type collection (G, 
P); Virginia City, Jones mm 1881 (P); Charleston Mts., Heller 
OG), LC. Jaeger (P). CALIFORNIA: Yosemite slopes, 

J. W..Congdon in 1897 (G). 


In its habit this plant suggests P. heterophylla {. frigida, 
but is distinguished by the sericeous grayish-white canescence of 
its foliage and by the white hairs on the calyx, both features 
being distinctive of P. leucophylla. 


VA. PHACELIA DASYPHYLLA Greene ex Macbride, Cont. Gray 
Herb., n. s. 49:35. 1917. P. dasyphylla Greene ex brand, Pflan- 
Zenneich Vi. 25197. 1913. in syn.; P. heterophylla Pursh var. 
dasyphylla Jeps., Man. Fl. Pls. Calif., 819. 1925. 


Plants perennial, 10 to 20 cm. high; stems one to several 
from base, erect or ascending; leaves mostly basal, densely rosu- 
late, oblanceolate, 1 to 4 cm. long, densely white-hirsute; inflor- 
escence small, usually consisting of one to four racemes; calyx- 
lobes linear-lanceolate, white-hispid; stamens long-exserted, fila- 
ments glabrous. 


Type locality: “Mt. Whitney, Cal.’—Ranging from Mt. 
Whitney to Lake Tahoe. Material examined: CALIFORNIA: 
Mt. Whitney, Culbertson 4355, Baker distribution, type collec- 
trommeG P.) Mrs. Clemens im 1910 (P); "Wicks Peak; Tahoe, 
Smiley 428 (G). 


This species seems to be quite definitely distinct from the 
South American P. magellanica which also has glabrous filaments. 
I have seen several collections of this South American species; 
in these whenever the plant tends toward the habit of P. dasy- 
phylla, the flowers are much reduced and the filaments not at 
all exserted. The South American species is quite characteristic 
of the North American species. 


V 5. PHACELIA PINNATA (R. & P.) Macbride, Cont. Gray 
lesb: 1. Ss. 49):37. 1917. 


Plants biennial or perennial, 3 to 8 dm. high; stems one to 
several from base, erect or slightly ascending, appressed-hispid- 
ulous to spreading-hispid; leaves mostly cauline, scattered along 
the stem, very rarely occurring in a basal cluster, entire or with 
one to several pairs of lateral basal leaflets, appressed-hispidu- 
lous to spreading-hispid, broadly lanceolate to elliptic or ovate, 
3 to 10 cm. long; racemes tightly compressed, spreading in an- 
thesis, hence inflorescence not truly virgate; calyx-lobes linear- 


165 


lanceolate to elliptic-lanceolate or narrowly elliptic, densely yel- 
lowish or white-hispid, this pubescence dull or glistening; cor- 
olla white or bluish, exceeding the calyx; stamens long-exserted, 
twice the length of the corolla, usually villous; style long-exserted, 
bifid. 


SNE INO) Woe e's) 


Filamentsyemtinely telabnouspe.se ce oe ee te Sc. var. robusta 
Filaments pubescent, not glabrous. 


Stems and leaves long-hispid; plant usually having a brown- 
ish or brownish-green appearance ............-------- 5a. var. typica 


Stems sparsely short-hispid; leaves appressed hispidulous, 
havingsal Sreenish: aspects.) aes 5b. var. pseudo-hispida 


5a. Phacelia pinnata (R. & P.) Macbride, var. typica, n. 
nom. P. pinnata (R: & P.) Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb.) nis: 
49:37. 1917; Aldea pinnata Ruiz and Pavon, FI. Peruv. II, 
8:114. 1799; P. circinnata (Willd.) Jacq. £. Eclog. 1:135. 1816; 
P. magellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. pinnata Brand, Pflanzenreich 
TV. 251-99. 1913: ft. vulgaris Walpers ex Brand, 1:©;"Panemo= 
valis Greene, Pitt. 1:141. 1887; P. Bioletti Greene, Pitt. 5:23: 
1902. 


Stems sparsely to densely white-hispid, the hairs stiff and 
spreading; leaves mostly large, 5 (rarely 3 or 4) to 10 cm. long, 
spreading white-hispid, usually having a brownish or brownish- 
green appearance; stamens pubescent. : 


Type locality: “Habitat in arenosis Conceptionis Chile et in 
Peruvia ad Cheuchin Provinciae Caxatambo vicum.” Ranging 
north into Mexico, Arizona, and New Mexico; also in California 
from Santa Clara Co. northward into Oregon. Material exam- 
ined: OREGON: Salem, J. C. Nelson 2475 (G); Netarts Bay, 
Peck 55/0 (G) ; Jefferson City, Abrams 5794 (P); Rogue River 
near Gold Beach, Peck 8693 (G). CALIFORNIA: Oakland, 
Jones 2359 (P), Bolander in 1865 (G); Berkeley, Miss Walker 
1995, 153 (P); Mission Hills, Kellogg (G); Mt. Tamalpais, 
Congdon in 1897 (G); Crystal Springs Lake, Elmer 4419 (P); 
Bear Gulch, Sta. Cruz Mts., Abrams 1575 (P); Smith Creek, 
Pendleton 796 (P), Heller 8586 (G); Saratoga, Pendleton in 
1907 (P); Forest Grove, Jepson in 1896 (G); Los Gatos, Heller 
7450 (G). ARIZONA: Chiricahua National Forest, Eggleston 
10812 (G). NEW MEXICO: White Mts., Wooton 291 (P). 
MEXICO: Ixtaccihuatl, Purpus 1766 (G, P); Chihuahua, Pal- 
mer 389 (G); Tlalmanalco, Seler 5333 (G). CHILE: Valpa- 
riso, Buchtien in 1895 (G); Quintero, Werdermann 48 (G); 
Limache, Garaventa 1426 (G); Ternos, Deltor 2027 (G). 


166 


With the material available for this study I am unable to 
separate Phacelia nemoralis Greene described from California from 
P. pinnata (R. & P.) Macbride described from South America. 
These species were separated by Macbride (Cont. Gray Herb., 
n. s. 49:37. 1917) on the basis of division of leaves. However, 
I have been unable to distinguish in any way whatsoever, ma- 
terial referred by him to the two species and must reduce P. 
nemoralis to synonymy under P. pinnata. At most, the South 
American specimens seen tend to have smaller leaves and a more 
scattered, shorter pubescence than do plants from North America. 


Vv 5b. Phacelia pinnata (R. & P.) Macbride, var. pseudo-his- 
pida (Brand), n. comb. P. mutabilis Greene, Eryth. 4:55. 1896; 
P. nemoralis Greene, var. mutabilis (Greene) Macbride, Cont. 
Gray Herb., n. s. 49:37. 1917; P. nemoralis Greene, var. pseudo- 
hispida Brand, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 4:219. 1912. 


Stems mostly rather sparsely short-hispid, leaves smaller than 
in var. typica, 2 to 6 cm. long, appressed-hispidulous, the general 
aspect being more truly green than that of var. typica. 


Type locality: “common towards Castle Peak,” California. 
Ranging from western Washington to California and New Mex- 
ico. Material examined: WASHINGTON: Mt. Paddo, Suks- 
dorf 73// (G); Mt. Rainier National Park, Abrams 9213 (P); 
Montesana, A. A. & E. Gertrude Heller 3923 (G); Centralia, 
Palmer 37932 (G); Shoalwater Bay, Cooper in 1854 (G). ORE- 
GON: Pamelia Lake, J. C. Nelson 2792 (G); Takilma, Peck 
8185 (G); Crater Lake National Park, Heller 12593 (G), Jones 
ZZ: "Oswego Lake, J. C. Nelson 2757 (G). CALIFOR- 
NIA: Mt. Eddy, Heller 12231 (G); Stalker’s, Shasta Co., M. 
S. Baker 344, Univ. Calif. Herbarium, type of P. nemoralis 
Greene, var. pseudo-lispida Brand; McClouds, L. E. Smith 504 
(G) ; Scott Mts., Greene 1032 (G); Summit, Heller 9861, 6960 
(G); Jonesville, Copeland 446 (SA), Heller 12869 (G); Butte 
Meadows, Heller 12168 (G); Mariposa, Congdon 9955 (G); 
Armstrong Station, Hansen 1129 (G, P); Mather, Tuolumne Co., 
Munz 7418 (P); Cahoon Meadow, Sequoia National Park, 
Howell 7/18 (SA); Mammoth, Mono Co., Coville & Funston 1824 
(G). ARIZONA: Pinalefio Mts. Mung 1242 (P); Spud 
Ranch, Rincon Mts., Blumer 3357 (G); Barfoot Peak, Blumer 
1471 (G); Gulch at head of Pine Canyon, Blumer 1474 (G). 
iC ye Sawyer’s Peak, Grant Co., Metcalfe 1398 

W2))s 


The important character to be used in distinguishing this va- 
riety from var. typica is the pubescence and general aspect of 
the leaves. In this variety the pubescence of the leaves is quite 
short and always appressed, and the leaves have a definitely green- 
ish color, whereas in var. typica this pubescence is long and spread- 
ing and the leaves have a brownish cast. 


167 


5c. PHACELIA PINNATA (R. & P.) Macbride, var. RoBUSTA 
(Brand) Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb., n. s. 49:37. 1917. P. ma- 
gellanica (Lam.) Cov., f. robusta Brand, Pflanzenreich IV. 251: 
97. 1913; f£. amoena Brand, |. c., in part. 


Plant similar to var. typica in the vegetative aspects; stamens 
long-exserted, entirely glabrous. 


Type locality: ‘“Mexiko: Auf dem Gipfel des Berges San 
Felipe (Andrieux n. 211)” (This is the specimen first cited by 
Brand). Ranging from Mexico into western South America and 
Bolivia. Material examined: MEXICO: Cerro San Felipe, 
Oaxaca, FE. W. Nelson 1056 (G); Sierra Madre, Chihuahua, 2. 
W. Nelson 4511 (G). PERU: Matucana, Macbride 2939 (G). 
BOLIVIA: Cochabamba, Bang 1040 (G); La Paz, Buchtien 
364 (G), Mandon 377 (G); Sorata, Rusby 1157 (G). 

This variety is separated from var. tyvpica by its glabrous 
stamens. 


DOUBLEULYSPE CIS 
Phacelia rudis Dougl. ex A. DC., Prod. 9:298. 1845. 


This species is published in synonymy in de Candolle’s Pro- 
dromus, and lacks a description or a reference except this legend, 
“herb, et hort. soc. hortic.”’ 

Pomona College, 


Claremont, California. 


168 


A REVISIONAL STUDY OF THE PHACELIA 
HISPIDA GROUP 


By Joun W. Voss 


It has been my pleasure to study this particular group of 
Phacelias under the direction of Dr. Philip A. Munz of Pomona 
College. It was at his suggestion that I undertook the problem. 
I have had available for this study the material in the following 
herbaria, to the curators of which I am deeply indebted: 


Gray Herbarium of Harvard University (G), 
Herbarium of Pomona College (P). 


and I have had also types and special material from: 


University of California (C), 

Herbarium of Prof. Jepson (Jeps.), 
California Academy of Sciences (C. A.), 
United States National Herbarium (U. S.). 


The abbreviations above indicated are used in the citation of 
specimens. 


DISCUSSION OF CRITERIA FOR THE DIFFERENTIATION OF ENTITIES. 


Consistent characters by which these groups, for the most 
part, may be segregated are the appendages within the corolla. 
There are 10 of these and they occur in pairs at the base of each 
stamen, forming a V-shaped pocket for the filament. The size, 
shape, and proportion of these appendages vary. For convenience 
in describing these I have used the terms lamella, referring to the 
attached portion with its elongated termination (if present), and 
transverse portion, referring to the lower unattached lip which 
extends inward toward the center of the corolla. The appendage 
characters provide a useful means of distinguishing between Ph. 
cryptantha var. typica and var. derivata; the presence or absence 
of projecting tips at the upper ends of the lamellae giving a con- 
stant basis for differentiation. There is variation in the length 
of the attached portion, and there are forms suggesting inter- 
gradation. ; 


Corolla size is a convenient character in differentiating Ph. 
cryptantha and Ph. umbrosa from Ph. hispida and Ph. vallis- 
mortae, and also for distinguishing the varieties of Ph. vallis- 
mortae, 

Seeds are important characters in several groups, particularly 
in Ph. hispida var. heterosepala, where the plant is morphologically 


169 


difficult to distinguish, and yet the seeds are very different from 
those of any of the other entities herein discussed, in regard to 
size, shape, and number. In Ph. eximia also the number and size 
of the seeds are the real determining factors. 

The length of the stamens, whether included or exserted, 
is a characteristic usable in differentiating between Ph. cryp- 
tantha and Ph. umbrosa, and for distinguishing Ph. vallis-mortae 
var. typica. 

The degree of hispidity is useful for distinguishing Ph. his- 
pida var. Hubby. Ph. umbrosa is the least hispid of any of the 
group. Ph. vallis-mortae but slightly more so, and Ph. cryptan- 
tha and Ph. hispida var. genuina increasingly so in that order. 


Density of inflorescence is a helpful diagnostic character 
for Ph. hispida var. eximia, in which the flowers are compara- 
tively widely spaced (about 4 mm.), and in Ph. hispida var. 
Hubby, and Ph. umbrosa where the inflorescence is long and the 
flowers are packed closely together. 


Distinctions of leaf shape and size may be made particularly 
in Ph. umbrosa, where the leaves are exceptionally thin and scarce- 
ly more than irregularly crenate, and in Ph. hispida var. cicutaria 
where leaves are pinnately divided, the margins of the pinnae 
being coarsely serrate. 


KeEy To SPECIES 


Corolla small, less than 5 mm. wide. 
Stamens equaling or exceeding corolla. Todos Santos, Lower 


Clitoris ees: Bes eae ve id Cae 3. Ph. umbrosa. 
Stamens one-half or three-fourths as long as corolla. Colo. 
and Miohave deserts. 22: .0.22...0.25.2. Pheer promtnar 


Corolla large, 8-16 mm. wide. 
Appendages in corolla 1.5-2 mm. long, transverse portion 
inconspicuous, or absent. Death Valley area, and lower San 
Moaquirmep Vial Cystic cts sh aan emelen suena 4. Ph. vallis-mortae. 


Appendages less than 1.5 mm. long, or if as long, having 
transverse portion about equal in proportion to lamella. 
Ea AI Se he os eagle Alia oR earn oe ERNE ab) 2 |. Ph. juspida: 


1. PHACELIA HISPIDA Gray, Syn. FI. 2:161. 1878, Suppl., 
415. 1886. 


Ph. ramosissima Doug. var. hispida Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 


NOE SOR GUST a: 


Annual, 1.5-6 dm. high, usually erect; sterns simple, branch- 
ing from the base, or diffuse, setose-hispid with long and slender 
white bristles ; leaves usually merely incised, sometimes parted and 
incised, occasionally with pinnae lobed or divided; spikes soon 
loose and loosely paniculate, 5-20 cm. long in fruit; flowers nearly 
all on short slender pedicels ; calyx from one-half to one and one- 


170 


eighth times the length of corolla; lobes elongating greatly in 
fruit, narrowly linear or spatulate with attenuated base; corolla 
campanulate-spreading, 8-10 mm. wide, white to purple; stamens 
1 to nearly 1.5 times the length of corolla, and each rising from 
a pair of appendages inserted just below the middle of the corolla 
tube ; style equaling or barely exceeding corolla; seeds 2-4, favose- 
pitted, brown, 1.25-3 mm. long, 0.75-2 mm. wide. 


Kery TO VARIETIES 


Plant stout, grayish and shaggy hirsute throughout; racemes very 
dense especially in fruit. Ojai Valley to San Fernando..... 
ME SON 2a ge sports eis a aace har eeet s anaysy coo lc. var. Hubby. 


Plant greener below; fruiting racemes more or less open. Flowers 
separated, evenly spaced; stems weak; seeds 2 or 3. San 
Grantee VIS abso ey cp ose Se shoei, ees atone lb. var. eximia 


Flowers close together. 


Seeds 4, 3-sided. 


Seeds 3 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide. Interior Valley 
Oi Galan (Omens et Omer sae 1d. var. cicutaria. 
Seeds not exceeding 1.5 mm. in length. Calif. from 
Paso Robles southward to Lower Calif. 

Dt Pix saci CR teen eared Roper et bor la. var. genuina. 


Seeds 2, oval, flattened, 3 mm. long, 2 mm. wide. Butte 
( CG al Ge bin AU estes Aca hee eee en eee ER le. var. heterosepala. 


V ine HISPIDA) Vat. GENUENA Brand, Univ. Calif. Pub: 
Bot. 4-214) 1Ol?: 


Appendages with transverse portion equaling lamella; la- 
mella tipped with short points, or almost truncate; seeds less 
than 2 mm. long, less than 1 mm. wide. 


Type locality, probably Santa Barbara, as that is the first 
place named in Gray’s description. When Gray made his Ph. 
ramosissima var. hispida he cited no collectors; later in the Bot. 
Calif. 1:508. 1876, and in Syn. Fl. 2:161, 1878, he named Nuttall 
first among several collectors. [I have not seen the Nuttall speci- 
men and cannot be sure whether it came from Santa Barbara or 
not. Ranging in cismontane Calif. from Paso Robles southward. 
Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA: Cult. at Berkeley, Davy 7395 
(P); 16 mi. east of Santa Maria, Munz 11431 (P); Dutard’s 
Ranch, near boundary of Santa Barbara and San Luis Obispo 
Cos., Eastwood, May 9, 1896 (G) ; Eastwood, June 13, 1902 (G) ; 
Santa Barbara, Elmer 3867 (P); Santa Inez Mts., Cooper, June 
1897 (G); San Marcos Road, Painted Cave Ranch, near Santa 
Barbara, Eastwood, May, 1908 (G); Santa Barbara Co., Torrey 
351, 1865 (G) ; Ojai Valley, Munz 11493 (P) ; Hobo Hot Springs, 
Kern Co., Abrams 11961 (P); Bouquet Canyon, near Saugus, 
Munz 6931 (P); San Fernando Mts., Abrams 1350 (P); Sul- 


171 


phur Mountain Spring, Sulphur Mts., Abrams & McGregor 51 
(G); Santa Monica Mts., Munz & Harwood 3955 (P); Cata- 
lina Is., Pendleton 1364 (P); Laurel Canyon, near Los Angeles, 
Eastwood 110 (G) ; “California”, Wallace (G); Pasadena, Grant 
964 (G); San Jose Hills, south of San Dimas, Munz & Harwood 
3305 (P); Pomona, Baker 4749 (P, G); Claremont, Baker 4776 
(P, G); Barret Canyon below Camp Baldy, Reed 4913 (P); 

Lytle Gree Canyon, Street, May 30, 1918 (P); San Bernardino, 
Parish 3670 (G) ; San Bernardino Mts., Parish 11315 (P), Parish 
4834 (P); Santiago Peak, Orange Co., Abrams 1820 (P), Munz 
7097 (P); Santiago Creek Canyon, Orange Co., Geis 512 (P); 
Laguna Beach, Breckenridge, April 17, 1920 (P); Laguna Mts., 
Mung 9732 (P); 2 mi. W. of Dripping Spring, Mung 9537 (P); 
Palm Springs, Spencer 2110 (G); near Fallbrook, Munz & Har- 
wood 3859 (P); San Diego, Cleveland 1874 (G); Between Po- 
trero and Campo, Abrams 371/ (P); Pala Grade, Hill, April 
19, 1925 (P); Witch Creek, Alderson, June 1894 (G); Mesa 
Grande, Spencer 1733 (PG); SE. of Buckmans Springs 
ie Chariot Canyon, San Felipe Creek, Keck & McCully 109 
(P); Foster, Spencer 326 (G, P). LOWER CALIFORNIA: 

Northern Lower Calit., Jones,-Apnl 7, 1852 (2), Oneurein 
1883 (C); 15 miles north of Ensenada, Canby, April 3, 1925 (P). 


lb. Ph. hispida var. eximia (Eastw.) n. comb. 


Ph. eximia Eastwood, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 32:204. 1905. 


Plant with weak stems; terminal leaflets compound trifoliate ; 
inflorescence loose in young plant; corolla 8-10 mm. broad, stamens 
conspicuously exserted, anthers large; seeds, usually two, some- 
times 3, large, 2 mm. long, 1.25 mm. wide. 


Type locality, Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., Calif. Range, 
San Gabriel Mts., Calif. Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA: Mt. 
Wilson, Fordyce Grinnell, Jr., Dec. 31, 1903, type (C. A.) ; Crys- 
tal Lake, San Gabriel Mts.. Los AngelesiCon 2. Crow, hee 29, 
1930;,/@P): 


This variety is admittedly very near to var. genuina, but 
seems to be a local entity distinguished by its larger and tewer 
seeds. 


lc. Pu. uisprpa var. Hussyr Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb., 
Sy AS) MONT 
Plant unusually white hispid, stout; inflorescence dense, con- 
spicuously so in fruit; corolla 6-7 mm. broad, pale; scales with 
broad lamellae, tapering gradually to a sharp point at the tip; 
stamens conspicuously exserted, half as long again as corolla; seeds 
4, 3 mm. long. 


Type locality, Sulphur Mt., Ventura Co., Calif. Range, San 
Fernando to Ojai Valley, Calif. Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA: 


172 


Sulphur Mt., Hubby 36, May 20, 1896, type (G), Hubby 35, 
April 12, 1897 (G); Hubby 34, April 12, 1897 (G); Mt. slopes, 
Ojai Valley, Hubby 31, May 20, 1896 (G); Santa Clara River, 
Ventura Co., Gray in 1885 | (G); near San Becnande. iA Con 
Fintchcock 14 (P). 


y 1d. PH. HISPIDA var. CICUTARIA (Greene) Macbride, Cont. 
Gray) Herb. s:, 49:29), 1917. 

Ph. hispida var. genuina subvar. cicutaria Brand, Univ. Calif. Pub. 

Bot., 4:215. 1912. Ph. cicutaria Greene, Pittonia 5:20. 1902. 


Plant 2-4 dm. high, erect; leaves pinnately divided, margins 
of pinnae coarsely serrate; corolla pale, appendages with trans- 
verse portion exceeding vertical portion in length, and tending to 
lie close to the filament; seeds 4, 3 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide, 
3-sided. 


Type locality, Knight’s Ferry, Stanislaus Co., Calif. Range, 
interior valley of California. Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA: 
Knight’s Ferry, F. W. Bancroft, April 9, 1885, type (C) ; Cali- 
ente, Heller 7611 (G); Raymond, Cummings, May 22, 1896 (G) ; 
Lindsay, Munzg 9091 (P); Iron Canyon, Bruce in 1892 (P); 
San Luis Obispo, Jones, May 8, 1882 (P); Tehachapi, Jones, 
May 20, 1903 (P, G); Oroville, Heller 10709 (G); Emmet to 
Panoche Pass, San Benito Co., Abrams and Borthwich 7894 (P) ; 
Colusa Co., Ferris 6407 (P); Jacksonville, Fosberg, April 9, 
IIZT ACE) Blochman’s Ranch, Eastwood 4256 (G); Pollasky, 
Heller 8146 (G); Fort Tejon, Xanthus 90 (G); Fremont’s Ex- 
pedition 402, in 1842 (G); Three Rivers, Tulare Co., Eastwood, 
May 15, 1894 (.G); Zaca Lake, Eastwood 539 (G). 


| 
V 


le. PH. HISPADA var, HETEROSEPALA (Greene) n. comb. 


Ph. hispida var. genuina subvar. heterosepala Brand, Uniy. Calif. 
Publ. Bot. 4:215. 1912. Ph. heterosepala Greene, Pittonia 5:21. 
1902. 


Leaves usually only incised; seeds large, usually 2, flattened- 
ovate, dark brown, 3 mm. long, 2 mm. wide. 


Type locality, Iron Canyon, Butte Co., Calif. Range, Butte 
Co., Calif. Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA: Iron Canyon, above 
Chico, Austin, May 1853, type (C); Cold Canyon, Butte Co., 
Austin, June 1879 (G). 


This variety, based largely on seed characters, is admittedly 
a very local entity and does not occupy its area to the exclusion 
of var. cicutaria as can be seen by the specimens cited under that 
variety. 


2. PHACELIA CRYPTANTHA Greene, Pittonia 5:21. 1902. 


Plants resembling Ph. hispida, but differing in having cor- 
olla 3-5 mm. wide, scales with the transverse portion much re- 
duced, and stamens included. 


173 


Key To VARIETIES 


Sepals 1:5 mm. wide or less, appendages in corolla tipped with 
bristle-like point s2).)0ia0 . 1: 20. 2 Leon sh 9 6 Can avOeRIGUE 


Sepals 1.5-2 mm. wide, appendages semiovate with no bristle-like 
(SO Pee ara na yh ieee A meer ADL Wie. WOM UENT. 


Za. PH. CRYPTANTHA Greene var. fypica n. nom. 


Ph. cryptantha, Greene, Pittonia 5:21. 1902. Ph. hispada var. 
brachyantha Coville, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 4:158. 1893. Ph. 
eremica Jepson, Manual of Flowering Plants of Calif., 823. 1925. 


Plants erect, 1.5-4 dm. tall; stems branching, thin; corolla 
3-4 mm. wide; stamens about half as long as corolla, appendages 
elongate, narrow, terminating in a sharp point, transverse portion 
inconspicuous ; seeds 4, 1 :5-2 mm. long. 


Type locality, Surprise Canyon, Panamint Mts., Inyo Co., 
Calif. Range, Borders of Mohave and Colorado Deserts. . Speci- 
mens seen, CALIFORNIA: Surprise Canyon, Panamint Mts., 
Inyo Co., Fredrick Funson 607, type (U. S.); Collins Valley, 
Jepson 8852, April 28, 1920, type of eremica (Jeps.); Big Rock 
Creek, San Gabriel Mts., Munz 6817 (P, G) ; Cajon Pass, Jones, 
May 16, 1903 (P); Deadman’s Pt., Mohave Desert, Johnston, 
May 16, 1920 (P); Old Woman Mts., Jones, May 13, 1926 (P) ; 
Quail Springs, Mohave Desert, Gilman AY (P); Willow Springs, 
Kern Co., Munz 10028 (P); Box Canyon, Colo. Desert, Munz 
G& Hitchcock 12,051 (P.); Mohave, Jones, May 20, 1903 (PP). 
NEVADA: Meadow Valley Wash, mile 16, Jones, April 26, 
1904 (P). ARIZONA: Mineral Park, Lemmon 3349 (G); 
Chimehuevis, Jones, April 21, 1903 (P) ; Skull Valley, Jones, May 
1, 1903 (P); Hackberry, Jones, April 25, 1903 (P); near Pres= 
cott, Rusby, May 1885 (G). 


Through the kindness of Prof. Jepson, | have had the privi- 
lege of examining his type of eremica and through that of Dr. 
W. R. Maxon I have likewise seen flowers from the type of Co- 
ville’s Ph. hispida var. brachyantha which variety was renamed by 
Greene as Ph. cryptantha. In the key to Phacelia in Jepson’s 
Manual, P. eremica is separated from P. cryptantha on the basis 
of having the corolla longer than the calyx, while it is given as 
shorter than the calyx in the latter species. From an examina- 
tion of both types and the study of the scales | am convinced 
that the two are synonymous and that some of the material which 
has been referred to cryptantha (hispida var. brachyantha) dit- 
fers in its scales and for it is proposed the following new variety: 


2b. PH. CRYPTANTHA Var. DERIVATA N. var. 


Plant 1-3 dm. high with thin weak stems; inflorescence short, 
compact; sepals 5-7 mm. long, elongating rapidly in fruiting con- 
dition, equaling or slightly exceeding corolla; corolla pale laven- 


174 


der, 2-5 mm. wide; appendages semiovate, transverse portion barely 
evident; stamens included; seeds 4, 2.5 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide. 
(Planta 1-3 dm. alta, cum. caulibus tenuibus debilibusque ; inflor- 
escentia breve, compacta; sepalis 5-7 mm. longis, post florationem 
rapide extendentibus; corolla lavendula, 2-5 mm. lata; appendi- 
culis semiovatis, partibus transversis appendiculorum vix evident- 
ibus; staminibus inclusis; seminibus 4, 2.5 mm. longis, 1-1.5 mm. 
latis. ) 


Type from Shepherds Canyon, Panamint Mts., Inyo Co., 
Calif. M. E. Jones, April 30, 1897 (Pomona College Herbarium 
No. 73398). Range, northern and eastern edge of Mohave Desert. 
Specimens seen CALIFORNIA: East of Bishop, Jones, May 14, 
1927 (P); Lone Pine Creek, Alabama Hills, Inyo Co., Hall & 
Chandler 7182, May 26, 1906 (P). ARIZONA: Mt. Trumbull, 
Palmer 334.5 (G). NEVADA: Eldorado Canyon, Nelson, Jones, 
April 30, 1907 (P). 


This variety intergrades with var. typica in the ratio of cor- 
olla to calyx length, and in the shape of the appendages. In the 
intergrades, the lamella of the appendage is not so elongate but 
the projecting tip is present at the top. The collection Eldorado 
Canyon, Nelson, Nev., Jones, April 30, 1907 (P), is an inter- 
grade most like derivata, while the collection of Rusby, near 
Prescott, Ariz., is more like typica, hence is mentioned under that 
variety. 


Y 3. PH. umsBrosa Greene, Erythea 2:191. 1894. 


Ph. hispida var. wmbrosa (Greene) Brand, Pflanzenreich IV, 
Zaleoe. 1913, 


Annual, resembling Ph. hispida but sparingly hispid, not 
glandular; stems very slender, freely branching; leaves numerous, 
thin, only irregularly crenate; corolla small, 2-4 mm. wide, pale 
violet, stamens equaling corolla; appendages with wide lamellae, 
truncate or only slightly pointed at top; seeds 2-2.5 mm. long, 
1 mm. wide. 


Type locality, northern part of peninsula of Lower California. 
Specimens seen, LOWER CALIFORNIA: near Todos Santos 
Bay, C. R. Orcutt, July 11, 1885 (G, C). The specimen at Univ. 
of Calif. is probably incorrectly labeled as coming from south- 
western part of Colorado Desert, San Diego Co., Calif. 


4. PHACELIA VALLIS-MORTAE SP. Nov. 


Allied to Ph. hispida, the plant 2-5 dm. high, diffuse, branch- 
ing several times from the base; stems weak, sparingly hispid, 
but covered with a denser glandular pubescence beneath; leaves 
few, pinnately divided, hispid, hairs enlarged at base; sepals two- 
thirds as long as corolla, narrowly oblanceolate, less than 1 mm. 
wide; corolla lavender, broadly. funnel-form, 8-16 mm. long, 8-16 


175 


mm. broad; appendages long, lamellae 1.5-2 mm. long, truncate to 
slightly pointed at tips, transverse portion inconspicuous; sta- 
mens shorter than or barely equaling length of corolla; seeds 4, 
3 mm. long, 1.5 mm. broad. (Planta 2-5 dm. alta, diffusa; caul- 
ibus debilibus, parce hispidis et dense breveque glanduloso-pubes- 
centibus ; foliis paucibus, pinnate divisis, hispidis, sepalis anguste 
oblanceolatis, vix 1 mm. latis, brevioribus quam corollis; corollis 
lavendulis, late infundibuliformibus, 8-16 mm. longis, 8-16 mm. 
latis ; appendiculis longis; lamellis 1.5-2 mm. longis, truncatis aut 
parce acutis, partibus transversis appendiculorum inconspicuis ; 
staminibus brevibus quam corollis aut vix equalibus aut exsertis; 
seminibus 4, 3 mm. longis, 1.5 mm. latis. 


Type from sandy wash, Keane’s Spring, Amargosa Range, 
Death Valley, Invo Co., Calif., Munz 12550, May 9, 1932. (Po- 
mona College Herbarium No. 187405.) 


Key To VARIETIES 


Flowers 8-10 mm. wide, Death Valley region .... 4a. var. typica. 


Flowers 14-16 mm. wide, Lower San Joaquin Valley........ 
5 Sig BIE Oh RR Sel EPO MEER GrrOES. Pen MEAN ol s eteenaea IE 4b. var. heliophila. 


4a. PH. VALLIS-MORTAE Voss var. TYPICA n. nom. 
Flowers 8-10 mm. wide; stamens not exserted. 


Range, Death Valley area. Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA: 
Dantes Point, Death Valley, Jaeger, May 2, 1927 (P); Pana- 
mint Mts., Inyo Co., Jaeger May 2, 1927 (P); Tehachapi, Jones, 
May 20, 1903 (P); Bishop, Heller 8255 (G): S. W. of Sho- 
shone, Hitchcock 12343 (P); Bonanza King Mine, Mohave Des- 
ert, Munz, Johnston, Harwood 4285 and 4023 (P); Bradbury 
Well, Mohave Desert, Munz & Hitchcock 11009 (P); 7 mi. east 
of Daggett, Munz & Keck 7/837 (P); south of Barstow, Munz 
25/6 (P); 8 mi. east of Victorville, Jaeger, April 4, 1932 (2), 
NEVADA: Columbus Marsh, Jones, June 17, 1927 - Meadow 
Valley Wash, mile 16, Jones, April 28, 1904 (P); Potosi Mt., 
Clark Co., Jaeger, May 28, 1930 (P). UTAH: Diamond Valley, 
Goodding 823 (G). 


4b. PH. VALLIS-MORTAE var. HELIOPHILA (Macbride) n. 
comb. 


Ph. hispida var. heliophila Macbride, Cont. Gray Herb., n. s., 
49:29. 1917. 


Freely branching; corolla showy, 12-16 mm. broad, pale pur- 
ple with darker veins; appendages with lamellae 2 mm. long, 
tapering upward and ending in a long narrow, unattached point ; 
stamens exserted; seeds 4, 3 mm. long. 


176 


Type locality, Sunset, Kern Co., Calif. Range, Southern 
part of San Joaquin Valley. Specimens seen, CALIFORNIA: 
Sunset, Heller 7730, April 20, 1905, type (G); north of Lebec, 
Kern Co., Jones, April 24, 1927 (P). 


= Pomona College, Claremont, Calif. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 56 


Figures 1 to 6 show the character of the appendages within 
the corolla tube at the base of each stamen. The drawings were 
made with the aid of camera lucida. Figure 7 shows the gen- 
eral distribution of the entities. 


Fig. 1. Phacelia hispida var. genuina, from Parish 11315 (P). 


Fig. 2. Phacelia vallis-mortae var. heliophila, from type (G). 
Fig. 3. Phacelia cryptantha var. typica, from Mung 6817 (P). 
Fig. 4. Phacelia hispida var. cicutaria, from type (C). 

Fig. 5. Phacelia vallis-mortae var. typica, from type (P). 

Fig. 6. Phacelia cryptantha var. derivata, from type (P). 

Fig. 7. la—=Ph. hispida var. genuina. 


lb = Ph. lispida var. eximia., 

lc = Ph. hispida var. Hubbyi. 

1d = Ph, hispida var. cicutaria. 

le = Ph. hispida var. heterosepala. 

2a = Ph. cryptantha var. typica. 

2b = Ph. cryptantha var. derivata. 

3 = Ph. umbrosa. 

4a = Ph. vallis-mortae var. typica. 

4b = Ph. vallis-mortae var. heliophila. 


PLATE 56 


~~ 


BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 
ACADEMY of SCIENCES 


Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California. 
Subscription—$2.00 per year 


Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy 
: (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) 


Address all communications to Dr. John A. Comstock 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, 


Los Angeles, Cal., U.S. A. 


Publications of the 
Southern California Academy of Sciences 


The Academy has published to date the following: 


PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. 
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- 
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. 


All issues of the above are now out of print. 
B GB 


Bulletin of the 
Southern California Academy of Sciences 


Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued 
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908— 
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo- 
ber) in 1920. 


DBhes192i issues are: Vol. XX, No. 2, April; Vol. XX, No. 2; 
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. 


The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, 
September. 


The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. 


The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem- 
ber-October; No. 6, November-December. 


From 1925 to 1933, including volumes XXIV to XXXII, three num- 
bers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January- 
April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. 


EAD, 


All of the issues listed on previous page are now out of print, with 
the exception of the following, which may be secured from the Secretary 
of the Academy at the appended prices: 


Vol. 3, No. 7. October BUY Oe a anne es PL $ .25 
‘s 4 yo) bs Maly. IG OD soars ae ie eee 25 
i (Hr Ae diy, IQ OSE eeceanra nie ete ce Merced 25 
in Ye 2 Ass Af, SLO): eee ae ee ee “0D 
Tee dy al, adammimlemny, TU iba ee ieee er ee re 50 
BoD en ene wees hullays a SE See Se MN ee NS 50 
AS) ale enmneneay, 192.0 ee eee ees 25 
2 al) SAL @eualaere: d BY 7A 0 eo es eines mR RS 25 
21 25 October: 192 2 ee eee eee 25 
Se ey SLs denna: G2 4 ei alle vo tak aon eee re 25 
7 SB) WEES N, GD 4 eke ea hae a aes 25 
Ry SB IME, i IS 7: bee ee a erences at 25 
Dy a ee tease a AO yy DGD Bi Ne dD Ds en i ne 25 
Te t23e) 2255, eseptember 1924 ee eee 25 
sae) Wk eri Oe PON OMETIND CT se il Age ais ele aera oe eee 225) 
ee | Se le een Ay TOD 5 Sets tee cased WLS Se ce 25 
oo Ain aun aoe el Daiys. O25 ties enh ae oa 2 ee 25 
Se OO Ase ee Oecd CD LOMO si. LOZ Din cae et oct es ee BOY 
2 Os IL ARNON 192652 oe SNORE eee BD 
eee 2 One ean neo av ay DD Ges eee 225 
Ee erie Se DteMDelan, silo Guenter he: nee eee cane ene .25 
ZO aie ANU A Taye 9 2 iitin e eral aes eea 29 
Bo AG = eo ANOLE WO QK a a ees See eae 20 
meta ON Seer Os —- SC DLEMDCT saa 92 fie eee on te eee ee 25 
ei ele SANTA TAY) 19 718 ee Tae oe aie Nate an. sae sl Needed 20) 
sitmeet Dti(ehe a foe aeue VAY, NO 2 Be ne, eee 25 
MeeeanGees HHS TS CDLEIMDEH sa 192 Samaria mtu eee 25 
iyo nie ed eh albany, IQ O ete eee eae a ee eee 25 
SR AE ae SINE 192.0 cies et ee 25 
MMA Oe tose Se DLE MDE Leo 2 Oimesam tere eee ee 50 
ne Oe eer Tan UAlye AOS ()ieencte ieee al Ss Se AS) 
Pe RN Ee ry SIE ELE S(t reste te ono Le ea wae Een 25 
See Oe emer oset SCD COMM CT) Sie Oo leer ceree ee eee iat rare eee 25 
G0. BAD), al, Aiehohbebey BES a Uae ae a se EN 20 
BD, Ps ys eI EC i eee ee ea 2D 
eto Oss atote Oe ptember,  H9slte wah ee DS 
Salo aks | diebaennye DQ 32) yeas ee ease Teens 25 
Shanta aia a2 pela ye DOGO ieee at Ae ee eee .25 
Wilh me Ome SCDLSTMDET:  o193 lia weetn. 20s eae, ie neneaseen eee DAD 
To Bye £2 lye dehobienaye DS Ya Sal oe er ae nate eee a .25 
COBY so ne 745) ERG, a HS 333 ae etre a er 25 
Oe aya. => Veh, fSyeynieaall oven) IR RY ees ak lr an wen ea 25 
ood sel eanilanye AG Ayu et See aos ee See 25 
Wh Sown es woe aye iLO 3 Anis ved Sone ne ven ges enue ae 25 
IS TOBY EB Ye ChoKey OL SONY OXen a a BYR ee naet 25 


The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues and will appre- 
ciate the donation of all numbers by members who have no further use for back 
issues. Address all communications concerning the above to: 

DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK, Southern California Academy of Sciences, 
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles, Calif. 


180 


Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences 


VOL. XXXII, 1934 


INDEX OF SUBJECTS 


Additional Notes on the Early 
Stages of California Lepidop- 


NCTC eee ooese ei on An ee 25 
Apodemia mormo deserti B. & 

IVUCT PS INOLES OM) = 2 222. 22t-t-eeee 34 
Argynnis macaria Edw., 

INOLC SHOT eee ee ee ake eee 34 
Aristotelia rhoisella Busck~_..... 74 


Butterflies of the Boundary Hill 
Research Reserve, Yosemite 
binierpe teen nee cee ee ee ee 131 


California Euphorbia Notes...... 105 
Catabene esula Druce, Life 


GTS TOV ak O fipseceee eee ee ee 145 
Chlorochlamys chloroleucaria, 
WitewHistory. Of 22-2222 as 29 


Eunaticina heimi E. K. Jordan.. 68 
Euphorbia Abramsiana 


Weel erg Sc sn ees ...-109 
Euproserpinus phaeton G. & 
Rew itewHiStony: Of sa. 141 


Fossil Mollusks from the Verte- 
brate-bearing Asphalt Depos- 
its at Carpenteria, California 7 


Helminthoglypta, A New .........- 57 
Helminthoglypta caruthersi 

AVVAIIVE Git oe eis vee sive are Mie Sif 
Hemiargus gyas Edw., Life 

TGS UO Tay Ole eee ee eee ee 139 
Heodes gorgon Bdv., Life 

FNS CO ge Obes eee eS 25 
Hesperumia sulphuraria Pack., 

Life History Notes  —............- 31 
Litocala sexsignata Har'v., 

ANOLE Sir O Une tes eaeees oe ass 148 
Megathymus stephensi Skin., 

(ite PEM StOTYs Of 22.2 EOI: 
Megathymus yuccae navajo 

Skins ite History of .2...---2 87 


Melitaea chara Edw., Notes on 35 
Metamorphosis of Three 


Calitornia, Diurnals® 22.222 79 
Microlepidoptera, Two New 

PROM CalihOrnia, 22-2---- 2-2. a 
New Oysters and a New Pecten 

from the Tertiary of Calif... 1 


Notes on the Early Stages of 
Three Butterflies and Five 
Moths from California —._..... 137 


Notes on the Insect Inhabitants 
of Wood Rat Houses in Calif. 12 


Occurrence of Linguatulids 
rol, JENA OVS ONS) Soeaee sees een eis ana be 


Odostomia gallegosi Hertlein — 67 
Opuntia phaecantha vy. piercei 


J EQCOXSY 02) of 2 Se gs eae ae ee de se 102 
Ostrea ashleyi Hertlein 1 
Ostrea titan eucorrugata 

Hertlein tase ys as 5 
Pecten lillisi Hertlein -.............. 5 
Phacelia californica yv. jacinten- 

SispDundass2 == 160 
cryptantha v. deri- 
VatariViOSSi aay! 


es heterophylla vy. 
rotundata Dundas _156 
Phacelia vallis-mortae Voss _.... 175 
Philotes battoides bernardino 
B. & McD., Life History of.... 27 
Philtraea elegantaria Hy. Edw., 
Notes on Early Stages -........ 35 
Pholisora catullus, Notes on_.... 140 


Pleistocene Mollusks from the 


Tres Marias Islands, etc. —-.. 59 
Pleocoma, Revision of the 

Gem u's Ra eee ee ee 123 
Plutella dammersi Busck 76 
Prickly Pears of So. California 93 
Proceedinggae == ee ens als lal 


Revision of the Heuchera rub- 
escens Group (Saxifragaceae) 
LOT athe Wes See ae ee ee 492 


fornica Group for No. Amer- 


DIG heres cpr et SS TRE ne eee mee ie Se alisy4 
Revisional Study of the 

Phacelia hispida Group _...... 169 
Revisional Study of the Species 

Erigeron foliosus Nutt. —....... 50 
Sabulodes cervinaria Pack., 

INO LES 10 1h eee ea Pare SG 
Sicya snoviaria Hlst., Life 

History eNotes 2 oe 32 
Simyra henrici Grt., Life 

EM STOTYymINOLE Sites eee eee 143 


Sphexr xranthopterus. The Cap- 
ture and Stinging of the Prey 


Olt Se Se ee eR ee ee 39 
Strymon auretorum spadia Hy. 

EKdw., Life History of ............ 79 
Strymon sylvinus Bdy., Life 

EUS TOR VRO fie ee Ee 137 


Studies in Pacific Coast 


SepidOpte rae ees oe Nye 34 
Titanio dapalis Grt., Notes on 
I LCV EMS COTY eee ee 150 


New species and varieties indicated in bold face type. 


INDEX OF AUTHORS 


Busck, August _..... OBE coaree ee aee 74 
Compton, Gladys -...........22..--2..-.... 50 
Comstock, John A.....25, 34, 79, 137 
Dammers, Charles M. ....25, 79, 137 
UD ESS e/a ( Ohad eee 12, 123 
Dundas, Frederick W. ............. 152 
Fosburg, F. R. -....... SU SEEG a Sead Oey, 93 
Garth; John Sie. Satya 
Granite Wie Sige ee 7 


Hertlein, Leo G. -....0000.002022.. 1, 9) 
Hicks: Charles Ht 22 ic wen 39 
Hill, Howard R. ...-.............. 11g}, sale 
Stewart, Margaret G., .......2......... 492 
Strong, A. M. _........... Settee RR r 
Voss, John W. ........--.- ess ee 169 
Wheeler, Louis C. -.....20....... eel) 
Willett, George ____. SU Soi 57 


CORRECTIONS TO VOL. XXXIII 
Page 105, line 29: “purii—” should be “puri—’”’. 


Page 106, line 19, should read: 
“side Co., Calif., Parish 8306 (D). I have seen the specimen and”’ 


Page 152, paragraph 1, line 9: Spell “Willamette’’. 


Page 153, lines 3-6 from bottom of page should be indented 
2 ems. 


Page 154, line 23: Italicize “Leonard in 1885”, “Payson 
WO ast line: Italicize “Goodding 547”. 


Page 156, line 21: Spell “Willamette”. Line 10 from bot- 
tom: Spell “appresso-hirsutis”’. 


Page 157: Reorganize Key to Varieties: 
Calyx-lobes elliptic-lanceolate to ovate. 


Calyx-lobes imbricated, broadly lanceolate to ovate, corolla 
PMeMLOmVCllOWASis:. oes eee 2b wats Colycosa 


Calyx-lobes not imbricated, somewhat narrower. 


Corolla blue; dried plants brownish-green in appearance. 

San Prancisco Bay region 2.2.22. 2a, var. ty pica. 

Corolla yellow or white; dried plants grayish-green in 

appearance. Southern California ... 2c. var. bernardina 
Calyx-lobes linear or linear-lanceolate. 

Inflorescence strictly virgate. Northern Caionmma epee ed's 


Meer ceccuice not strictly virgate, but more or less Be Sie 
Corolla blue or bluish-white; leaves densely white- 
Iveta aoe eer eee EN ee 2e. var. jacintensis 
Corolla not blue; leaves not white-hairy. 

3asal leaves mostly 3-10 mm. wide, cauline leaves 
notmuch reduced. “Southern Calitormia 2-2 2. 
POSES eI ee Pm ee SSN ROR Ee 2f. var. patula. 
Basal leaves 8-20 mm, wide, cauline leaves few and 
much reduced. Central and northern California 


Rage 158, line/8i2> comb.” not. ‘Comb: 


Page 159, line 17 from bottom: Change semicolon to comma 
before “Mung 2256”. 


Page 170, line 10, comma instead of period after “Hubbyi”. 
Line 12 from bottom: Citation of Phacelia hispida Gray, should 
read Syn. Fl. 2':161. (Meaning Vol. 2, part 1.) 


Page 171: Reorganize key as follows: 
Plant stout, grayish and shaggy hirsute throughout ; racemes very 
dense especially in fruit. Ojai Valley to San Fernando ............ 
EA i 1 NUR eee ee 2 eRe yin ny em cle a le. var. Hubbyi 
Plant greener below; fruiting racemes more or less open, 
Flowers separated, evenly spaced; stems weak; seeds 2 or 3. 
SanvGalbriely Mitsu seer ee eee ase One 1b. var. eximuia. 
Flowers close together. 
Seeds 4, 3-sided. 
Seeds 3 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide. Interior Valley 
Of Calientom ty ej Ones aan 1d. var. cicutaria 
Seeds not exceeding 1.5 mm. in length. Calif. from 
Paso Robles;southward to Mower Calit, == sae 
SE See ee eee ae EY VENETO 
Seeds 2, oval, flattened, 3 mm. long, 2 mm. wide. Butte 
Cow iGallatis =. ca Ncemne Nee ena le. var. heterosepala 


Page 171, line 7 from bottom: Change semicolon to comma 
before “Eastwood, June 13, 1902”. 


Page 174, line 10: Spell hispida not hispada. Line 17: 


“seeds 4, 1.5-2 mm. long”’. 


The errors, above corrected, were due to the editor’s inad- 
vertent failure to submit proof, or page proof, to the authors. 


REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the 
Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof 
to the editor. They may be ordered through the editor at the following 
rates, from the McBride Printing Co., 261 So. Los Angeles St., Los 
Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. 


PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS 


4pp. | 8pp. | 12pp | 16pp | 20pp. | 24pp. | 28pp. | 32pp.. 


50 copies | $3.75 |/$ 5.75 |$ 8.50 | $10.25 | $11.75 | $13.50 | $16.00 | $17.00 
100005" 4.50; 7.50) 10.75) 12.75; 15.00/ 17.25, 20.25; 21.50 


BO 5.25; 9.25) 13.00) 15.25; 18.25; 21.00| 24.50) 26.00 
200 =“ 6.00; 11.00) 15.25| 17.75) 21.50; 2475) 28.75) 30.50 
250 “ 6.75| 12.75 | 17.50) 20.25} 24.75) 28.50; 33.00) 35.00 
300“ 7.50) 14.50) 19.75| 22.75 | 28.00| 32.25/ 87.25/ 39.50 


Covers: 50 for $2.00. Additional covers, 144¢ each. 


i PRINTING | 


HAS BEEN OUR BUSINESS 


SINCE 1880 


SERVICE and QUALITY, com- 
bined with FAIR PRICES, has 
made this business a success for | 
OVER fiLby VEAES. we oe oe ! 

| 


McBride Printing Cie. 


LH 


: